Carrier Weathermaster 48 50Z030 105 Users Manual 48_50z 5t

WEATHERMASTER 48ZT 48_50z-5t

4850Z030-105 to the manual 4782251c-06fc-4ab9-9284-ac84b4e092ae

2015-01-24

: Carrier Carrier-Weathermaster-48-50Z030-105-Users-Manual-310461 carrier-weathermaster-48-50z030-105-users-manual-310461 carrier pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 180

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

WEATHERMASTER®
48/50Z030-105
Single Package Large Rooftop Units with
COMFORTLINK™ Version 4.X Controls

Controls, Start-Up, Operation,
Service and Troubleshooting
Page

CONTENTS
Page

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3,4
Conventions Used in this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
BASIC CONTROL USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
ComfortLink Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Scrolling Marquee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Accessory Navigator™ Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
System Pilot™ Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
CCN Tables and Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
• GENERIC STATUS DISPLAY TABLE
START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Unit Preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Unit Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Internal Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Accessory Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Crankcase Heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Evaporator Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Gas Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
CONTROLS QUICK START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-36
Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Variable Air Volume Units Using Return Air
Sensor or Space Temperature Sensor. . . . . . . . . 33
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Economizer Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Indoor Air Quality Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Exhaust Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Set Clock on VFD (if installed). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Programming Operating Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
SERVICE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-38
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Service Test Mode Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Independent Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Heating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
THIRD PARTY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 40
Thermostat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Alarm Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Remote Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
VFD Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Supply Air Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Demand Limit Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Economizer/Outdoor Air Damper Control . . . . . . . 39

CONTROLS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-83
Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
• SYSTEM MODES
• HVAC MODES
Unit Configuration Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Cooling Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• MACHINE DEPENDENT CONFIGURATIONS
• SET POINTS
• SUPPLY AIR RESET CONFIGURATION
• COOLING CONFIGURATION
• COOL MODE SELECTION PROCESS
• COOL MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP
• SUMZ COOLING ALGORITM
• DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL
• HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL
• ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH
MECHANICAL COOLING
Heating Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• HEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS
• TEMPERATURE DRIVEN HEAT MODE
EVALUATION
• HEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP
• TWO-STAGE GAS AND ELECTRIC HEAT
CONTROL
• HYDRONIC HEATING CONTROL
• STAGED GAS HEATING CONTROL
• INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL BOARD LOGIC
• RELOCATE SAT FOR HEATING-LINKAGE SYSTEM
• TEMPERING MODE
Static Pressure Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
• OPERATION
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• STATIC PRESSURE RESET
• RELATED POINTS
Fan Status Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
• GENERAL
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• SUPPLY FAN STATUS MONITORING LOGIC
Dirty Filter Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Economizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• ECONOMIZER OPERATION
• ECONOMIZER CHANGEOVER SELECT
• UNOCCUPIED ECONOMIZER FREE COOLING
• OUTDOOR AIR CFM CONTROL
• ECONOMIZER OPERATION CONFIGURATION
• ECONOMIZER DIAGNOSTIC HELP
Building Pressure Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
• BUILDING PRESSURE CONFIGURATION
• BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL OPERATION
• CONFIGURING THE BUILDING PRESSURE
ACTUATORS TO COMMUNICATE VIA ACTUATOR
SERIAL NUMBER
• CONTROL ANGLE ALARM CONFIGURATION

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480039-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48/50Z-5T
Pg 1
7-08
Replaces: 48/50Z-4T

Page

CONTENTS (cont)

Control Circuit, 115 V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Control Circuit, 24 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Gas Heat (48Z Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Compressor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Compressor Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES. . 133-141
APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142-156
APPENDIX C — UNIT STAGING TABLES. . . . 156-159
APPENDIX D — VFD INFORMATION . . . . . . . . 160-168
APPENDIX E — MODE SELECTION
PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 170
INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
CONTROLS SET POINT AND
CONFIGURATION LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CL-1 - CL-6
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CL-7

Page

Smoke Control Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
• FIRE SMOKE INPUTS
• AIRFLOW CONTROL DURING THE FIRE/SMOKE
MODES
• RELEVANT ITEMS
Indoor Air Quality Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
• OPERATION
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• PRE-OCCUPANCY PURGE
• OPTIONAL AIRFLOW STATION
Humidification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• OPERATION
• CONFIGURING THE HUMIDIFIER ACTUATOR
Dehumidification and Reheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• OPERATION
Temperature Compensated Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
• SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
• TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Alert Limit Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Sensor Trim Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Discrete Switch Logic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Display Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Remote Control Switch Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Hot Gas Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Space Temperature Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
TIME CLOCK CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 85
TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-102
Complete Unit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Single Circuit Stoppage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Service Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Restart Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Thermistor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Transducer Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Forcing Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Run Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
• AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
• ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
• COOLING INFORMATION
• MODE TRIP HELPER
• CCN/LINKAGE DISPLAY TABLE
• COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS DISPLAY TABLE
• COMPRESSOR STARTS DISPLAY TABLE
• SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS DISPLAY TABLE
Alarms and Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . 102-124
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Factory-Installed Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Accessory Control Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-132
Service Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Adjustments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Refrigerant Feed Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Refrigeration Circuits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Oil Charge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Gas System Adjustment (48Z Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Moisture/Liquid Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Filter Drier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Liquid Line Service Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Compressor Discharge Service Valve . . . . . . . . . . 131
Compressor Suction Service Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Relief Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Installation and servicing of air-conditioning equipment can
be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should
install, repair, or service air-conditioning equipment. Untrained
personnel can perform the basic maintenance functions of
replacing filters. Trained service personnel should perform all
other operations.
When working on air-conditioning equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit,
and other safety precautions that may apply. Follow all safety
codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching
cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire extinguishers available for all brazing operations.

WARNING
Before performing service or maintenance operation on
unit turn off and lock off main power switch to unit.
Electrical shock can cause personal injury and death.
Shut off all power to this equipment during installation
and service. The unit may have an internal non-fused
disconnect or a field-installed disconnect.

CAUTION
This unit uses a microprocessor-based electronic control
system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out components or to bypass or otherwise depart from recommended procedures. Any short-to-ground of the control
board or accompanying wiring may destroy the electronic
modules or electrical components.

WARNING
1. Improper installation, adjustment, alteration, service,
or maintenance can cause property damage, personal
injury, or loss of life. Refer to the User’s Information
Manual provided with this unit for more details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable
vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other
appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any
phone in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier from a neighbor’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions.
4. If you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire
department.
2

The 48/50Z units contain the factory-installed ComfortLink
control system which provides full system management. The
main base board (MBB) stores hundreds of unit configuration
settings and 8 time of day schedules. The MBB also performs
self diagnostic tests at unit start-up, monitors the operation of
the unit, and provides alarms and alert information. The system
also contains other optional boards that are connected to the
MBB through the Local Equipment Network (LEN). Information on system operation and status are sent to the MBB processor by various sensors and optional board that are located at
the unit and in the conditioned space. Access to the unit controls for configuration, set point selection, schedule creation,
and service can be done through a unit-mounted scrolling marquee. Access can also be done through the Carrier Comfort
Network® using ComfortVIEW™ software, Network Service
Tool, or the accessory Navigator™ device.
The ComfortLink system controls all aspects of the rooftop.
It controls the supply-fan motor, compressors, and economizers
to maintain the proper temperature conditions. The controls
also cycle condenser fans to maintain suitable head pressure.
All VAV units can be equipped with optional IGV (inlet guide
vanes) or VFD (variable frequency drive) for supply duct pressure control. The ComfortLink™ controls can directly control
the speed of the VFD based on a static pressure sensor input. In
addition the ComfortLink controls can adjust (but not control
on CV and non-modulating power exhaust units) the building
pressure using multiple power exhaust fans controlled from
damper position or from a building pressure sensor. The control
safeties are continuously monitored to prevent the unit from
operating under abnormal conditions. Sensors include suction
pressure transducers and saturated discharge pressure transducers which allow for display of the unit’s operational pressures.
A scheduling function, programmed by the user, controls
the unit occupied/unoccupied schedule. Up to 8 different
schedules can be programmed.
The controls also allow the service person to operate a quick
test so that all the controlled components can be checked for
proper operation.

GENERAL
This book contains Start-Up, Controls, Operation, Troubleshooting and Service information for the 48/50Z Series
rooftop units. See Table 1. These units are equipped with
ComfortLink™ controls version 4.X or higher. Use this guide
in conjunction with the separate installation instructions packaged with the unit. Refer to the Wiring Diagrams literature for
more detailed wiring information.
The 48/50Z Series units provide ventilation, cooling, and
heating (when equipped) in variable air volume (VAV) and
constant volume (CV) applications.
Table 1 — Z Series Product Line
UNIT

SIZE

48ZG

All

48ZN

All

50ZG

All

50ZN

All

50Z2

All

50Z3

All

48ZT

075-105

48ZW

075-105

50ZT

075-105

50ZW

075-105

50ZX

075-105

50ZZ

075-105

48Z6

075-105

48Z8

075-105

50Z6

075-105

50Z7

075-105

50Z8

075-105

50Z9

075-105

APPLICATION

Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
CV 2-Stage
Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
VAV and CV Multi
Vertical Supply,
Optional Electric Heat
CV 2-Stage
Vertical Supply,
Optional Electric Heat
VAV and CV Multi
Horizontal Supply
CV 2-Stage
Horizontal Supply
VAV and CV Multi
Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
High-Capacity Power Exhaust
CV 2-Stage
Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
High-Capacity Power Exhaust
VAV and CV Multi
Vertical Supply,
Optional Electric Heat
High-Capacity Power Exhaust
CV 2-Stage
Vertical Supply,
Optional Electric Heat
High-Capacity Power Exhaust
VAV and CV Multi
Horizontal Supply,
Optional Electric Heat
High-Capacity Power Exhaust
CV 2-Stage
Horizontal Supply,
Optional Electric Heat
High-Capacity Power Exhaust
VAV and CV Multi
Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
Return/Exhaust Fan
CV 2-Stage
Gas Heat, Vertical Supply
Return/Exhaust Fan
VAV and CV Multi
Vertical Supply,
Optional Electric Heat
Return/Exhaust Fan
CV 2-Stage
Horizontal Supply, Vertical Return Optional
Electric Heat
Return/Exhaust Fan
CV 2-Stage
Vertical Supply,
Optional Electric Heat
Return/Exhaust Fan
VAV and CV Multi
Horizontal Supply, Vertical Return
Optional Electric Heat
Return/Exhaust Fan
VAV and CV Multi

Conventions Used in This Manual — The following conventions for discussing configuration points for the local display (scrolling marquee or Navigator™ accessory) will
be used in this manual.
Point names will be written with the Mode name first, then
any submodes, then the point name, each separated by an
arrow symbol (→). Names will also be shown in bold and
italics. As an example, the IAQ Economizer Override Position
which is located in the Configuration mode, Indoor Air Quality
Configuration sub-mode, and the Air Quality Set Points
sub-sub-mode, would be written as Configuration→
IAQ→IAQ.SP→IQ.O.P.
This path name will show the user how to navigate through
the local display to reach the desired configuration. The user
would scroll through the modes and submodes using the
UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW keys. The arrow symbol
in the path name represents pressing ENTER to move into the
next level of the menu structure.
When a value is included as part of the path name, it will be
shown at the end of the path name after an equals sign. If the
value represents a configuration setting, an explanation will be
shown in parenthesis after the value. As an example, Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.AC = 1 (IAQ Analog Input).
Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously
will scroll an expanded text description of the point name
across the display. The expanded description is shown in the
local display tables but will not be shown with the path names
in text.
The CCN point names are also referenced in the local
display tables for users configuring the unit with CCN software

LEGEND
CV 2-Stage
CV Multi
VAV

— Constant Volume, 2-Stage
— Constant Volume, Multiple Adaptive Demand
— Variable Air Volume

instead of the local display. The CCN tables are located in
Appendix B of this manual.

MODE
Run Status

BASIC CONTROL USAGE

Service Test
Temperature
Pressures

ComfortLink™ Controls — The ComfortLink controls are a comprehensive unit-management system. The control system is easy to access, configure, diagnose and troubleshoot.
The controls are flexible, providing two types of constant
volume cooling control sequences, two variable air volume
cooling control sequences, and heating control sequences for
two-stage electric and gas systems, for multiple-stage gas heating, and hydronic heat in both Occupied and Unoccupied
schedule modes. This control also manages:
• VAV duct pressure (through optional VFD or inlet guide
vanes), with reset
• Building pressure through four different power exhaust
systems
• Return fan applications using fan tracking
• Condenser fan cycling for low ambient head pressure
control
• Dehumidification (with reheat) and humidifier sequences
• Space ventilation control, in Occupied and Unoccupied
periods, using CO2 sensors or external signals, with ventilation defined by damper position or ventilation airflow
measurement
• Smoke control functions
• Occupancy schedules
• Occupancy or start/stop sequences based on third party
signals
• Alarm status and history and run time data
• Management of a complete unit service test sequence
System diagnostics are enhanced by the use of multiple
external sensors for air temperatures, air pressures and refrigerant pressures. Unit-mounted actuators provide digital feedback
data to the unit control.
The ComfortLink™ controller is fully communicating and
cable-ready for connection to the Carrier Comfort Network®
(CCN) building management system. The control provides
high-speed communications for remote monitoring via the
Internet. Multiple 48/50Z Series units can be linked together
(and to other ComfortLink controller equipped units) using a
3-wire communication bus.
The ComfortLink control system is easy to access through
the use of a unit-mounted display module. There is no need to
bring a separate computer to this unit for start-up. Access to
control menus is simplified by the ability to quickly select from
11 menus. A scrolling readout provides detailed explanations
of control information. Only four, large, easy-to-use buttons are
required to maneuver through the entire controls menu. The
display readout is designed to be visible even in bright sunlight.
For added service flexibility, an accessory hand-held
Navigator™ module is also available. This portable device has
an extended communication cable that can be plugged into the
unit’s communication network either at the main control box or
at the opposite end of the unit, at a remote modular plug. The
Navigator display provides the same menu structure, control
access and display data as is available at the unit-mounted
scrolling marquee display.

Setpoints
Inputs

Alarm Status

Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock

ESCAPE

ENTER

Operating Modes
Alarms

Fig. 1 — Scrolling Marquee
4 buttons and a group of 11 LEDs that indicate the following
menu structures:
• Run Status
• Service Test
• Temperatures
• Pressures
• Set points
• Inputs
• Outputs
• Configuration
• Timeclock
• Operating Modes
• Alarms
Through the scrolling marquee, the user can access all of the
inputs and outputs to check on their values and status, configure operating parameters plus evaluate the current decision status for operating modes. Because the 48/50Z Series units are
equipped with suction pressure and discharge pressure transducers, the scrolling marquee can also display refrigerant
circuit pressures typically obtained from service gages. The
control also includes an alarm history which can be accessed
from the display. In addition, through the scrolling marquee,
the user can access a built-in test routine that can be used at
start-up commissioning and to diagnose operational problems
with the unit.

Accessory Navigator™ Display — The accessory
hand-held Navigator display can be used with the 48/50Z
Series units. See Fig. 2. The Navigator display operates the
same way as the scrolling marquee device. The Navigator
display is plugged into the RJ-11 jack in the main control box
on the COMM board. The Navigator display can also be
plugged into the RJ-11 jack located on the unit corner post
located at the economizer end of the unit.

Co m
NA

T IM E
EWT
LW T
SETP

fort

VIG

Li n k

ATO

12.
54. 58
44. 6 F
4 4 . 01 F
F

Run
Statu
s
Servi
ce Te
st
Temp
eratur
es
Pres
sures
Setpo
ints
Inputs

Al ar

m St
atu

Outpu
ts
Confi
gurat
ion
Time
Cloc
k
Opera
ting
Mode
s

ESC

Alarm
s

Scrolling Marquee — This device is the keypad inter-

ENT

face used to access the control information, read sensor values,
and test the unit. The scrolling marquee is located in the main
control box and is standard on all units. The scrolling marquee
display is a 4-key, 4-character, 16-segment LED (light-emitting
diode) display module. The display also contains an Alarm Status LED. See Fig. 1. The display is easy to operate using

Fig. 2 — Accessory Navigator Display

with the ENTER key and then pressing the
arrow keys simultaneously.

Operation — All units are shipped from the factory with

the scrolling marquee display, which is located in the main control box. See Fig. 1. In addition, the ComfortLink™ controls
also supports the use of the handheld Navigator™ display.
Both displays provide the user with an interface to the
ComfortLink control system. The displays have
and
arrow keys, an ESCAPE key and an ENTER key. These keys
are used to navigate through the different levels of the display
structure. The Navigator and the scrolling marquee operate in
the same manner, except that the Navigator display has multiple lines of display and the scrolling marquee has a single line.
All further discussions and examples in this document will be
based on the scrolling marquee display. See Table 2 for the
menu structure.

and

Depending on the unit model, factory-installed options and
field-installed accessories, some of the items in the various
mode categories may not apply.

System Pilot™ Interface — The System Pilot interface (33PILOT-01) is a component of the 3V™ system and
serves as a user-interface and configuration tool for all Carrier
communicating devices. The System Pilot interface can be
used to install and commission a 3V zoning system, linkage
compatible air source, universal controller, and all other devices operating on the Carrier communicating network.
Additionally, the System Pilot interface can serve as a wallmounted temperature sensor for space temperature measurement. The occupant can use the System Pilot interface to
change set points. A security feature is provided to limit access
of features for unauthorized users. See Fig. 3 for System Pilot
interface details.

The four keys are used to navigate through the display
structure, which is organized in a tiered mode structure. If the
buttons have not been used for a period, the display will default
to the AUTO VIEW display category as shown under the RUN
STATUS category. To show the top-level display, press the
ESCAPE key until a blank display is shown. Then use the
and
arrow keys to scroll through the top-level categories. These are listed in Appendix A and will be indicated on
the scrolling marquee by the LED next to each mode listed on
the face of the display.

CCN Tables and Display — In addition to the unit-

mounted scrolling marquee display, the user can also access the
same information through the CCN tables by using the Service
Tool or other CCN programs. Details on the CCN tables are
summarized in Appendix B. The variable names used for the
CCN tables and the scrolling marquee tables may be different
and more items are displayed in the CCN tables. As a reference, the CCN variable names are included in the scrolling
marquee tables and the scrolling marquee names are included
in the CCN tables in Appendix B.
GENERIC STATUS DISPLAY TABLE — The GENERICS
points table allows the service/installer the ability to create a
custom table in which up to 20 points from the 5 CCN
categories (Points, Config, Service-Config, Set Point, and
Maintenance) may be collected and displayed.
In the Service-Config table section, there is a table named
“generics”. This table contains placeholders for up to 20 CCN
point names and allows the user to decide which points are displayed in the GENERIC points table. Each one of these placeholders allows the input of an 8-character ASCII string. Go into
the Edit mode for the Service-Config table “generics” and enter
the CCN name for each point to be displayed in the custom
points table in the order they will be displayed. When done entering point names, download the table to the rooftop unit control.

When a specific mode or sub-mode is located, push the
ENTER key to enter the mode. Depending on the mode, there
may be additional tiers. Continue to use the
and
keys
and the ENTER keys until the desired display item is found.
At any time, the user can move back a mode level by pressing
the ESCAPE key. Once an item has been selected the display
will flash showing the item, followed by the item value and
then followed by the item units (if any).
Items in the Configuration and Service Test modes are
password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD
when required. Use the ENTER and arrow keys to enter the
four digits of the password. The default password is 1111.
Pressing the ESCAPE and ENTER keys simultaneously
will scroll an expanded text description across the display indicating the full meaning of each display point. Pressing the
ESCAPE and ENTER keys when the display is blank
(MODE LED level) will return the display to its default menu
of rotating AUTO VIEW display items. In addition, the
password will need to be entered again before changes can be
made.
Changing item values or testing outputs is accomplished in
the same manner. Locate and display the desired item. If the
display is in rotating auto-view, press the ENTER key to stop
the display at the desired item. Press the ENTER key again so
that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the
value of state of an item and press the ENTER key to accept
it. Press the ESCAPE key and the item, value or units display
will resume. Repeat the process as required for other items.

MODIFY/
SELECT

NAVIGATE/
EXIT

If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same process
as when editing a configuration parameter. A forced variable
will be displayed with a blinking “f” following its value. For
example, if supply fan requested (FAN.F) is forced, the display
shows “YESf”, where the “f” is blinking to signify a force on
the point. Remove the force by selecting the point that is forced

SCROLL

PAGE

Fig. 3 — System Pilot User Interface
5

Table 2 — Scrolling Marquee Menu Display Structure
RUN
STATUS
Auto View of
Run Status
(VIEW)

SERVICE
TEST
Service Test Mode
(TEST)

Econ
Run Status
(ECON)

Software
Command
Disable
(STOP)

↓

Cooling
Information
(COOL)

↓

Soft Stop
Request
(S.STP)

↓

TEMPERATURES

PRESSURES

SETPOINTS

INPUTS

OUTPUTS

CONFIGURATION

Air
Temperatures
(AIR.T)

Air Pressures
(AIR.P)

Occupied Heat
Setpoint
(OHSP)

General Inputs
(GEN.I)

Fans
(FANS)

Unit
Configuration
(UNIT)

Compressor
Feedback
(FD.BK)

Cooling
(COOL)

↓

Refrigerant
Temperatures
(REF.T)

↓

Refrigerant
Pressures
(REF.P)

Occupied Cool
Setpoint
(OCSP)

Unoccupied
Heat Setpoint
(UHSP)

Unoccupied
Cool Setpoint
(UCSP)

CCN
Linkage
(LINK)

Test Independent
Outputs
(INDP)

Heat - Cool
Setpoint
(GAP)

↓

Compressor
Run Hours
(HRS)

↓

Compressor
Starts
(STRT)

↓

Software
Version
Numbers
(VERS)

↓

Test Fans
(FANS)

↓

Calibrate Test
Actuators
(ACT.C)

↓

Test Cooling
(COOL)

↓

Test Heating
(HEAT)

Thermostat
Inputs
(STAT)

↓

Supply Fan
Request
(FAN.F)

↓

Mode
Trip Helper
(TRIP)

↓

Fire-Smoke
Modes
(FIRE)

↓

Relative
Humidity
(REL.H)

↓

VAV Occ
Cool On
(V.C.ON)

Air Quality
Sensors
(AIR.Q)

↓

VAV Occ
Cool Off
(V.C.OF)

↓

Supply Air
Setpoint
(SASP)

↓

CFM Sensors
(CFM)

↓

Reset Inputs
(RSET)

↓

4-20 Milliamp
Inputs
(4-20)

↓
↓

Heating
(HEAT)
Actuators
(ACTU)

↓

General
Outputs
(GEN.O)

↓

Cooling
Configuration
(COOL)

↓

Evap/Discharge
Temp. Reset
(EDT.R)

↓

Economizer
Configuration
(ECON)

↓

Building Press.
Configs
(BP)

↓

Cool/Heat
Setpt. Offsets
(D.L.V.T)

↓

Indoor Air
Quality Cfg.
(IAQ)

Heating Supply
Air Setpoint
(SA.HT)

Humidity
Configuration
(HUMD)

Tempering
Purge SASP
(T.PRG)

Dehumidification
Config.
(DEHU)

Tempering in
Cool SASP
(T.CL)

CCN
Configuration
(CCN)

Tempering in
Vent Occ SASP
(T.V.OC)

Alert Limit
Config.
(ALLM)

Tempering in
Vent Unocc.
SASP
(T.V.UN)

Sensor Trim
Config.
(TRIM)

↓

Switch
Logic
(SW.LG)

↓

Display
Configuration
(DISP)

Control Type
(CTRL)

↓

Daylight
Savings
Time
(DAY.S)

Supply Air
Setpoint Lo
(SA.LO)

↓

Local Time
Schedule
(SCH.L)

↓

Supply Static
Press. Config.
(SP)

↓

HVAC Mode
(HVAC)

Heating
Configuration
(HEAT)

Demand Limit
Config.
(DMD.L)

↓

OPERATING
MODES
System
Mode
(SYS.M)

Month, Date,
Day and Year
(DATE)

Local
Holiday
Schedules
(HOL.L)

Supply Air
Setpoint Hi
(SA.HI)

↓

TIME
CLOCK
Time of Day
(TIME)

↓

↓
↓

Mode
Controlling
Unit
(MODE)

ALARMS
Currently
Active
Alarms
(CURR)

↓

Reset All
Current
Alarms
(R.CUR)

↓

Alarm
History
(HIST)

direction. See Tables 26-28 for motor limitations. See Table 29
for air quantity limits. Static pressure drop is shown in
Tables 30A-30C.
FIELD-SUPPLIED FAN DRIVES — Supply fan and power
exhaust fan drives are fixed-pitch, non-adjustable selections, for
maximum reliability and long belt life. If the factory drive sets
must be changed to obtain other fan speeds, consult the nearest
Browning Manufacturing Co. sales office with the required new
wheel speed and the data from Physical Data and Supply Fan
Drive Data tables (center distances, motor and fan shaft diameters, motor horsepower) in Installation Instructions for a modified drive set selection. For minor speed changes, the fan sheave
size should be changed. (Do not reduce the size of the motor
sheave; this will result in reduced belt horsepower ratings and
reduced belt life.) See page 128 for belt installation procedure.

IMPORTANT: The computer system software
(ComfortVIEW™, Service Tool, etc.) that is used to
interact with CCN controls always saves a template of
items it considers as static (e.g., limits, units, forcibility, 24-character text strings, and point names) after
the software uploads the tables from a control. Thereafter, the software is only concerned with run time
data like value and hardware/force status. With this in
mind, it is important that anytime a change is made to
the Service-Config table “generics” (which in turn
changes the points contained in the GENERIC point
table), that a complete new upload be performed. This
requires that any previous table database be
completely removed first. Failure to do this will not
allow the user to display the new points that have been
created and the software will have a different table
database than the unit control.

Controls — Use the following steps for the controls:

1. Set any control configurations that are required (fieldinstalled accessories, etc.). The unit is factory configured
for all appropriate factory-installed options.
2. Enter unit set points. The unit is shipped with the set point
default values. If a different set point is required, use the
scrolling marquee, Navigator display, ComfortVIEW™
software or Service Tool to change the configuration
values.
3. If the internal time schedules are going to be used, configure the Occupancy schedule.
4. Verify that the control time periods programmed meet
current requirements.
5. Start unit using Service Test mode to verify operation of
all major components.
6. If the unit is a VAV unit make sure to configure the static
pressure set point. To check out the VFD, use the VFD instructions shipped with the unit.

START-UP
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to start unit, even
momentarily, until all items on the Start-Up Checklist
(in installation instructions) and the following steps
have been completed.

Unit Preparation — Check that unit has been installed in

accordance with the installation instructions and applicable
codes.

Unit Setup — Make sure that the economizer hood has
been installed and that the outdoor filters are properly installed.

Internal Wiring — Ensure that all electrical connections
in the control box are tightened as required. If the unit has
staged gas heat make sure that the LAT sensors have been
routed to the supply ducts as required.

Gas Heat — Verify gas pressure before turning on gas heat

as follows:
1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external
to the unit.
2. Connect pressure gages to supply gas tap, located at fieldsupplied manual shutoff valves.
3. Connect pressure gages to manifold pressure tap on unit
gas valve.
4. Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.5 in. wg. Check
pressure at field-supplied shut-off valve.
5. Turn on manual gas stop and initiate a heating demand.
Jumper R to W1 in the control box to initiate heat.
6. Use the Service Test procedure to verify heat operation.
7. After the unit has run for several minutes, verify that
incoming pressure is 5.0 in. wg or greater and that the
manifold pressure is 3.5 in wg. If manifold pressure must
be adjusted refer to Gas Valve Adjustment section.

Accessory Installation — Check to make sure that all
accessories including space thermostats and sensors have been
installed and wired as required by the instructions and unit
wiring diagrams.

Crankcase Heaters — Crankcase heaters are energized

as long as there is power to the unit, except when the compressors are running.
IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours
prior to start-up of compressors. Otherwise damage to
compressors may result.

Evaporator Fan — Fan belt and fixed pulleys are factoryinstalled. See Tables 3-25 for fan performance. Remove tape
from fan pulley, and be sure that fans rotate in the proper

Table 3 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN030 and 50ZG,ZN030 Units Without Discharge Plenum*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,000
7,500
9,000
10,500
12,000
13,500
15,000

0.2
Rpm
Bhp
222
0.59
248
0.94
278
1.46
311
2.16
344
3.08
379
4.25
415
5.69

0.4
Rpm
Bhp
284
0.91
300
1.28
323
1.80
349
2.52
378
3.44
410
4.62
442
6.06

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.8

2.0

6,000
7,500
9,000
10,500
12,000
13,500
15,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,000
7,500
9,000
10,500
12,000
13,500
15,000

Rpm
567
575
581
588
598
610
626

Bhp
3.84
4.57
5.38
6.31
7.41
8.71
10.25

Rpm
595
604
611
617
625
637
651

Bhp
4.30
5.10
5.97
6.95
8.08
9.41
10.98

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
339
1.27
388
1.66
430
2.07
469
2.50
350
1.68
395
2.11
437
2.57
475
3.05
366
2.22
407
2.69
446
3.19
483
3.71
387
2.95
424
3.43
459
3.96
493
4.51
412
3.89
445
4.39
477
4.93
508
5.51
440
5.07
469
5.58
498
6.13
527
6.73
470
6.52
496
7.04
523
7.61
549
8.22

1.4
Rpm
Bhp
504
2.93
511
3.54
517
4.25
526
5.10
539
6.12
555
7.36
575
8.87

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
622
4.78
647
5.26
671
5.75
695
6.25
632
5.63
658
6.18
683
6.73
707
7.29
639
6.56
665
7.16
691
7.78
715
8.40
645
7.59
672
8.25
697
8.92
722
9.59
652
8.77
679
9.47
704
10.19
728
10.91
662
10.14
687
10.88
712
11.63
736
12.40
675
11.74
699
12.51
723
13.30
746
14.10

Rpm
717
730
739
746
752
759
768

1.6
Rpm
Bhp
536
3.38
544
4.05
550
4.81
558
5.70
569
6.75
583
8.02
601
9.55

3.0
Bhp
6.76
7.86
9.03
10.28
11.65
13.18
14.92

3.2
Rpm
738
752
761
769
775
782
790

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
759
7.79
779
8.32
799
8.85
817
9.39
773
9.01
794
9.60
814
10.20
833
10.80
783
10.30
805
10.95
825
11.60
845
12.26
791
11.67
812
12.38
833
13.09
854
13.81
797
13.15
819
13.91
840
14.68
860
15.45
804
14.77
825
15.59
846
16.41
867
17.23
812
16.59
833
17.45
853
18.31
874
19.19

LEGEND

2. See Table 30A before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

48/50ZN units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

*If calculating static pressure for a 48 Series unit, be sure to add gas
heat pressure drop from Table 30A on page 32.
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
7.27
8.43
9.66
10.97
12.39
13.98
15.75

Table 4 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN035 and 50ZG,ZN035 Units Without Discharge Plenum*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
15,000

0.2
Rpm
Bhp
246
0.84
266
1.14
310
1.98
357
3.20
406
4.87
430
5.89

0.4
Rpm
Bhp
301
1.19
315
1.50
350
2.36
390
3.60
435
5.28
458
6.31

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.8

2.0

7,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
15,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
15,000

Rpm
577
583
594
609
629
641

Bhp
4.40
4.94
6.16
7.67
9.57
10.69

Rpm
606
612
623
636
655
666

Bhp
4.91
5.49
6.79
8.36
10.30
11.44

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
352
1.58
398
2.01
440
2.46
479
2.93
362
1.92
406
2.37
447
2.85
484
3.35
389
2.80
427
3.30
464
3.83
499
4.38
424
4.06
457
4.58
489
5.15
520
5.74
463
5.76
492
6.30
520
6.89
548
7.52
485
6.80
511
7.35
538
7.95
564
8.59

1.4
Rpm
Bhp
514
3.40
519
3.87
532
4.96
551
6.36
576
8.18
590
9.26

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm
Bhp
633
5.43
659
5.95 684
6.49 707
7.03
640
6.05
666
6.62 691
7.19 715
7.78
651
7.42
677
8.07 703
8.73 727
9.39
663
9.05
689
9.77 714 10.49 738
11.22
680
11.04
704 11.81 728 12.59 751
13.38
690
12.20
714 12.99 737 13.79 760
14.61

Rpm
730
738
751
762
774
782

1.6
Rpm
Bhp
547
3.90
552
4.39
564
5.55
580
7.01
603
8.86
616
9.96

3.0
Bhp
7.58
8.37
10.06
11.97
14.18
15.44

3.2
Rpm
752
760
774
785
796
804

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm Bhp
Rpm Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
773
8.70
793
9.27 813
9.85
832
10.43
782
9.57
802 10.18 823 10.80
842
11.43
796
11.42
817 12.11 838 12.81
858
13.52
807
13.48
828 14.25 849 15.02
869
15.80
818
15.82
840 16.66 860 17.50
880
18.35
825
17.13
846 18.00 866 18.87
886
19.76

LEGEND

2. See Table 30A before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

48/50ZN units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

*If calculating static pressure for a 48 Series unit, be sure to add gas
heat pressure drop from Table 30A on page 32.
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
8.14
8.97
10.74
12.72
14.99
16.28

Table 5 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN040 and 50ZG,ZN040 Units Without Discharge Plenum*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000

0.2
Rpm
252
290
330
372
415
459
503

Bhp
0.98
1.67
2.65
3.96
5.67
7.84
10.51

0.4
Rpm
303
333
369
407
447
488
530

1.8
Rpm
571
579
590
607
629
656
687

Bhp
4.60
5.75
7.21
9.07
11.41
14.28
17.71

Bhp
1.33
2.11
3.18
4.61
6.44
8.72
11.51

2.0
Rpm
600
608
618
633
653
678
707

Bhp
5.14
6.36
7.87
9.78
12.16
15.09
18.60

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
350
1.72
394
2.14
434
2.58
472
3.06
373
2.55
412
3.01
448
3.51
483
4.03
404
3.70
438
4.23
470
4.78
501
5.35
439
5.22
469
5.83
498
6.44
526
7.07
476
7.15
504
7.85
530
8.54
556
9.24
515
9.55
541
10.34
565
11.12
589
11.91
555
12.46
579
13.36
602
14.24
624
15.11

Rpm
507
517
532
554
581
612
645

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
628
5.70
654
6.27
679
6.85
703
7.44
636
6.98
662
7.62
688
8.28
712
8.94
645
8.55
671
9.25
696
9.96
720
10.69
658
10.51
683
11.25
707
12.02
730
12.80
676
12.94
699
13.73
722
14.54
744
15.37
700
15.91
721
16.76
742
17.62
762
18.49
727
19.48
747
20.38
766
21.30
785
22.22

Rpm
726
736
744
753
766
783
804

1.4
Bhp
3.55
4.58
5.94
7.72
9.95
12.69
15.98

1.6
Rpm
540
549
562
581
605
634
666

3.0
Bhp
8.04
9.62
11.43
13.60
16.22
19.39
23.17

3.2
Rpm
748
758
766
775
787
803
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
770
9.27
791
9.90
811
10.54
830
11.18
780
11.00
802
11.71
822
12.43
842
13.15
789
12.96
810
13.73
831
14.52
851
15.32
797
15.24
818
16.07
839
16.93
859
17.79
808
17.95
828
18.85
849
19.75
868
20.67
823
21.21
842
22.15
862
23.11
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30A before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

48/50ZN units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

*If calculating static pressure for a 48 Series unit, be sure to add gas
heat pressure drop from Table 30A on page 32.
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
4.07
5.16
6.56
8.38
10.67
13.47
16.84

Bhp
8.65
10.30
12.19
14.41
17.08
20.29
—

Table 6 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN050 and 50ZG,ZN050 Units Without Discharge Plenum*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000

0.2
Rpm
276
296
339
382
427
473
519

Bhp
1.34
1.74
2.76
4.15
5.96
8.26
11.10

0.4
Rpm
323
339
376
416
458
501
545

1.8
Rpm
579
584
597
615
639
667
699

Bhp
5.23
5.85
7.36
9.29
11.71
14.69
18.25

Bhp
1.73
2.17
3.29
4.79
6.71
9.12
12.06

2.0
Rpm
608
613
625
641
663
689
719

Bhp
5.81
6.47
8.03
10.01
12.48
15.51
19.14

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
366
2.15
407
2.60
445
3.08
482
3.58
379
2.62
418
3.09
454
3.59
489
4.12
411
3.81
445
4.35
477
4.91
509
5.49
448
5.40
478
6.01
506
6.63
535
7.26
487
7.42
514
8.11
540
8.81
565
9.52
527
9.93
552
10.72
576
11.50
600
12.29
570
12.99
593
13.88
615
14.76
637
15.63

Rpm
516
522
539
562
590
623
658

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
636
6.41
662
7.02
687
7.64
712
8.27
641
7.10
667
7.74
692
8.40
717
9.07
651
8.72
677
9.42
702
10.14
726
10.88
666
10.74
690
11.50
714
12.27
738
13.06
686
13.27
709
14.07
731
14.89
753
15.73
711
16.35
732
17.20
753
18.07
773
18.96
739
20.04
759
20.95
778
21.88
797
22.82

Rpm
735
740
750
760
775
793
816

1.4
Bhp
4.11
4.68
6.09
7.92
10.23
13.08
16.50

1.6
Rpm
549
554
568
589
615
645
679

3.0
Bhp
8.91
9.75
11.63
13.87
16.58
19.86
23.77

3.2
Rpm
757
763
772
783
796
813
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
779
10.23
800
10.90
821
11.58
840
12.27
785
11.14
806
11.85
826
12.57
846
13.30
794
13.16
816
13.94
836
14.73
857
15.54
804
15.52
825
16.37
846
17.22
866
18.10
817
18.34
837
19.24
857
20.15
877
21.08
833
21.71
853
22.66
872
23.62
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30A before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

48/50ZN units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

*If calculating static pressure for a 48 Series unit, be sure to add gas
heat pressure drop from Table 30A on page 32.
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
4.66
5.26
6.71
8.60
10.97
13.88
17.38

Bhp
9.57
10.44
12.39
14.69
17.45
20.78
—

Table 7 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN055 and 50ZG,ZN055 Units Without Discharge Plenum*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,500
15,000
17,500
20,000
22,500
25,000

0.2
Rpm Bhp
207
1.04
235
1.69
265
2.59
295
3.78
327
5.31
359
7.23
392
9.59

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.8

10,000
12,500
15,000
17,500
20,000
22,500
25,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,500
15,000
17,500
20,000
22,500
25,000

Rpm
497
497
501
512
528
548
571

Bhp
7.27
7.73
8.63
10.09
12.09
14.60
17.63

0.4
Rpm
253
276
302
331
360
390
421

Bhp
1.50
2.23
3.23
4.52
6.15
8.16
10.60

2.0
Rpm
523
523
526
535
549
567
589

Bhp
8.39
8.83
9.67
11.07
13.06
15.59
18.66

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
295
2.03
334
2.66
371
3.41
405
4.26
312
2.78
346
3.40
379
4.10
410
4.88
335
3.85
365
4.51
394
5.20
422
5.96
361
5.24
389
5.97
415
6.71
440
7.48
388
6.98
414
7.79
439
8.60
462
9.43
417
9.09
442
10.00
465
10.90
487
11.81
447
11.62
470
12.64
492
13.64
513
14.63

Rpm
438
440
449
465
485
508
533

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
549
9.55
573
10.75
596
11.98
618
13.23
549
10.00
573
11.22
597
12.49
619
13.81
550
10.77
574
11.94
597
13.17
619
14.46
557
12.11
579
13.21
601
14.38
622
15.60
570
14.07
590
15.12
610
16.24
630
17.40
587
16.61
605
17.66
624
18.75
642
19.88
607
19.71
624
20.78
642
21.89
659
23.02

Rpm
639
641
641
643
649
660
676

1.4
Bhp
5.20
5.75
6.78
8.30
10.28
12.72
15.62

1.6
Rpm
468
469
476
489
507
528
552

3.0
Bhp
14.51
15.16
15.80
16.88
18.62
21.06
24.19

3.2
Rpm
659
662
662
663
668
678
692

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
679
17.13
697 18.46
715
19.81
733
21.17
682
17.98
702 19.43
721
20.90
739
22.40
682
18.63
702 20.10
721
21.62
740
23.17
683
19.60
702 21.04
721
22.53
740
24.06
687
21.20
706 22.57
724
24.00
742
25.46
696
23.55
713 24.86
731
26.22
748
27.62
709
26.62
725 27.91
741
29.22
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30B before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

48/50ZN units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

*If calculating static pressure for a 48 Series unit, be sure to add gas
heat pressure drop from Table 30B on page 32.
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
6.20
6.70
7.67
9.17
11.17
13.65
16.62

Bhp
15.81
16.55
17.19
18.21
19.89
22.28
25.39

Table 8 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN060 and 50ZG,ZN060 Units Without Discharge Plenum*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
15,000
18,000
21,000
24,000
27,000
30,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
15,000
18,000
21,000
24,000
27,000
30,000

0.2
Rpm
234
271
308
348
390
433
476

Bhp
1.54
2.65
4.22
6.36
9.19
12.80
17.29

0.4
Rpm
276
309
344
380
417
456
497

1.8
Rpm
504
509
521
543
570
601
634

Bhp
7.56
8.87
10.79
13.56
17.22
21.81
27.34

Bhp
2.03
3.27
5.00
7.29
10.24
13.93
18.50

2.0
Rpm
530
535
544
563
588
618
650

Bhp
8.57
9.95
11.85
14.60
18.28
22.93
28.56

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
312
2.57
348
3.20
382
3.93
415
4.74
341
3.88
370
4.53
399
5.24
428
6.04
374
5.73
400
6.46
426
7.22
450
8.02
408
8.18
434
9.04
457
9.88
479
10.74
444
11.29
469
12.29
491
13.27
512
14.23
481
15.14
504
16.30
526
17.44
546
18.53
519
19.82
541
21.15
562
22.45
581
23.70

Rpm
446
455
474
501
532
565
599

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
555
9.61
578
10.66
600
11.73
621
12.81
559
11.07
583
12.25
606
13.45
628
14.68
567
12.97
590
14.14
612
15.38
633
16.66
583
15.69
603
16.84
623
18.05
643
19.31
607
19.39
625
20.53
642
21.72
660
22.95
635
24.07
651
25.25
667
26.46
684
27.70
666
29.78
681
31.02
696
32.28
711
33.56

Rpm
641
650
654
662
678
700
726

1.4
Bhp
5.63
6.91
8.88
11.64
15.21
19.62
24.93

1.6
Rpm
476
482
498
522
551
583
617

3.0
Bhp
13.91
15.95
17.99
20.63
24.24
28.98
34.88

3.2
Rpm
660
670
675
682
695
715
—-

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
679
16.11
697
17.23
714
18.35
730
19.49
690
18.52
709
19.84
727
21.15
745
22.49
695
20.76
714
22.20
733
23.66
—
—
701
23.41
719
24.87
738
26.38
—
—
713
26.97
730
28.40
747
29.89
—
—
731
31.67
747
33.08
——
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30B before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

48/50ZN units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

*If calculating static pressure for a 48 Series unit, be sure to add gas
heat pressure drop from Table 30B on page 32.
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
6.58
7.85
9.81
12.58
16.20
20.71
26.14

Bhp
15.01
17.23
19.36
21.99
25.58
30.31
—

Table 9 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN070 and 50ZG,ZN070 Units Without Discharge Plenum*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
14,000
17,500
21,000
24,500
28,000
30,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
14,000
17,500
21,000
24,500
28,000
30,000

0.2
Rpm
258
302
348
397
447
476

Bhp
2.23
3.92
6.36
9.74
14.18
17.29

0.4
Rpm
297
338
380
424
470
497

1.8
Rpm
507
519
543
575
612
634

Bhp
8.39
10.42
13.56
17.93
23.55
27.34

Bhp
2.80
4.67
7.29
10.80
15.35
18.50

2.0
Rpm
533
542
563
593
628
650

Bhp
9.46
11.48
14.60
18.99
24.69
28.56

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
330
3.38
362
4.02
392
4.73
422
5.53
368
5.39
395
6.10
421
6.84
446
7.64
408
8.18
434
9.04
457
9.88
479
10.74
450
11.88
475
12.91
497
13.91
517
14.89
494
16.60
516
17.82
538
19.01
558
20.16
519
19.82
541
21.15
562
22.45
581
23.70

Rpm
451
471
501
537
576
599

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
558
10.57
582
11.71
605
12.89
627
14.08
565
12.60
588
13.78
610
15.02
632
16.30
583
15.69
603
16.84
623
18.05
643
19.31
611
20.10
629
21.24
646
22.43
664
23.67
645
25.86
661
27.05
677
28.27
692
29.53
666
29.78
681
31.02
696
32.28
711
33.56

Rpm
648
653
662
681
708
726

1.4
Bhp
6.42
8.50
11.64
15.88
21.29
24.93

1.6
Rpm
480
495
522
556
594
617

3.0
Bhp
15.29
17.62
20.63
24.96
30.82
34.88

3.2
Rpm
668
674
682
698
723
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
687
17.76
706
19.01
724
20.27
741
21.54
694
20.38
713
21.79
732
23.24
—
—
701
23.41
719
24.87
738
26.38
—
—
715
27.67
732
29.10
749
30.58
—
—
739
33.51
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30B before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

48/50ZN units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

*If calculating static pressure for a 48 Series unit, be sure to add gas
heat pressure drop from Table 30B on page 32.
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
7.37
9.42
12.57
16.89
22.41
26.14

Bhp
16.52
18.99
21.99
26.29
32.15
—

Table 10 — Fan Performance — 50ZG,ZN030 Units With Discharge Plenum and 50Z2,Z3030 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,000
7,500
9,000
10,500
12,000
13,500
15,000

0.2
Rpm Bhp
255
0.95
291
1.51
330
2.28
371
3.28
413
4.56
456
6.12
500
7.99

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.8

6,000
7,500
9,000
10,500
12,000
13,500
15,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,000
7,500
9,000
10,500
12,000
13,500
15,000

Rpm
594
605
617
633
652
676
703

Bhp
5.43
6.16
7.02
8.12
9.52
11.25
13.30

0.4
Rpm Bhp
313
1.35
340
1.93
372
2.73
408
3.76
447
5.07
487
6.66
528
8.58

2.0
Rpm
623
635
646
660
679
701
726

Bhp
6.09
6.88
7.76
8.86
10.27
12.00
14.07

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
364
1.82
411
2.35
454
2.92
494
3.52
386
2.41
428
2.94
468
3.51
505
4.13
413
3.22
451
3.76
487
4.34
522
4.96
444
4.28
479
4.84
512
5.43
544
6.06
479
5.61
510
6.19
540
6.80
570
7.44
516
7.23
544
7.83
572
8.46
599
9.12
555
9.18
581
9.80
606
10.45
631
11.13
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
651
6.75
676
7.41
701
8.08
725
8.75
664
7.62
691
8.36
716
9.11
741
9.88
674
8.52
702
9.31
728
10.11
753
10.93
687
9.64
713
10.43
739
11.25
764
12.09
704
11.04
729
11.84
753
12.66
777
13.50
725
12.78
748
13.58
771
14.40
794
15.24
749
14.86
771
15.66
793
16.49
814
17.34

1.4
Rpm
530
541
555
574
598
626
656

Rpm
747
765
777
788
800
816
835

Bhp
4.14
4.78
5.61
6.71
8.11
9.81
11.83

3.0
Bhp
9.42
10.64
11.76
12.95
14.37
16.11
18.20

1.6
Rpm
563
574
587
604
626
651
680

3.2
Rpm
769
787
800
811
823
838
856

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
789
10.77
809
11.45
829
12.13
848
12.81
809
12.18
830
12.96
851
13.73
870
14.51
823
13.44
844
14.29
866
15.15
886
16.01
833
14.71
856
15.61
877
16.52
898
17.44
845
16.16
867
17.08
888
18.01
—
—
859
17.90
880
18.82
—
—
—
—
876
20.00
896
20.92
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30A before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

50ZN,Z3 units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
4.78
5.46
6.30
7.40
8.80
10.51
12.56

Bhp
10.10
11.41
12.60
13.82
15.26
16.99
19.09

Table 11 — Fan Performance — 50ZG,ZN035 Units With Discharge Plenum and 50Z2,Z3035 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
15,000

0.2
Rpm Bhp
285
1.35
311
1.81
367
3.04
426
4.74
486
6.98
517
8.33

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.8

7,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
15,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
7,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
15,000

Rpm
607
615
636
663
698
718

Bhp
6.03
6.58
7.94
9.83
12.31
13.78

0.4
Rpm Bhp
337
1.78
358
2.25
406
3.52
459
5.26
515
7.55
544
8.92

2.0
Rpm
637
645
664
689
722
741

Bhp
6.74
7.32
8.70
10.59
13.08
14.56

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm Bhp Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
384
2.26
428
2.80
469
3.38
507
4.00
402
2.75
442
3.29
481
3.87
517
4.50
443
4.05
479
4.61
512
5.21
545
5.84
491
5.82
522
6.42
552
7.05
581
7.70
543
8.15
570
8.78
597
9.44
623
10.12
570
9.54
596
10.18
621
10.85
646
11.55
AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
665
7.46
691
8.18
717
8.91
741
9.65
673
8.07
700
8.84
726
9.62
751
10.41
691
9.48
717
10.29
743
11.11
768
11.96
715
11.38
739
12.19
764
13.03
787
13.88
745
13.88
768
14.69
791
15.53
813
16.39
763
15.36
785
16.19
807
17.03
828
17.90

1.4
Rpm
542
551
576
609
649
671

1.6

Bhp
4.66
5.16
6.51
8.38
10.83
12.27

Rpm
576
584
606
637
674
694

3.0
Rpm
764
775
792
810
834
849

Bhp
10.39
11.20
12.82
14.76
17.27
18.78

3.2
Rpm
786
797
815
833
856
869

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
807
11.88
828
12.62
848
13.37
867
14.12
819
12.80
841
13.61
861
14.42
881
15.23
837
14.57
859
15.47
881
16.37
——
855
16.57
876
17.51
897
18.45
—
—
876
19.10
897
20.04
—
—
—
—
890
20.61
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30A before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

50ZN,Z3 units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
5.34
5.86
7.21
9.09
11.55
13.01

Bhp
11.13
12.00
13.69
15.66
18.17
19.69

Table 12 — Fan Performance — 50ZG,ZN040 Units With Discharge Plenum and 50Z2,Z3040 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000

0.2
Rpm
293
343
395
449
504
559
615

Bhp
1.62
2.66
4.09
5.97
8.32
11.20
14.66

0.4
Rpm
344
385
431
481
533
586
640

1.8
Rpm
603
623
648
677
712
749
790

Bhp
6.23
7.70
9.50
11.73
14.45
17.73
21.61

Bhp
2.10
3.19
4.68
6.62
9.06
12.04
15.59

2.0
Rpm
632
651
674
702
735
771
811

Bhp
6.87
8.41
10.26
12.54
15.30
18.61
22.52

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
390
2.62
432
3.18
470
3.76
507
4.36
425
3.76
463
4.36
498
4.99
532
5.64
466
5.29
500
5.93
532
6.60
562
7.30
512
7.28
541
7.96
570
8.67
598
9.40
560
9.77
587
10.50
613
11.25
638
12.02
611
12.82
635
13.59
659
14.38
682
15.19
663
16.44
685
17.28
707
18.11
728
18.96

Rpm
541
563
592
626
663
705
749

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
659
7.50
685
8.14
710
8.78
734
9.43
678
9.13
703
9.86
728
10.60
752
11.33
699
11.04
724
11.83
748
12.63
772
13.44
726
13.35
750
14.19
772
15.04
795
15.89
757
16.16
779
17.03
801
17.92
822
18.82
792
19.50
813
20.42
833
21.34
853
22.27
830
23.45
—
—
—
—
—
—

Rpm
757
776
794
817
843
873
—

1.4
Bhp
4.97
6.31
8.01
10.16
12.81
16.01
19.83

1.6
Rpm
573
594
620
652
688
727
770

3.0
Bhp
10.07
12.08
14.25
16.76
19.73
23.23
—

3.2
Rpm
779
798
817
838
863
—
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
800
11.35
821
12.00
841
12.64
860
13.28
820
13.57
841
14.31
862
15.06
882
15.81
838
15.90
859
16.73
880
17.57
900
18.40
859
18.53
879
19.42
899
20.32
—
—
883
21.58
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30A before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

50ZN,Z3 units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
5.60
7.00
8.75
10.93
13.62
16.86
20.71

Bhp
10.71
12.82
15.07
17.64
20.65
—
—

Table 13 — Fan Performance — 50ZG,ZN050 Units With Discharge Plenum and 50Z2,Z3050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
9,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000

0.2
Rpm
324
349
403
459
515
573
630

Bhp
2.15
2.74
4.23
6.17
8.63
11.65
15.28

0.4
Rpm
369
392
439
490
544
599
654

1.8
Rpm
617
628
654
686
721
761
803

Bhp
7.08
7.87
9.74
12.06
14.88
18.27
22.27

Bhp
2.67
3.28
4.82
6.83
9.34
12.44
16.14

2.0
Rpm
645
656
680
710
744
782
823

Bhp
7.77
8.59
10.51
12.88
15.74
19.17
23.21

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
412
3.23
452
3.83
488
4.44
523
5.08
431
3.87
469
4.48
504
5.12
537
5.78
474
5.45
507
6.11
539
6.80
570
7.51
521
7.50
550
8.20
579
8.93
607
9.69
571
10.07
597
10.82
623
11.59
649
12.38
623
13.21
647
14.00
671
14.82
694
15.65
677
16.97
699
17.81
720
18.66
741
19.53

Rpm
556
569
599
634
674
716
762

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
672
8.47
698
9.18
723
9.90
747
10.62
682
9.33
708
10.07
733
10.82
757
11.58
706
11.30
730
12.10
754
12.90
778
13.73
734
13.71
757
14.55
780
15.41
802
16.27
767
16.62
789
17.51
810
18.41
831
19.32
803
20.09
824
21.02
844
21.96
864
22.92
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Rpm
770
780
800
824
852
884
—

1.4
Bhp
5.73
6.46
8.23
10.46
13.20
16.50
20.43

1.6
Rpm
587
599
627
660
698
739
783

3.0
Bhp
11.34
12.35
14.56
17.15
20.24
23.88
—

3.2
Rpm
793
802
822
845
872
—
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
814
12.79
835
13.52
855
14.25
875
14.99
824
13.89
845
14.67
866
15.45
886
16.23
844
16.24
865
17.09
885
17.95
—
—
866
18.94
886
19.85
—
—
—
—
892
22.12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30A before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

50ZN,Z3 units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
6.40
7.16
8.98
11.25
14.03
17.37
21.34

Bhp
12.07
13.12
15.39
18.04
21.17
—
—

Table 14 — Fan Performance — 50ZG,ZN055 Units With Discharge Plenum and 50Z2,Z3055 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,500
15,000
17,500
20,000
22,500
25,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,500
15,000
17,500
20,000
22,500
25,000

0.2
Rpm
217
248
281
315
351
389
427

Bhp
1.21
2.01
3.13
4.64
6.64
9.20
12.39

0.4
Rpm
258
286
317
348
381
414
449

1.8
Rpm
500
498
501
514
535
561
590

Bhp
7.48
8.63
10.03
12.05
14.76
18.17
22.27

Bhp
1.71
2.63
3.90
5.55
7.64
10.25
13.48

2.0
Rpm
527
525
526
536
554
579
606

Bhp
8.46
9.76
11.17
13.17
15.88
19.34
23.51

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
296
2.29
334
2.97
371
3.76
407
4.63
319
3.26
349
3.95
380
4.71
410
5.58
347
4.64
374
5.38
400
6.18
425
7.03
378
6.43
403
7.29
426
8.16
449
9.05
409
8.68
433
9.68
456
10.66
477
11.64
440
11.43
464
12.59
486
13.71
506
14.81
473
14.75
496
16.06
517
17.34
537
18.59

Rpm
440
440
450
471
497
525
555

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
552
9.45
576
10.44
598
11.42
619
12.41
552
10.93
577
12.12
601
13.32
624
14.54
550
12.38
575
13.65
598
14.97
621
16.32
557
14.35
579
15.60
600
16.91
621
18.28
573
17.06
592
18.29
611
19.58
630
20.91
596
20.54
613
21.78
629
23.06
646
24.40
622
24.78
637
26.07
653
27.39
668
28.75

Rpm
639
646
644
643
649
663
683

1.4
Bhp
5.56
6.52
7.95
10.00
12.65
15.91
19.82

1.6
Rpm
471
469
476
493
516
543
573

3.0
Bhp
13.41
15.76
17.71
19.70
22.31
25.78
30.13

3.2
Rpm
659
667
666
663
668
680
699

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
677
15.40
695
16.40
712
17.40
728
18.41
687
18.22
706
19.45
725
20.69
742
21.92
687
20.54
707
21.98
727
23.43
746
24.89
684
22.69
704
24.24
724
25.83
743
27.43
686
25.27
705
26.84
723
28.44
742
30.09
697
28.68
713
30.21
730
31.79
747
33.42
714
33.04
729
34.55
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30B before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

50ZN,Z3 units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
6.51
7.54
8.95
10.99
13.68
17.03
21.04

Bhp
14.41
16.99
19.11
21.18
23.77
27.20
31.56

Table 15 — Fan Performance — 50ZG,ZN060 Units With Discharge Plenum and 50Z2,Z3060 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
15,000
18,000
21,000
24,000
27,000
30,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
12,000
15,000
18,000
21,000
24,000
27,000
30,000

0.2
Rpm
241
281
323
366
410
455
500

Bhp
1.82
3.14
5.03
7.61
10.97
15.23
20.52

0.4
Rpm
280
316
355
395
437
479
522

1.8
Rpm
486
498
518
546
577
611
648

Bhp
7.94
9.90
12.57
16.07
20.49
25.91
32.43

Bhp
2.41
3.87
5.92
8.66
12.20
16.65
22.11

2.0
Rpm
511
520
539
564
594
628
663

Bhp
8.91
10.93
13.66
17.23
21.74
27.26
33.90

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
314
3.04
346
3.72
376
4.47
405
5.26
346
4.61
374
5.38
400
6.19
426
7.05
382
6.80
408
7.68
431
8.58
454
9.53
421
9.69
444
10.71
466
11.73
487
12.78
460
13.39
482
14.55
503
15.71
523
16.88
501
18.00
522
19.33
542
20.64
560
21.95
543
23.64
563
25.14
581
26.61
599
28.06

Rpm
433
450
476
507
541
578
616

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
535
9.91
559
10.94
581
11.99
603
13.07
543
12.01
564
13.11
586
14.26
606
15.43
559
14.78
579
15.95
598
17.15
617
18.39
583
18.42
600
19.64
618
20.90
635
22.19
611
23.00
628
24.31
644
25.63
660
26.99
643
28.63
659
30.03
674
31.44
689
32.87
678
35.38
—
—
—
—
—
—

Rpm
624
627
636
653
676
703
—

1.4
Bhp
6.11
7.95
10.50
13.85
18.07
23.26
29.52

1.6
Rpm
460
474
498
527
560
595
632

3.0
Bhp
14.16
16.63
19.65
23.51
28.38
34.33
—

3.2
Rpm
645
646
654
669
691
718
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
664
16.40
683
17.55
702
18.70
720
19.87
666
19.12
685
20.39
703
21.69
721
23.01
672
22.28
690
23.64
708
25.02
725
26.44
686
26.25
703
27.67
719
29.11
735
30.59
707
31.23
722
32.71
737
34.20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30B before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

50ZN,Z3 units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
7.01
8.90
11.52
14.94
19.27
24.58
30.97

Bhp
15.28
17.86
20.95
24.86
29.77
35.82
—

Table 16 — Fan Performance — 50ZG,ZN070 Units With Discharge Plenum and 50Z2,Z3070 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
14,000
17,500
21,000
24,500
28,000
30,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
14,000
17,500
21,000
24,500
28,000
30,000

0.2
Rpm
268
316
366
417
470
500

Bhp
2.64
4.67
7.61
11.61
16.88
20.52

0.4
Rpm
304
348
395
444
493
522

1.8
Rpm
493
515
546
583
623
648

Bhp
9.17
12.07
16.07
21.32
27.96
32.43

Bhp
3.32
5.54
8.66
12.87
18.35
22.11

2.0
Rpm
516
535
564
600
639
663

Bhp
10.19
13.14
17.23
22.59
29.35
33.90

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
335
4.02
364
4.76
391
5.55
418
6.39
376
6.39
402
7.25
426
8.14
449
9.06
421
9.69
444
10.71
466
11.73
487
12.78
467
14.09
489
15.28
509
16.47
529
17.66
515
19.77
536
21.15
555
22.51
573
23.87
543
23.64
563
25.14
581
26.61
599
28.06

Rpm
444
472
507
547
590
616

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
539
11.24
562
12.33
583
13.45
605
14.60
556
14.26
576
15.42
595
16.61
615
17.84
583
18.42
600
19.64
618
20.90
635
22.19
616
23.87
633
25.18
649
26.53
664
27.89
655
30.75
670
32.18
685
33.63
699
35.09
678
35.38
—
—
—
—
—
—

Rpm
625
634
653
680
—
—

1.4
Bhp
7.27
10.03
13.85
18.86
25.22
29.52

1.6
Rpm
468
493
527
565
607
632

3.0
Bhp
15.77
19.09
23.51
29.29
—
—

3.2
Rpm
645
652
669
695
—
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
665
18.18
684
19.42
703
20.68
721
21.95
671
21.70
689
23.05
706
24.42
724
25.82
686
26.24
703
27.67
719
29.11
735
30.59
711
32.17
726
33.65
741
35.16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND

2. See Table 30B before using Fan Performance tables.
3. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

50ZN,Z3 units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Kilowatts =

NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Bhp
8.20
11.03
14.94
20.08
26.59
30.97

Bhp
16.96
20.39
24.86
30.71
—
—

Table 17 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 and 50ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ,Z2,Z3,Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9075
Units With Forward-Curved Fan*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000

0.2
Rpm
Bhp
211
2.35
232
3.27
253
4.42
275
5.83
298
7.53
320
9.55
343
11.91
367
14.65
390
17.78

0.4
Rpm
Bhp
243
3.06
261
4.06
281
5.31
301
6.82
321
8.62
342
10.75
364
13.22
386
16.06
408
19.31

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
272
3.80
299
4.59
325
5.43
349
6.30
288
4.88
313
5.74
337
6.65
360
7.59
305
6.21
329
7.14
351
8.11
372
912
324
7.81
346
8.82
366
9.86
386
10.94
343
9.70
364
10.80
383
11.92
402
13.07
363
11.93
383
13.11
401
14.31
419
15.54
384
14.50
402
15.78
420
17.07
437
18.37
405
17.45
422
18.83
439
20.20
455
21.59
426
20.80
443
22.28
459
23.75
474
25.24

1.4
Rpm
Bhp
372
7.21
381
8.57
393
10.17
406
12.05
420
14.25
436
16.79
453
19.70
471
23.00
489
26.73

Rpm
395
402
413
425
438
453
469
486
504

1.8
Rpm
Bhp
416
9.12
423
10.62
432
12.36
443
14.38
455
16.70
470
19.38
485
22.43
501
25.89
518
29.76

2.0
Rpm
Bhp
437
10.10
442
11.68
450
13.50
460
15.58
472
17.98
486
20.72
500
23.83
516
27.36
533
31.32

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Hp
Rpm
Hp
Rpm
Hp
Rpm
Hp
457
11.10
476
12.13
495
13.17
513
14.22
462
12.77
480
13.88
498
15.00
516
16.15
469
14.66
486
15.84
504
17.05
521
18.27
478
16.82
495
18.07
511
19.35
527
20.65
489
19.28
505
20.60
521
21.96
536
23.33
501
22.08
517
23.48
532
24.89
547
26.34
515
25.27
530
26.73
544
28.22
559
29.72
530
28.86
544
30.38
558
31.94
572
33.51
546
32.89
560
34.48
573
36.10
586
37.74

3.0
Rpm
Hp
531
15.29
533
17.31
537
19.53
543
21.98
551
24.72
561
27.80
573
31.26
585
35.11
599
39.41

3.2
Rpm
Hp
548
16.38
550
18.48
553
20.78
559
23.32
566
26.14
576
29.29
586
32.81
599
36.74
612
41.11

1.6
Bhp
8.15
9.58
11.25
13.20
15.46
18.07
21.05
24.43
28.24

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm
Hp
Rpm
Hp
Rpm
Hp
Rpm
Hp
564
17.47
581
18.58
596
19.71
612
20.84
566
19.68
582
20.88
597
22.10
613
23.33
569
22.06
585
23.36
600
24.66
615
25.99
574
24.68
589
26.06
604
27.45
618
28.85
581
27.57
596
29.04
610
30.51
624
31.99
590
30.80
604
32.33
617
33.88
631
35.44
600
34.39
613
35.99
627
37.61
640
39.24
612
38.38
624
40.05
637
41.74
650
43.44
624
42.81
637
44.54
649
46.29
661
48.06
2. For return fan (48Z6,Z8 and 50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9) and high-capacity
power exhaust (48ZT,ZW and 50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ) units, add component pressure drop for economizer. Do not add component
pressure drop for power exhaust.
3. See Table 30C before using Fan Performance tables.
4. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

LEGEND
48/50ZN,ZW,ZZ,Z3,Z8,Z9 units only.
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
*If calculating static pressure for a 48 Series unit, be sure to add gas
heat pressure drop from Table 30C.
NOTES:
1. Fan performance is based on wet coils and clean 2-in. filters.

Kilowatts =

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Table 18 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 and 50ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ,Z2,Z3,Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9075
Units With Airfoil Fan*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
15,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
15,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000

0.30
Rpm
Bhp
622
3.32
657
3.86
727
5.11
798
6.60
870
8.37
942 10.42
1015 12.73
1088 15.52
1162 18.68

0.60
Rpm
Bhp
673
4.27
705
4.85
771
6.20
838
7.80
907
9.66
977 11.73
1047 14.26
1118 17.15
1190 20.43

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.90
1.20
1.50
1.80
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
721
5.24
768
6.27
815
7.33
859
8.44
751
5.87
795
6.93
839
8.02
882
9.15
812
7.30
853
8.42
892
9.58
931 10.66
876
8.98
913 10.18
950 11.31
985 12.59
942 10.83
977 12.14 1010 13.47 1043 14.83
1010 13.13 1042 14.54 1073 15.96 1103 17.40
1078 15.77 1108 17.28 1137 18.79 1166 20.32
1147 18.77 1176 20.38 1203 21.99 1230 23.61
1218 22.15 1244 23.87 1270 25.58 1296 27.29

2.10
Rpm
Bhp
903
9.57
924 10.32
970 11.92
1021 13.91
1076 16.22
1134 18.87
1194 21.87
1257 25.25
1321 29.01

2.40
Rpm
Bhp
945 10.63
965 11.43
1008 13.22
1056 15.28
1108 17.65
1163 20.37
1222 23.44
1283 26.90
1345 30.75

2.70
Rpm
Bhp
985 11.83
1004 12.68
1045 14.54
1090 16.67
1140 19.11
1193 21.90
1250 25.04
1309 28.57
1370 32.50

3.00
Rpm
Bhp
1024 13.05
1042 13.95
1081 15.90
1124 18.10
1171 20.61
1222 23.45
1277 26.67
1335 30.27
1394 34.28

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.30
3.60
3.90
4.20
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1062 14.29 1098 15.54 1132 16.80 1166 18.07
1079 15.24 1114 16.55 1149 17.86 1182 19.19
1116 17.28 1150 18.69 1184 20.11 1216 21.54
1157 19.56 1190 21.05 1222 22.56 1253 24.09
1202 22.14 1233 23.69 1263 25.28 1293 26.88
1252 25.04 1280 26.67 1309 28.31 1337 29.99
1304 28.33 1331 30.01 1358 31.72 1385 33.46
1360 32.00 1386 33.75 1411 35.52 1436 37.32
1418 36.08 1442 37.89 1466 39.74 1490 41.60

4.50
Rpm
Bhp
1199 19.34
1215 20.52
1248 22.99
1284 25.63
1323 28.51
1365 31.69
1411 35.22
1461 39.15
1513 43.49

4.80
Rpm
Bhp
1230 20.63
1246 21.87
1279 24.45
1314 27.19
1352 30.16
1393 33.42
1437 37.01
1486 40.99
1537 45.40

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
5.10
5.40
5.70
6.00
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1261 21.92 1291 23.22 1320 24.52 1348 25.84
1276 23.22 1306 24.58 1335 25.95 1363 27.32
1309 25.92 1338 27.40 1367 28.88 1395 30.37
1343 28.77 1372 30.35 1400 31.94 1428 33.55
1380 31.82 1408 33.50 1435 35.20 1462 36.90
1420 35.16 1447 36.92 1473 38.70 1499 40.49
1463 38.82 1489 40.66 1514 42.51 1539 44.38
1510 42.87 1535 44.77 1559 46.69 1583 48.63
1560 47.34 1583 49.30 1606 51.28 1629 53.28
2. For return fan (48Z6,Z8 and 50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9) high-capacity power
exhaust (48ZT,ZW and 50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ) units, add component
pressure drop for economizer. Do not add component pressure
drop for power exhaust.
3. See Table 30C before using Fan Performance tables.
4. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

Kilowatts =

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Table 19 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 and 50ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ,Z2,Z3,Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9090
Units With Forward-Curved Fan*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000

0.2
Rpm
Bhp
232
3.27
253
4.42
275
5.83
298
7.53
320
9.55
343
11.91
367
14.65
390
17.78
414
21.36
437
25.39

0.4
Rpm
Bhp
261
4.06
281
5.31
301
6.82
321
8.62
342
10.75
364
13.22
386
16.06
408
19.31
431
22.99
454
27.13

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
288
4.88
313
5.74
337
6.65
360
7.59
305
6.21
329
7.14
351
8.11
372
9.12
324
7.81
346
8.82
366
9.86
386
10.94
343
9.70
364
10.80
383
11.92
402
13.07
363
11.93
383
13.11
401
14.31
419
15.54
384
14.50
402
15.78
420
17.07
437
18.37
405
17.45
422
18.83
439
20.20
455
21.59
426
20.80
443
22.28
459
23.75
474
25.24
448
24.59
464
26.17
479
27.75
494
29.32
470
28.84
485
30.53
500
32.20
514
33.87

1.4
Rpm
Bhp
381
8.57
393
10.17
406
12.05
420
14.25
436
16.79
453
19.70
471
23.00
489
26.73
508
30.90
528
35.55

Rpm
402
413
425
438
453
469
486
504
523
542

1.8
Rpm
Bhp
423
10.62
432
12.36
443
14.38
455
16.70
470
19.38
485
22.43
501
25.89
518
29.76
536
34.11
555
38.92

2.0
Rpm
Bhp
442
11.68
450
13.50
460
15.58
472
17.98
486
20.72
500
23.83
516
27.36
533
31.32
550
35.73
568
40.63

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
462
12.77
480
13.88
498
15.00
516
16.15
469
14.66
486
15.84
504
17.05
521
18.27
478
16.82
495
18.07
511
19.35
527
20.65
489
19.28
505
20.60
521
21.96
536
23.33
501
22.08
517
23.48
532
24.89
547
26.34
515
25.27
530
26.73
544
28.22
559
29.72
530
28.86
544
30.38
558
31.94
572
33.51
546
32.89
560
34.48
573
36.10
586
37.74
563
37.38
576
39.04
589
40.73
601
42.45
581
42.36
593
44.10
605
45.87
618
47.64

3.0
Rpm
Bhp
533
17.31
537
19.53
543
21.98
551
24.72
561
27.80
573
31.26
585
35.11
599
39.41
614
44.18
630
49.45

Rpm
550
553
559
566
576
586
599
612
626
641

1.6
Bhp
9.58
11.25
13.20
15.46
18.07
21.05
24.43
28.24
32.49
37.23

3.2
Bhp
18.48
20.78
23.32
26.14
29.29
32.81
36.74
41.11
45.94
51.27

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm Bhp
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
Rpm Bhp
566 19.68
582 20.88 597 22.10
613 23.33
569 22.06
585 23.36 600 24.66
615 25.99
574 24.68
589 26.06 604 27.45
618 28.85
581 27.57
596 29.04 610 30.51
624 31.99
590 30.80
604 32.33 617 33.88
631 35.44
600 34.39
613 35.99 627 37.61
640 39.24
612 38.38
624 40.05 637 41.74
650 43.44
624 42.81
637 44.54 649 46.29
661 48.06
638 47.72
650 49.51 662 51.33
674 53.17
653 53.12
665 54.98 676 56.87
—
—
2. For return fan (48Z6,Z8 and 50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9) and high-capacity
power exhaust (48ZT,ZW and 50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ) units, add component pressure drop for economizer. Do not add component
pressure drop for power exhaust.
3. See Table 30C before using Fan Performance tables.
4. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

Kilowatts =

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Table 20 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 and 50ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ,Z2,Z3,Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9090
Units With Airfoil Fan*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
17,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
17,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000

0.30
Rpm
Bhp
692
4.45
727
5.11
798
6.60
870
8.37
942 10.42
1015 12.73
1088 15.52
1162 18.68
1235 22.25
1309 26.26

0.60
Rpm
Bhp
737
5.50
771
6.20
838
7.80
907
9.66
977 11.73
1047 14.26
1118 17.15
1190 20.43
1262 24.12
1335 28.23

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.90
1.20
1.50
1.80
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
781
6.56
824
7.64
865
8.77
906
9.93
812
7.30
853
8.42
892
9.58
931 10.66
876
8.98
913 10.18
950 11.31
985 12.59
942 10.83
977 12.14 1010 13.47 1043 14.83
1010 13.13 1042 14.54 1073 15.96 1103 17.40
1078 15.77 1108 17.28 1137 18.79 1166 20.32
1147 18.77 1176 20.38 1203 21.99 1230 23.61
1218 22.15 1244 23.87 1270 25.58 1296 27.29
1288 25.94 1313 27.76 1338 29.57 1362 31.38
1359 30.17 1383 32.09 1407 34.00 1430 35.91

2.10
Rpm
Bhp
946 11.03
970 11.92
1021 13.91
1076 16.22
1134 18.87
1194 21.87
1257 25.25
1321 29.01
1386 33.20
1452 37.82

2.40
Rpm
Bhp
985 12.29
1008 13.22
1056 15.28
1108 17.65
1163 20.37
1222 23.44
1283 26.90
1345 30.75
1409 35.02
1475 39.73

2.70
Rpm
Bhp
1024 13.58
1045 14.54
1090 16.67
1140 19.11
1193 21.90
1250 25.04
1309 28.57
1370 32.50
1433 36.87
1497 41.66

3.00
Rpm
Bhp
1061 14.90
1081 15.90
1124 18.10
1171 20.61
1222 23.45
1277 26.67
1335 30.27
1394 34.28
1456 38.72
1519 43.60

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.30
3.60
3.90
4.20
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1097 16.24 1132 17.59 1166 18.96 1199 20.35
1116 17.28 1150 18.69 1184 20.11 1216 21.54
1157 19.56 1190 21.05 1222 22.56 1253 24.09
1202 22.14 1233 23.69 1263 25.28 1293 26.88
1252 25.04 1280 26.67 1309 28.31 1337 29.99
1304 28.33 1331 30.01 1358 31.72 1385 33.46
1360 32.00 1386 33.75 1411 35.52 1436 37.32
1418 36.08 1442 37.89 1466 39.74 1490 41.60
1479 40.58 1501 42.48 1524 44.38 1546 46.32
1540 45.55 1562 47.52 1583 49.50 1605 51.50

4.50
Rpm
Bhp
1231 21.74
1248 22.99
1284 25.63
1323 28.51
1365 31.69
1411 35.22
1461 39.15
1513 43.49
1568 48.27
1626 53.52

4.80
Rpm
Bhp
1262 23.14
1279 24.45
1314 27.19
1352 30.16
1393 33.42
1437 37.01
1486 40.99
1537 45.40
1591 50.25
1647 55.56

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
5.10
5.40
5.70
6.00
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1292 24.55 1322 25.97 1351 27.40 1379 28.83
1309 25.92 1338 27.40 1367 28.88 1395 30.37
1343 28.77 1372 30.35 1400 31.94 1428 33.55
1380 31.82 1408 33.50 1435 35.20 1462 36.90
1420 35.16 1447 36.92 1473 38.70 1499 40.49
1463 38.82 1489 40.66 1514 42.51 1539 44.38
1510 42.87 1535 44.77 1559 46.69 1583 48.63
1560 47.34 1583 49.30 1606 51.28 1629 53.28
1613 52.25 1635 54.27 1657 56.31 1678 58.37
1668 57.63 1689 59.70 1710 61.80 1730 63.93
2. For return fan (48Z6,Z8 and 50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9) and high-capacity
power exhaust (48ZT,ZW and 50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ) units, add component pressure drop for economizer. Do not add component
pressure drop for power exhaust.
3. See Table 30C before using Fan Performance tables.
4. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

Kilowatts =

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Table 21 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 and 50ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ,Z2,Z3,Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9105
Units With Forward-Curved Fan*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
40,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
40,000

0.2
Rpm
Bhp
275
5.83
298
7.53
320
9.55
343
11.91
367
14.65
390
17.78
414
21.36
437
25.39
461
29.92
485
34.96
509
40.54

0.4
Rpm
Bhp
301
6.82
321
8.62
342
10.75
364
13.22
386
16.06
408
19.31
431
22.99
454
27.13
477
31.77
500
36.91
523
42.61

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
324
7.81
346
8.82
366
9.86
386
10.94
343
9.70
364
10.80
383
11.92
402
13.07
363
11.93
383
13.11
401
14.31
419
15.54
384
14.50
402
15.78
420
17.07
437
18.37
405
17.45
422
18.83
439
20.20
455
21.59
426
20.80
443
22.28
459
23.75
474
25.24
448
24.59
464
26.17
479
27.75
494
29.32
470
28.84
485
30.53
500
32.20
514
33.87
492
33.58
506
35.38
521
37.16
534
38.93
514
38.85
528
40.74
542
42.63
555
44.50
537
44.65
550
46.66
563
48.64
576
50.62

1.4
Rpm
Bhp
406
12.05
420
14.25
436
16.79
453
19.70
471
23.00
489
26.73
508
30.90
528
35.55
548
40.69
568
46.36
589
52.59

Rpm
425
438
453
469
486
504
523
542
561
581
601

1.8
Rpm
Bhp
443
14.38
455
16.70
470
19.38
485
22.43
501
25.89
518
29.76
536
34.11
555
38.92
574
44.25
593
50.10
613
56.52

2.0
Rpm
Bhp
460
15.58
472
17.98
486
20.72
500
23.83
516
27.36
533
31.32
550
35.73
568
40.63
586
46.03
605
51.98
625
58.49

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
478
16.82
495
18.07
511
19.35
527
20.65
489
19.28
505
20.60
521
21.96
536
23.33
501
22.08
517
23.48
532
24.89
547
26.34
515
25.27
530
26.73
544
28.22
559
29.72
530
28.86
544
30.38
558
31.94
572
33.51
546
32.89
560
34.48
573
36.10
586
37.74
563
37.38
576
39.04
589
40.73
601
42.45
581
42.36
593
44.10
605
45.87
618
47.64
599
47.85
611
49.67
623
51.51
634
53.37
617
53.87
629
55.77
640
57.71
652
59.63
636
60.48
648
62.46
659
64.47
—
—

3.0
Rpm
Bhp
543
21.98
551
24.72
561
27.80
573
31.26
585
35.11
599
39.41
614
44.18
630
49.45
646
55.25
663
61.59
—
—

Rpm
559
566
576
586
599
612
626
641
657
674
—

1.6
Bhp
13.20
15.46
18.07
21.05
24.43
28.24
32.49
37.23
42.47
48.23
54.56

3.2
Bhp
23.32
26.14
29.29
32.81
36.74
41.11
45.94
51.27
57.14
63.54
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
Rpm Bhp
574 24.68 589 26.06 604 27.45
618 28.86
581 27.57 596 29.04 610 30.51
624 31.99
590 30.80 604 32.33 617 33.88
631 35.44
600 34.39 613 35.99 627 37.61
640 39.24
612 38.38 624 40.05 637 41.74
650 43.44
624 42.81 637 44.54 649 46.29
661 48.06
638 47.72 650 49.51 662 51.33
674 53.17
653 53.12 665 54.98 676 56.87
—
—
669 59.06 680 60.98
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2. For return fan (48Z6,Z8 and 50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9) and high-capacity
power exhaust (48ZT,ZW and 50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ) units, add component pressure drop for economizer. Do not add component
pressure drop for power exhaust.
3. See Table 30C before using Fan Performance tables.
4. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

Kilowatts =

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Table 22 — Fan Performance — 48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 and 50ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ,Z2,Z3,Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9105
Units With Airfoil Fan*
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
40,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
40,000

0.30
Rpm
Bhp
798
6.60
870
8.37
942 10.42
1015 12.73
1088 15.52
1162 18.68
1235 22.25
1309 26.26
1383 30.73
1457 35.67
1532 41.12

0.60
Rpm
Bhp
838
7.80
907
9.66
977 11.73
1047 14.26
1118 17.15
1190 20.43
1262 24.12
1335 28.23
1407 32.80
1480 37.85
1554 43.40

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.90
1.20
1.50
1.80
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
876
8.98
913 10.18
950 11.31
985 12.59
942 10.83
977 12.14 1010 13.47 1043 14.83
1010 13.13 1042 14.54 1073 15.96 1103 17.40
1078 15.77 1108 17.28 1137 18.79 1166 20.32
1147 18.77 1176 20.38 1203 21.99 1230 23.61
1217 22.15 1244 23.87 1270 25.58 1296 27.29
1288 25.94 1313 27.76 1338 29.57 1362 31.38
1359 30.17 1383 32.09 1407 34.00 1430 35.91
1431 34.85 1454 36.87 1476 38.89 1498 40.89
1503 40.00 1525 42.13 1546 44.24 1567 46.36
1575 45.65 1596 47.88 1616 50.10 1637 52.31

2.10
Rpm
Bhp
1021 13.91
1076 16.22
1134 18.87
1194 21.87
1257 25.25
1321 29.01
1386 33.20
1452 37.82
1520 42.90
1588 48.46
1657 54.51

2.40
Rpm
Bhp
1056 15.28
1108 17.65
1163 20.37
1222 23.44
1283 26.90
1345 30.75
1409 35.02
1475 39.73
1541 44.90
1608 50.56
1676 56.71

2.70
Rpm
Bhp
1090 16.67
1140 19.11
1193 21.90
1250 25.04
1309 28.57
1370 32.50
1433 36.87
1497 41.66
1562 46.92
1628 52.66
1696 58.91

3.00
Rpm
Bhp
1124 18.10
1171 20.61
1222 23.45
1277 26.67
1335 30.27
1394 34.28
1456 38.72
1519 43.60
1583 48.94
1648 54.78
1715 61.10

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.30
3.60
3.90
4.20
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1157 19.56 1190 21.05 1222 22.56 1253 24.09
1202 22.14 1233 23.69 1263 25.28 1293 26.88
1252 25.04 1280 26.67 1309 28.31 1337 29.99
1304 28.33 1331 30.01 1358 31.72 1385 33.46
1360 32.00 1386 33.75 1411 35.52 1436 37.32
1418 36.08 1442 37.89 1466 39.74 1490 41.60
1479 40.58 1501 42.48 1524 44.38 1546 46.32
1540 45.55 1562 47.52 1583 49.50 1605 51.50
1604 50.97 1624 53.02 1645 55.08 1665 57.15
1668 56.89 1688 59.02 1707 61.16 1727 63.31
1734 63.31 1752 65.52 1771 67.74 1790 69.97

4.50
Rpm
Bhp
1284 25.63
1323 28.51
1365 31.69
1411 35.22
1461 39.15
1513 43.49
1568 48.27
1626 53.52
1685 59.25
1746 65.47
—
—

4.80
Rpm
Bhp
1314 27.19
1352 30.16
1393 33.42
1437 37.01
1486 40.99
1537 45.40
1591 50.25
1647 55.56
1705 61.35
1765 67.65
—
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
5.10
5.40
5.70
6.00
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
1343 28.77 1372 30.35 1400 31.94 1428 33.55
1380 31.82 1408 33.50 1435 35.20 1462 36.90
1420 35.16 1447 36.92 1473 38.70 1499 40.49
1463 38.82 1489 40.66 1514 42.51 1539 44.38
1510 42.87 1535 44.77 1559 46.69 1583 48.63
1560 47.34 1583 49.30 1606 51.28 1629 53.28
1613 52.25 1635 54.27 1657 56.31 1678 58.37
1668 57.63 1689 59.70 1710 61.80 1730 63.93
1725 63.48 1745 65.63 1765 67.79 1785 69.97
1784 69.85
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2. For return fan (48Z6,Z8 and 50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9) and high-capacity
power exhaust (48ZT,ZW and 50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ) units, add component pressure drop for economizer. Do not add component
pressure drop for power exhaust.
3. See Table 30C before using Fan Performance tables.
4. Conversion — Bhp to kW:

Kilowatts =

Bhp x .746
Motor efficiency

See Tables 26-28 for motor efficiency.

Table 23 — Fan Performance — Standard Capacity Power Exhaust
Size 030-050 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000

0.20
Rpm Bhp
380 0.95
440 1.69
504 2.73
575 4.17
650 6.09
729 8.57
809 11.57
891 15.47

0.40
Rpm Bhp
468 1.47
523 2.40
582 3.68
643 5.33
708 7.42
778 10.02
851 13.19
927 17.22

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.60
0.80
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
543 2.01 612 2.60 676 3.24 738 3.92 796 4.64 852 5.39
591 3.08 651 3.77 706 4.49 759 5.23 810 6.01 859 6.82
647 4.55 703 5.38 754 6.22 802 7.06 847 7.92 891 8.80
705 6.42 760 7.45 809 8.44 854 9.41 896 10.38 937 11.27
766 8.73 819 9.97 867 11.05 910 12.22 951 13.38 990 14.53
829 11.43 879 12.93 926 14.37 969 15.76 —
—
—
—
896 14.90 942 16.61 987 18.29 —
—
—
—
—
—
967 19.08 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1.80
Rpm Bhp
905 6.17
907 7.66
933 9.70
976 12.29
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

2.00
Rpm Bhp
956 6.98
953 8.53
975 10.52
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1.8
Rpm Bhp
808 5.86
822 7.30
845 9.03
878 11.16
918 13.81
—
—
—
—
—
—

2.0
Rpm Bhp
850 6.47
861 8.00
881 9.80
910 11.98
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Size 055-155 Units
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000

0.2
Rpm Bhp
416 1.65
480 2.67
546 4.09
613 5.95
682 8.32
752 11.27
821 14.86
892 19.16

0.4
Rpm Bhp
469 2.03
524 3.09
584 4.55
647 6.46
712 8.88
779 11.89
846 15.53
915 19.89

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
522 2.47 574 2.97 624 3.51 673 4.08 720 4.66 765 5.26
568 3.56 612 4.09 656 4.67 699 5.29 741 5.94 782 6.61
621 5.05 659 5.61 697 6.21 735 6.87 772 7.56 809 8.28
680 7.00 713 7.59 746 8.22 779 8.90 812 9.62 845 10.37
741 9.47 771 10.10 800 10.76 830 11.47 859 12.21 889 13.00
805 12.53 832 13.19 858 13.90 885 14.63 911 15.41 —
—
871 16.23 895 16.94 919 17.69 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Bhp — Brake Horsepower

Table 24 — Fan Performance — Return/Exhaust Fan (48Z6,Z8 and 50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9075-105 Units)
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
40,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
40,000

0.2
Rpm Bhp
594 3.61
619 4.09
687 5.57
756 7.37
825 9.50
895 11.94
965 14.94
1035 18.43
1105 22.42
1176 26.96
1246 32.09
1317 37.83
1388 44.22
—
—

0.4
Rpm Bhp
594 3.61
652 4.76
718 6.35
786 8.25
853 10.50
922 13.08
990 16.21
1059 19.81
1128 23.93
1198 28.59
1267 33.83
1337 39.69
1407 46.21
—
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
617 4.02 646 4.58 674 5.16 700 5.75 725 6.36 749 6.99
681 5.40 708 6.02 733 6.65 757 7.29 781 7.94 803 8.61
746 7.07 771 7.76 795 8.45 817 9.14 839 9.85 860 10.56
812 9.06 836 9.84 858 10.59 879 11.25 900 12.03 920 12.82
878 11.31 901 12.20 923 13.06 943 13.90 962 14.75 981 15.60
945 14.12 967 15.10 988 16.05 1007 16.99 1026 17.91 1044 18.83
1013 17.36 1034 18.46 1054 19.51 1073 20.53 1091 21.54 1108 22.54
1081 21.09 1101 22.29 1120 23.45 1138 24.57 1156 25.67 1172 26.76
1149 25.33 1169 26.65 1187 27.92 1205 29.14 1222 30.34 1238 31.51
1218 30.11 1237 31.55 1255 32.93 1272 34.26 1288 35.56 1304 36.83
1287 35.47 1305 37.03 1322 38.53 1339 39.97 1355 41.38 1370 42.75
1356 41.46 1374 43.14 1391 44.75 1407 46.31 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1.8
Rpm Bhp
772 7.62
825 9.30
881 11.20
939 13.62
1000 16.46
1061 19.76
1125 23.54
1189 27.83
1253 32.67
1319 38.08
1385 44.10
—
—
—
—
—
—

2.0
Rpm Bhp
795 8.25
847 9.99
901 11.96
958 14.43
1018 17.33
1079 20.69
1141 24.54
1204 28.91
1269 33.83
1333 39.32
1399 45.43
—
—
—
—
—
—

2.2
Rpm Bhp
816 8.89
867 10.59
921 12.74
977 15.25
1035 18.21
1095 21.62
1157 25.54
1220 29.98
1283 34.98
1348 40.55
1413 46.75
—
—
—
—
—
—

2.4
Rpm Bhp
836 9.52
887 11.31
940 13.52
995 16.10
1052 19.10
1112 22.58
1173 26.55
1235 31.06
1298 36.13
1362 41.78
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp Rpm Bhp
856 10.15 874 10.67 892 11.31 910 11.94 926 12.57 942 13.19
907 12.05 926 12.78 944 13.52 961 14.25 978 14.98 995 15.71
959 14.33 977 15.13 995 15.95 1012 16.77 1029 17.59 1046 18.42
1013 16.96 1031 17.82 1048 18.70 1065 19.59 1081 20.49 1097 21.39
1069 20.01 1086 20.93 1103 21.86 1119 22.81 1135 23.76 1150 24.73
1128 23.54 1144 24.51 1159 25.49 1175 26.49 1190 27.50 1205 28.52
1188 27.57 1203 28.59 1218 29.64 1233 30.68 1247 31.74 1262 32.81
1249 32.14 1264 33.23 1278 34.32 1292 35.42 1306 36.53 1320 37.65
1312 37.28 1326 38.42 1340 39.58 1353 40.74 1367 41.92 1380 43.09
1375 43.00 1389 44.22 1402 45.45 1415 46.67 —
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

3.8
Rpm Bhp
958 13.80
1011 16.44
1062 19.24
1113 22.30
1166 25.71
1220 29.55
1276 33.89
1334 38.78
1393 44.27
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

4.0
Rpm Bhp
973 14.42
1026 17.16
1078 20.07
1129 23.21
1181 26.69
1234 30.58
1290 34.98
1347 39.93
1406 45.46
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

NOTE: The 48Z6,Z8 and 50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9 units come standard with economizer and exhaust/return power exhaust.

Table 25 — Fan Performance — High-Capacity Power Exhaust
(48ZT,ZW075-105 and 50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ)
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
40,000

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000
22,000
24,000
26,000
28,000
30,000
32,000
34,000
36,000
38,000
40,000

Rpm
480
526
574
622
671
722
772
824
875
928
980
1033
1086
1139

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
0.4
0.6
0.8
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
4.28
520
4.86
557
5.86
563
6.47
597
7.84
608
8.45
639
10.26
654
10.87
684
13.16
701
13.76
730
16.59
750
17.16
777
20.58
799
21.13
824
25.18
849
25.70
873
30.43
899
30.91
922
36.35
950
36.80
972
42.98
1001
43.40
1022
50.37
1053
50.75
1072
58.53
1105
58.89
1124
67.52
1157
67.84
—

Bhp
5.48
7.12
9.14
11.57
14.46
17.86
21.82
26.37
31.55
37.41
43.98
51.30
59.40
—

Rpm
592
629
670
712
757
802
849
896
944
993
1042
1092
1142
—

Rpm
659
690
726
765
807
850
894
940
986
1033
1081
1129
—
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
1.4
1.6
1.8
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
7.42
691
8.09
722
9.22
720
9.94
749
11.36
754
12.14
780
13.91
791
14.73
816
16.89
831
17.75
854
20.35
873
21.25
895
24.33
916
25.26
937
28.89
961
29.83
981
34.06
1006
35.01
1026
39.88
1053
40.84
1071
46.39
1100
47.35
1118
53.65
1147
54.59
1165
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Bhp
8.77
10.68
12.93
15.57
18.63
22.16
26.21
30.81
36.00
41.84
48.36
55.60
—
—

Rpm
752
777
806
840
877
917
958
1001
1045
1090
1136
—
—
—

Rpm
811
832
858
888
922
959
998
1040
1082
1126
1170
—
—
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
2.4
2.6
2.8
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
10.83
839
11.53
866
12.93
858
13.69
884
15.35
882
16.17
907
18.14
911
19.01
934
21.34
944
22.26
966
25.00
980
25.98
1000
29.16
1018
30.17
1037
33.86
1058
34.91
1077
39.14
1100
40.23
1118
45.05
1143
46.16
1160
51.61
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Bhp
12.23
14.46
16.99
19.89
23.20
26.95
31.20
35.98
41.33
47.29
—
—
—
—

Rpm
892
910
931
957
987
1020
1057
1095
1135
—
—
—
—
—

Rpm
943
959
978
1001
1029
1060
1094
1131
1169
—
—
—
—
—

AVAILABLE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE (in. wg)
3.4
3.6
3.8
Bhp
Rpm
Bhp
Rpm
14.34
967
15.05
990
16.77
983
17.55
1006
19.50
1001
20.34
1024
22.57
1023
23.47
1045
26.03
1050
26.99
1070
29.94
1080
30.94
1099
34.32
1113
35.37
1131
39.23
1148
40.33
1166
44.69
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Bhp
15.75
18.33
21.19
24.38
27.96
31.96
36.44
41.44
—
—
—
—
—
—

Rpm
1013
1029
1046
1066
1090
1118
1149
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

0.2
Rpm
436
486
536
588
639
692
745
798
851
905
959
1013
1067
1121

Bhp
3.79
5.37
7.37
9.81
12.75
16.21
20.24
24.87
30.15
36.10
42.76
50.17
58.36
67.37

1.2
Rpm
626
660
698
739
782
827
872
918
965
1013
1062
1111
1160
—

Bhp
6.76
8.50
10.60
13.10
16.05
19.48
23.44
27.99
33.15
38.98
45.50
52.77
60.81
—

2.2
Rpm
782
805
832
864
900
938
979
1020
1064
1108
1153
—
—
—

Bhp
10.14
12.18
14.53
17.27
20.43
24.04
28.17
32.83
38.07
43.95
50.49
—
—
—

3.2
Rpm
918
934
955
979
1008
1040
1075
1113
1152
—
—
—
—
—

Bhp
13.64
16.00
18.66
21.67
25.08
28.93
33.27
38.14
43.56
—
—
—
—
—

LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower

1.0
Bhp
6.11
7.80
9.86
12.32
15.23
18.65
22.60
27.14
32.31
38.14
44.69
51.98
60.05
—

2.0
Bhp
9.45
11.42
13.73
16.41
19.52
23.10
27.17
31.81
37.02
42.88
49.41
—
—
—

3.0
Bhp
12.93
15.23
17.82
20.78
24.14
27.94
32.23
37.05
42.44
—
—
—
—
—

4.0
Bhp
16.46
19.11
22.04
25.29
28.92
32.98
37.51
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Table 26 — Supply Fan Motor Limitations (Sizes 030-070)
HIGH-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Nominal
Maximum
Maximum Amps
Rated
Bhp BkW Bhp BkW 230 v 380 v 460 v 575 v Efficiency
8.7 6.49 22.0
—
—
—
84.1
7.5
5.60
9.5 7.09 —
15.0 12.0 10.0
88.5
10.2 7.61 28.0
—
—
—
89.5
10
7.46
11.8 8.80 —
20.7 14.6 12.0
89.5
15.3 11.41 43.8
—
—
91.0
15 11.19
18.0 13.43 —
27.0 21.9 19.0
91.0
22.4 16.71 62.0
—
—
—
91.0
20 14.92
23.4 17.46 —
37.4 28.7 23.0
91.0
28.9 21.56 72.0
—
—
—
91.7
25 18.65
29.4 21.93 —
43.8 37.4 31.0
91.7
35.6 26.56 95.0
—
—
—
92.4
30 22.38
34.7 25.89 —
N/A 48.0 47.0
92.4
40 29.80 42.0 31.30 N/A
N/A 55.0 N/A
93.0

Nominal
Bhp
BkW
7.5

5.60

7.46

11.19

14.92

18.65

22.38

29.84

PREMIUM-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Maximum
Maximum Amps
Bhp
BkW
230 v
460 v
8.7
6.49
22.0
—
9.5
7.09
—
12.0
10.2
7.61
28.0
—
11.8
8.80
—
15.0
15.3 11.41
43.8
—
18.0 13.43
21.9
22.4 16.71
58.2
—
23.4 17.46
—
28.7
28.9 21.56
73.0
—
29.4 21.93
—
36.3
35.6 26.56
82.6
—
34.7 25.89
—
41.7
42.0 31.33
—
55.0

Rated
Efficiency
91.7
91.7
91.7
91.7
93.0
93.0
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
93.6
94.5

LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
BkW — Brake Kilowatts
NOTES:
1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has
ensured that the full horsepower range of the motor can be utilized with confidence. Using your fan motors up to the horsepower ratings shown in the Motor Limitations table will not
result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failure. Unit warranty will not be affected.
2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act (EPACT) Standards
effective October 24, 1997.

Table 27 — Supply Fan Motor Limitations (Sizes 075-105)
HIGH-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Max Amps
Nominal
Rated
BkW Max Bhp Max BkW
HP
460 V 575 V Efficiency
30
22.4
34.7
25.9
48.0 47.0
92.4
40
29.8
42.0
31.3
55.0 48.8
93.0
50
37.3
57.5
42.9
71.0 52.8
93.0
60
44.8
69.0
51.5
82.6 60.5
93.6
75
59.5
86.25
64.3
99.5
N/A
94.1

PREMIUM-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Max Amps
Nominal
Rated
BkW Max Bhp Max BkW
HP
460 V 575 V Efficiency
30
22.4
34.7
25.9
48.0
N/A
93.6
40
29.8
42.0
31.3
55.0
N/A
94.5
50
37.3
57.5
42.9
71.0
N/A
94.5
60
44.8
69.0
51.5
75.0
N/A
95.4
75
59.5
86.25
64.3
95.5
N/A
95.4

LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
BkW — Brake Kilowatts
NOTES:
1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has ensured that the full horsepower
range of the motor can be utilized with confidence. Using your fan motors up to the horsepower
ratings shown in the Motor Limitations table will not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor
failure. Unit warranty will not be affected.
2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act (EPACT) Standards effective October 24, 1997.

Table 28 — High-Capacity Power Exhaust Systems Motor Limitations (48ZT,ZW and 50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ Units)
Nominal
HP

BkW

20
30
40
50
60

14.9
22.4
29.8
37.3
44.8

Nominal
HP

BkW

20
30
40
50
60

14.9
22.4
29.8
37.3
44.8

HIGH-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Max Amps (ea)
Max
Max Bhp
BkW
460 V
575 V
23.6
17.6
14.6
12.0
36.0
26.9
21.9
19.0
46.8
34.9
28.7
23.0
58.8
43.9
37.4
31.0
69.0
51.5
48.0
47.0
PREMIUM-EFFICIENCY MOTORS
Max Amps (ea)
Max
Max Bhp
BkW
460 V
575 V
23.6
17.6
15.0
N/A
36.0
26.9
21.9
N/A
46.8
34.9
28.7
N/A
58.8
43.9
36.3
N/A
69.0
51.5
41.7
N/A

Rated
Efficiency
89.5
91.0
91.0
91.7
92.4
Rated
Efficiency
91.7
93.0
93.6
93.6
93.6

LEGEND
Bhp — Brake Horsepower
BkW — Brake Kilowatts
NOTES:
1. Extensive motor and electrical testing on the Carrier units has ensured that the full
horsepower range of the motor can be utilized with confidence. Using your fan
motors up to the horsepower ratings shown in the Motor Limitations table will not
result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failure. Unit warranty will not be
affected.
2. All motors comply with Energy Policy Act (EPACT) Standards effective October 24,
1997.

Table 29 — Unit Design Airflow Limit
UNIT SIZE
030

035

040

050

055

060

070

075

090

105

UNIT TYPE
48ZG,ZN Low Heat
48ZG,ZN High Heat
50ZG,ZN,Z2,Z3
48ZG,ZN Low Heat
48ZG,ZN High Heat
50ZG,ZN,Z2,Z3
48ZG,ZN Low Heat
48ZG,ZN High Heat
50ZG,ZN,Z2,Z3
48ZG,ZN Low Heat
48ZG,ZN High Heat
50ZG,ZN,Z2,Z3
48ZG,ZN Low Heat
48ZG,ZN High Heat
50ZG,ZN,Z2,Z3
48ZG,ZN Low Heat
48ZG,ZN High Heat
50ZG,ZN,Z2,Z3
48ZG,ZN Low Heat
48ZG,ZN High Heat
50ZG,ZN,Z2,Z3
48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 Low Heat
48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 High Heat
50ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ,Z2,Z3,Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9
48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 Low Heat
48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 High Heat
50ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ,Z2,Z3,Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9
48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 Low Heat
48ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,Z6,Z8 High Heat
50ZG,ZN,ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ,Z2,Z3,Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9

MINIMUM COOLING CFM
6,000
6,000
6,000
7,000
7,000
7,000
8,000
8,000
8,000
9,000
9,000
9,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
12,000
12,000
12,000
14,000
14,000
14,000
15,000
15,000 (VAV) 22,000 (CV)
15,000 (VAV) 22,000 (CV)
17,000 (VAV) 22,000 (CV)
17,000 (VAV) 26,000 (CV)
17,000 (VAV) 26,000 (CV)
20,000 (VAV) 30,000 (CV)
20,000 (VAV) 30,000 (CV)
20,000 (VAV) 30,000 (CV)

LEGEND
CV — Constant Volume
VAV — Variable Air Volume

MAXIMUM CFM
15,000
15,000
15,000
15,000
15,000
15,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
19,500
20,000
25,000
25,000
25,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
30,000
34,000
34,000
34,000
44,000
36,500
44,000

Table 30A — Component Pressure Drops (in. wg)
(Size 030-050 Units)
COMPONENT
ECONOMIZER
INLET GUIDE VANES
FILTERS
Pleated (2-in.)
Bags With Prefilters*
POWER EXHAUST
LOW GAS HEAT
HIGH GAS HEAT
ELECTRIC HEAT†
36 kW
72 kW
108 kW
HIGH CAP COIL (040)
HIGH CAP COIL (050)

6,000
0.06
0.01

8,000
0.09
0.02

10,000
0.12
0.03

12,000
0.16
0.04

0.01
0.36
0.07
0.04
0.13

0.01
0.38
0.08
0.09
0.21

0.01
0.41
0.09
0.27
0.31

0.02
0.51
0.13
0.45
0.50

0.03
0.03
0.09
0.05
0.03

0.04
0.06
0.12
0.08
0.05

0.07
0.12
0.18
0.12
0.08

0.11
0.18
0.26
0.16
0.11

CFM
14,000
0.21
0.05

16,000
0.25
0.06

18,000
0.29
0.08

20,000
0.35
0.10

0.04
0.64
0.18
0.68
0.73

0.04
0.77
0.24
0.91
1.02

0.03
0.91
0.32
1.17
1.32

0.02
1.01
0.41
1.45
1.64

0.17
0.25
0.34
0.21
0.14

0.25
0.35
0.45
0.27
0.19

0.35
0.46
0.59
0.33
0.23

0.47
0.64
0.78
0.40
0.29

*Bag filter cfm limit is 25,000.
†Available on vertical return and discharge units only.

Table 30B — Component Pressure Drops (in. wg)
(Size 055-070 Units)
COMPONENT
ECONOMIZER
INLET GUIDE VANES
FILTERS
Pleated (2-in.)
Bags With Prefilters*
VERTICAL POWER EXHAUST

10,000
0.05
0.01

12,000
0.07
0.02

14,000
0.08
0.03

16,000
0.10
0.04

18,000
0.12
0.05

CFM
20,000
0.14
0.06

22,000
0.16
0.08

24,000
0.19
0.10

26,000
0.21
0.11

28,000
0.24
0.13

30,000
0.26
0.15

0.00
0.45

0.00
0.57

0.00
0.68

0.01
0.80

0.02
0.94

0.03
1.07

0.03
1.23

0.04
1.38

0.04
—

0.05
—

0.05
—
0.38

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.10

0.13

0.17

0.21

0.25

0.29

0.33

HORIZONTAL POWER EXHAUST*

0.12

0.16

0.21

0.27

0.34

0.41

0.49

0.58

0.68

0.78

0.89

LOW GAS HEAT
HIGH GAS HEAT
ELECTRIC HEAT†
36 kW
72 kW
108 kW
HIGH CAP COIL (055)
HIGH CAP COIL (060,070)

0.22
0.25

0.24
0.28

0.27
0.30

0.33
0.35

0.33
0.41

0.35
0.47

0.37
0.54

0.41
0.58

0.44
0.68

0.51
0.81

0.61
0.94

0.04
0.05
0.07
0.05
0.03

0.05
0.07
0.09
0.07
0.05

0.07
0.10
0.13
0.09
0.06

0.09
0.13
0.17
0.12
0.08

0.12
0.17
0.22
0.14
0.10

0.15
0.20
0.27
0.17
0.13

0.18
0.24
0.32
0.21
0.15

0.21
0.29
0.38
0.24
0.18

0.24
0.34
0.44
0.28
0.21

0.28
0.39
0.51
0.32
0.25

0.33
0.46
0.59
0.37
0.28

*Bag filter cfm limit is 25,000.
†Available on vertical return and discharge units only.

Table 30C — Component Pressure Drops (in. wg)
(Size 075-105 Units)
COMPONENT
ECONOMIZER*
INLET GUIDE VANES
VERTICAL POWER EXHAUST*
HORIZONTAL POWER EXHAUST*
LOW GAS HEAT
HIGH GAS HEAT
108 kW ELECTRIC HEAT†
216 kW ELECTRIC HEAT†
30% PLEATED FILTER
65% PLEATED FILTER
HIGH CAP COIL (075)
HIGH CAP COIL (090,105)

15,000
0.10
0.04
0.08
0.24
0.09
0.27
0.05
0.08
0.01
0.14
0.08
0.01

18,000
0.12
0.05
0.13
0.34
0.14
0.37
0.07
0.12
0.01
0.14
0.11
0.02

20,000
0.14
0.06
0.17
0.41
0.19
0.46
0.09
0.14
0.01
0.15
0.13
0.03

22,000
0.16
0.08
0.21
0.49
0.23
0.55
0.11
0.17
0.02
0.15
0.15
0.04

*The 48ZT,ZW and 50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ units come standard with economizer and high-capacity power exhaust.
†Available on vertical return and discharge units only.

24,000
0.19
0.10
0.25
0.58
0.29
0.65
0.13
0.20
0.02
0.16
0.18
0.05

CFM
26,000 28,000
0.21
0.23
0.11
0.13
0.29
0.33
0.68
0.78
0.35
0.42
0.77
0.89
0.15
0.17
0.24
0.28
0.03
0.03
0.16
0.17
0.21
0.23
0.07
0.08

30,000
0.26
0.15
0.38
0.89
0.49
1.03
0.20
0.32
0.04
0.17
0.26
0.10

34,000
0.31
0.20
0.46
1.13
0.67
1.33
0.26
0.41
0.05
0.18
0.33
0.14

36,000
0.34
0.22
0.51
1.26
0.76
1.50
0.29
0.46
0.06
0.19
0.36
0.16

38,000
0.37
0.24
0.55
1.40
0.86
1.68
0.32
0.51
0.06
0.20
0.40
0.19

40,000
0.40
0.27
0.60
1.55
0.97
1.87
0.36
0.57
0.07
0.20
0.43
0.21

NOTE: Power exhaust pressure drop does not need to be added to
supply fan static pressure on return fan units (48Z6,Z8 and
50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9075-105) and on high-capacity power exhaust units
(48ZT,ZW and 50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ075-105).

10. See Economizer Options section on page 34 for additional economizer option configurations.
11. See Exhaust Options section on page 34 for additional
exhaust option configurations.

CONTROLS QUICK START
The following section will provide a quick user guide to setting up and configuring the Z Series units with ComfortLink™
controls. See Basic Control Usage section on page 4 for information on operating the control.

Variable Air Volume Units Using Return Air
Sensor or Space Temperature Sensor — To

Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat — To configure the unit, per-

configure the unit, perform the following:
1. The type of control is configured under Configuration
→UNIT→C.TYP. Set C.TYP to 1 (VAV-RAT) for return
air sensor. Set C.TYP to 2 (VAV-SPT) for space temperature sensor.
NOTE: For VAV with a space sensor (VAV-SPT), under
Configuration→UNIT→SENS→SPT.S, enable the
space sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL.
2. The space temperature set points and the supply air set
points are configured under the Setpoints menu. The
heating and cooling set points must be configured. See
the Heating Control and Cooling Control sections for
further description on these configurations. Configure the
following set points:

form the following:
1. The type of control is configured under Configuration
→UNIT→C.TYP. Set C.TYP to 4 (TSTAT 2 STG).
2. Remove jumpers from R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB202 in
the control box.
3. See Economizer Options section on page 34 for additional economizer option configurations.
4. See Exhaust Options section on page 34 for additional
exhaust option configurations.

Two-Stage Constant Volume Units with Space
Sensor — To configure the unit, perform the following:
1. The type of control is configured under Configuration
→UNIT→C.TYP. Set C.TYP to 6 (SPT 2 STG).
2. Under Configuration→SENS→SPT.S, enable the space
sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL (enable).
3. The space temperature set points are configured under the
Setpoints menu. The heating and cooling set points must
be configured. See the Heating Control and Cooling
Control sections on pages 54 and 45 for further description on these configurations. Configure the following set
points:

OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
GAP

3. To program time schedules, make sure SCH.N=1 under
Configuration→CCN→SC.OV→SCH.N to configure
the control to use local schedules.
4. Under the Timeclock→SCH.L submenu, enter the desired schedule. See Time Clock section for further
descriptions of these configurations.
5. Under Configuration→SP→SP.SP, the Supply Duct
Static Pressure set point should be configured.

OHSP Occupied Heat Setpoint
OCSP Occupied Cool Setpoint
UHSP Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
UCSP Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
GAP
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
4. The degrees of demand from the space temperature set
points are configured under the Configuration→D.LV.T
submenu. See the Heating Control and Cooling Control
sections for further description on these configurations.
Configure the following set points:

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

SP.SP

Static Pressure Set point

6. If supply air temperature reset is desired, under the
Configuration→EDT.R submenu, the following set
points should be configured:
RS.CF
RTIO
LIMT
RES.S

L.H.ON Demand Level Lo Heat On
H.H.ON Demand Level Hi Heat On
L.H.OF Demand Level Lo Heat Off
L.C.ON Demand Level Lo Cool On
H.C.ON Demand Level Hi Cool On
L.C.OF Demand Level Lo Cool Off
Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1.
Under Configuration→UNIT→CV.FN, set CV.FN to 1
for continuous fan or 0 for automatic fan.
To program time schedules, set SCH.N=1 under Configuration→CCN→SC.OV→SCH.N to configure the control to use local schedules.
Under the Timeclock→SCH.L submenu, enter the
desired schedule. See Time Clock section for further
descriptions of these configurations.
Under the Configuration→CCN→SC.OV submenu, the
following schedules and overrides should be configured:
O.T.L.
SPT.O
T58.O

Occupied Heat Set point
Occupied Cool Set point
Unoccupied Heat Set point
Unoccupied Cool Set point
Heat-Cool Set point Gap

EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 mA Reset Input

NOTE: Configure either RTIO and LIMT or RES.S. All three
are not used.
7. See the Economizer Options section on page 34 for additional economizer option configurations.
8. See the Exhaust Options section on page 34 for addition
exhaust option configurations.

Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Mechanical Thermostat — To configure the unit, per-

form the following:
1. Under Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP, set C.TYP to 3
(TSTAT MULTI).
2. Remove jumpers from R-W2 and W2-W1 on TB202 in
the control box.
3. Under the Setpoints menu, set the following
configurations:

Override time limit
SPT override enabled?
T58 override enabled?

SA.HI
SA.LO
33

Supply Air Set Point Hi
Supply Air Set Point Lo

4. See the Economizer Options section on this page for additional economizer option configurations.
5. See the Exhaust Options section on this page for additional exhaust option configurations.

O.C.MX Economizer Minimum Flow
O.C.DB Economizer Minimum Flow Deadband
If equipped with an outdoor flow station, make sure
Configuration→ECON→OCF.S is enabled. If an outdoor
air cfm station is used, then the economizer will control to
cfm, not a position, as long as the sensor is valid. Therefore,
Configuration→ECON→O.C.MX supersedes Configuration→ECON→EC.MN.

Multi-Stage Constant Volume Units with
Space Sensor — To configure the unit, perform the

following:
1. Under Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP, set C.TYP to 5
(SPT MULTI).
2. Install jumpers between R-W2 and W2-W1.
3. Under the Setpoints menu, the following configurations
should be set:
SA.HI
SA.LO

Indoor Air Quality Options
DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION — Under Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C, the following configuration parameters should be set to establish the minimum and maximum
points for outdoor air damper position during demand control
ventilation (DCV):
EC.MN
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ.M
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
O.C.MX Economizer Min.Flow
O.C.MN IAQ Demand Vent Min.Flow
Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→IAQ.M is used to set the
absolute minimum vent position (or maximum reset) under
DCV.
Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→EC.MN is used to set the
minimum damper position (or with no DCV reset). This is also
referenced in the economizer section.
Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→O.C.MX is used only
with the outdoor air flow station and will supersede Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→EC.MN as long as the outdoor air cfm
sensor is valid.
Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→O.C.MN is used only
with the outdoor air flow station and will supersede Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→IAQ.M as long as the outdoor air cfm
sensor is valid.

Supply Air Set Point Hi
Supply Air Set Point Lo

4. Under the Setpoints submenu, the heating and cooling set
points must be configured:
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
GAP
D.LV.T

Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
Cool/Heat Set Point Offsets

5. Under Configuration→UNIT→SENS→SPT.S, enable
the space sensor by setting SPT.S to ENBL.
6. Under Configuration→UNIT→CV.FN, set CV.FN to 1
for continuous fan or 0 for automatic fan.
7. To program time schedules, set SCH.N=1 under Configuration→CCN→SC.OV→SCH.N to configure the control to use local schedules.
8. Under the Timeclock→SCH.L submenu, enter the desired schedule. See Time Clock section for further
descriptions of these configurations.
9. See the Economizer Options section below for addition
economizer option configurations.
10. See the Exhaust Options section below for addition
exhaust option configurations.

Exhaust Options — The following exhaust options
should be configured.

UNIT

Economizer Options — Under the Configuration→

48ZG
50ZG,Z2
48ZN
50ZN,Z3
48ZT,ZW
50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ
48Z6,Z8
50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9

ECON submenu, the following set points should be configured:
EC.EN
EC2.E
EC.MN
EC.MX
E.TRM
E.SEL
OA.E.C
OA.EN
OAT.L
O.DEW
ORH.S

Economizer Enabled?
Econ Act.2 Installed?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Maximum Position
Economizer Trim for SumZ?
Econ Changeover Select
OA Enthalpy Change Over Select
Outdoor Enthalpy Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dew Point Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor

X
S.O.
NA
STD

S.O.

STD

LEGEND
Available as Factory Option
Available as Special Order
Not Available on this Unit
Standard Feature on this Unit

*Single VFD controlling both fan motors.
†Single VFD controlling one fan motor and staging the second fan
motor.

Configuration→BP→BF.CF=1
(Two-Stage
Exhaust
Option) — For two-stage exhaust, under the Configuration→BP submenu, configure the following:

Configuration→ECON→EC.MN should always be set for
the minimum damper position.
If the unit is equipped with an outdoor air flow station, the
following points in Configuration→ECON→CFM.C need to
be set.
OCF.S

—
—
—
—

EXHAUST TYPE
HighConstant Modulating
S.O. Capacity Return
Volume
Power
VFD* Power Exhaust†
2-Stage Exhaust
Exhaust†

BP.P1
BP.P2

Outdoor Air CFM Sensor

Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2

Configuration→BP→BF.CF=2
(Modulating
Power
Exhaust with Two LEN Actuators Option) — For modulating exhaust, the Configuration→BP submenu, configure the
following:
BP.SP
BP.SO

FT.OF

Fan Track Internl EEPROM (see note below,
not used when Fan Track Learning is disabled)
FT.RM Fan Track Internal Ram (see note below, not
used when Fan Track Learning is disabled)
FT.RS Fan Track Reset Internal (see note below, not
used when Fan Track Learning is disabled)
SCF.C Supply Air CFM Config (see note below, not
used when Fan Track Learning is disabled)
NOTE: These configurations are used only if Fan Tracking
learning is enabled. When fan tracking learning is enabled,
the control will add an offset to the Fan Track Initial DCFM
(Configuration→BP→FAN.T→FT.ST) if the building pressure deviates from the Building Pressure Set Point (BP.SP).
Periodically, at the rate set by the Fan Track Learn Rate
(FT.TM) the delta cfm is adjusted upward or downward with a
maximum adjustment at a given instance to be no greater than
Fan Track Max correction (FT.AD). The delta cfm can not
ever be adjusted greater than or less than the Fan Track Max
Clamp (FT.MX).

Building Pressure Set point
BP Set point Offset

Under Configuration→BP→B.V.A the following configurations may be adjusted:
BP.FS VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
BP.MN VFD/Act. Min. Speed/Pos.
BP.1M BP 1 Actuator Max Pos.
BP.2M BP 2 Actuator Max Pos.
Configuration→BP→BP.CF=3 (VFD Power Exhaust
Option) — Under Configuration→BP the following configurations may be adjusted:
BP.SP
BP.SO

Building Pressure Set point
BP Set point Offset

Set Clock on VFD (If Installed) — The clock set

mode is used for setting the date and time for the internal clock
of the VFD. In order to use the timer functions of the VFD
control, the internal clock must be set. The date is used to determine weekdays and is visible in the fault logs. Refer to the
VFD section in Appendix D on page 160 for information on
operating the VFD and using the keypad.
To set the clock, perform the following procedure from the
VFD keypad:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK SET on
the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2). The
clock set parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK VISIBILITY and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). This parameter
is used to display or hide the clock on the screen. Use the
UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press
OK (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return
to the Clock Set menu.
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET TIME and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the hours and minutes. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2)
to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight TIME FORMAT
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN
keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK (SOFT
KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock
Set menu.
6. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET DATE and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the day, month, and year. Press OK (SOFT KEY
2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
7. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DATE FORMAT and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or
DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK
(SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the
Clock Set menu.
8. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.

Under Configuration→BP→B.V.A the following configurations may be adjusted:
BP.FS VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
BP.MN VFD/Act. Min. Speed/Pos.
BP.MX VFD Maximum Speed
Configuration→BP→BP.CF=4 (High-Capacity VFD
Power Exhaust) — Under Configuration→BP the following
configurations may be adjusted:
BP.SP
BP.SO

Building Pressure Set point
BP Set point Offset

Under Configuration→BP→B.V.A the following configurations may be adjusted:
BP.FS VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
BP.MN VFD/Act. Min. Speed/Pos.
BP.MX VFD Maximum Speed
BP.CL BP Hi Cap VFD Clamp Val.
BP.WT BP Hi Cap VFD Clamp Time
Configuration→BP→BP.CF=5 (Return/Exhaust — Fan
Tracking Control) — Under Configuration → BP the following configurations may be adjusted:
BP.SP Building Pressure Setpt. (see note below)
Under Configuration→BP→B.V.A the following configurations may be adjusted:
BP.FS VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
BP.MN VFD/Act. Min. Speed/Pos.
BP.MX VFD Maximum Speed
Under Configuration→BP→FAN.T the following configurations may be adjusted:
FT.CF Fan Track Learn Enable (see note below)
FT.TM Fan Track Learn Rate (see note below, not
used when Fan Track Learning is disabled)
FT.ST Fan Track Initial DCFM
FT.MX Fan Track Max Clamp (see note below, not
used when Fan Track Learning is disabled)
FT.AD Fan Track Max Correction (see note below,
not used when Fan Track Learning is disabled)

same procedure to display and save the desired minutes
value.
5. Configure the unoccupied time for period 1 (UNC). Press
ENTER to go into Edit mode, and the first two digits of
the 00.00 will start flashing. Use the UP or DOWN key to
display the correct value for hours, in 24-hour (military)
time. Press ENTER and hour value is saved and the minutes digits will start flashing. Use the same procedure to
display and save the desired minutes value.
6. The first schedule is now complete. If a second schedule
is needed, such as for weekends or holidays, scroll down
and repeat the entire procedure for period 2 (PER.2). If
additional schedules are needed, repeat the process for as
many as are needed. Eight schedules are provided.

Programming Operating Schedules — The
ComfortLink™ controls will accommodate up to eight different schedules (Periods 1 through 8), and each schedule is
assigned to the desired days of the week. Each schedule
includes an occupied on and off time. As an example, to set an
occupied schedule for 8 AM to 5 PM for Monday through
Friday, the user would set days Monday through Friday to ON
for Period 1. Then the user would configure the Period 1
Occupied From point to 08:00 and the Period 1 Occupied To
point to 17:00. To create a different weekend schedule, the user
would use Period 2 and set days Saturday and Sunday to ON
with the desired Occupied On and Off times.
NOTE: By default, the time schedule periods are programmed
for 24 hours of occupied operation.
To create a schedule, perform the following procedure:
1. Scroll to the Configuration mode, and select CCN
CONFIGURATION (CCN). Scroll down to the Schedule
Number (Configuration→CCN→SC.OV=SCH.N). If
password protection has been enabled, the user will be
prompted to enter the password before any new data is
accepted. SCH.N has a range of 0 to 99. The default value is 1. A value of 0 is always occupied, and the unit will
control to its occupied set points. A value of 1 means the
unit will follow a local schedule, and a value of 65 to 99
means it will follow a CCN schedule. Schedules 2-64 are
not used as the control only supports one internal/local
schedule. If one of the 2-64 schedules is configured, then
the control will force the number back to 1. Make sure the
value is set to 1 to use a local schedule.
2. Enter the Time Clock mode. Scroll down to the LOCAL
TIME SCHEDULE (SCH.L) sub-mode, and press
ENTER. Period 1 (PER.1) will be displayed.
3. Scroll down to the MON point. This point indicates if
schedule 1 applies to Monday. Use the ENTER command
to go into Edit mode, and use the UP or DOWN key to
change the display to YES or NO. Scroll down through
the rest of the days and apply schedule 1 where desired.
The schedule can also be applied to a holiday.
4. Configure the beginning of the occupied time period for
Period 1 (OCC). Press ENTER to go into Edit mode, and
the first two digits of the 00.00 will start flashing. Use the
UP or DOWN key to display the correct value for hours,
in 24-hour (military) time. Press ENTER and hour value
is saved and the minutes digits will start flashing. Use the

SERVICE TEST
General — The units are equipped with a Service Test fea-

ture, which is intended to allow a service person to force the
unit into different modes of operation. To use this feature, enter
the Service Test category on the local display and place the unit
into the test mode by changing Service Test→TEST from OFF
to ON. The display will prompt for the password before allowing any change. The deffault password is 1111. Once the unit
enters the Service Test mode, the unit will shut down all current
modes.
TEST — The TEST command turns the unit off (hard stop)
and allows the unit to be put in a manual control mode.
STOP — The STOP command completely disables the unit
(all outputs turn off immediately). Once in this mode, nothing
can override the unit to turn it on. The controller will ignore all
inputs and commands.
S.STP — Setting Soft Stop to YES turns the unit off in an
orderly way, honoring any timeguards currently in effect.
FAN.F — By turning the FAN FORCE on, the supply fan is
turned on and will operate as it normally would, controlling
duct static pressure on VAV applications or just energizing the
fan on CV applications. To remove the force, press ENTER
and then press the UP and DOWN arrows simultaneously.
The remaining categories: INDP, FANS, ACT.C, COOL,
and HEAT are sub-menus with separate items and functions.
See Table 31.

Table 31 — Service Test
ITEM
TEST
STOP
S.STP
FAN.F
INDP
→HUM.R
→ALRM
FANS
→F.MOD
→E.POS
→S.FAN
→I.POS
→S.VFD
→P.E.1
→P.E.2
→BP1.P
→BP2.P
→E.VFD
→CD.F.A
→CD.F.B
→CD.MM
ACT.C
→ECN.C
→E.CAL
→ECN.A
→EC2.C
→E2.CL
→EC2.A
→IGV.C
→I.CAL
→IGV.A
→IGV.M
→BP1.C
→B1.CL
→BP1.A
→BP1.M
→BP2.C
→B2.CL
→BP2.A
→BP2.M
→HTC.C
→HT.CL
→HTC.A
→HMD.C
→HM.CL
→HMD.A
COOL
→E.POS
→SP.SP
→CL.ST
→LD.LG
→A1
→U1.A1
→U2.A1
→A2
→B1
→U1.B1
→U2.B1
→B2
HEAT
→HT.ST
→HT.1
→HT.2
→HT.3
→HT.4
→HT.5
→HT.6
→H.I.R
→HTC.C

EXPANSION
Service Test Mode
Local Machine Disable
Soft Stop Request
Supply Fan Request
TEST INDEPENDENT OUTPUTS
Humidifier Relay
Remote Alarm/Aux Relay
TEST FANS
Fan Test Automatic?
Econo Damper Command Pos
Supply Fan Relay
IGV Actuator Command Pos
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Power Exhaust Relay 1
Power Exhaust Relay 2
BP 1 Command Position
BP 2 Command Position
Exhaust Fan VFD Speed
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
Motormaster Condenser Fan
CALIBRATE TEST-ACTUATORS
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Calibrate Cmd
Econ Act. Control Angle
Economzr 2 Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economzr 2 Calibrate Cmd
Econ2 Act.Control Angle
IGV Actuator Command Pos
IGV Act. Calibrate Cnd
IGV Act. Control Angle
VFD-IGV Maximum Speed
BP 1 Command Position
BP 1 Actuator Cal Cmd
BP Act.1 Control Angle
BP 1 Actuator Max Pos.
BP 2 Command Position
BP 2 Actuator Cal Cmd
BP Act.2 Control Angle
BP 2 Actuator Max Pos.
Ht.Coil Command Position
Heating Coil Act. Cal.Cmd
Heat Coil Act.Ctl.Angle
Humidifier Command Pos.
Humidifier Act. Cal.Cmd
Humidifier Act.Ctrl.Ang.
TEST COOLING
Econo Damper Command Pos
Static Pressure Setpoint
Requested Cool Stage
Lead/Lag Select Test
Compressor A1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp A1
Unloader 2 - Comp A1
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor B1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp B1
Unloader 2 - Comp B1
Compressor B2 Relay
TEST HEATING
Requested Heat Stage
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
Ht.Coil Command Position

RANGE
ON/OFF
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO

UNITS

ON/OFF
ON/OFF

HUMR_TST
ALRM_TST

YES/NO
%
ON/OFF
0-100
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100
0-100
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
0-5
0-n
LEAD/LAG
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-n
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100

POINT
MAN_CTRL
UNITSTOP
SOFTSTOP
SFANFORC

%
%
%
%
%

%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%

%
"H2O

FANAUTO
ECONFANS
SFAN_TST
IGVFNTST
SGVFDTST
PE1_TST
PE2_TST
BLDPTST1
BLDPTST2
EFVFDTST
CNDA_TST
CNDB_TST
PCFABTST
ECONOTST
ECONOCAL
ECONCANG
ECON2TST
ECON2CAL
ECN2CANG
SPIGVTST
IGV_CAL
IGC_CANG
STATPMAX
BLDG1TST
BLDG1CAL
BP1_CANG
BP1SETMX
BLDG2TST
BLDG2CAL
BP2_CANG
BP2SETMX
HTCLACTC
HCOILCAL
HTCLCANG
HUMD_TST
HUMIDCAL
HUMDCANG
ECONCOOL
SPSP_TST
CLST_TST
LL_TST
CMPA1TST
UNL1_TST
UNL2_TST
CMPA2TST
CMPB1TST
UNL3_TST
UNL4_TST
CMPB2TST
HTST_TST
HS1_TST
HS2_TST
HS3_TST
HS4_TST
HS5_TST
HS6_TST
HIR_TST
HTCLHEAT

WRITE STATUS
config
forcible
forcible

• Service Test→COOL→SP.SP (Static Pressure Setpoint).
Upon entering the cooling sub-menu, the static pressure
control item will default to the unit's static pressure set
point. Thereafter, as mechanical cooling commences and
the fan starts, the static pressure can be manually
adjusted during the cool mode without affecting the configured set point for normal runtime operation. By
adjusting the static pressure set point, the user can
increase or decrease the supply airflow. Do not use a
static pressure that will exceed the system limits.
• Service Test→COOL→CL.ST (Requested Cool Stage).
If this item is set to a non-zero value, the current
assigned compression stage for this unit will be selected
and enacted. Thereafter, the individual compressor and
unloaders items will be “read-only” and reflect the current staging state. In addition, this item will automatically clamp the cooling stages to its pre-configured
maximum.
• Service Test→COOL→LD.LG (Lead/Lag Select Test).
This item may only be adjusted when the cooling stage
pattern request item is set to zero. If the request pattern is
zero, then the user may select whether the cooling stage
request is based on lead or lag staging.
• Manual relay control of individual compressors and
unloaders. If the cooling stage pattern request is set to
zero, the user will have the ability to manually control
compressors and unloaders. If the user energizes
mechanical cooling, the supply fan and the outdoor fans
will be started automatically. During mechanical cooling,
the unit will protect itself. Compressor diagnostics are
active, monitoring for high discharge pressure, low suction pressure, etc.

Service Test Mode Logic — Operation in the Service
Test mode is sub-menu specific except for the INDP submenu. Leaving the sub-menu while a test is being performed
and attempting to start a different test in the new sub-menu will
cause the previous test to terminate. When this happens, the
new request will be delayed for 5 seconds. For example, if
compressors were turned on under the COOL sub-menu, any
attempt to turn on heating stages within the HEAT sub-menu
would immediately turn off the compressors and 5 seconds later the controller would honor the requested heat stages.
However, it is important to note that the user can leave a
Service Test mode to view any of the local display menus (Run
Status, Temperatures, Pressures, Setpoints, Inputs, Outputs,
Configuration, Time Clock, Operating Modes, and Alarms)
and the control will remain in the Service Test mode.
Independent Outputs — The INDP sub-menu items

can be turned on and off regardless of the other category states.
For example, the humidifier relay or remote alarm/auxiliary relay can be forced on in the INDP sub-menu and will remain on
if compressor stages were requested in the COOL sub-menu.

Fans — Upon entering the FANS sub-menu, the user will be

able to enact either a manual or automatic style of test operation. The first item in the sub-menu, Fan Test Mode Automatic
(Service Test→FANS→F.MOD), allows the fan and the configured static pressure or building pressure control to begin as
in the application run mode. During this automatic mode, it is
possible to manually control condenser fans A and B.
If Fan Test Mode Automatic (Service Test→FANS→
F.MOD), is set to NO, then the user will have individual control over duct static pressure (VFD speed or IGV position),
building pressure and condenser fan control. Additionally, the
controller will protect the system from developing too much
static pressure. If the static pressure during manual control
rises above 3 in. wg or if the Static Pressure Set Point
(Setpoints→SPSP) is greater than 2.5 in. wg and static pressure is 0.5 in. wg higher than SPSP, then all options in the
FANS menu will be cleared back to their default OFF states.
The power exhaust dampers can be individually energized
or together and their damper positions can be forced to any
position.

Heating — If unit has a thermostat connected (C.TYP = 3

or 4), install the RED jumper wires between TB202, terminals
R (1), W2 (3) and W1 (4). Terminal block TB202 is located in
the unit control box. Remember to disconnect these jumpers
when Test Mode is completed. The Heat Test Mode sub-menu
will offer automatic fan start-up if not a gas fired heat unit. On
gas heat units, the IGC feedback from the gas control units will
bring the fan on as required.
Within this sub-menu, control of the following is possible:
• Service Test→HEAT→HT.ST (Requested Heat Stage).
When this item is non-zero, the currently configured heat
type will energize the corresponding heat relay pattern
that reflects the requested stage. In addition the upper
limit will be clamped to reflect the maximum configured
number of stages. When non-zero, the heat relays will be
“read-only” and reflect the currently selected pattern.
• Service Test→HEAT→HT.1-6, Service Test→HEAT→
H.I.R (Manual Heat Relay Control). If the “Heat Stage
Request” item is set to zero, it will be possible to individually control the heat relays, including the heat interlock
relay.
• Service Test→HEAT→HTC.C (Ht Coil Command Position). If configured for this heat type, the user will be
able to manually control the positioning of the actuator
which controls hot water (0 to 100%).
NOTE: When service test has been completed, if unit has a
thermostat connected (C.TYP = 3 or 4), remove the RED
jumper wires at TB202, terminals R (1), W2 (3) and W1 (4).
Terminal block TB202 is located in the unit control box. Store
these jumpers in the unit control box for future use.

Actuators — In the ACT.C sub-menu, it will be possible to
control and calibrate actuators. Calibration is a mode in which
the actuator moves from 0% to the point at which the actuator
stalls, and it will then use this angular travel range as its
“control angle”. It will also be possible to view the “control
angle” adopted by the actuator after a calibration.
Within this sub-menu, the user may calibrate and control
economizer actuators 1 and 2, the inlet guide vane actuator, the
building pressure actuators 1 and 2, the hydronic heating coil
actuator, and the humidifier steam valve control actuator.
NOTE: Once a calibration has been started, the user cannot
exit test mode or select any other test mode operation until
complete.
Cooling — The cooling sub-menu offers many different
service tests.
• Service Test→Cool→E.POS (Econo Damper Command
Pos). It is possible to manually move the actuator during
the cooling test mode at all times, regardless if economizer cooling is suitable or not.

In either case, it will be necessary to install a controls expansion module (CEM).
DEMAND LIMIT DISCRETE INPUTS — First, set DM.L.S
in Configuration→DMD.L to 1 (2 switches).
When Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1 (Demand Switch no. 1) is
OFF, the control will not set any limit to the capacity, and
when ON, the control sets a capacity limit to the Configuration→DMD.L→D.L.S1 set point.
Likewise, when Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 (Demand Switch
no. 2) is OFF, the control will not set any limit to the capacity,
and when ON, the control sets a capacity limit to the Configuration→DMD.L→D.L.S2 set point.
If both switches are ON, Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 is used
as the limiter of capacity.
Under Configuration→SW.LG, set the logic state appropriately for the action desired. Set the DL1.L and DL2.L configurations. They can be set normally open or normally closed. For
example, if DL1.L is set to OPEN, the user will need to close
the switch to cause the control to limit capacity to the demand
limit 1 set point. Likewise, if DL1.L is set to CLSE (closed),
the user will need to open the switch to cause the control to
limit capacity to the demand limit 1 set point.
DEMAND LIMIT 4 TO 20 mA INPUT — Under Configuration→DMD.L, set configuration DM.L.S to 2 (2 = 4 to
20 mA control). Under the same menu, set D.L.20 to a value
from 0 to 100 to set the demand limit range. For example, with
D.L.20 set to 50, a 4 mA signal will result in no limit to the
capacity and 20 mA signal will result in a 50% reduction in
capacity.

THIRD PARTY CONTROL
Thermostat — The method of control would be through
the thermostat inputs:
Y1 = first stage cooling
Y1 and Y2 = first and second stage cooling
W1 = first stage heating
W1 and W2 = first and second stage heating
G = supply fan

Alarm Output — The alarm output (not available when
the unit is configured for hot gas reheat), TB201-12 and
TB201-11, will provide relay closure whenever the unit is
under an alert or alarm condition.
Remote Switch — The remote switch may be configured
for three different functions. Under Configuration→UNIT, set
RM.CF to one of the following:
0 = no remote switch
1 = occupied/unoccupied switch
2 = start/stop switch
3 = occupancy override switch
Under Configuration→SW.LG, RMI.L, the remote occupancy switch can be set to either a normally open or normally
closed switch input. Normal is defined as either unoccupied,
start or “not currently overridden,” respective to the RM.CF
configuration.
With RM.CF set to 1, no time schedules are followed and
the unit follows the remote switch only in determining the state
of occupancy.
With RM.CF set to 2, the remote switch can be used to shut
down and disable the unit, while still honoring timeguards on
compressors. Time schedules, internal or external, may be run
simultaneously with this configuration.
With RM.CF set to 3, the remote input may override an
unoccupied state and force the control to go occupied mode. As
with the start/stop configuration, an internal or external time
schedule may continue to control occupancy when the switch
is not in effect.

Economizer/Outdoor Air Damper Control —

There are multiple methods for externally controlling the economizer damper.
IAQ DISCRETE INPUT CONFIGURATION — The IAQ
(indoor air quality) discrete input configuration requires a
CEM module (optional) to be installed and an interface to a
switch input at TB204-11 and TB204-12. The state of the input
on the display can be found at Inputs→AIR.Q→IAQ.I.
Before configuring the switch functionality, first determine
how the switch will be read. A closed switch can indicate either
a low IAQ condition or a high IAQ condition. This is set at
Configuration→SW.LG and IAQ.L. The user can set what a
low reading would mean based on the type of switch being
used. Setting IAQ.L to OPEN means that when the switch is
open the input will read LOW. When the switch is closed, the
input will read HIGH. Setting IAQ.L to CLSE (closed) means
that when the switch is closed the input will read LOW, and
therefore, when the switch is open the switch will read HIGH.
There are two possible configurations for the IAQ discrete
input. Select item Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C
and configure for either 1 (IAQ Discrete) or 2 (IAQ Discrete
Override).
IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ Discrete) — If the user sets IQ.I.C to 1 (IAQ
Discrete), and the switch logic (Configuration→SW.LG→
IAQ.L) is set to OPEN, then an open switch reads low and a
closed switch reads high.
If the switch is open, the economizer will be commanded to
the IAQ Demand Vent Minimum Position. If the outdoor flow
station is installed and outdoor air cfm can be read, the economizer will move to the IAQ Demand Vent Minimum Flow
CFM control setting.
These settings may be adjusted and are located here:
Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→IAQ.M
Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→O.C.MN

VFD Control — On VFD equipped supply fans, supply

duct static pressure control may be left under unit control or be
externally controlled. To control a VFD externally with a 4 to
20 mA signal, set SP.CF to 0, under the Configuration→SP
menu. This will disable the ComfortLink™ controls from varying the VFD speed in response to duct pressure with its 4 to
20 mA output.
See Appendix D and the VFD literature supplied with the
unit for VFD configurations and field wiring connections to the
VFD.

Supply Air Reset — With the installation of the Control

Expansion Module (CEM), the ComfortLink controls are capable of accepting a 4 to 20 mA signal, to reset the supply-air
temperature up to a maximum of 20 F.
Under Configuration→EDT.R set RS.CF to 3 (external 4
to 20 mA supply air reset control). The 4 to 20 mA input to the
control system (TB203-4 and TB203-5), will be linearized and
range from 0º to 20 F. For example, 4 mA = 0º F reset, 12 mA
= 10º F reset and 20 mA = 20º F reset.

Demand Limit Control — The term Demand Limit
Control refers to the restriction of the machine’s mechanical
cooling capacity to control the amount of power that a machine
may use.
Demand Limiting is possible via two means:
Two discrete inputs tied to demand limit set point percentages.
OR
A 4 to 20 mA input that can reduce or limit capacity linearly to
a set point percentage.
39

If the switch is closed, the IAQ reading will be high and the
economizer will be commanded to the Economizer Minimum
Position. If the outdoor airflow station is installed and outdoor
air cfm can be read, the economizer will move to the Economizer Minimum Flow CFM control setting.
These settings may be adjusted and are located here:
Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→EC.MN
Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→O.C.MX
IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ Discrete Override) — If the user sets IQ.I.C
to 2 (IAQ Discrete Override), and Configuration→SW.LG→
IAQ.L is set to OPEN, then an open switch reads low and a
closed switch reads high.
If the switch reads low, no action will be taken. If the switch
reads high, the economizer will immediately be commanded to
the IAQ Economizer Override Position. This can be set from 0
to 100% and can be found at Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→
IQ.O.P.
FAN CONTROL FOR THE IAQ DISCRETE INPUT —
Under Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF, the IQ.I.F (IAQ Discrete Input Fan Configuration) must also be set. There are
three configurations for IQ.I.F. Select the configuration which
will be used for fan operation. This configuration allows the
user to decide (if the supply fan is not already running),
whether the IAQ discrete switch will start the fan, and in which
state of occupancy the fan will start.
IQ.I.F = 0
IQ.I.F = 1
IQ.I.F = 2

on the differential air quality (DAQ). If DAQ rises above
D.F.ON, the control will request the fan on until DAQ falls below D.F.OF.
NOTE: If D.F.ON is configured below DAQ.H, the unit is in
occupied mode, and the fan was off, then DAQ rose above
D.F.ON and the fan came on, the economizer will go to the
economizer minimum position (EC.MN).
The 4 to 20 mA signal from the sensor wired to TB12 and
TB11 is scaled to an equivalent indoor CO2 (IAQ) by the
parameters IQ.R.L and IQ.R.H located under the Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SR menu. The parameters are defined such
that 4 mA = IQ.R.L and 20 mA = IQ.R.H. When the differential air quality DAQ (IAQ – OAQ.U) exceeds the DAQ.H set
point (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP menu) and the supply
fan is on, the economizer minimum vent position (Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→EC.MN) is overridden and the damper
is moved to the IQ.P.O configuration. When the DAQ falls below the DAQ.L set point (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP
menu), the economizer damper is moved back to the minimum
vent position (EC.MN).
NOTE: Configuration OAQ.U is used in the calculation of the
trip point for override and can be found under Configuration→ IAQ→AQ.SP.
IQ.A.C = 3 (4 to 20 mA Damper Control) — This configuration will provide full 4 to 20 mA remotely controlled analog input for economizer minimum damper position. The 4 to 20 mA
signal is connected to terminals TB12 and TB11. The input is
processed as 4 mA = 0% and 20 mA = 100%, thereby giving
complete range control of the effective minimum position.
The economizer sequences can be disabled by removing the
enthalpy switch input at TB201-4 and not enabling any other
economizer changeover sequence at Configuration→
ECON→E.SEL. Complete control of the economizer damper
position is then possible by using a 4 to 20 mA economizer
minimum position control or a 0 to 10 kilo-ohm 0 to 100%
economizer minimum position control via configuration decisions at Configuration→IAQ→IQ.A.C.
To disable the standard enthalpy control input function,
remove the enthalpy switch input connection at TB201-4 and
provide a jumper from TB201-3 to TB201-4 (see wiring
diagrams in Major System Components section on page 102).
IQ.A.C = 4 (10 Kohm Potentiometer Damper Control) —
This configuration will provide input for a 10 kilo-ohm linear
potentiometer that acts as a remotely controlled analog input
for economizer minimum damper position. The input is processed as 0 ohms = 0% and 10,000 ohms = 100%, thereby giving complete range control of the effective minimum position.
NOTE: For complete economizer control, the user can make
the economizer inactive by removing the enthalpy switch
connection from terminal TB201-4.

Minimum Position Override Switch input
will not start fan
Minimum Position Override Switch input
will start fan in occupied mode only
Minimum Position Override Switch input
will start fan in both occupied and unoccupied modes

IAQ ANALOG INPUT CONFIGURATION — This input is
an analog input located on the main base board (MBB). There
are 4 different functions for this input. The location of this configuration is at Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.A.C.
The functions possible for IQ.A.C are:
• 0 = no IAQ analog input
• 1 = IAQ analog input
• 2 = IAQ analog input used to override to a set position
• 3 = 4 to 20 mA 0 to 100% economizer minimum position
control
• 4 = 0 to 10 kilo-ohms 0 to 100% economizer minimum
position control
Options 2, 3, and 4 are dedicated for third party control.
IQ.A.C = 2 (IAQ Analog Input Used to Override) — Under
Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP, set IQ.O.P (IAQ Economizer
Override Position). The IQ.O.P configuration is adjustable
from 0 to 100%. These configurations are also used in conjunction with Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.A.F (IAQ 4 to
20 mA Fan Configuration). There are three configurations for
IQ.A.F and they follow the same logic as for the discrete input.
This configuration allows the user to decide (if the supply fan is
not already running), if the IAQ Analog Minimum Position
Override input will start the fan, and in which state of occupancy the fan will start.
IQ.A.F = 0
IQ.A.F = 1
IQ.A.F = 2

CONTROLS OPERATION
Modes — The ComfortLink™ controls operate under a

hierarchy of command structure as defined by three essential
elements: the System mode, the HVAC mode and the Control
mode. The System mode is the top level mode that defines three
essential states for the control system: OFF, RUN and TEST.
The HVAC mode is the functional level underneath the
System mode which further defines the operation of the
control.
The Control mode is essentially the control type of the unit
(Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP). This defines from where
the control looks to establish a cooling or heating mode and
whether 2 stages or multiple stages of cooling capacity operation are controlled.
Furthermore, there are a number of modes which operate
concurrently when the unit is running. The operating modes of

IAQ analog sensor input cannot start the
supply fan
IAQ analog sensor input can start the supply
fan in occupied mode only
IAQ analog sensor input can start the supply
fan in both occupied and unoccupied modes

If IQ.A.F is configured to request the supply fan, then
configurations D.F.ON and D.F.OF need to be set. These
configuration settings are located under Configuration→
IAQ→AQ.SP and configure the fan override operation based
40

the control are located at the local displays under Operating
Modes. See Table 32.

5. Fire Shut Down (traumatic fire shutdown condition based
on the Fire Shutdown Input (Inputs→FIRE→FSD).
(“Fire-Shutdown Mode”)
6. Emergency Stop, which is forced over the CCN through
the Emergency Stop Variable (EMSTOP).
(“CCN Emergency Stop”)
7. Start-up Delay.
(“Startup Delay = 0-900 secs”)
8. Service test ending transition timer.
(“Service Test Ending”)
9. Unexplained internal software failure.
(“Internal Failure”)
System Mode Test — When the system mode is Test, the
control is limited to the Test mode and is controllable via the
local displays (scrolling marquee and Navigator™ display) or
through the factory service test control. The System Test
modes are Factory Test Enabled and Service Test Enabled. See
the Service Test section on page 36 for details on test control in
this mode.
1. Factory Test mode
(“Factory test enabled”)
2. Service Test mode
(“Service test enabled”)
System Mode Run — When the system mode is Run, the software application in the control is free to run the HVAC control
routines by which cooling, heating, IAQ, etc., is possible.
There are two possible text displays for this mode, one is
normal run mode and the other occurs if one of the following
fire-smoke modes is present: smoke purge, pressurization or
evacuation.
1. Normal run time state
(“Unit Operation Enabled”)
2. Fire-Smoke control mode
(“Fire-Smoke Control”)
HVAC MODES (Operating Mode→HVAC) — The HVAC
mode is dependant on the system mode to allow it to further
determine the operational state of the rooftop unit. The actual
determination of an HVAC mode is based on a hierarchal
decision making process whereby certain overrides may interfere with normal temperature/humidity control. The decision
making process that determines the HVAC mode is shown in
Fig. 4 and Appendix E.
Each HVAC mode is described below. The HVAC mode
number is shown in the parenthesis after the mode.
HVAC Mode — OFF (01) — The unit is off and no operating
modes are active.
HVAC Mode — STARTING UP (02) — The unit is transitioning from the OFF mode to a different mode.
HVAC Mode — SHUTTING DOWN (03) — The unit is
transitioning from a mode to the OFF mode.
HVAC Mode — DISABLED (04) — The unit is shut down
due to a software command disable through the scrolling marquee, a CCN emergency stop command, a service test end, or a
control-type change delay.
HVAC Mode — SOFTSTOP REQUEST (05) — The unit is
off due to a soft stop request from the control.
HVAC Mode — REM SW.DISABLE (06) — The unit is off
due to the remote switch.
HVAC Mode — COMP.STUCK ON (07) — The unit is shut
down because there is an indication that a compressor is running even though it has been commanded off.
HVAC Mode — TEST (08) — The unit is in the self test
mode which is entered through the Service Test menu.

Table 32 — Operating Modes Display Table
ITEM
SYS.M
HVAC
CTRL
MODE
OCC
T.OVR
DCV
SA.R
DMD.L
T.C.ST
IAQ.P
LINK
LOCK
H.NUM

EXPANSION
ascii string
ascii string
ascii string
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in Effect
DCV Resetting Min Pos
Supply Air Reset
Demand Limit in Effect
Temp.Compensated Start
IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active
Linkage Active — CCN
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
HVAC Mode Numerical Form

RANGE

CCN POINT
n/a
n/a
n/a

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
number

MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
MODEHVAC

Currently Occupied (OCC) — This variable displays the current occupied state of the unit.
Timed Override in Effect (T.OVR) — This variable displays
if the state of occupancy is currently occupied due to an
override.
DCV Resetting Minimum Position (DCV) — This variable
displays if the economizer position has been lowered from its
maximum vent position.
Supply Air Reset (SA.R) — This variable displays if the supply air set point that the rooftop is attempting to maintain is
currently being reset upwards. This applies to cooling only.
Demand Limit in Effect (DMD.L) — This variable displays
if the mechanical cooling capacity is currently being limited or
reduced by an outside third party.
Temperature Compensated Start (T.C.ST) — This variable
displays if Heating or Cooling has been initiated before the
occupied period to pre-condition the space.
IAQ Pre-Occupancy Purge Active (IAQ.P) — This variable
displays if the economizer is open and the fan is on to preventilate the building before occupancy.
Linkage Active CCN (LINK) — This variable displays if a
linkage master in a zoning system has established “linkage”
with this air source (rooftop).
Mechanical Cooling Locked Out (LOCK) — This variable
displays if mechanical cooling is currently being locked due to
low outside air temperature.
HVAC Mode Numerical Form (H.NUM) — This is a numerical representation of the HVAC modes which may be read via
a point read.
SYSTEM MODES (Operating Modes→SYS.M)
System Mode Off — When the system mode is OFF, all outputs are to be shut down and no machine control is possible.
The following list displays the text assigned to the System
Mode when in the OFF mode and the conditions that may
cause this mode are checked in the following hierarchal order:
1. Wake up timer on a power reset.
(“Initializing System ...”)
2. System in the process of shutting down compressors and
waiting for timeguards to expire.
(“Shutting Down ...”)
3. Factory shut down (internal factory control level —
SHUTDOWN).
(“Factory Shut Down”)
4. Unit Stop (software application level variable that acts as
a hard shut down — Service Test→STOP).
(“Local Machine Stop”)

HVAC Mode — VENT (09) — This is a normal operation
mode where no heating or cooling is required and outside air is
being delivered to the space to control IAQ levels.
HVAC Mode — HIGH COOL (10) — This is a normal cooling mode where a high cooling demand is required.
HVAC Mode — LOW COOL (11) — This is a normal cooling mode where a low cooling demand is required.
HVAC Mode — UNOCC. FREE COOL (12) — In this
mode the unit will operate in cooling but will be using the
economizer for free cooling. Entering this mode will depend on
the status of the outside air. The unit can be configured for outside air changeover, differential dry bulb changeover, outside
air enthalpy changeover, differential enthalpy changeover, or a
custom arrangement of enthalpy/dewpoint and dry bulb. See
the Economizer section for further details.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING HICOOL (13) — The economizer is at minimum vent position but the combination of the
outside-air temperature and the economizer position has
dropped the supply-air temperature below the tempering cool
set point. Staged gas heat or hydronic heat is used to temper the
ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING LOCOOL (14) — The economizer is at minimum vent position but the combination of the
outside-air temperature and the economizer position has
dropped the supply-air temperature below the tempering cool
set point. Staged gas heat or hydronic heat is used to temper the
ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — TEMPERING VENT (15) — The economizer is at minimum vent position but the supply-air temperature has dropped below the tempering vent set point. Staged
gas heat or hydronic heat is used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC Mode — LOW HEAT (16) — The unit will be in low
heating demand mode using either gas or electric heat.
HVAC Mode — HIGH HEAT (17) — The unit will be in
high heating demand mode using either gas or electric heat.
HVAC Mode — FREEZESTAT TRIP (18) — If the Freezestat trips, the unit enters the Freezestat Trip HVAC mode. The
supply fan will run, the hydronic heat valve will be wide open,
and the economizer damper will be at minimum.
HVAC Mode — STATIC PRESSURE FAIL (19) — The
unit is off due to failure of the static pressure sensor.
HVAC Mode — PLENUM PRESSURE FAIL (20) — The
unit is off due to a plenum pressure switch trip.
HVAC Mode — FIRE SHUT DOWN (21) — The unit has
been stopped due to a fire shutdown input (FSD) or two or
more of the fire control modes, purge, evacuation, or pressurization have been requested simultaneously.
HVAC Mode — PRESSURIZATION (22) — The unit is in
the special fire pressurization mode where the supply fan is on,
the economizer damper is open and the power exhaust fans are
off. This mode is invoked by the Fire Pressurization (PRES)
input which can be found in the INPUT→FIRE submenu.
HVAC Mode — EVACUATION (23) — The unit is in the
special Fire Evacuation mode where the supply fan is off, the
economizer damper is closed and the power exhaust fans are

on. This mode is invoked by the Fire Evacuation (EVAC) input
which can be found in the INPUT→FIRE submenu.
HVAC Mode — SMOKE PURGE (24) — The unit is in the
special Fire Purge mode where the supply fan is on, the economizer damper is open and the power exhaust fans are on. This
mode is invoked by the Fire Evacuation (PURG) input which
can be found in the INPUT→FIRE submenu.
HVAC Mode — DEHUMIDIFICATION (25) — The unit is
operating in the Dehumidification mode.
HVAC Mode — RE-HEAT (26) — The unit is operating in
Reheat mode.

Unit Configuration Submenu — The UNIT submenu under the Configuration mode of the local display
contains general unit configuration items. This section will
define all of these configurations here for easy reference. The
sub-menu which contains these configurations is located at the
local display under Configuration→UNIT. See Table 33.
Machine Control Type (C.TYP) — This configuration defines the technique and control source responsible for selecting
a cooling, heating, or vent mode and in determining the method
by which compressors are staged. The control types are:
• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) and C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT)
Both of these configurations refer to standard VAV operation. If the control is occupied, the supply fan is run
continuously and return-air temperature will be used in the
determination of the selection of a cooling mode. VAV-SPT
differs from VAV-RAT only in that during the unoccupied
period, space temperature will be used instead of return-air
temperature to start the fan for 10 minutes to establish an
accurate return-air temperature before the return-air temperature is allowed to call out any mode.
• C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT – MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode. Unlike
traditional 2-stage thermostat control, the unit is allowed to
use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAVtype operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW
COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high
cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT- 2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode and allow
only 2 stages of control for both heating and cooling.
• C.TYP = 5 (SPT – MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor a space
temperature sensor to make a determination of mode.
Unlike traditional 2-stage space temperature control, the
unit is allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and
perform VAV-type operation. The control will be able to call
out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a
low or high cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 6 (SPT- 2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the
space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode
and allow 2 stages of control for both heating and cooling.

System Mode =
OFF?

FireSmoke
Control

System
Mode

Yes

Inputs -> FIRE ->
FSD in alarm?

HVAC Mode = OFF
(Disabled)

Unit not in factory
test AND fire-smoke
control mode is
alarming?

Yes

Inputs -> FIRE ->
PRES in alarm?

Yes

Inputs -> FIRE ->
EVAC in alarm?

Yes

HVAC Mode = OFF
(Fire Shutdown)

Yes

HVAC Mode = OFF
(Pressurization)

HVAC Mode = OFF
(Evacuation)

HVAC Mode = OFF
(Purge)

Exceptions
Config->UNIT->
C.TYP changed
while unit running?

System Mode =
TEST?

Yes

Service Test ->
S.STP = YES?

Yes

15-second delay

Config->UNIT->
RM.CF =2 AND
Inputs->GEN.I->
REMT = ON

Yes

(Config->HEAT->
HT.TY=4 OR Config->
DEHU->D.SEL=1)AND
(Inputs ->GEN.I->
FRZ.S=ALRM?)

Yes

HVAC Mode = SoftStop
Request

HVAC Mode = TEST

Yes

HVAC Mode = OFF
(Rem. Sw. Disable)

HVAC Mode = Freeze
Stat Trip

HVAC Mode = OFF
(Disabled)

Config->SP-> SP.CF
= 1 OR 2
and static pressure
sensor has failed

Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Static Pres. Fail)

Unit control free to select
normal heating/cooling
HVAC mode

Config->UNIT->
SFS.M=1 OR 2 AND
Config->UNIT->
SFS.S=YES?
and supply fan
has failed

Config->BP->
BP.CF=5 AND
There is a plenum
pressure switch
error

Yes

Unit just waking up
from power reset?

Yes

HVAC Mode = OFF
(Fan Status Fail)

HVAC Mode = OFF
(Plenum Pressure Trip)

Yes
HVAC Mode = OFF
(Starting Up)

HVAC Mode = OFF
HVAC Mode = Vent
HVAC Mode =
Tempering Vent
HVAC Mode = Low Cool

Unit
control free
to choose
HVAC
Mode

HVAC Mode =
Tempering LoCool
HVAC Mode = High Cool
HVAC Mode =
Tempering HiCool
HVAC Mode = Low Heat
HVAC Mode = Re-Heat
HVAC Mode = High Heat
HVAC Mode =
Dehumidification
HVAC Mode = Unocc.
Free Cool

Fig. 4 — Mode Selection

Unit shutting down?

Yes
HVAC Mode = Shutting
Down

Compressor
contactor welded
on?

Yes
HVAC Mode = Comp.
Stuck On

Table 33 — Unit Configuration
ITEM
UNIT
C.TYP
CV.FN
RM.CF
CEM
TCS.C
TCS.H
SFS.S
SFS.M
VAV.S
SIZE
50.HZ
MAT.S
MAT.R
MAT.D
ALTI
DLAY
AUX.R
SENS
SPT.S
SP.O.S
SP.O.R
SRH.S
RRH.S
FLT.S

RANGE
1-6
0-1
0-3
Yes/No
0 - 60
0 - 60
Yes/No
0-2
0 - 720
30 - 105
Yes/No
0-2
Yes/No
0 - 100
0 - 60000
0 -900
0-3
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable

UNITS

min
min
min

%
sec

CCN POINT

DEFAULTS

CTRLTYPE
FAN_MODE
RMTINCFG
CEM_BRD
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
SAMPMINS
UNITSIZE
UNIT_HZ
MAT_SEL
MATRESET
MATOADOS
ALTITUDE
DELAY
AUXRELAY

4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
30
No
1
No
20
0
0
0

SPTSENS
SPTOSENS
SPTO_RNG
SPRHSENS
RARHSENS
FLTS_ENA

Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
Disable

Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C = 1 (OAQ SENSDAQ) (Outdoor Air Quality Sensor)
Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C = 2 (4-20 NO
DAQ) (4 to 20 mA sensor, no DAQ)
Temperature Compensated Start Cooling Factor (TCS.C) —
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compensated Start Time Bias for cooling. Refer to the Temperature
Compensated Start section for more information. A setting of
0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Cooling
is not permitted.
Temperature Compensated Start Cooling Factor (TCS.H) —
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compensated Start Time Bias for heating. Refer to the Temperature
Compensated Start section for more information. A setting of
0 minutes indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Heating
is not permitted.
Fan Fail Shuts Downs Unit (SFS.S) — This configuration
will determine whether the unit should shut down on a supply
fan status fail or simply alert the condition and continue to run.
If set to YES, then the control will shut down the unit and send
out an alarm if supply fan status monitoring fails. If set to NO,
the control will not shut down the unit if supply fan status monitoring fails but the control will send out an alert.
Fan Status Monitoring (SFS.M) — This configuration selects
the type of fan status monitoring to be performed.
0 - NONE — No switch or monitoring
1 - SWITCH — Use of the fan status switch
2 - SP RISE — Monitoring of the supply duct pressure.
VAV Unoccupied Fan Retry Time (VAV.S) — Machine control types 1 and 2 (VAV-RAT,VAV-SPT) include a process for
sampling the return-air temperature during unoccupied periods
to prove a valid demand for heating or cooling before initiating
an unoccupied heating or cooling mode. If the sampling routine runs but concludes a valid demand condition does not exist, the sampling process will not be permitted for the period of
time defined by this configuration. Reducing this value allows
a more frequent re-sampling process. Setting this value to zero
will prevent any sampling sequence.
Unit Size (SIZE) — There are several unit sizes (tons) for the
Z Series control. Make sure this configuration matches the size
called out by the model number of the unit. This is important as
the cooling stage tables are directly determined based on both
the SIZE and 50.HZ configurations.

Fan Mode (CV.FN) — The Fan Mode configuration can be
used for machine control types (Configuration→
UNIT→C.TYP) 3, 4, 5, and 6. The Fan Mode variable
establishes the operating sequence for the supply fan during
occupied periods. When set to 1 (Continuous), the fan will
operate continuously during occupied periods. When set to 0
(Automatic), the fan will run only during a heating or cooling
mode.
Remote Switch Config (RM.CF) — The remote switch input
is connected to TB201 terminals 1 and 2. This switch can be
used for several remote control functions. Please refer to the
Remote Control Switch Input section for details on its use and
operation.
CEM Module Installed (CEM) — This configuration instructs
the control to communicate with the controls expansion module
(CEM) over the local equipment network (LEN) when set to
Yes. When the unit is configured for certain sensors and configurations, this option will be set to Yes automatically.
The sensors and configurations that automatically turn on
this board are:
Configuration→UNIT→SENS→SRH.S = Enable (Space
Relative Humidity Sensor Enable)
Configuration→UNIT→SENS→RRH.S = Enable (Return
Air Relative Humidity Sensor Enable)
Configuration→EDT.R→RES.S = Enable (4 to 20 mA Supply Air Reset Sensor Enable)
Configuration→ECON→ORH.S = Enable (Outside Air Relative Humidity Sensor Enable)
Configuration→ECON→CFM.C→OCF.S = Enable (Outdoor Air CFM Sensor Enable)
Configuration→DEHU→D.SEN = 3 (DISCR.INPUT)
(Dehumidification Sensor – Discrete Input Select)
Configuration→DMD.L→DM.L.S = 1 (2 SWITCHES)
(Demand Limiting using 2 discrete switches)
Configuration→DMD.L→DM.L.S = 2 (4-20 MA CTRL)
(Demand Limiting using a 4 to 20 mA sensor)
Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ DISCRETE)
(IAQ discrete switch control)
Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ DISC.OVR)
(IAQ discrete switch “override” control)

equipped with a VFD, the VFD output is not 0%). The default
is 0.
Space Temp Sensor (SPT.S) — If a space temperature sensor
is installed (T55/T56), enable this configuration.
Space Temp Offset Sensor (SP.O.S) — If a T56 sensor is installed with the space temperature offset slider, enable this configuration.
Space Temp Offset Range (SP.O.R) — If a space temperature offset sensor is installed, it is possible to configure the
range of the slider by adjusting this range configuration.
Space Air RH Sensor (SRH.S) — If a space relative humidity
sensor is installed, enable this configuration.
Return RH Sensor (RRH.S) — If a return air relative humidity sensor is installed, enable this configuration.
Filter Status Switch Enabled? (FLT.S) — If a filter status
switch is installed, enable this configuration to begin the monitoring of the filter status input (Inputs→GEN.I→ FLT.S). See
the Dirty Filter Switch section for more details on installation
and operation.

50 Hertz Unit? (50.HZ) — Some units are designed to run at
50 Hertz instead of 60 Hertz. Make sure this configuration
matches the frequency called out by the model number of the
unit. This is important as the cooling stage tables are directly
determined based on both the SIZE and 50.HZ configurations.
MAT Calc Config (MAT.S) — This configuration gives the
user three options in the processing of the mixed-air temperature (MAT) calculation:
• MAT.S = 0
The control will not attempt to learn MAT over time. The
control will simply calculate MAT based on the position of
the economizer, outside and return air temperature, linearly.
• MAT.S = 1
The control will attempt to learn MAT over time. Any time
the system is in a vent mode and the economizer stays at a
particular position for long enough, MAT = EDT (evaporator discharge temperature). Using this, the control has an internal table whereby it can more closely determine the true
MAT value.
• MAT.S = 2
The control will stop learning and use whatever the control
has already learned. Using this setting infers that the control
has spent some time set to MAT.S = 1.
First set MAT.S = 1, then go into the Service Test mode.
Turn on the fan and open the economizer to a static position for
5 minutes. Move to several positions (20%,40%,60%,80%). It
is important that the difference between return and outside temperature be greater than 5 degrees. (The greater the delta, the
better.) When done, set MAT.S = 2 and the system has been
commissioned.
Reset MAT Table Entries? (MAT.R) — This configuration
allows the user to reset the internally stored MAT learned configuration data back to the default values. The defaults are set
to a linear relationship between the economizer damper position and OAT and RAT in the calculation of MAT.
MAT Outside Air Position Default (MAT.D) — This configuration is used to calculate MAT when the economizer option
is disabled. The configuration is adjustable from 0 to 100%
outside air. This defines the fixed ventilation position that will
be used to correctly calculate MAT.
Altitude……..In Feet: (ALTI) — As the control does not include a barometric pressure sensor to define the calculation of
enthalpy and cfm, the control does include an altitude parameter which will serve to set up a default barometric pressure for
use with calculations. The effect of barometric pressure in
these calculations is not great, but could have an effect depending on the installed elevation of the unit. If the rooftop is
installed at a particularly high altitude and enthalpy or cfm are
being calculated, set this configuration to the current elevation
of the installed rooftop.
Start Up Delay Time (DLAY) — This option inhibits the unit
from operating after a power reset. The configuration may be
adjusted from 0 to 900 seconds of delay.
Auxiliary Relay Configuration (AUX.R) — This configuration allows the user to configure the function of the auxiliary
relay. The configuration can be set from 0 to 3. If AUX.R is set
to 0, the auxiliary relay will be energized during an alarm. The
relay can be used to turn on an indicator light or sound an alarm
in a mechanical room. If AUX.R is set to 1, the auxiliary relay
will energize when the controls determine dehumidification/reheat is needed. The relay would be wired to a third party dehumidification/reheat device and would energize the device when
needed. If AUX.R is set to 2, the auxiliary relay will energize
when the unit is in the occupied state. The relay could then be
used to control lighting or other functions that need to be on
during the occupied state. If AUX.R is set to 3, the auxiliary relay will energize when the supply fan is energized (and, if

Cooling Control — The Z Series ComfortLink™ con-

trols offer two basic control approaches to mechanical cooling:
2-stage cooling (CV) and multiple stages of cooling (VAV). In
addition, the ComfortLink control offers the ability to run
multiple stages of cooling for either a space temperature sensor
or thermostat by controlling the unit to either a low or high cool
supply air set point. The control type (Configuration→
UNIT→C.TYP) determines the selection of the type of cooling
control as well as the technique for selecting a cooling mode.
Unit staging tables are shown in Appendix C.
NOTE: Whether a unit has a VFD, inlet guide vanes, or a
supply fan installed for static pressure control has no effect on
configuration of the machine control type (C.TYP). No matter
what the control type, it is possible to run the unit in either CV
or VAV mode provided there are enough stages to accommodate lower air volumes for VAV operation. Refer to the section
on static pressure control on page 61 for information on how to
set up the unit for the type of supply fan control desired.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
Machine Control Type (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP) —
The most fundamental cooling control configuration is located
under Configuration→UNIT.
ITEM

EXPANSION

RANGE

UNIT
UNIT CONFIGURATION
C.TYP Machine Control Type 1 - 6

CCN
POINT

DEFAULTS

CTRLTYPE

*This default is model number dependent.

This configuration defines the technique and control source
responsible for selecting a cooling mode and in determining the
method by which compressors are staged. The control types
are:
• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) and C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT)
Both of these configurations refer to standard VAV operation. If the control is occupied, the supply fan is run continuously and return-air temperature will be used for both in the
determination of the selection of a cooling mode. VAV-SPT
differs from VAV-RAT only in that during the unoccupied
period, space temperature will be used instead of return-air
temperature to start the fan for ten minutes before the
return-air temperature is allowed to call out any mode.
• C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT – MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode. Unlike traditional 2-stage thermostat control, the unit is allowed to use
multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV style
operation. The control will be able to call out a LOW
45

• 3 = 3RD PARTY RESET
The reset value is determined by a 4 to 20 mA third party
input. An input of 4 mA would correspond to 0º F reset. An
input of 20 mA would correspond to 20º F reset. Configuring the control for this option will cause RES.S to become
enabled automatically with the CEM board. To avoid
alarms make sure the CEM board and third party input are
connected first before enabling this option.
Reset Ratio (RTIO) — This configuration is used when
RS.CF is set to 1 or 2. For every degree that the controlling
temperature (space/return) falls below the occupied cooling set
point (OCSP), the calculated value of the supply air reset will
rise by the number of degrees as specified by this parameter.
Reset Limit (LIMT) — This configuration is used when
RS.CF is set to 1 or 2. This configuration places a clamp on the
amount of supply air reset that can be applied.
EDT 4-20 mA Reset Input (RES.S) — This configuration is
automatically enabled when Configuration→EDT.R→
RS.CF is set to 3 (third party reset).
COOLING CONFIGURATION — Relevant configurations for
mechanical cooling are located at the local display under
Configuration→COOL. See Table 37.
Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) — This configuration is
used for units using the “SumZ” algorithm for cooling capacity
control (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP = 1, 2, 3 or 5). The
configuration affects the cycling rate of the cooling stages by
raising or lowering the threshold that demand must build to in
order to add or subtract a stage of cooling.
Normally this configuration should not require any tuning or
adjustment. If there is an application where the unit may be significantly oversized and there are indications of high compressor cycles then the Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) can be
used to adjust the overall logic gain. Normally this is set to 1.0,
but it can be adjusted from 0.5 to 4.0. As the value of Z.GN is
increased, the cycling of cooling stages will be slowed.
Compressor Lockout Temperature (MC.LO) — This configuration is the outdoor air temperature setting below which
mechanical cooling is locked out.
Lead/Lag Operation? (L.L.EN) — This configuration allows
for lead/lag compressor operation for the unit. If this configuration is set to Yes, every time cooling capacity drops to 0%, on
the next call for cooling, the control will start up the first
compressor on the circuit which did not start the previous
cooling cycle. If set to No, circuit A will always start first.
Motormaster Control? (M.M.) — The condenser head pressure
control for the unit is managed directly by the ComfortLink™
controls. There is no physical motormaster device in the unit.
This configuration allows the head pressure control sequence to
permit additional cycling control of the condenser fans. Setting
this configuration to YES permits mechanical cooling operation
down to 0° F (–18 C) outdoor temperature. If this configuration
is set to NO, the mechanical cooling system is not suited for
operation below 35 F (1.8 C) outdoor temperature.
Head Pressure Set Point (HPSP) — This is the head pressure
set point used by the ComfortLink controls during condenser
fan, head pressure control.
Enable Compressor A1 (A1.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the A1 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor A2 (A2.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the A2 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor B1 (B1.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the B1 compressor in case of failure.
Enable Compressor B2 (B2.EN) — This configuration is
used to disable the B2 compressor in case of failure.
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm (CS.A1) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor A1 feedback alarm
(105 ton size units only). This configuration must be enabled at
all times for 105 ton units.

COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a low or high
cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT – 2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the thermostat inputs to make a determination of mode.
• C.TYP = 5 (SPT – MULTI)
This configuration will force the control to monitor a space
temperature sensor to make a determination of mode. Unlike traditional 2-stage space temperature control, the unit is
allowed to use multiple stages of cooling control and perform VAV style operation. The control will be able to call
out a LOW COOL or a HIGH COOL mode and maintain a
low or high cool supply air set point.
• C.TYP = 6 (SPT – 2 STG)
This configuration will force the control to monitor the
space temperature sensor to make a determination of mode and
allow two stages of cooling.
MACHINE DEPENDENT CONFIGURATIONS — Some
configurations are linked to the physical unit and must not be
changed. The configurations are provided in case a field
replacement of a board occurs and the settings are not
preserved by the download process of the new software. The
following configurations apply to all machine control types
(C.TYP) except 4 and 6. These configurations are located at the
local display under Configuration→UNIT. See Table 34.
Table 34 — Machine Dependent Configurations
ITEM
UNIT
SIZE
50.HZ

EXPANSION

RANGE

CCN
POINT

UNIT CONFIGURATION
Unit Size (30-105) 30 - 105 UNITSIZE
50 Hertz Unit ?
Yes/No UNIT_HZ

DEFAULTS
*
*

*Dependent on unit.

Unit Size (SIZE) — There are several unit sizes (tons) for the
Z Series control. Make sure this configuration matches the size
called out by the model number of the unit. This is important as
the cooling stage tables are directly determined based on both
the SIZE and 50.HZ configurations.
50 Hertz Unit? (50.HZ) — Some units are designed to run at
50 Hertz instead of 60 Hertz. Make sure this configuration
matches the frequency called out by the model number of the
unit. This is important as the cooling stage tables are directly
determined based on both the SIZE and 50.HZ configurations.
SET POINTS — The set points for both cooling and heating
are located at the local display under Setpoints. See Table 35.
SUPPLY AIR RESET CONFIGURATION — Supply air
reset can be used to modify the current cooling supply air set
point. Supply air reset is applicable to control types, C.TYP =
1,2,3, and 5. The configurations for reset can be found at the
local display under Configuration→EDT.R. See Table 36.
EDT Reset Configuration (RS.CF) — This configuration applies to several machine control types (Configuration →UNIT
→C.TYP = 1,2,3, and 5).
• 0 = NO RESET
No supply air reset is in effect
• 1 = SPT RESET
Space temperature will be used as the reset control variable
along with both RTIO and LIMT in the calculation of the
final amount of reset to be applied (Inputs→RSET
→SA.S.R).
• 2 = RAT RESET
Return-air temperature will be used as the reset control variable along with both RTIO and LIMT in the calculation of
the final amount of reset to be applied (Inputs→RSET→
SA.S.R).
46

Table 35 — Setpoints
ITEM
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
GAP
V.C.ON
V.C.OF
SASP
SA.HI
SA.LO
SA.HT
T.PRG
T.CL
T.V.OC
T.V.UN

EXPANSION
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Setpoint
Supply Air Setpoint Hi
Supply Air Setpoint Lo
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Tempering Purge SASP
Tempering in Cool SASP
Tempering Vent Occ SASP
Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP

RANGE
40-99
40-99
40-99
40-110
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
90-145
–20-80
5-75
–20-80
–20-80

UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
deltaF
deltaF
deltaF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

CCN POINT
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC

DEFAULT
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50

Table 36 — Supply Air Reset Configuration
ITEM
EDT.R
RS.CF
RTIO
LIMT
RES.S

EXPANSION
EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input

RANGE

UNITS

0-3
0 - 10
0 - 20
Enable/Disable

deltaF

CCN POINT
EDRSTCFG
RTIO
LIMT
EDTRSENS

DEFAULT
2
2
10
Disable

Table 37 — Cooling Configuration
ITEM
COOL
Z.GN
MC.LO
L.L.EN
M.M.
HPSP
A1.EN
A2.EN
B1.EN
B2.EN
CS.A1
CS.A2
CS.B1
CS.B2
HPS.A
HPS.B
H.SST

EXPANSION
COOLING CONFIGURATION
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Compressor Lockout Temp
Lead/Lag Operation ?
Motor Master Control ?
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
CMPA1 Hi.Pr.Sw. Trip
CMPB1 Hi.Pr.Sw. Trip
Hi SST Alert Delay Time

RANGE
–10 - 10
–25 - 55
Yes/No
Yes/No
80 - 150
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
365 - 415
365 - 415
5 - 30

UNITS
dF
dF

PSIG
PSIG
min

CCN POINT
Z_GAIN
OATLCOMP
LLENABLE
MOTRMAST
HPSP
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2ENA
CSB_A1EN
CSB_A2EN
CSB_B1EN
CSB_B2EN
HPSATRIP
HPSBTRIP
HSSTTIME

DEFAULT
1
40
No
No
113
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
415
415
10

sample the discharge pressure on circuit B and store this value
minus 3 psig and attempt to catch this failure the next time
before the switch trips. The value is modifiable by the user but
will still get overriden if the control does not catch a high
pressure condition before the switch trips.
High SST Alert Delay Time (H.SST) — This option allows
the low saturated suction temperature alert timing delay to be
adjusted.
COOL MODE SELECTION PROCESS — The Z Series
ComfortLink™ controls offer three distinct methods by which
they may select a cooling mode.
1. Thermostat (C.TYP=3 and 4): The thermostat does not
depend upon the state of occupancy or temperature and
the modes are called out directly by the discrete inputs
(Inputs→STAT→Y1 and Y2).
2. VAV cooling types (C.TYP=1 and 2) are called out
in the occupied period (Operating Modes→MODE→
OCC=ON).
3. VAV cooling types (C.TYP=1 and 2) are called out in the
unoccupied period (Operating Modes→MODE→
OCC=OFF). They are also used for space sensor control
types (C.TYP=5 and 6) in both the occupied and unoccupied periods.
This section is devoted to the process of cooling mode
determination for the three types outlined above.

CSB A2 Feedback Alarm (CS.A2) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor A2 feedback alarm
(105 ton size units only). This configuration must be enabled at
all times for 105 ton units.
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm (CS.B1) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor B1 feedback alarm
(105 ton size units only). This configuration must be enabled at
all times for 105 ton units.
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm (CS.B2) — This configuration is
used to enable or disable the compressor B2 feedback alarm
(105 ton size units only). This configuration must be enabled at
all times for 105 ton units.
Compressor A1 High Pressure Switch Trip (HPS.A) — This
configuration is used when high-pressure switches are used.
This is true for all units except the 105 ton size units which
incorporate current sensor boards (CSB). In the case of a highpressure switch trip on compressor A1, the control will sample
the discharge pressure on circuit A and store this value minus
3 psig and attempt to catch this failure the next time before the
switch trips. The value is modifiable by the user but will still
get overriden if the control does not catch a high pressure
condition before the switch trips.
Compressor B1 High Pressure Switch Trip (HPS.B) — This
configuration is used when high-pressure switches are used.
This is true for all units except the 105 ton size units which
incorporate current sensor boards (CSB). In the case of a
high-pressure switch trip on compressor B1, the control will
47

VAV Cool Mode Selection during the Occupied Period
(C.TYP = 1,2 and Operating Modes→MODE→OCC =ON)
— There is no difference in the selection of a cooling mode for
either VAV-RAT or VAV-SPT in the occupied period. The actual
selection of a cool mode, for both control types, is based upon
the controlling return-air temperature (Temperatures→
AIR.T→CTRL→R.TMP). Typically this is the same as the return air temperature thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→ RAT)
except when under CCN Linkage.
VAV Occupied Cool Mode Evaluation Configuration — There
are VAV occupied cooling offsets under Setpoints.
ITEM
V.C.ON
V.C.OF

L.H.ON
DMDLHON

L.H.OF
DMDLHOFF

V.C. OF
VAVOCOFF

a48-8414

Fig. 5 — VAV Occupied Period Trip Logic
NOTE: With vent mode, it is possible to exit out of a cooling
mode during the occupied period if the return-air temperature
drops low enough. When supply-air temperature reset is not
configured, this capability will work to prevent over-cooling
the space during the occupied period.
Supply Air Set Point Control and the Staging of Compressors
— Once the control has determined that a cooling mode is in
effect, the cooling control point (Run Status→VIEW
→CL.C.P) is calculated and is based upon the supply air set
point (Setpoints→SASP) plus any supply air reset being
applied (Inputs→RSET→SA.S.R).
Refer to the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section on page 50
for a discussion of how the Z Series ComfortLink™ controls
manage the staging of compressors to maintain supply-air
temperature.
VAV Cool Mode Selection during the Unoccupied Period
(C.TYP = 1,2; Operating Modes→MODE→OCC=OFF)
and Space Sensor Cool Mode Selection (C.TYP=5 & 6) —
The machine control types that utilize this technique of mode
selection are:
• C.TYP = 1 (VAV-RAT) in the unoccupied period
• C.TYP = 2 (VAV-SPT) in the unoccupied period
• C.TYP = 5 (SPT-MULTI) in both the occupied and
unoccupied period
• C.TYP = 6 (SPT- 2 STG) in both the occupied and
unoccupied period
These particular control types operate differently than the
VAV types in the occupied mode in that there is both a LOW
COOL and a HIGH COOL mode. For both of these modes, the
control offers two independent set points, Setpoints→SA.LO
(for LOW COOL mode) and Setpoints→SA.HI (for HIGH
COOL mode). The occupied and unoccupied cooling set points
can be found under Setpoints.

CCN
DEFAULT
POINT
deltaF VAVOCON 3.5

EXPANSION RANGE UNITS
VAV Occ.
0-25
Cool On Delta
VAV Occ.
1-25
Cool Off Delta

V.C. ON
VAVOCON

OHSP

deltaF VAVOCOFF 2

Cool Mode Determination — If the machine control type
(Configuration→ UNIT→C.TYP) = 1 (VAV-RAT) or 2 (VAVSPT) and the control is occupied (Operating Modes→
MODE→OCC=ON), then the unit will not follow the occupied cooling set point (OCSP). Instead, the control will follow
two offsets in the determination of an occupied VAV cooling
mode (Setpoints→V.C.ON and Setpoints→V.C.OF), applying
them to the low-heat off trip point and comparing the resulting
temperature to the return-air temperature.
The Setpoints→V.C.ON (VAV cool mode on offset) and
Setpoints→V.C.OF (VAV cool mode off offset) offsets are
used in conjunction with the low heat mode off trip point to
determine when to bring cooling on and off and in enforcing a
true “vent” mode between heating and cooling. See Fig. 5. The
occupied cooling set point is not used in the determination of
the cool mode. The occupied cooling set point is used for supply air reset only.
The advantage of this offset technique is that the control can
safely enforce a vent mode without worrying about crossing set
points. Even more importantly, under CCN linkage, the
occupied heating set point may drift up and down and as such
this technique of using offsets ensures a guaranteed separation
in degrees F between the calling out of a heating or cooling
mode at all times.
NOTE: There is a sub-menu at the local display (Run Status
→TRIP) that allows the user to see the exact trip points for
both the heating and cooling modes without having to calculate them. Refer to the Cool Mode Diagnostic Help section on
page 50 for more information.
To enter into a VAV Occupied Cool mode, the controlling
temperature must rise above [OHSP minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF plus V.C.ON].
To exit out of a VAV Occupied Cool Mode, the controlling
temperature must fall below [OHSP minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF plus V.C.ON minus V.C.OF].

ITEM

CCN DEFAULT
POINT
OCSP 75

UCSP

EXPANSION RANGE UNITS

OCSP

Occupied
55-80
Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied 75-95
Cool Setpoint

UCSP

The heat/cool set point offsets are found under Configuration→D.LV.T. See Table 38.

Table 38 — Cool/Heat Set Point Offsets Configuration
ITEM
D.LV.T
L.H.ON
H.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.C.ON
H.C.ON
L.C.OF
C.T.LV
H.T.LV
C.T.TM
H.T.TM

EXPANSION
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time

RANGE
-1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2.0
-1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2
0.1 - 5
0.1 - 5
30 - 600
30 - 600

UNITS
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec

CCN
POINT
DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM

DEFAULT
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120

Operating modes are under Operating Modes→MODE.
ITEM
MODE
OCC
T.C.ST

modes there is a timeguard which enforces a time delay
between the transitioning from a low cool to a high cool mode.
This time delay is 8 minutes. There is a timeguard which
enforces a time delay between the transitioning from a heat
mode to a cool mode. This time delay is 5 minutes.
Supply Air Set Point Control — Once the control has determined that a cooling mode is in effect, the cooling control
point (Run Status→VIEW→CL.C.P) is calculated and is
based upon either Setpoints→SA.HI or Setpoints→SA.LO,
depending on whether a high or a low cooling mode is in
effect, respectively. In addition, if supply air reset is configured, it will also be added to the cooling control point.
Refer to the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section for a discussion of how the Z Series ComfortLink™ controls manage
supply-air temperature and the staging of compressors for these
control types.
C.TYP = 3 and 4 (Thermostat Cool Mode Selection) —
When a thermostat type is selected, the decision making process involved in determining the mode is straightforward.
Upon energizing the Y1 input only, the unit HVAC mode will
be LOW COOL. Upon the energizing of both Y1 and Y2 inputs, the unit HVAC mode will be HIGH COOL. If just input
G is energized the unit HVAC mode will be VENT and the
supply fan will run.
Selecting the C.TYP = 3 (TSTAT – MULTI) control type
will cause the control to do the following:
• The control will read both the Configuration→UNIT→
SIZE and Configuration→UNIT→50.HZ configuration parameters to determine the number of cooling
stages and the pattern for each stage.
• An HVAC mode equal to LOW COOL will cause the
unit to select the Setpoints→SA.LO set point to control
to. An HVAC mode equal to HIGH COOL will cause the
unit to select the Setpoints→SA.HI set point to control
to. Supply air reset (if configured) will be added to either
the low or high cool set point.
• The control will utilize the SumZ cooling algorithm and
control cooling to a supply air set point. See the section
for the SumZ Cooling Algorithm section for information
on controlling to a supply air set point and compressor
staging.
Selecting the C.TYP = 4 (TSTAT – 2 STG) control type
means that only two stages of cooling will be used. An HVAC
mode of LOW COOL will energize one circuit and an HVAC
mode of HIGH COOL will energize both circuits provided the
economizer is not able to provide adequate free cooling. Refer
to the section on Economizer Integration with Mechanical
Cooling for more information.

EXPANSION
RANGE CCN POINT
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
ON/OFF MODEOCCP
Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF MODETCST

Cool Mode Evaluation Logic — The first thing the control
determines is whether the unit is in the occupied mode (OCC)
or is in the temperature compensated start mode (T.C.ST). If
the unit is occupied or in temperature compensated start mode,
the occupied cooling set point (OCSP) is used. For all other
modes, the unoccupied cooling set point (UCSP) is used. For
further discussion and simplification this will be referred to as
the “cooling set point.” See Fig. 6.
Demand Level Low Cool On Offset (L.C.ON) — This is the
cooling set point offset added to the cooling set point at which
point a Low Cool mode starts.
Demand Level High Cool On Offset (H.C.ON) — This is the
cooling set point offset added to the “cooling set point plus
L.C.ON” at which point a High Cool mode begins.
Demand Level Low Cool Off Offset (L.C.OF) — This is the
cooling set point offset subtracted from “cooling set point plus
L.C.ON” at which point a Low Cool mode ends.
NOTE: The “high cool end” trip point uses the “low cool off”
(L.C.OF) offset divided by 2.
To enter into a LOW COOL mode, the controlling temperature must rise above [the cooling set point plus L.C.ON.]
To enter into a HIGH COOL mode, the controlling temperature must rise above [the cooling set point plus L.C.ON plus
H.C.ON.]
To exit out of a LOW COOL mode, the controlling temperature must fall below [the cooling set point plus L.C.ON minus
L.C.OF.]
To exit out of a HIGH COOL mode, the controlling temperature must fall below [the cooling set point plus L.C.ON minus
L.C.OF/2.]
Comfort Trending — In addition to the set points and offsets
which determine the trip points for bringing on and bringing
off cool modes, there are 2 configurations which work to hold
off the transitioning from a low cool to a high cool mode if the
space is cooling down quickly enough. This technique is
referred to as comfort trending and the configurations of
interest are C.T.LV and C.T.TM.
Cool Trend Demand Level (C.T.LV) — This is the change in
demand that must occur within the time period specified by
C.T.TM in order to hold off a HIGH COOL mode regardless
of demand. This is not applicable to VAV control types
(C.TYP=1 and 2) in the occupied period. As long as a LOW
COOL mode is making progress in cooling the space, the control will hold off on the HIGH COOL mode. This is especially
true for the space sensor machine control types (C.TYP) = 5
and 6, because they may transition into the occupied mode and
see an immediate large cooling demand when the set points
change.
Cool Trend Time (C.T.TM) — This is the time period upon
which the cool trend demand level (C.T.LV) operates and may
hold off staging or a HIGH COOL mode. This is not applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1 and 2) in the occupied
period. See the Cool Trend Demand Level section for more
details.
Timeguards — In addition to the set points and offsets which
determine the trip points for bringing on and bringing off cool

Hi Cool Start
H.C.ON
Lo Cool Start
L.C. OF
L.C.ON

L.C. OF/2

Hi Cool End

Lo Cool End

Cooling Setpoint (OCSP,UCSP)

Fig. 6 — Cool Mode Evaluation

ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP — capacity after adding a cooling
stage)
For example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be
adding 20% cooling capacity by taking the next step up,
0.2 times 20 = 4 F (ADD.R)
Next Stage EDT Increase (SUB.R) — This variable represents (if subtracting a stage of cooling) how much the temperature should rise in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and exactly how much capacity is to be subtracted.
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP — capacity after subtracting a
cooling stage)
For Example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be subtracting 30% capacity by taking the next step down, 0.2 times
–30 = –6 F (SUB.R)
Rise Per Percent Capacity (R.PCT) — This is a real time calculation that represents the amount of degrees of drop/rise
across the evaporator coil versus percent of current running
capacity.
R.PCT = (MAT – EDT)/ C.CAP
Cap Deadband Subtracting (Y.MIN) — This is a control variable used for Low Temp Override (L.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.MIN = -SUB.R*0.4375
Cap Deadband Adding (Y.PLU) — This is a control variable
used for High Temp Override (H.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.PLU = -ADD.R*0.4375
Cap Threshold Subtracting (Z.MIN) — This parameter is
used in the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.MIN = Configuration→COOL→Z.GN * (–10 + (4*
(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Cap Threshold Adding (Z.PLU) — This parameter is used in
the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.PLU = Configuration→COOL→Z.GN * (10 + (4*
(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP) — If stages of mechanical cooling are on and the error is greater than twice Y.PLU,
and the rate of change of error is greater than 0.5° F per minute,
then a stage of mechanical cooling will be added every 30 seconds. This override is intended to react to situations where the
load rapidly increases.
Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP) — If the error is less than
twice Y.MIN, and the rate of change of error is less than
–0.5° F per minute, then a mechanical stage will be removed
every 30 seconds. This override is intended to quickly react to
situations where the load is rapidly reduced.
Pull Down Cap Override (PULL) — If the error from set
point is above 4° F, and the rate of change is less than –1° F per
minute, then pulldown is in effect, and “SUM” is set to 0. This
keeps mechanical cooling stages from being added when the
error is very large, but there is no load in the space. Pulldown
for units is expected to rarely occur, but is included for the rare
situation when it is needed. Most likely pulldown will occur
when mechanical cooling first becomes available shortly after
the control goes into an occupied mode (after a warm unoccupied mode).
Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW) — With a rooftop unit,
the design rise at 100% total unit capacity is generally around
30° F. For a unit with 4 stages, each stage represents about
7.5° F of change to EDT. If stages could reliably be cycled at
very fast rates, the set point could be maintained very precisely.
Since it is not desirable to cycle compressors more than 6 cycles per hour, slow change override takes care of keeping the
PID under control when “relatively” close to set point.

COOL MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP — To quickly determine the current trip points for the cooling modes, the Run
Status sub-menu at the local display allows the user to view the
calculated start and stop points for both the cooling and heating
trip points. The following sub-menu can be found at the local
display under Run Status→TRIP. See Table 39.
Table 39 — Run Status Mode Trip Helper
ITEM
TRIP
UN.C.S
UN.C.E
OC.C.S
OC.C.E
TEMP
OC.H.E
OC.H.S
UN.H.E
UN.H.S
HVAC

EXPANSION
MODE TRIP HELPER
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
the current HVAC MODE

UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

CCN
POINT
UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
String

The controlling temperature is “TEMP” and is in the middle
of the table for easy reference. The HVAC mode can also be
viewed at the bottom of the table.
SUMZ COOLING ALGORITHM — The SumZ cooling algorithm is an adaptive PID (proportional, integral, derivative)
which is used by the control whenever more than 2 stages of
cooling are present (C.TYP = 1,2,3, and 5). This section will describe its operation and define the pertinent parameters. It is generally not necessary to modify parameters in this section. The
information is presented primarily for reference and may be
helpful for troubleshooting complex operational problems.
The only configuration parameter for the SumZ algorithm is
located at the local display under Configuration→
COOL→Z.GN. See Table 37.
Capacity Threshold Adjust (Z.GN) — This configuration is
used on units using the “SumZ” algorithm for cooling capacity
control (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP = 1, 2, 3 and 5). It
affects the cycling rate of the cooling stages by raising or
lowering the threshold that capacity must build to in order to
add or subtract a stage of cooling.
The cooling algorithm’s run-time variables are located at
the local display under Run Status→COOL. See Table 40.
Current Running Capacity (C.CAP) — This variable represents the amount of capacity currently running in percent.
Current Cool Stage (CUR.S) — This variable represents the
cool stage currently running.
Requested Cool Stage (REQ.S) — This variable represents
the requested cool stage. Cooling relay timeguards in place
may prevent the requested cool stage from matching the current cool stage.
Maximum Cool Stages (MAX.S) — This variable is the maximum number of cooling stages the control is configured for
and capable of controlling.
Active Demand Limit (DEM.L) — If demand limit is active,
this variable will represent the amount of capacity that the
control is currently limited to.
Capacity Load Factor (SMZ) — This factor builds up or
down over time (–100 to +100) and is used as the means of
adding or subtracting a cooling stage during run time. It is a
normalized representation of the relationship between “Sum”
and “Z”.
Next Stage EDT Decrease (ADD.R) — This variable represents (if adding a stage of cooling) how much the temperature
should drop in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and exactly how much additional capacity is to be added.

Table 40 — Run Status Cool Display
ITEM
COOL
C.CAP
CUR.S
REQ.S
MAX.S
DEM.L
SUMZ
SMZ
ADD.R
SUB.R
R.PCT
Y.MIN
Y.PLU
Z.MIN
Z.PLU
H.TMP
L.TMP
PULL
SLOW

EXPANSION
COOLING INFORMATION
Current Running Capacity
Current Cool Stage
Requested Cool Stage
Maximum Cool Stages
Active Demand Limit
COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override

RANGE

UNITS
%

%
-100 – +100
^F
^F

CCN POINT
CAPTOTAL
COOL_STG
CL_STAGE
CLMAXSTG
DEM_LIM

WRITE STATUS

forcible

SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG

3) the amount of expected rise for the next cooling stage
subtraction
The calculation of “Z” requires two variables, Z.PLU used
when adding a stage and Z.MIN used when subtracting a stage.
They are calculated with the following formulas:
Z.PLU = Z.GN * (10 + (4*(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
Z.MIN = Z.GN * (–10 + (4*(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Where:
Z.GN = configuration used to modify the threshold levels used
for staging (Configuration→COOL→Z.GN)
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after adding a cooling
stage)
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after subtracting a cooling stage)
Both of these terms, Z.PLU and Z.MIN, represent a threshold both positive and negative upon which the “SUM” calculation must build up to in order to cause the compressor to stage
up or down.
Comparing SUM and Z — The “SUM” calculation is compared against Z.PLU and Z.MIN.
• If “SUM” rises above Z.PLU, a cooling stage is added.
• If “SUM” falls below Z.MIN, a cooling stage is subtracted.
There is a variable called SMZ which is described in the
reference section and which can simplify the task of watching
the demand build up or down over time. It is calculated as
follows:
If SUM is positive: SMZ = 100*(SUM/Z.PLU)
If SUM is negative: SMZ = –100*(SUM/Z.MIN)
Mixed Air Temperature Calculation (MAT) — The mixedair temperature is calculated and is a function of the economizer position. Additionally there are some calculations in the control which can zero in over time on the relationship of return
and outside air as a function of economizer position. There are
two configurations which relate to the calculation of “MAT”.
These configurations can be located at the local display under
Configuration→UNIT.

SumZ Operation — The SumZ algorithm is an adaptive PID
style of control. The PID is programmed within the control and
the relative speed of staging can only be influenced by the user
through the adjustment of the Z.GN configuration, described in
the reference section. The capacity control algorithm uses a
modified PID algorithm, with a self adjusting gain which
compensates for varying conditions, including changing flow
rates across the evaporator coil.
Previous implementations of SumZ made static assumptions about the actual size of the next capacity jump up or
down. This control uses a “rise per percent capacity” technique
in the calculation of SumZ, instead of the previous “rise per
stage” method. For each jump, up or down in capacity, the
control will know beforehand the exact capacity change
brought on. Better overall staging control can be realized with
this technique.
SUM Calculation — The PID calculation of the “SUM” is
evaluated once every 80 seconds.
SUM = Error + “SUM last time through” + (3 * Error Rate)
Where:
SUM = the PID calculation
Error = EDT – Cooling Control Point
Error Rate = Error – “Error last time through”
NOTE: “Error” is clamped between –10 and +50 and “Error
rate” is clamped between –5 and +5.
This “SUM” will be compared against the “Z” calculations
in determining whether cooling stages should be added or
subtracted.
Z Calculation — For the “Z” calculation, the control attempts
to determine the entering and the leaving-air temperature of the
evaporator coil and based upon the difference between the two
during mechanical cooling, determines whether to add or
subtract a stage of cooling. This is the adaptive element.
The entering-air temperature is referred to as MAT
(mixed-air temperature) and the leaving-air temperature of the
evaporator coil is referred to as EDT (evaporator discharge
temperature). They are found at the local display under the
Temperatures→CTRL sub-menu.
The main elements to be calculated and used in the calculation of SumZ are:
1) the rise per percent capacity (R.PCT)
2) the amount of expected rise for the next cooling stage
addition

ITEM
UNIT
MAT.S
MAT.R

EXPANSION

RANGE

CCN
POINT

DEFAULTS

UNIT CONFIGURATION
MAT Calc Config 0 - 2
MAT_SEL 1
Reset MAT Table Yes/No MATRESET No
Entries?

• CCN loadshed functionality.
NOTE: It is also possible to force the demand limit variable
(Run Status→COOL→DEM.L).
To use Demand Limiting, select the type of demand limiting
to use. This is done with the Demand Limit Select configuration (Configuration→DMD.L→DM.L.S).
To view the current demand limiting currently in effect,
look at Run Status→COOL→DEM.L.
The configurations associated with demand limiting can be
viewed at the local display at Configuration→DMD.L. See
Table 41.
Demand Limit Select (DM.L.S) — This configuration determines the type of demand limiting.
• 0 = NONE — Demand Limiting not configured.
• 1 = 2 SWITCHES — This will enable switch input
demand limiting using the switch inputs connected to the
CEM board. Connections should be made to TB204
terminals 1, 2, 3, and 4.
• 2 = 4 to 20 mA — This will enable the use of a remote 4
to 20 mA demand limit signal. The CEM module must
be used. The 4 to 20 mA signal must come from an externally sourced controller and should be connected to
TB203 terminals 2 and 3.
• 3 = CCN LOADSHED — This will allow for loadshed
and red lining through CCN communications.
Two-Switch Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 1) — This type of
demand limiting utilizes two discrete inputs:
Demand Limit Switch 1 Setpoint (D.L.S1) — Dmd Limit
Switch Setpoint 1 (0-100% total capacity)
Demand Limit 2 Setpoint (D.L.S2) — Dmd Limit Switch
Setpoint 2 (0-100% total capacity)
The state of the discrete switch inputs can be found at the local display:
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2
The following table illustrates the demand limiting (Run
Status→COOL→DEM.L) that will be in effect based on the
logic of the applied switches:

MAT Calc Config (MAT.S) — This configuration gives the
user three options in the processing of the mixed-air temperature (MAT) calculation:
• MAT.S = 0
The control will not attempt to learn MAT over time. The
control will simply calculate MAT based on the position of
the economizer, outside and return air temperature, linearly.
• MAT.S = 1
The control will attempt to learn MAT over time. Any time
the system is in a vent mode and the economizer stays at a
particular position for long enough, MAT = EDT. Using
this, the control has an internal table whereby it can more
closely determine the true MAT value.
• MAT.S = 2
The control will stop learning and use whatever the control
has already learned. Using this setting infers that the control
has spent some time set to MAT.S = 1.
First set MAT.S = 1. Then go into the Service Test mode,
turn on the fan and open the economizer to a static position for
5 minutes. Move to several positions (20%,40%,60%,80%). It
is important that the difference between return and outside
temperature be greater than 5 degrees. (The greater the delta,
the better). When done, set MAT.S = 2 and the system has been
commissioned.
Reset MAT Table Entries? (MAT.R) — This configuration
allows the user to reset the internally stored MAT learned
configuration data back to the default values. The defaults are
set to a linear relationship between the economizer damper
position and OAT and RAT in the calculation of MAT.
SumZ Overrides — There are a number of overrides to the
SumZ algorithm which may add or subtract stages of cooling.
• High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP)
• Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP)
• Pull Down Cap Override (PULL)
• Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW)
Economizer Trim Override — The unit may drop stages of
cooling when the economizer is performing free cooling and
the configuration Configuration→ECON→E.TRM is set to
Yes. The economizer controls to the same supply air set point
as mechanical cooling does for SumZ when E.TRM = Yes.
This allows for much tighter temperature control as well as cutting down on the cycling of compressors.
For a long cooling session where the outside-air temperature may drop over time, there may be a point at which the
economizer has closed down far enough were the unit could
remove a cooling stage and open up the economizer further to
make up the difference.
Mechanical Cooling Lockout (Configuration→COOL→
MC.LO) — This configuration allows a configurable outsideair temperature set point below which mechanical cooling will
be completely locked out.
DEMAND LIMIT CONTROL — Demand Limit Control
may override the cooling algorithm and clamp or shed
cooling capacity during run time. The term Demand Limit
Control refers to the restriction of the machine capacity
to control the amount of power that a machine will use.
Demand limit control is intended to interface with an external
Loadshed Device either through CCN communications, external switches, or 4 to 20 mA input.
The control has the capability of loadshedding and limiting
in 3 ways:
• Two discrete inputs tied to configurable demand limit set
point percentages.
• An external 4 to 20 mA input that can reset capacity back
linearly to a set point percentage.

Switch Status
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1 = OFF
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 = OFF
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1= ON
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 = OFF
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1= ON
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 = ON
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S1= OFF
Inputs→GEN.I→DL.S2 = ON

Run Status→COOL→DEM.L = 1
100%
Configuration→DMD.L→D.L.S1
Configuration→DMD.L→D.L.S2
Configuration→DMD.L→D.L.S2

4-20 mA Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 2) — If the unit has
been configured for 4 to 20 mA demand limiting, then the
Inputs→4-20→DML.M value is used to determine the
amount of demand limiting in effect (Run Status→COOL→
DEM.L). The Demand Limit at 20 mA (D.L.20) configuration
must be set. This is the configured demand limit corresponding to a 20 mA input (0 to 100%).
The value of percentage reset is determined by a linear
interpolation from 0% to “D.L.20”% based on the Inputs→
4-20→DML.M input value.
The following examples illustrate the demand limiting
(Run Status→COOL→DEM.L) that will be in effect based on
amount of current seen at the 4 to 20 mA input, DML.M.
D.L.20 = 80%
DML.M = 4mA
DEM.L = 100%

D.L.20 = 80%
DML.M = 12 mA
DEM.L = 90%

D.L.20 = 80%
DML.M = 20mA
DEM.L = 80%

Table 41 — Demand Limit Configuration
ITEM
DMD.L
DM.L.S
D.L.20
SH.NM
SH.DL
SH.TM
D.L.S1
D.L.S2

EXPANSION
DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.

RANGE
0-3
0 - 100
0 - 99
0 - 60
0 - 120
0 - 100
0 - 100

UNITS
%
%
min
%
%

CCN POINT
DMD_CTRL
DMT20MA
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2

DEFAULT
0
100
0
0
60
80
50

Fan Stage 1 Operation — If Stage 1 Cycling (Motormaster)
is not selected, the stage 1 fan output will be ON whenever
mechanical cooling is ON (either circuit) and OFF when
mechanical cooling is OFF (both circuits).
If Stage 1 Cycling (Motormaster) is selected, the first stage
operates as follows:
The fan stage turns ON whenever either saturated condensing temperature (SCT) is greater than 138 F.
The fan stage 1 turns OFF whenever both SCTs are less
than the HPSP – 37 F for 90 seconds and fan stage is 1.
Fan Stage 2 Operation (Sizes 030-050) — The control energizes fan CD.F.A when either of the SCTs exceeds HPSP and
the Stage 1 Fan (CD.MM) has been energized for 60 seconds.
Fan CD.F.A is turned OFF when both SCTs have been less
than the set point – 35 F for a period of 2 minutes. Fan stage 2
will turn OFF if both circuits are turned off.
Fan Stage 2 Operation (Sizes 055-105) — There are two
conditions that may request the second stage fan for independent control:
• the control energizes fan stage 2 when the SCT for that
circuit exceeds HPSP and the Stage 1 fan has been energized for 60 seconds.
• the control energizes fan stage 2 if the SCT for the particular circuit exceeds 143 F during the first 60 seconds
after fan stage 1 has been turned on.
Fan stage 2 turns OFF when the SCT for the particular circuit has been less than HPSP – 35 F for a period of 2 minutes.
Head Pressure Control Exceptions — For size 105 units, current sensor boards are able to diagnose a compressor stuck on
condition. If any of the current sensor boards for the fourcompressor unit detects a compressor stuck on, then the first
stage fan is turned on immediately (CD.MM). If compressors
A1 or A2 are diagnosed as stuck on, the second stage fan for
that circuit will be turned on (CD.F.A). If compressors B1 or
B2 are diagnosed as stuck on, the second stage fan for that
circuit will be turned on (CD.F.B).
If no compressors are stuck on, the next check will determine whether compressors are on or not. If any compressor has
not been commanded on, the first stage fan is not allowed on.
This is also true for the second stage fan and units configured
for unit sizes 030-050. For unit sizes 055-105, if no compressors in a circuit are commanded on, the corresponding second
stage fan is not allowed on (CD.F.A, CD.F.B).
ECONOMIZER INTEGRATION WITH MECHANICAL
COOLING — When the economizer is able to provide free
cooling (Run Status→ECON→ACTV = YES), mechanical
cooling may be delayed or even held off indefinitely.
NOTE: Once mechanical cooling has started, this delay logic
is no longer relevant.
Multi-Stage Cooling Economizer Mechanical Cooling
Delay — This type of mechanical cooling delay is relevant to
the following machine control types:
C.TYP = 1
VAV-RAT
C.TYP = 2
VAV-SPT
C.TYP = 3
TSTAT-MULTI
C.TYP = 5
SPT-MULTI

CCN Loadshed Demand Limiting (DM.L.S = 3) — If the unit
has been configured for CCN Loadshed Demand Limiting,
then the demand limiting variable (Run Status→COOL→
DEM.L) is controlled via CCN commands.
The relevant configurations for this type of demand limiting
are:
Loadshed Group Number (SH.NM) — CCN Loadshed Group
number
Loadshed Demand Delta (SH.DL) — CCN Loadshed
Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time (SH.TM) — CCN Maximum
Loadshed time
The Loadshed Group Number (SH.NM) corresponds to
the loadshed supervisory device that resides elsewhere on the
CCN network and broadcasts loadshed and redline commands to its associated equipment parts. The SH.NM variable
will default to zero which is an invalid group number. This
allows the loadshed function to be disabled until configured.
Upon reception of a redline command, the machine will be
prevented from starting if it is not running. If it is running,
then DEM.L is set equal to the current running cooling capacity (Run Status→COOL→C.CAP).
Upon reception of a loadshed command, the DEM.L variable is set to the current running cooling capacity (Run Status
→COOL→C.CAP) minus the configured Loadshed Demand
Delta (SH.DL).
A redline command or loadshed command will stay in
effect until a Cancel redline or Cancel loadshed command is
received, or until the configurable Maximum Loadshed time
(SH.TM) has elapsed.
HEAD PRESSURE CONTROL — Condenser head pressure
for the 48/50Z series is managed directly by the ComfortLink™
controls. The controls are able to cycle two stages of outdoor
fans to maintain acceptable head pressure. Fan stages will react
to discharge pressure sensors with the pressure converted to the
corresponding saturated condensing temperature. Unit size is
used to determine if the second stage fans are configured to
respond to a particular circuit (independent control) or both
circuits (common control).
An option to allow fan cycling on the first stage is configured by setting Configuration→COOL→M.M = Yes.
NOTE: The term Motormaster is used in the software to refer
to a fan cycling on the first stage. An actual Motormaster®
device is not used or required. Cycling is done by the
ComfortLink controls.
There are two configurations provided for head pressure
control that can be found at the local display:
Configuration→COOL→M.M. — Motormaster enable
Configuration→COOL→HPSP — Head Pressure Set point
There are three outputs provided to control head pressure:
Outputs→FANS→CD.F.A — Condenser Fan A
Outputs→FANS→CD.F.B — Condenser Fan B
Outputs→FANS→CD.MM — “Motor master” or the fan
cycling output

If the economizer is able to provide free cooling at the start
of a cooling session, the mechanical cooling algorithm
(SumZ), checks the economizer’s current position (Run Status
→ECON→ECN.P) and compares it to the economizer’s
maximum position (Configuration→ECON→EC.MX) – 5%.
Once the economizer has opened beyond this point a 150 second timer starts. If the economizer stays beyond this point for
2.5 minutes continuously, the mechanical cooling algorithm is
allowed to start computing demand and stage compressors and
unloaders.
2-Stage Cooling Economizer Mechanical Cooling Delay —
This type of mechanical cooling delay is relevant to the following machine control types:
C.TYP = 4
TSTAT-2 STG
C.TYP = 6
SPT-2 STG
If the economizer is able to provide free cooling at the start
of a cooling session (for either a low cool or a high cool mode),
the 2-stage cooling algorithm will start a 10-minute hold off
timer on staging. Once this timer has expired, the 2-stage
cooling algorithm will qualify both the temperature of the
evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) and the outside-air
temperature (OAT).
If either of these temperatures are less than the current cooling control point (Run Status→VIEW→CL.C.P) plus 1.5° F,
mechanical cooling will be held off. But if both of these
temperatures are above CL.C.P + 1.5° F, the first compressor
will be requested and a 5-minute hold off timer will be started
that will give the first compressor time to run before the second
compressor may be started.
At this point, if the 5-minute timer expires and the cooling
mode request is high or the cooling mode request is low and
dehumidification is active (Operating Modes→MODE→
DEHU=ON), the 2-stage cooling algorithm checks whether
EDT is 1.5° F greater than the current cooling control point
(CL.C.P) and if it is, the second compressor will be requested.

Heating Control — The Z Series ComfortLink™ con-

trols offers control for four different types of heating systems to
satisfy general space heating requirements: 2-stage gas heat,
2-stage electric heat, multiple-stage gas heat and hydronic heat.
Heating control also provides tempering and reheat functions.
These functions are discussed in separate sections. Reheat is discussed under Dehumidification function on page 77.
Variable air volume (VAV) type applications (C.TYP = 1, 2,
3, or 5) require that the space terminal positions be commanded
to open to minimum heating positions when gas or electric heat
systems are active, to provide for the unit heating system’s
Minimum Heating Airflow rate.
Also, for VAV applications, the heat interlock relay (HIR)
function provides the switching of a control signal intended for
use by the VAV terminals. This signal must be used to command the terminals to open to their Heating Open positions.
The HIR is energized whenever the Heating mode is active, an
IAQ pre-occupied force is active, or if fire smoke modes, pressurization, or smoke purge modes are active.
Hydronic heating applications that use the unit’s control
require the installation of a Local Equipment Network (LEN)
communicating actuator on the hydronic heating coil’s control
valve. This actuator (with or without matching control valve)
may be separately shipped for field installation.
All heating systems are available as factory-installed
options. The hydronic heating coil may also be field-supplied
and field-installed; the LEN actuator is still required if unit
control will be used to manage this heating sequence.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The essential heating configurations located at the local display under Configuration→
HEAT. See Table 42.

Table 42 — Heating Configuration
ITEM
HEAT
HT.CF
HT.SP
OC.EN
LAT.M
SG.CF
HT.ST
CAP.M
M.R.DB
S.G.DB
RISE
LAT.L
LIM.M
SW.H.T
SW.L.T
HT.P
HT.D
HT.TM
HH.CF
HW.P
HW.I
HW.D
HW.TM
ACT.C
SN.1
SN.2
SN.3
SN.4
SN.5
C.A.LM

RANGE
0-4
80 - 120
Yes/No
Yes/No
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
Yes/No
110 - 180
100 - 170
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
15 - 300
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

*Some defaults are model number dependent.

UNITS

CCN POINT

DEFAULT

HEATTYPE
SASPHEAT
HTOCCENA
HTLATMON

0*
85
No
No

sec

HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HTLIMMON
HT_LIMHI
HT_LIMLO
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR

0*
45*
0.5
2
0.06
10
Yes
170*
160*
1
1
90

sec

HW_PGAIN
HW_IGAIN
HW_DGAIN
HOTWPIDR

1
1
1
90

HTCL_SN1
HTCL_SN2
HTCL_SN3
HTCL_SN4
HTCL_SN5
HTCLCALM

0
0
0
0
0
85

^F
^F
dF
dF

With sufficient heating demand, there are still conditions
that will prevent the unit from selecting a heat mode. First, the
unit must be configured for a heat type (Configuration→
HEAT→HT.CF not equal to “NONE”). Second, the unit has a
configuration which can enable or disable heating in the
occupied period except for a standard morning warmup cycle
(Configuration→HEAT→OC.EN). See descriptions above in
the Setting Up the System section for more information.
If the unit is allowed to select a heat mode, then the next
step is an evaluation of demand versus set point. At this point,
the logic is the same as for control types SPT Multi-Stage and
SPT-2 Stage, (C.TYP = 5,6) except for the actual temperature
compared against set point. See Temperature Driven Heat
Mode Evaluation section.
Tstat-Multi-Stage (C.TYP = 3) and Tstat-2 Stage (C.TYP =
4) — There is no difference to consider for selecting a heat
mode whether the control type is for TSTAT 2-stage or TSTAT
multi-stage as this only refers to how cooling will be handled.
With thermostat control the W1 and W2 inputs determine
whether the HVAC Mode is LOW or HIGH HEAT.
W1 = ON, W2 = OFF: HVAC MODE = LOW HEAT*
W2 = ON, W2 = ON: HVAC MODE = HIGH HEAT
*If the heating type is either 2-stage electric or 2-stage gas, the
unit may promote a low heat mode to a high heat mode.
NOTE: If W2 = ON and W1 is OFF, a “HIGH HEAT” HVAC
Mode will be called out but an alert (T422) will be generated.
See Alarms and Alerts section on page 94.
SPT Multi-Stage (C.TYP = 5) and SPT 2 Stage (C.TYP = 6)
— There is no difference to consider for selecting a heat mode
whether the control type is for SPT 2-stage or SPT multi-stage as
this only refers to how cooling will be handled. So, for a valid
heating type selected (HT.CF not equal to zero) the unit is free
to select a heating mode based on space temperature (SPT).
If the unit is allowed to select a heat mode, then the next
step is an evaluation of demand versus set point. At this point,
the logic is the same as for control types VAV-RAT and
VAV-SPT, (C.TYP = 1,2) except for the actual temperature
compared against set point. See Temperature Driven Heat
Mode Evaluation section below.
TEMPERATURE DRIVEN HEAT MODE EVALUATION —
This section discusses the technique for selecting a heating
mode based on temperature. Regardless of whether the unit is
configured for return air or space temperature the logic is exactly the same. For the rest of this discussion, the temperature
in question will be referred to as the “controlling temperature.”
First, the occupied and unoccupied heating set points under
Setpoints must be configured.

Heating Control Type (HT.CF) — The heating control types
available are selected/configured with this variable.
0 = No Heat
1 = Electric Heat
2 = 2 Stage Gas Heat
3 = Staged Gas Heat
4 = Hydronic Heat
Heating Supply Air Set Point (HT.SP) — In a low heat mode
for either staged gas or hydronic heat, this is the supply air set
point for heating.
Occupied Heating Enable (OC.EN) — This configuration
only applies when the unit’s control type (Configuration
→UNIT→C.TYP) is configured for 1 (VAV-RAT) or 2 (VAVSPT). If the user wants to have the capability of performing
heating throughout the entire occupied period, then this
configuration needs to be set to “YES”. Most installations do
not require this capability, and if heating is installed, it is used
to heat the building up in the morning. In this case set OC.EN
to “NO”.
NOTE: This unit des not support simultaneous heating and
cooling. If significant simultaneous heating and cooling
demand is expected, it may be necessary to provide additional
heating or cooling equipment and a control system to provide
occupants with proper comfort.
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate (LAT.M) — This option allows
the user additional performance benefit when under CCN
Linkage for the 2-stage electric and gas heating types. As twostage heating types do not “modulate” to a supply air set point,
no leaving air thermistor is required and none is provided. The
evaporator discharge thermistor, which is initially installed upstream of the heater, can be repositioned downstream and the
control can expect to sense this heat. While the control does not
need this to energize stages of heat, the control can wait for a
sufficient temperature rise before announcing a heating mode
to a CCN Linkage system (ComfortID™).
If the sensor is relocated, the user will now have the
capability to view the leaving-air temperature at all times at
Temperatures→AIR.T→CTRL→LAT.
NOTE: If the user does not relocate this sensor for the 2-stage
electric or gas heating types and is under CCN Linkage, then
the control will send a heating mode (if present) unconditionally to the linkage coordinator in the CCN zoning system
regardless of the leaving-air temperature.
HEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS — There are two
possible heat modes that the control will call out for heating
control: HVAC Mode = LOW HEAT and HVAC Mode =
HIGH HEAT. These modes will be called out based on control
type (C.TYP).
VAV-RAT (C.TYP = 1) and VAV-SPT (C.TYP = 2) — There
is no difference in the selection of a heating mode for either
VAV-RAT or VAV-SPT, except that for VAV-SPT, space
temperature is used in the unoccupied period to turn on the
supply fan for 10 minutes before checking return-air temperature. The actual selection of a heat mode, LOW or HIGH for
both control types, will be based upon the controlling return-air
temperature.

ITEM
OHSP
UHSP

EXPANSION

RANGE UNITS

Occupied Heat
55-80
Setpoint
Unoccupied
40-80
Heat Setpoint

CCN
DEFAULT
POINT

OHSP

UHSP

Then, the heat/cool set point offsets under Configuration→
D.LV.T should be set. See Table 43.

Table 43 — Heat/Cool Set Point Offsets
ITEM
D.LV.T
L.H.ON
H.H.ON
L.H.OF
L.C.ON
H.C.ON
L.C.OF
C.T.LV
H.T.LV
C.T.TM
H.T.TM

RANGE
-1 - 2
0.5 - 2.0
0.5 - 2
-1 - 2
0.5 - 2
0.5 - 2
0.1 - 5
0.1 - 5
30 - 600
30 - 600

UNITS
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec

CCN POINT
DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM

DEFAULT
1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120

Related operating modes are under Operating Modes→
MODE.
ITEM
MODE
OCC
T.C.ST

EXPANSION
RANGE
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
ON/OFF
Temp.Compensated Start ON/OFF

view the state of the system. This menu also contains the cool
trip points as well. See Table 44 at the local display under Run
Status→TRIP.

CCN POINT

Table 44 — Mode Trip Helper Table

MODEOCCP
MODETCST

ITEM
TRIP
UN.C.S
UN.C.E
OC.C.S
OC.C.E
TEMP
OC.H.E
OC.H.S
UN.H.E
UN.H.S
HVAC

The first thing the control determines is whether the unit
is in the occupied mode (OCC) or in the temperature compensated start mode (T.C.ST). If the unit is occupied or in temperature compensated start mode, the occupied heating set point
(OHSP) is used. In all other cases, the unoccupied heating
setpoint (UHSP) is used.
The control will call out a low or high heat mode by
comparing the controlling temperature to the heating set point
and the heating set point offset. The set point offsets are used as
additional help in customizing and tweaking comfort into the
building space.
Demand Level Low Heat on Offset (L.H.ON) — This is the
heating set point offset below the heating set point at which
point Low Heat starts.
Demand Level High Heat on Offset (H.H.ON) — This is the
heating set point offset below [the heating set point minus
L.H.ON] at which point high heat starts.
Demand Level Low Heat Off Offset (L.H.OF) — This is the
heating set point offset above [the heating set point minus
L.H.ON] at which point the Low Heat mode ends.
See Fig. 7 for an example of offsets.
To enter into a LOW HEAT mode, if the controlling temperature falls below [the heating set point minus L.H.ON], then
HVAC mode = LOW HEAT.
To enter into a HIGH HEAT mode, if the controlling temperature falls below [the heating set point minus L.H.ON minus H.H.ON], then HVAC mode = HIGH HEAT.
To get out of a LOW HEAT mode, the controlling temperature must rise above [the heating set point minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF].
To get out of a HIGH HEAT mode, the controlling temperature must rise above [the heating set point minus L.H.ON plus
L.H.OF/2].
The Run Status table in the local display allows the user to
see the exact trip points for both the heating and cooling modes
without doing the calculations.
Heat Trend Demand Level (H.T.LV) — This is the change in
demand that must be seen within the time period specified by
H.T.TM in order to hold off a HIGH HEAT mode regardless of
demand. This is not applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1
and 2) in the occupied period. This technique has been referred
to as “Comfort Trending.” As long as a LOW HEAT mode is
making progress in warming the space, the control will hold off
on a HIGH HEAT mode. This is relevant for the space sensor
machine control types (C.TYP = 5 and 6) because they may
transition into the occupied mode and see an immediate and
large heating demand when the set points change.
Heat Trend Time (H.T.TM) — This is the time period upon
which the heat trend demand level (H.T.LV) operates and may
work to hold off staging or a HIGH HEAT mode. This is not
applicable to VAV control types (C.TYP=1 and 2) in the
occupied period. See “Heat Trend Demand Level” section for
more details.
HEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP — To quickly determine the current trip points for the low and high heat modes,
there is a menu in the local display which lets the user quickly

UNITS

CCN POINT

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
String

The controlling temperature is “TEMP” and is in the middle
of the table for easy reference. Also, the “HVAC” mode can be
viewed at the bottom of the table.
TWO-STAGE GAS AND ELECTRIC HEAT CONTROL
(HT.CF = 1,2) — If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:
• If electric heat is configured, then the control will request
the supply fan ON
• If gas heat is configured, then the IGC IFO input controls
the supply fan request
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 1 (HS1)
• If evaporator discharge temperature is less than 50 F,
then the control will turn on Heat Relay 2 (HS2)*
If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:
• If electric heat is configured, then the control will request
the supply fan ON
• If gas heat is configured, then the IGC IFO input controls
the supply fan request
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 1 (HS1)
• The control will turn on Heat Relay 2 (HS2)
*The logic for this “low heat” override is that one stage of
heating will not be able to raise the temperature of the supply
airstream sufficient to heat the space.
HYDRONIC HEATING CONTROL (HT.CF = 4) — Hydronic heating in Z Series units refers to a hot water coil controlled by an actuator. This actuator is a Local Equipment Network (LEN) communicating actuator and may be field supplied. When Configuration→HEAT→HT.CF=4, there is a
thermistor array called Temperatures→AIR.T→CCT, that is
connected to the RCB, that serves as the evaporator discharge
temperature (EDT). The leaving-air temperature (LAT) is assigned the thermistor that is normally assigned to EDT and is
located at the supply fan housing (Temperatures→AIR.T→
SAT).
The configurations for hydronic heating are located at
the local displays under Configuration→HEAT→HH.CF.
See Table 45.

HEATING SET POINT
L.H.ON
L.H.OF

L.H.OF/2

H.H.ON
66.0 F

Fig. 7 — Heating Offsets

68.0 F

67.5 F
66.5 F

a48-8407

Table 45 — Hydronic Heat Configuration
ITEM
HH.CF
HW.P
HW.I
HW.D
HW.TM
ACT.C
SN.1
SN.2
SN.3
SN.4
SN.5
C.A.LM

EXPANSION
HYDRONIC HEAT CONFIGS
Hydronic Ctl.Prop. Gain
Hydronic Ctl.Integ. Gain
Hydronic Ctl.Derv. Gain
Hydronic PID Rate Config
HYDR.HEAT ACTUATOR CFGS.
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.1
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.2
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.3
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.4
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.5
Hydr.Ht.Ctl.Ang.Lo Limit

RANGE
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
15 - 300
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

UNITS

sec

CCN POINT

DEFAULT

HW_PGAIN
HW_IGAIN
HW_DGAIN
HOTWPIDR

1
1
1
90

HTCL_SN1
HTCL_SN2
HTCL_SN3
HTCL_SN4
HTCL_SN5
HTCLCALM

0
0
0
0
0
85

actuator. Five individual numbers make up this serial number
and these can be programmed to match the serial number of the
actuator in its Hydronic Heating Actuator Configs group,
ACT.C (SN.1, SN.2, SN.3, SN.4, SN.5).
NOTE: The serial numbers for all LEN actuators can be found
inside the control doors of the unit as well as on the actuator
itself. If an actuator is replaced in the field, it is a good idea to
remove the additional peel off serial number sticker on the
actuator and cover up the old one inside the control doors.
STAGED GAS HEATING CONTROL (HT.CF = 3) — As
an option, the units with gas heat can be equipped with staged
gas heat controls that will provide from 5 to 11 stages of heat
capacity. This is intended for tempering mode and tempering
economizer air when in a cooling mode and the dampers
are fully closed. Tempering can also be used during a preoccupancy purge to prevent low temperature air from being
delivered to the space. Tempering for both staged gas and
hydronic heat will be discussed in its own section. This section
will focus on heat mode control, which ultimately is relevant to
tempering, minus the consideration of the supply air heating
control point.
The staged gas configurations are located at the local
display under Configuration→HEAT→SG.CF. See Table 46.
Staged Gas Heat Type (HT.ST) — This configuration instructs the control how many stages and in what order are they
staged.
Max Cap Change per Cycle (CAP.M) — This configuration limits the maximum change in capacity per PID run time
cycle.
S.Gas DB Min.dF/PID Rate (M.R.DB) — This configuration
is a deadband minimum temperature per second rate. See
capacity calculation logic on next page for more details.
St.Gas Temp.Dead Band (S.G.DB) — This configuration is a
deadband delta temperature. See capacity calculation logic on
next page for more details.
Heat Rise in dF/Sec Clamp (RISE) — This configuration
clamps heat staging up when the leaving-air temperature is
rising too fast.
LAT Limit Config (LAT.L) — This configuration senses
when leaving air temperature is outside a delta temperature
band around set point and allows staging to react quicker.
Limit Switch Monitoring? (LIM.M) — This configuration
allows the operation of the limit switch monitoring routine.
This is always enabled for Z Series as a limit switch temperature sensor is always present for staged gas operation.
Limit Switch High Temp (SW.H.T) — This configuration is
the temperature limit above which stages of heat will be shed.
Limit Switch Low Temp (SW.L.T) — This configuration is
the temperature limit above which no additional stages of heat
will be allowed.
Heat Control Prop. Gain (HT.P) — This configuration is the
proportional term for the PID which runs in the HVAC mode
LOW HEAT.

Hydronic Heating Control Proportional Gain (HW.P) — This
configuration is the proportional term for the PID which runs in
the HVAC mode LOW HEAT.
Hydronic Heating Control Integral Gain (HW.I) — This
configuration is the integral term for the PID which runs in the
HVAC mode LOW HEAT.
Hydronic Heating Control Derivative Gain (HW.D) — This
configuration is the derivative term for the PID which runs in
the HVAC mode LOW HEAT.
Hydronic Heating Control Run Time Rate (HW.TM) —
This configuration is the PID run time rate which runs in the
HVAC mode LOW HEAT.
Hydronic Heating Logic
If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:
• The control will command the supply fan on
• The control will modulate the hot water coil actuator to
the heating control point (Run Status→VIEW→
HT.C.P). The heating control point for hydronic heat is
the heating supply air set point (Setpoints→SA.HT).
If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:
• The control will command the supply fan on
• The control will command the hot water coil actuator to
100%
Hydronic Heating PID Process — If the HVAC mode is
LOW HEAT, then the hydronic heating actuator will modulate
to the heating control point (Run Status→VIEW→HT.C.P).
Control is performed with a generic PID loop where:
Error = Heating Control Point (HT.C.P) – Leaving Air Temperature (LAT)
The PID terms are calculated as follows:
P = K * HW.P * error
I = K * HW.I * error + “I” last time through
D = K * HW.D * (error – error last time through)
Where K = HW.TM/60 to normalize the effect of changing the
run time rate.
NOTE: The PID values should be not be modified without
approval from Carrier.
Freeze Status Switch Logic (Inputs→GEN.I→FRZ.S) — If
the freezestat input (FRZ) alarms, indicating that the coil is
freezing, normal heat control is overridden and the following
actions will be taken:
1. Command the hot water coil actuator to 100%.
2. Command the economizer damper to 0%.
3. Command the supply fan on.
Configuring Hydronic Heat to Communicate Via Actuator
Serial Number — Every actuator used in the Z Series control
system has its own unique serial number. The rooftop control
uses this serial number to communicate with the actuator over
the local equipment network (LEN). These serial numbers are
programmed at the factory and should not need changing.
Should field replacement of an actuator become necessary, it
will be required to configure the serial numbers of the new
57

Table 46 — Staged Gas Configuration
ITEM
SG.CF
HT.ST
CAP.M
M.R.DB
S.G.DB
RISE
LAT.L
LIM.M
SW.H.T
SW.L.T
HT.P
HT.D
HT.TM

EXPANSION
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config

RANGE
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
Yes/No
110 - 180
100 - 170
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300

UNITS

^F
^F
dF
dF
sec

CCN POINT
HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HTLIMMON
HT_LIMHI
HT_LIMLO
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR

DEFAULT
0*
45*
0.5
2
0.06
10
Yes
170*
160*
1
1
90

*Some configurations are model number dependent.

CAP.M. This sum can be no larger or no smaller than +CAP.M
or –CAP.M.
Finally, the desired capacity is calculated:
Staged Gas Capacity Calculation = “P + D” + old Staged Gas
Capacity Calculation
NOTE: The PID values should not be modified without
approval from Carrier.

Heat Control Derv. Gain (HT.D) — This configuration is the
derivative term for the PID which runs in the HVAC mode
LOW HEAT.
Heat PID Rate Config (HT.TM) — This configuration is the
PID run time rate.
Staged Gas Heating Logic
If the HVAC mode is HIGH HEAT:
• The supply fan for staged gas heating is controlled by the
48Z Integrated Gas Control (IGC) boards and unless the
supply fan is on for a different reason, will be controlled
by the IGC IFO input.
• Command all stages of heat ON
If the HVAC mode is LOW HEAT:
• The supply fan for staged gas heating is controlled by the
integrated gas control (IGC) boards and unless the
supply fan is on for a different reason, will be controlled
by the IGC IFO input.
• The unit will control stages of heat to the heating control
point (Run Status→VIEW→HT.C.P). The heating control point in a LOW HEAT HVAC mode for staged gas is
the heating supply air set point (Setpoints→SA.HT).
Staged Gas Heating PID Logic — The heat control loop is a
PID design with exceptions, overrides and clamps. Capacity
rises and falls based on set point and supply-air temperature.
When the staged gas control is in Low Heat or Tempering
Mode (HVAC mode), the algorithm calculates the desired heat
capacity. The basic factors that govern the controlling technique are:
• how fast the algorithm is run.
• the amount of proportional and derivative gain applied.
• the maximum allowed capacity change each time this
algorithm is run.
• deadband hold-off range when rate is low.
This routine is run once every “HT.TM” seconds. Every
time the routine is run, the calculated sum is added to the control output value. In this manner, integral effect is achieved.
Every time this algorithm is run, the following calculation is
performed:
Error = HT.C.P – LAT
Error_last = error calculated previous time
P = HT.P*(Error)
D = HT.D*(Error – Error_last)
The P and D terms are overridden to zero if:
Error < S.G.DB AND Error > – S.G.DB AND D < M.R.DB
AND D > – M.R.DB “P + D” are then clamped based on

IMPORTANT: When gas or electric heat is used in a VAV
application with third party terminals, the HIR relay output
must be connected to the VAV terminals in the system in
order to enforce a minimum heating cfm. The installer is
responsible to ensure the total minimum heating cfm is not
below limits set for the equipment. Failure to do so will
result in limit switch tripping and may void warranty.
Staged Gas Heat Staging — Different unit sizes will control
heat stages differently based on the amount of heating capacity
included. These staging patterns are selected based on the model number. The selection of a set of staging patterns is controlled via the heat stage type configuration parameter (HT.ST).
As the heating capacity rises and falls based on demand, the
staged gas control logic will stage the heat relay patterns up and
down, respectively. The Heat Stage Type configuration selects
one of 5 staging patterns that the stage gas control will use. In
addition to the staging patterns, the capacity for each stage
is also determined by the staged gas heating PID control. Therefore, choosing the heat relay outputs is a function of the capacity desired, the heat staging patterns based on the heat stage type
(HT.ST) and the capacity presented by each staging pattern. As
the staged gas control desired capacity rises, it is continually
checked against the capacity of the next staging pattern.
When the desired capacity is greater than or equal to the
capacity of the next staging pattern, the next heat stage is selected (Run Status→VIEW→HT.ST = Run Status→VIEW→
HT.ST + 1). Similarly, as the capacity of the control drops, the
desired capacity is continually checked against the next lower
stage. When the desired capacity is less than or equal to the
next lower staging pattern, the next lower heat stage pattern
is selected (Run Status→VIEW→HT.ST = Run Status
→VIEW→ HT.ST – 1). The first two staged gas heat outputs
are located on the MBB board and outputs 3, 4, 5, and 6 are
located on the SCB board. These outputs are used to yield from
2 to 9 stages as shown in Table 47. The heat stage selected
(Run Status→VIEW→HT.ST) is clamped between 0 and the
maximum number of stages possible (Run Status→VIEW
→H.MAX) for the chosen set of staging patterns. See
Tables 48-50.

cutoff mode condition, a stage will drop each time through.
Falling back below the cutoff point will turn off the LAT cutoff
mode.
INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL BOARD LOGIC — All gas
heat units are equipped with one or more integrated gas control
(IGC) boards. This board provides control for the ignition system for the gas heat sections. On size 030-050 low heat units
there will be one IGC board. On size 030-050 high heat units
and 055-105 low heat units there are two IGC boards. On size
055-105 high heat units there are three IGC boards. When a
call for gas heat is initiated, power is sent to W on the IGC
boards. For standard 2-stage heat, all boards are wired in parallel. For staged gas heat, each board is controlled separately.
When energized, an LED on the IGC board will be turned on.
See Table 51 for LED explanations. Each board will ensure
that the rollout switch and limit switch are closed. The induceddraft motor is then energized. When the speed of the motor is
proven with the Hall Effect sensor on the motor, the ignition
activation period begins. The burners ignite within 5 seconds.
If the burners do not light, there is a 22-second delay before another 5-second attempt is made. If the burners still do not light,
this sequence is repeated for 15 minutes. After 15 minutes have
elapsed and the burners have not ignited then heating is locked
out. The control will reset when the request for W (heat) is temporarily removed. When ignition occurs, the IGC board will
continue to monitor the condition of the rollout switch, limit
switches, Hall Effect sensor, and the flame sensor. Forty-five
seconds after ignition has occurred, the IGC will request that
the indoor fan be turned on. The IGC fan output (IFO) is
connected to the indoor fan input on the MBB which will
indicate to the controls that the indoor fan should be turned on
(if not already on). If for some reason the overtemperature limit
switch trips prior to the start of the indoor fan blower, on the
next attempt the 45-second delay will be shortened by 5 seconds. Gas will not be interrupted to the burners and heating will
continue. Once modified, the fan delay will not change back to
45 seconds unless power is reset to the control. The IGC boards
only control the first stage of gas heat on each gas valve. The
second stages are controlled directly from the MBB board. The
IGC board has a minimum on-time of 1 minute. In modes such
as Service Test where long minimum on times are not
enforced, the 1-minute timer on the IGC will still be followed
and the gas will remain on for a minimum of 1 minute.

Limit Switch Temperature Monitoring (LIM.M) — Variable
air volume applications in the low heat or tempering mode can
experience low airflow and as a result it is possible for nuisance
trips of the gas heat limit switch, thereby shutting off all gas
stages. In order to achieve consistent heating in a tempering
mode, a thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→S.G.LS) is placed
next to the limit switch and monitored for overheating. In order
to control a tempering application where the limit switch
temperature has risen above either the upper or lower configuration parameters (SW.L.T, SW.H.T), the staged gas control
will respond to clamp or drop all gas stages.
If the Limit Switch Monitoring configuration parameter
(LIM.M) is set to YES, all the modes will be monitored. If set
to NO, then only LAT Cutoff mode and Capacity Clamp mode
for RISE will be monitored.
If S.G.LS rises above SW.L.T or if (LAT – LAT last time
through the capacity calculation) is greater than (RISE)
degrees F per second, the control will not allow the capacity
routine to add stages and will turn on the Capacity Clamp
mode.
If S.G.LS rises above SW.H.T the control will run the capacity routine immediately and drop all heat stages and will turn
on the Limiting mode.
If S.G.LS falls below SW.L.T the control will turn off both
Capacity Clamp mode and Limiting mode with one exception.
If (LAT – LAT last time through the capacity calculation) is
greater than “RISE” degrees F per second, the control will stay
in the Capacity Clamp mode.
If control is in the Limiting mode and then S.G.LS falls
below SW.L.T, and LAT is not rising quickly, the control will
run the capacity calculation routine immediately and allow a
full stage to come back on if desired this first time through
upon recovery. This will effectively override the “max capacity
stage” clamp.
In addition to the above checks, it is also possible at low cfm
for the supply-air temperature to rise and fall radically between
capacity calculations, thereby impacting the limit switch temperature. In the case where supply-air temperature (LAT) rises
above the control point (HT.C.P) + the cutoff point (LAT.L) the
control will run the capacity calculation routine immediately
and drop a stage of heat. Thereafter, every time the capacity
calculation routine runs, provided the control is still in the LAT

Table 47 — Staged Gas Heat
NUMBER OF
STAGES
2

HT.ST
CONFIGURATION
0

UNIT SIZE
48Z
030-050
030-050
055-105
055-105

HEAT SIZE
Low
High
Low
High

Table 48 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (HT.ST = 0)

STAGE

0
1
2

Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON

Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON

RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF

Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF

CAPACITY
%
0
75
100

Table 49 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (HT.ST = 1)

STAGE

0
1
2
3
4
5

Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON

Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON

RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON

Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF

CAPACITY
%

Heat 6
SCB-RLY4
MGV3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON

CAPACITY
%

0
37
50
75
87
100

Table 50 — Staged Gas Heat Control Steps (HT.ST = 3)

STAGE

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Heat 1
MBB-RLY8
IGC1
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON

Heat 2
MBB-RLY7
MGV1
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON

RELAY OUTPUT
Heat 3
Heat 4
SCB-RLY1
SCB-RLY2
IGC2
MGV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON

0
25
33
50
58
67
75
83
92
100

5 equivalent duct diameters downstream of the unit. Also, care
should be taken to avoid placing the thermistor within a direct
line-of-sight of the heating element to avoid radiant effects.
Run a new two-wire conductor cable from the control box
through the low voltage conduit into the space inside the building and route the cable to the new sensor location.
Installing a New Sensor — Procure a duct-mount temperature
sensor (Carrier P/N 33ZCSENPAT or equivalent 10-kilo-ohm
at 25C NTC [negative temperature coefficient] sensor). Install
the sensor through the side wall of the duct and secure.
Re-Using the Factory SAT Sensor — The factory sensor is
attached to the left-hand side of the supply fan housing. Disconnect the sensor from the factory harness. Fabricate a mounting method to insert the sensor through the duct wall and secure in place.
Attach the new conductor cable to the sensor leads and terminate in an appropriate junction box. Connect the opposite
end inside the unit control box at the factory leads from MBB
J8 terminals 11 and 12 (PNK) leads. Secure the unattached
PNK leads from the factory harness to ensure no accidental
contact with other terminals inside the control box.
TEMPERING MODE — In a vent or cooling mode, the
economizer at minimum position may send extremely cold
outside air down the ductwork of the building. Therefore it
may be necessary to bring heat on to counter-effect this low
supply-air temperature. This is referred to as the tempering
mode.

Table 51 — IGC LED Indicators
ERROR CODE
Normal Operation
Hardware Failure
Fan On/Off Delay Modified
Limit Switch Fault
Fame Sense Fault
Five Consecutive Limit Switch Faults
Ignition Lockout Fault
Ignition Switch Fault
Rollout Switch Fault
Internal Control Fault
Software Lockout

Heat 5
SCB-RLY3
IGC3
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON

LED INDICATION
On
Off
1 Flash
2 Flashes
3 Flashes
4 Flashes
5 Flashes
6 Flashes
7 Flashes
8 Flashes
9 Flashes

NOTES:
1. There is a 3-second pause between error code displays.
2. If more than one error code exists, all applicable error codes will
be displayed in numerical sequence.
3. Error codes on the IGC will be lost if power to the unit is
interrupted.

RELOCATE SAT FOR HEATING-LINKAGE APPLICATIONS — If Configuration→HEAT→LAT.M is set to YES,
the supply air temperature thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T
→ SAT) must be relocated downstream of the installed heating
device. This only applies to two-stage gas or electric heating
types (Configuration→HEAT→ HT.CF=1 or 2).
Determine a location in the supply duct that will provide a
fairly uniform airflow. Typically this would be a minimum of

in HVACMODE, the tempering routine will re-assess the tempering set point which may cause the control to continue or exit
tempering mode.

Setting up the System — The relevant set points for tempering are located at the local display under Setpoints:
ITEM
T.PRG
T.CL
T.V.OC
T.V.UN

EXPANSION
Tempering
Purge SASP
Tempering in
Cool SASP
Tempering Vent
Occ SASP
Tempering Vent
Unocc. SASP

–20-80

CCN
DEFAULT
POINT
TEMPPURG 50

5-75

TEMPCOOL 5

–20-80

TEMPVOCC 65

–20-80

TEMPVUNC 50

RANGE UNITS

Static Pressure Control — Variable air volume (VAV)
air-conditioning systems must provide varying amounts of air
to the conditioned space. As air terminals downstream of the
unit modulate their flows, the unit must simply maintain
control over duct static pressure in order to accommodate the
needs of the terminals, and therefore to meet the varying
combined airflow requirement. The unit design includes two
alternative optional means of accommodating this requirement.
This section describes the technique by which this control takes
place.
A unit intended for use in a VAV system can be equipped
with either an optional variable frequency drive (VFD) or inlet
guide vanes (IGV) for the supply fan. The speed of the fan or
the position of the IGV can be controlled directly by the
ComfortLink™ controls. A transducer is used to measure duct
static pressure. The signal from the transducer is received by
the RCB board and is then used in a PID control routine that
outputs a 4 to 20 mA signal to the VFD, or a digital LEN signal
to the IGV.
Generally only VAV systems utilize static pressure control.
It is required because as the system VAV terminals modulate
closed when less air is required, there must be a means of
controlling airflow from the unit, thereby effectively preventing overpressurization and its accompanying problems.
The three most fundamental configurations for most applications are Configuration→SP→SP.CF, which is the static
pressure control type, Configuration→SP→SP.S, used to
enable the static pressure sensor, and Configuration→SP
→SP.SP, the static pressure set point to be maintained.
OPERATION — On units equipped with either VFD or IGV
and a proper static pressure sensor, when SP.CF, SP.S and
SP.SP are configured, a PID routine periodically measures the
duct static pressure and calculates the error from set point. This
error at any point in time is simply the duct static pressure set
point minus the measured duct static. The error becomes the
basis for the Proportional term of the PID. The routine also calculates the integral of the error over time, and the derivative
(rate of change) of the error. A value is calculated as a result of
this PID routine, and this value is then used to create an output
signal used to adjust the IGV or VFD to maintain the static
pressure set point.
Static pressure reset is the ability to force a lowering of the
static pressure set point through an external control signal.
Explained in detail further below, the control supports this in
two separate ways; through a 4 to 20 mA signal input wired to
TB203 terminals 6 and 7 (thereby facilitating third party
control), or via CCN.
In the latter case, this feature leverages the communications
capabilities of VAV systems employing ComfortID™ terminals under linkage. The system dynamically determines and
maintains an optimal duct static pressure set point based on
the actual load conditions in the space. This can result in a
significant reduction in required fan energy by lowering the set
point to only the level required to maintain adequate airflow
throughout the system.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The options for static
pressure control are found under the Local Display Mode
Configuration→SP. See Table 52.

Operation — First, the unit must be in a vent mode, a low cool,
or a high cool HVAC mode to be considered for a tempering
mode. Secondly, the tempering mode is only allowed when the
rooftop is configured for staged gas or hydronic heating (Configuration→HEAT→HT.CF=3 or 4).
If the control is configured for staged gas or hydronic heating and the control is in a vent, low cool, or high cool HVAC
mode, and the rooftop control is in a situation where the economizer must maintain a minimum position/minimum cfm, then
the evaporator discharge temperature (EDT) will be monitored.
If the EDT falls below a particular trip point then the tempering
mode may be called out:
HVAC mode = “Tempering Vent”
HVAC mode = “Tempering LoCool”
HVAC mode = “Tempering HiCool”
The decision making/selection process for the tempering
trip set point is as follows:
• If an HVAC cool mode is in effect, then the vent trip
point is T.CL.
• If in a pre-occupied purge mode (Operating Modes→
MODE→IAQ.P=ON), then the trip point is T.PRG.
• If in an occupied mode (Operating Modes→MODE→
IAQ.P=ON), then the trip point is TEMPVOCC.
• For all other cases, the trip point is TEMPVUNC.
NOTE: The unoccupied economizer free cooling does not
qualify as a HVAC cool mode as it is an energy saving feature
and has its own OAT lockout already. The unoccupied free
cooling mode (HVAC mode = Unocc. Free Cool) will override
any unoccupied vent mode from triggering a tempering mode.
If OAT is above the chosen tempering set point, tempering
will not be allowed. Additionally, tempering mode is locked
out if any stages of mechanical cooling are present.
A minimum amount of time must pass before calling out
any tempering mode. In effect, the EDT must fall below the
trip point value –1° F continuously for a minimum of 2 minutes. Also, at the end of a mechanical cooling cycle, there must
be a minimum 10 minutes of delay allowed before considering
a tempering during vent mode in order to allow any residual
cooling to dissipate from the evaporator coil.
If the above conditions are met, the algorithm is free to
select the tempering mode (MODETEMP).
If a tempering mode becomes active, the modulating heat
source (staged gas or hot water) will attempt to maintain
leaving-air temperature (LAT) at the tempering set point used
to trigger the tempering mode. The technique for modulation of
set point for staged gas and hydronic heat is the same as in a
heat mode. More information regarding the operation of heating can be referenced in the Heating Control section.
Recovery from a tempering mode (MODETEMP) will
occur when the EDT rises above the trip point. On any change

Table 52 — Static Pressure Control Configuration
ITEM
SP
→SP.CF
→SP.S
→SP.LO
→SP.HI
→SP.SP
→SP.MN
→SP.MX
→SP.FS
→SP.RS
→SP.RT
→SP.LM
→SP.EC
→S.PID
→S.PID→SP.TM
→S.PID→SP.P
→S.PID→SP.I
→S.PID→SP.D
→ACT.C
→ACTC→SN.1
→ACTC→SN.2
→ACTC→SN.3
→ACTC→SN.4
→ACTC→SN.5
→ACTC→C.A.LM

EXPANSION
SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
Static Pressure Config
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD-IGV Minimum Speed
VFD-IGV Maximum Speed
VFD-IGV Fire Speed Over.
Stat. Pres. Reset Config
SP Reset Ratio (″/dF)
SP Reset Limit in iwc (″)
SP Reset Econo.Position
STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Static Press. PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Pressure Intg. Gain
Static Pressure Derv. Gain
IGV ACTUATOR CONFIGS
IGV Serial Number 1
IGV Serial Number 2
IGV Serial Number 3
IGV Serial Number 4
IGV Serial Number 5
IGV Cntrl Angle Lo Limit

RANGE
0, 1, 2
Enable/Disable
–10 - 0
0 - 10
0-5
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0-4
0 - 2.00
0 - 2.00
0 - 100
5 - 120
0-5
0-2
0-5
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

UNITS

in. W.C.
in. W.C.
in. W.C.
%
%
%

%
sec

deg

CCN POINT

DEFAULT

STATICFG
SPSENS
SP_LOW
SP_HIGH
SPSP
STATPMIN
STATPMAX
STATPFSO
SPRSTCFG
SPRRATIO
SPRLIMIT
ECONOSPR

0
Disable
0
5
1.5
20
100
100
0
0.2
0.75
5

SPIDRATE
STATP_PG
STATP_IG
STATP_DG

15
0.5
0.5
0.3

IGV_SN1
IGV_SN2
IGV_SN3
IGV_SN4
IGV_SN5
IGV_CALM

0
0
0
0
0
25

VFD-IGV Minimum Speed (SP.MN) — This is the minimum speed for the supply fan VFD or the minimum opening
for the supply fan IGV. Typically the value is chosen to maintain a minimum level of ventilation.
NOTE: Most VFDs have a built-in minimum speed adjustment
which must be configured for 0% when using ComfortLink
controls for static pressure control.
VFD-IGV Maximum Speed (SP.MX) — This is the maximum speed for the supply fan VFD or the maximum opening
for the supply fan IGV. This is usually set to 100%.
VFD-IGV Fire Speed Override (SP.FS) — This is the speed
that the supply fan VFD or the supply fan IGV will use during
the fire modes; pressurization, evacuation and purge. This is
usually set to 100%.
Static Pressure Reset Configuration (SP.RS) — This option
is used to configure the static pressure reset function. When
SP.RS = 0, there is no static pressure reset via an analog input.
When SP.RS = 1, there is static pressure reset based on the
CEM 4-20MA input and ranged from 0 to 3 in. wg. When
SP.RS = 2, there is static pressure reset based on RAT and
defined by SP.RT and SP.LM. When SP.RS = 3, there is
static pressure reset based on SPT and defined by SP.RT and
SP.LM. When SP.RS = 4, there is VFD speed control where
0 mA = 0% speed and 20 mA = 100% (SP.MN and SP.MX will
override).
Static Pressure Reset Ratio (SP.RT) — This option defines
the reset ratio in terms of static pressure versus temperature.
The reset ratio determines how much is the static pressure
reduced for every degree below set point for RAT or SPT.
Static Pressure Reset Limit (SP.LM) — This option defines
the maximum amount of static pressure reset that is allowed.
This is sometimes called a “clamp.”
NOTE: Resetting static pressure via RAT and SPT is primarily
a constant volume application which utilizes a VFD. The reasoning is that there is significant energy savings in slowing
down a supply fan as opposed to running full speed with
supply air reset. Maintaining the supply air set point and

Static Pressure Configuration (SP.CF) — This variable is
used to configure the use of ComfortLink™ controls for static
pressure control. It has the following options:
0 (None) — No static pressure control by ComfortLink
controls. This would be used for a constant volume (CV)
application when static pressure control is not required or for a
VAV application if there will be third-party control of the VFD
or IGV. In this latter case, a suitable means of control must be
field installed.
1 (VFD Control) — This will enable the use of ComfortLink
controls for static pressure control via a supply fan VFD.
2 (IGV Control) — This will enable the use of ComfortLink
controls for static pressure control via supply fan inlet guide
vanes (IGV).
Static Pressure Sensor (SP.S) — This variable enables the use
of a supply duct static pressure sensor. This must be enabled to
use ComfortLink controls for static pressure control. If using a
third-party control for the VFD or IGV, this should be disabled.
Static Pressure Low Range (SP.LO) — This is the minimum
static pressure that the sensor will measure. For most sensors
this will be 0 in. wg. The ComfortLink controls will map this
value to a 4 mA sensor input.
Static Pressure High Range (SP.HI) — This is the maximum
static pressure that the sensor will measure. Commonly this
will be 5 in. wg. The ComfortLink controls will map this value
to a 20 mA sensor input.
Static Pressure Set Point (SP.SP) — This is the static pressure control point. It is the point against which the
ComfortLink controls compares the actual measured supply
duct pressure for determination of the error that is used for PID
control. Generally one would set SP.SP to the minimum value
necessary for proper operation of air terminals in the conditioned space at all load conditions. Too high of a value will
cause unnecessary fan motor power consumption at part-load
conditions and/or noise problems. Too low a value will result in
insufficient airflow. Additional information will be found on
page 63, under Static Pressure Reset.
62

IGV Serial Number 4 (ACT.C→SN.4) — This variable records
the fourth segment of the IGV actuator serial number.
IGV Serial Number 5 (ACT.C→SN.5) — This variable records
the fifth segment of the IGV actuator serial number.
IGV Control Angle Low Limit (ACT.C→C.A.LM) — The IGV
actuator learns what its end stops are though a calibration at the
factory. Field-installed actuators may be calibrated in the
Service Test mode. When an actuator learns its end stops
through this internal calibration, it remembers what its “control
angle range” is. From then on, the actuator will resolve this
control angle and express its operation in a percentage (%) of
this learned range.
If the IGV has not learned a sufficient control angle range
during calibration, it will be unable to control itself properly.
For this reason the IGV actuator used in the Z Series control
system has a configurable control angle alarm low limit in its
“Economizer Actuator Configs” group, ACT.C. (C.A.LM). If
the control angle learned through calibration is less than
Configuration→SP→ACT.C→C.A.LM, an alert will occur
and the actuator will not function.
NOTE: This configuration does not typically need adjustment.
It is configurable for the small number of jobs which may
require a custom solution or workaround.
STATIC PRESSURE RESET — The configuration for Static
Pressure Reset is found under Configuration→UNIT.

slowing down the fan has the additional benefit of working
around dehumidification concerns.
Static Pressure Reset Economizer Position (SP.EC) — This
option effectively resets ECONOMIN to fully occupied ventilation position, to account for the drop in static pressure during
static pressure reset control. The static pressure reset for the
calculation cannot be larger than the supply air static set point
(SPSP).
The calculation is as follows:
(Static Pressure Reset/SPSP) x (ECONOSPR – ECONOMIN)
As an example, the static pressure set point (SPSP) =
1.5 in. wg. The current static pressure reset is set to 0.5 in. wg.
The settings for ECONOSPR = 50% and ECONOMIN = 20%.
Therefore, the amount to add to the economizer’s
ECONOMIN configuration is: (0.5/1.5) x (50-20) = 10%. In
effect, for the positioning of the economizer, ECONOMIN
would now be replaced by ECONOMIN + 10%.
Static Pressure PID Config (S.PID) — Static pressure PID
configuration can be accessed under this heading in the Configuration→SP submenu. Under most operating conditions the
control PID factors will not require any adjustment and the
factory defaults should be used. If persistent static pressure
fluctuations are detected, small changes to these factors may
improve performance. Decreasing the factors generally reduce
the responsiveness of the control loop, while increasing the
factors increase its responsiveness. Note the existing settings
before making changes, and seek technical assistance from
Carrier before making significant changes to these factors.
Static Pressure PID Run Rate (S.PID→SP.TM) — This is the
number of seconds between duct static pressure readings taken
by the ComfortLink PID routine.
Static Pressure Proportional Gain (S.PID→SP.P) — This is
the proportional gain for the static pressure control PID control
loop.
Static Pressure Integral Gain (S.PID→SP.I) — This is the
integral gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
Static Pressure Derivative Gain (S.PID→SP.D) — This is the
derivative gain for the static pressure control PID control loop.
IGV Actuator Configs (ACT.C) — Every actuator used in the
Z Series control system has its own unique serial number. The
rooftop control uses this serial number to communicate with
the actuator over the local equipment network (LEN). These
serial numbers are programmed at the factory and should not
need changing. Should field replacement of an actuator
become necessary, it will be necessary to configure the serial
numbers of the new actuator. Five individual numbers make up
this serial number and these can be programmed to match the
serial number of the actuator in its “IGV Actuator Configs”
group, ACT.C (SN.1, SN.2, SN.3, SN.4, SN.5).
NOTE: The serial numbers for all LEN actuators can be found
inside the control doors of the unit as well as on the actuator
itself. If an actuator is replaced in the field, it is a good idea
to remove the additional peel-off serial number sticker on
the actuator and use it to replace the old one inside the
control panel doors. The format for the overall serial number
is 111-222-333-444-555, where each of these segments can
be 1, 2 or 3 digits in length. Valid numbers are in the range
1-255.
IGV Serial Number 1 (ACT.C→SN.1) — This variable records
the first of the five segments of the IGV digital LEN actuator
serial number. The complete serial number is used by the
ComfortLink controls to communicate with the actuator.
IGV Serial Number 2 (ACT.C→SN.2) — This variable records
the second segment of the IGV actuator serial number.
IGV Serial Number 3 (ACT.C→SN.3) — This variable records
the third segment of the IGV actuator serial number.

ITEM

EXPANSION

RANGE

CCN POINT

DEFAULT

→SENS→SP.RS

Static Press.
Reset Sensor.

Enable/
Disable

SPRSTSEN

Disable

Static Pressure Reset Sensor (SP.RS) — If the outdoor air
quality sensor is not configured (Configuration→IAQ
→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C=0), then it is possible to use the outdoor
air quality sensor location on the CEM board to perform static
pressure reset via an external 4-20 mA input. Enabling this
sensor will give the user the ability to reset from 0 to 3-in. wg
of static pressure. The reset will apply to the supply static
pressure set point (Configuration→SP→SP.SP), where 4 mA
= 0-in. wg and 20 mA = 3-in. wg.
As an example, the static pressure reset input is measuring
6 mA, and the input is resetting 2 mA of its 16 mA control
range. The 4 to 20 mA range corresponds directly to the 0 to
3 in. wg of reset. Therefore 2 mA reset is 2/16 * 3-in. wg =
0.375-in. wg of reset. If the static pressure set point (SP.SP) =
1.5-in. wg, then the static pressure control point for the system
will be reset 1.5 – 0.375 = 1.125-in. wg.
For third party 4 to 20 mA SP reset, wire the input to TB203
terminals 6 and 7.
For reset via a connected ComfortID™ system, the Linkage
Coordinator terminal monitors the primary-air damper position
of all the terminals in the system. It then calculates the amount of
supply static pressure reduction necessary to cause the most
open damper in the system to open more than the minimum
value (60%) but not more than the maximum value (90% or negligible static pressure drop). This is a dynamic calculation, which
occurs every two minutes whenever the system is operating. It
ensures that the supply static is sufficient to supply the required
airflow at the worst case terminal but not more than necessary, so
that the air terminals do not have to operate with a pressure drop
greater than required to maintain the airflow set point of each
individual terminal in the system. As the system operates, if the
most open damper opens more than 90%, the system recalculates the pressure reduction variable and Configuration→UNIT
→SENS→SP.RS, the amount of reset, is reduced. If the most
open damper closes to less than 60%, the system recalculates the
pressure reduction variable and SP.RS is increased.
With this system, one needs to enter as the static pressure set
point SP.SP either a maximum duct design pressure or maximum equipment pressure, whichever is less. The system will
63

determine the actual set point required and deliver the required
airflow to every terminal under the current load conditions. As
the conditions and airflow requirements at each terminal
change throughout the operating period, so will SP.RS and the
unit’s effective static pressure set point.
In the unlikely chance that both static pressure reset control
signals are simultaneously present, the CCN signal will take
precedence.
RELATED POINTS — These points represent static pressure
control and static pressure reset inputs and outputs. See Table 53.
Static Pressure mA (SP.M) — This variable reflects the value
of the static pressure sensor signal received by the
ComfortLink™ controls. It may in some cases be helpful in
troubleshooting.
Static Pressure mA Trim (SP.M.T) — This input allows a
modest amount of trim to the 4 to 20 mA static pressure transducer signal, and can be used to calibrate a transducer.
Static Pressure Reset mA (SP.R.M) — This input reflects the
value of a 4 to 20 mA static pressure reset signal applied to
TB203 terminals 6 and 7, from a third party control system.
Static Pressure Reset (SP.RS) — This variable reflects the
value of a static pressure reset signal applied from a CCN system. The means of applying this reset is by forcing the value of
the variable SPRESET through CCN.
Supply Fan VFD Speed (S.VFD) — This output can be used
to check on the actual speed of the VFD. This may be helpful
in some cases for troubleshooting.
IGV Actuator Current Pos (IGV.P) — This output reflects
the current position of the supply fan inlet guide vanes. This
may be helpful in some cases for troubleshooting.
IGV Act. Commanded Pos (IGV.C) — This output reflects
the commanded position of the supply fan inlet guide vanes.
By comparing this to the actual position of the guide vanes, this
may be helpful in some cases for troubleshooting.

Table 54 — Fan Status Monitoring Configuration
ITEM
SFS.S
SFS.M

EXPANSION
RANGE CCN POINT
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit Yes/No
SFS_SHUT
Fan Stat Monitoring Type 0 - 2
SFS_MON

Fan Stat Monitoring Type (SFS.M) — This configuration selects the type of fan status monitoring to be performed.
0 - NONE — No switch or monitoring
1 - SWITCH — Use of the fan status switch
2 - SP RISE — Monitoring of the supply duct pressure.
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit (SFS.S) — This configuration
will configure the unit to shut down on a supply fan status fail
or simply alert the condition and continue to run. When configured to YES, the control will shut down the unit if supply fan
status monitoring fails and send out an alarm. If set to no, the
control will not shut down the unit if supply fan status monitoring fails but send out an alert.
SUPPLY FAN STATUS MONITORING LOGIC — Regardless of whether the user is monitoring a discrete switch or is
monitoring static pressure, the timings for both techniques are
the same and rely upon the configuration of static pressure
control. The configuration that determines static pressure
control is Configuration→SP→SP.CF. If this configuration is
set to 0 (none), a fan failure condition must wait 60 continuous
seconds before taking action. If this configuration is 1 or 2
(VFD or IGV), a fan failure condition must wait 3 continuous
minutes before taking action.
If the unit is configured to monitor a fan status switch
(SFS.M = 1), and if the supply fan commanded state does not
match the supply fan status switch for 3 continuous minutes,
then a fan status failure has occurred.
If the unit is configured for supply duct pressure monitoring
(SFS.M = 2), then
• If the supply fan is requested ON and the static pressure
reading is not greater than 0.2 in. wg for 3 continuous
minutes, a fan failure has occurred.
• If the supply fan is requested OFF and the static pressure
reading is not less than 0.2-in. wg for 3 continuous minutes, a fan failure has occurred.

Fan Status Monitoring
GENERAL — The Z Series ComfortLink controls offer the
capability to detect a failed supply fan through either a duct
static pressure transducer or an accessory discrete switch. The
fan status switch is an accessory that allows for the monitoring
of a discrete switch, which trips above a differential pressure
drop across the supply fan. For any unit with a factory-installed
duct static pressure sensor, it is possible to measure duct
pressure rise directly, which removes the need for a differential
switch. Any unit with an installed supply fan VFD or inlet
guide vanes will have the duct static pressure sensor as
standard.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The fan status monitoring
configurations are located in Configuration→UNIT. See
Table 54.

Dirty Filter Switch — The unit can be equipped with a

field-installed accessory dirty filter switch. The switch is located
in the filter section. If a dirty filter switch is not installed, the
switch input is configured to read “clean” all the time.
To enable the sensor for dirty filter monitoring set
Configuration→UNIT→SENS→FLT.S to ENABLE. The
state of the filter status switch can be read at Inputs→GEN.I→
FLT.S. See Table 55.

Table 53 — Static Pressure Reset Related Points
ITEM
Inputs
→ 4-20 → SP.M
→ 4-20 → SP.M.T
→ 4-20 →SP.R.M
→ RSET →SP.RS
Outputs
→ Fans → S.VFD
→ ACTU → IGV.P
→ ACTU → IGV.C

EXPANSION

RANGE

UNITS

CCN POINT

Static Pressure mA
Static Pressure mA Trim
Static Pressure Reset mA
Static Pressure Reset

4-20
-2.0 → +2.0
4-20
0.0-3.0

mA
mA
mA
in. wg

SP_MA
SPMATRIM
SPRST_MA
SPRESET

Supply Fan VFD Speed
IGV Actuator Current Pos
IGV Act. Commanded Pos

0-100
0-100
0-100

%
%
%

SFAN_VFD
IGV_RPOS
IGV_CPOS

DEFAULT

0.0
0.0

the section on indoor air quality for further information on how
to reset the economizer further to gain energy savings and to
more carefully monitor IAQ problems.
Economizer Maximum Position (EC.MX) — The upper limit of the economizer may be limited by setting EC.MX. It defaults to 98% to avoid problems associated with slight changes
in the economizer damper’s end stop over time. Typically this
will not need to be adjusted.
Economizer Trim for Sum Z? (E.TRM) — Sum Z is the
adaptive cooling control algorithm used for multiple stages
of mechanical cooling capacity. The configuration option,
E.TRM is typically set to Yes, and allows the economizer to
modulate to the same control point (Sum Z) that is used to
control capacity staging. The advantage is lower compressor
cycling coupled with tighter temperature control. Setting this
option to No will cause the economizer, if it is able to provide
free cooling, to open to the Economizer Max. Position
(EC.MX) during mechanical cooling.
ECONOMIZER OPERATION — There are four potential
elements which are considered concurrently which determine
whether the economizer is able to provide free cooling:
1. Dry bulb changeover (outside-air temperature qualification)
2. Enthalpy switch (discrete control input monitoring)
3. Economizer changeover select (E.SEL economizer
changeover select configuration option)
4. Outdoor dewpoint limit check (requires an installed outdoor relative humidity sensor installed)
Dry Bulb Changeover — Outside-air temperature may be
viewed under Temperatures→AIR.T→OAT. The control
constantly compares its outside-air temperature reading against
the high temperature OAT lockout (OAT.L). If the temperature
reads above OAT.L, the economizer will not be allowed to perform free cooling.
NOTE: If the user wishes to disable the enthalpy switch from
running concurrently, a field-supplied jumper must be installed
between TB201 terminals 3 and 4.
Enthalpy Switch — The state of the enthalpy switch can be
viewed under Inputs→GEN.I→ENTH. Enthalpy switches are
installed as standard on all Z Series rooftops. When the switch
reads high, free cooling will be disallowed.
The enthalpy switch opens (reads high) when the outdoor
enthalpy is above 24 Btu/lb or dry bulb temperature is above
70 F and will close when the outdoor enthalpy is below
23 Btu/lb or the dry bulb temperature is below 69.5 F.
NOTE: The enthalpy switch has both a low and a high output.
To use this switch as designed the control must be connected to
the low output. Additionally there is a switch logic setting for
the enthalpy switch under Configuration→SW.LG→ENT.L.
This setting must be configured to closed (CLSE) to work properly when connected to the low output of the enthalpy switch.
There are two jumpers under the cover of the enthalpy
switch. One jumper determines the mode of the enthalpy
switch/receiver. The other is not used. For the enthalpy switch,
the factory setting is M1 and should not need to be changed. See
Fig. 8 for a diagram showing the settings on the enthalpy switch.

Table 55 — Dirty Filter Switch Points
ITEM
Configuration→UNIT
→SENS→FLT.S
Inputs→GEN.I
→FLT.S

EXPANSION

RANGE

CCN
POINT
FLTS_ENA

Filter
Enable/
Stat.Sw.Enabled ? Disable
Filter Status Input DRTY/CLN FLTS

Monitoring of the filter status switch is disabled in the
Service Test mode and when the supply fan is not commanded
on. If the fan is on and the unit is not in a test mode and the
filter status switch reads “dirty” for 2 continuous minutes, an
alert is generated. Recovery from this alert is done through a
clearing of all alarms or after cleaning the filter and the switch
reads “clean” for 30 seconds.
NOTE: The filter switch should be adjusted to allow for the
operating cfm and the type of filter. Refer to the accessory
installation instructions for information on adjusting the switch.

Economizer — The economizer control is used to manage

50%

100%

OFF

the outside and return air dampers of the unit to provide ventilation air as well as free cooling based on several configuration
options. This section contains a description of the economizer
and its ability to provide free cooling. See the section on indoor
air quality for more information on setting up and using the
economizer to perform demand controlled ventilation (DCV).
See the Third Party Control section for a description on how to
take over the operation of the economizer through external
control.
The economizer system also permits this unit to perform
smoke control functions based on external control switch
inputs. Refer to the Smoke Control Modes section for detailed
discussions.
Economizer control can be based on automatic control
algorithms using unit-based set points and sensor inputs. This
economizer control system can also be managed through external logic systems.
The economizer system is a factory-installed option. This
option includes a factory-installed enthalpy control device to
determine the changeover condition that permits free cooling
operation. This unit can also have the following devices
installed to enhance economizer control:
• Outside air humidity sensor
• Return air humidity sensor
• Outside airflow control
NOTE: All these options require the controls expansion module (CEM).
The Z Series economizer damper is managed by a communicating actuator motor(s) over the unit’s Local Equipment
Network (LEN). This provides the ability of the control system
to monitor, diagnose and report the health and operation of the
actuator and damper system to the local display and CCN
network, thus providing extensive diagnostic tools to servicers.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The economizer configuration options are under the Local Display Mode Configuration
→ECON. See Table 56.
Economizer Installed? (EC.EN) — If an economizer is not
installed or is to be completely disabled the configuration
option EC.EN may be set to No. Otherwise in the case of an installed economizer, this option must be set to Yes.
Economizer Actuator 2 Installed? (EC2.E) — For 48/50Z055105 units, a second economizer actuator is required. For sizes
055-105, set this configuration to Yes.
Economizer Minimum Position (EC.MN) — The configuration option EC.MN is the economizer minimum position. See

Fig. 8 — Enthalpy Switch Jumper Positions

Table 56 — Economizer Configuration Table
ITEM
EC.EN
EC2.E
EC.MN
EC.MX
E.TRM
E.SEL
OA.E.C
OA.EN
OAT.L
O.DEW
ORH.S
CFM.C
OCF.S
O.C.MX
O.C.MN
O.C.DB
E.CFG
E.P.GN
E.RNG
E.SPD
E.DBD
UEFC
FC.CF
FC.TM
FC.L.O
ACT.C
SN.1.1
SN.1.2
SN.1.3
SN.1.4
SN.1.5
C.A.L1
SN.2.1
SN.2.2
SN.2.3
SN.2.4
SN.2.5
C.A.L2

EXPANSION
Economizer Installed?
Econ.Act.2 Installed?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr Trim For SumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
OUTDOOR AIR CFM CONTROL
Outdoor Air CFM Sensor
Economizer Min.Flow
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Flow
Econ.Min.Flow Deadband
ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
ECON.ACTUATOR CONFIGS
Econ Serial Number 1
Econ Serial Number 2
Econ Serial Number 3
Econ Serial Number 4
Econ Serial Number 5
Econ Ctrl Angle Lo Limit
Econ 2 Serial Number 1
Econ 2 Serial Number 2
Econ 2 Serial Number 3
Econ 2 Serial Number 4
Econ 2 Serial Number 5
Econ 2 Ctrl Angle Lo Limit

RANGE
Yes/No
Yes/No
0 - 100
0 - 100
Yes/No
0-3
1-5
18 - 28
-40 - 120
50 - 62
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
0 - 20000
0 - 20000
200 - 1000
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5
0.1 - 10
0.1 - 2
0-2
0 - 720
40 - 70
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 90
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 90

UNITS

CCN POINT
ECON_ENA
ECON_TWO
ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
ECONTRIM
ECON_SEL
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OAT_LOCK
OADEWCFG
OARHSENS

DEFAULT
Yes
No
5
98
Yes
0
4
24
60
55
Disable

OCFMSENS
OACFMMAX
OACFMMIN
OACFM_DB

Disable
2000
0
400

EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND

1
2.5
0.75
0.5

min
dF

UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
UEFCNTLO

0
120
50

ECON_SN1
ECON_SN2
ECON_SN3
ECON_SN4
ECON_SN5
ECONCALM
ECN2_SN1
ECN2_SN2
ECN2_SN3
ECN2_SN4
ECN2_SN5
ECN2CALM

0
0
0
0
0
85
0
0
0
0
0
85

%
%

dF
dF

CFM
CFM
CFM
^F

is required. Once the sensor and board are installed, enable
Configuration→ECON→ORH.S, the outdoor relative humidity sensor configuration option. This will automatically enable
the CEM board, if it is not enabled already.
If the user selects one of the Honeywell curves, A,B,C or D,
then OA.E.C options 1-4 should be selected. See Fig. 9 for a
diagram of these curves on a psychrometric chart.
OA.E.C = 1 Honeywell A Curve
OA.E.C = 2 Honeywell B Curve
OA.E.C = 3 Honeywell C Curve
OA.E.C = 4 Honeywell D Curve
OA.E.C = 5 custom enthalpy curve
If the user selects OA.E.C = 5, a direct compare of outdoor
enthalpy versus an enthalpy set point is done. This outdoor
enthalpy set point limit is configurable, and is called
Configuration→ECON→OA.EN.
Depending on what Configuration→ECON→OA.E.C is
configured for, if the outdoor enthalpy exceeds the Honeywell
curves or the outdoor enthalpy compare value (Configuration
→ECON→OA.EN), then free cooling will not be allowed.
NOTE: If the user wishes to disable the standard enthalpy
control from running concurrently, a field-supplied jumper
must be installed between TB201 terminals 3 and 4.
Differential Enthalpy Changeover — This option compares
the outdoor-air enthalpy to the return air enthalpy and chooses
the option with the lowest enthalpy. This option should be
used in climates with high humidity conditions. This option
uses both humidity sensors and dry bulb sensors to calculate
the enthalpy of the outdoor and return air. An accessory
outdoor air humidity sensor (ORH.S) and return air humidity
sensor (RRH.S) are used. The outdoor air relative humidity
sensor config (ORH.S) and return air humidity sensor config
(Configuration→SENS→RRH.S) must be enabled.
NOTE: If the user wishes to disable the standard enthalpy
control from running concurrently, a field-supplied jumper
must be installed between TB201 terminals 3 and 4.
Outdoor Dewpoint Limit Check — If an outdoor relative
humidity sensor is installed, the control is able to calculate the

The enthalpy switch may also be field converted to a differential enthalpy switch by field installing an enthalpy sensor
(33CSENTSEN or HH57ZC001). The enthalpy switch/receiver remains installed in its factory location to sense outdoor air
enthalpy. The additional enthalpy sensor (33CSENTSEN) is
mounted in the return airstream to measure return air enthalpy.
The enthalpy control jumper must be changed from M1 to M2
for differential enthalpy control. For the 2-wire return air enthalpy sensor, connect power to the Vin input and signal to the
4-20 loop input. See Fig. 8 for diagram showing the settings
and inputs on the enthalpy switch.
There is another way to accomplish differential enthalpy
control when both an outdoor and return air relative humidity
sensor are present. See Economizer Changeover Select section
below for further information.
ECONOMIZER CHANGEOVER SELECT (E.SEL) — The
control is capable of performing any one of the following
changeover types in addition to both the dry bulb lockout and
the standard external input:
E.SEL = 0
none
E.SEL = 1
Differential Dry Bulb Changeover
E.SEL = 2
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover
E.SEL = 3
Differential Enthalpy Changeover
Differential Dry Bulb Changeover — As both return air and
outside air temperature sensors are installed as standard on
these units, the user may select this option, E.SEL = 1, to
perform a qualification of return and outside air in the enabling/
disabling of free cooling. If this option is selected and outsideair temperature is greater than return-air temperature, free
cooling will not be allowed.
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover — This option should be used
in climates with higher humidity conditions. The Z Series
control can use an enthalpy switch or enthalpy sensor, or the
standard installed outdoor dry bulb sensor and an accessory
relative humidity sensor to calculate the enthalpy of the air.
Setting Configuration→ECON→E.SEL = 2 requires that
the user configure Configuration→ECON→OA.E.C, the
Outdoor Enthalpy Changeover Select, and install an outdoor
relative humidity sensor. A control expansion module (CEM)
66

outdoor air dewpoint temperature and will compare this
temperature against the outside air dewpoint temperature
limit configuration (Configuration→ECON→O.DEW). If the
outdoor air dewpoint temperature is greater than O.DEW, free
cooling will not be allowed. Fig. 10 shows a horizontal limit
line in the custom curve of the psychrometric chart. This is the
outdoor air dewpoint limit boundary.
Custom Psychrometric Curves — Refer to the psychrometric
chart and the standard Honeywell A-D curves in Fig. 9. The
curves start from the bottom and rise vertically, angle to the left
and then fold over. This corresponds to the limits imposed by
dry bulb changeover, outdoor enthalpy changeover and
outdoor dewpoint limiting respectively. Therefore, it is now
possible to create any curve desired with the addition of one
outdoor relative humidity sensor and the options for
changeover now available. See Fig. 10 for an example of a
custom curve constructed on a psychrometric chart.
Configuring the Economizer to Communicate Via Actuator
Serial Number — Every actuator used in the Z Series control
system has its own unique serial number. The rooftop control
uses this serial number to communicate with the actuator over
the local equipment network (LEN). These serial numbers are
programmed at the factory and should not need changing.
Should field replacement of an actuator become necessary, it
will be required to configure the serial numbers of the new
actuator. Five individual numbers make up this serial number
and these can be programmed to match the serial number of the
actuator in its Economizer Actuator Configs group, ACT.C
(SN1.1, SN1.2, SN1.3, SN1.4, SN1.5, SN2.1, SN2.2, SN2.3,
SN2.4, SN2.5).
NOTE: The serial numbers for all LEN actuators can be found
inside the control doors of the unit as well as on the actuator
itself. If an actuator is replaced in the field, it is a good idea to
remove the additional peel-off serial number sticker on the
actuator and cover up the old one inside the control doors.

CONTROL CURVE
A
B
C
D

CONTROL POINT
(approx Deg) AT 50% RH
73
68
63
58

Fig. 9 — Psychrometric Chart for
Enthalpy Control

Fig. 10 — Custom Changeover Curve Example
67

• No fan failure when configured to for unit to shut down
on a fan failure
If all of the above conditions are satisfied:
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling will start when both of
the following conditions are true:
{SPT > (OCSP + 2)} AND {SPT > (OAT + 8)}
The Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Mode will stop
when either of the following conditions are true:
{SPT < OCSP} OR {SPT < (OAT + 3)} where SPT = Space
Temperature and OCSP = Occupied Cooling Set Point.
When the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling mode is
active, the supply fan is turned on and the economizer damper
modulated to control to the supply air set point (Setpoints→
SASP) plus any supply air reset that may be applied (Inputs→
RSET→SA.S.R).
OUTDOOR AIR CFM CONTROL — If an outdoor air cfm
flow station has been installed, the economizer is able to
provide minimum ventilation based on cfm, instead of
damper position. The outdoor air cfm reading can be found in
Inputs→CFM→O.CFM. During cfm control, the economizer
must guarantee a certain amount of cfm at any time for ventilation purposes. If the outdoor air cfm measured is less than the
current calculated cfm minimum position, then the economizer
will attempt to open until the outdoor air cfm is greater than or
equal to this cfm minimum position. The following options are
used to program outside air cfm control.
Outdoor Air Cfm Sensor Enable (OCF.S) — If this option is
enabled, the outdoor air cfm sensor will be read and outside air
cfm control will be enabled.
Economizer Minimum Flow Rate (O.C.MX) — This option
replaces the Economizer Minimum Position (Configuration
→ECON→EC.MN) when the outdoor air cfm sensor is
enabled.
IAQ Demand Vent Minimum Flow Rate (O.C.MN) — This
option replaces the IAQ Demand Ventilation Minimum
Position (Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→IAQ.M) when the
outdoor air cfm sensor is enabled.
Economizer Minimum Flow Deadband (O.C.DB) — This
option defines the deadband of the cfm control logic.
The configurable deadband is added to the economizer’s
minimum cfm position and creates a range (ECMINCFM to
ECMINCFM ± OACFM_DB) where the economizer will not
attempt to adjust to maintain the minimum cfm position.
Increasing this deadband value may help to slow down excessive economizer movement when attempting to control to a
minimum position at the expense of bringing in more ventilation air than desired.
ECONOMIZER OPERATION CONFIGURATION — The
configuration items in the E.CFG menu group affect how
the economizer modulates when attempting to follow an
economizer cooling set point. Typically, they will not need
adjustment. In fact, it is strongly advised not to adjust these
configuration items from their default settings without first
consulting a service engineering representative.
In addition, the economizer cooling algorithm is designed to
automatically slow down the economizer actuator’s rate of
travel as outside air temperature decreases.
ECONOMIZER DIAGNOSTIC HELP — Because there are
so many conditions which might disable the economizer from
being able to provide free cooling, the control has a display
table to identify these potentially disabling sources. The user
can check ACTV, the “Economizer Active” flag. If this flag is
set to Yes there is no reason to check DISA (Economizer
Disabling Conditions). If the flag is set to No, this means that at
least one or more of the flags under the group DISA are set
to Yes and the user can discover what is preventing the economizer from performing free cooling by checking the table.

Control Angle Alarm Configuration — The economizer actuator determines its end stops through a calibration at the
factory. Field-installed actuators may be calibrated in the
Service Test mode. When an actuator learns its end stops
through calibration, it also determines its control angle. The
actuator will resolve this control angle and express its operation
in a percent (%) of this learned range.
If the economizer has not learned a sufficient control angle
during calibration, the economizer damper will be unable
to control ventilation and free cooling. For this reason the
economizer actuator used in the Z Series control system has a
configurable control angle alarm low limit (Configuration
→ECON→ACT.C→C.A.L1 or C.A.L2). If the control angle
learned through calibration is less than C.A.L1 or C.A.L2, an
alert will occur and the actuator will not function.
NOTE: This configuration does not typically need adjustment.
It is configurable for the small number of jobs which may
require a custom solution or workaround.
UNOCCUPIED ECONOMIZER FREE COOLING — This
Free Cooling function is used to start the supply fan and use
the economizer to bring in outside air when the outside
temperature is cool enough to pre-cool the space. This is done
to delay the need for mechanical cooling when the system
enters the occupied period. This function requires the use of a
space temperature sensor.
When configured, the economizer will modulate during an
unoccupied period and attempt to maintain space temperature
to the occupied cooling set point. Once the need for cooling has
been satisfied during this cycle, the fan will be stopped.
Configuring the economizer for Unoccupied Economizer
Free Cooling is done in the UEFC group. There are three
configuration options, FC.CF, FC.TM and FC.LO.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Configuration
(FC.CF) — This option is used to configure the type of unoccupied economizer free cooling control that is desired.
0 = disable unoccupied economizer free cooling
1 = perform unocc. economizer free cooling as available during the entire unoccupied period.
2 = perform unocc. economizer free cooling as available,
FC.TM minutes before the next occupied period.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Time Configuration
(FC.TM) — This option is a configurable time period, prior to
the next occupied period, that the control will allow unoccupied economizer free cooling to operate. This option is only
applicable when FC.CF = 2.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Outside Lockout
Temperature (FC.LO) — This configuration option allows
the user to select an outside-air temperature below which unoccupied free cooling is not allowed. This is further explained in
the logic section.
Unoccupied Economizer Free Cooling Logic — The following qualifications that must be true for unoccupied free cooling
to operate:
• Unit configured for an economizer
• Space temperature sensor enabled and sensor reading
within limits
• Unit in the unoccupied mode
• FC.CF set to 1 or FC.CF set to 2 and control is within
FC.TM minutes of the next occupied period
• Not in the Temperature Compensated Start mode
• Not in a cooling mode
• Not in a heating mode
• Not in a tempering mode
• Outside-air temperature sensor reading within limits
• Economizer would be allowed to cool if the fan were
requested and in a cool mode
• OAT > FC.LO (1.0° F hysteresis applied)
• Unit not in a fire smoke mode
68

The economizer’s reported and commanded positions
are also viewable, as well as outside air temperature, relative
humidity, enthalpy and dew point temperature.
The following information can be found under the Local
Display Mode Run Status→ECON. See Table 57.
Economizer Control Point Determination Logic — Once the
economizer is allowed to provide free cooling, the economizer
must determine exactly what set point it should try to maintain.
The set point the economizer attempts to maintain when “free
cooling” is located at Run Status→VIEW→EC.C.P. This is
the economizer control point.
The control selects set points differently, based on the
control type of the unit. This control type can be found at
Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP. There are 6 types of control.
C.TYP = 1
VAV-RAT
C.TYP = 2
VAV-SPT
C.TYP = 3
TSTAT Multi-Staging
C.TYP = 4
TSTAT 2 Stage
C.TYP = 5
SPT Multi-Staging
C.TYP = 6
SPT 2 Stage
If the economizer is not allowed to do free cooling, then
EC.C.P = 0.
If the economizer is allowed to do free cooling and the
Unoccupied Free Cooling Mode is ON, then EC.C.P =
Setpoints→SASP + Inputs→RSET→SA.S.R.
If the economizer is allowed to do free cooling and the
Dehumidification mode is ON, then EC.C.P = the Cooling
Control Point (Run Status→VIEW→CL.C.P).
If the C.TYP is either 4 or 6, and the unit is in a cool mode,
then:
If Stage = 0
EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run
Status→VIEW→CL.C.P)
If Stage = 1
53.0 + economizer suction pressure reset
If Stage = 2
48.0 + economizer suction pressure reset
NOTE: To check the current cooling stage go to Run Status
→Cool→CUR.S.
If the C.TYP is either 1,2,3 or 5, and the unit is in a cool
mode, then EC.C.P = the Cooling Control Point (Run Status→
VIEW→CL.C.P).

Economizer Suction Pressure Reset for Two-Stage
Cooling — If the unit’s control type is set to either 2-stage thermostat or 2-stage space temperature control, then there is no
cooling control point. Stages 1 and 2 are brought on based on
demand, irrespective of the evaporator discharge temperature.
In this case, the economizer monitors suction pressure and
resets the economizer control point accordingly in order to
protect the unit from freezing. For those conditions when the
economizer opens up fully but is not able to make set point, and
then a compressor comes on, it is conceivable that the coil
might freeze. This can be indirectly monitored by checking suction pressure. Rather than fail a circuit, the control will attempt
to protect the unit by resetting the economizer control point
until the suction pressure rises out of freezing conditions.
If either circuit’s suction pressure drops to within 5 psig
of the low suction pressure trip point, the control will start
adding reset to the economizer control point if it is active. It
will be possible to reset the control point upwards, 10 degrees
(2 degrees per psig), between the low suction pressure trip
point of 48 psig and 5 psig above it. If this does not work, and if
the suction pressure drops below the trip point, then the control
will further reset the control point 1 degree every 15 seconds
up to a maximum of 10 degrees. The resulting effect will be to
warm up the mixed air entering the evaporator, thereby raising
the suction pressure.

Building Pressure Control — This control sequence
provides control of the building pressure through the modulating flow rate functions of one of the modulating power exhaust
options or through management of the return fan option. This
function also provides control of the constant volume 2-stage
power exhaust option. See below for available power exhaust
options for each unit model.
HIGH
CONSTANT MODULATING S.O. CAPACITY RETURN/
VOLUME
POWER
POWER EXHAUST†
2-STAGE
EXHAUST VFD* EXHAUST†
48ZG, 50ZG,Z2
X
X
S.O.
NA
NA
48ZN, 50ZN,Z3
NA
X
S.O.
NA
NA
48ZT,ZW
NA
NA
NA
STD
NA
50ZT,ZW,ZX,ZZ
48Z6,Z8
NA
NA
NA
NA
STD
50Z6,Z7,Z8,Z9
UNIT

X
S.O.
NA
STD

—
—
—
—

LEGEND
Available as Factory Option
Available as Special Order
Not Available on this Unit
Standard Feature on this Unit

*Single VFD controlling both fan
motors.
†Single VFD controlling one fan
motor and staging of the second
fan motor.

Table 57 — Economizer Run Status Table
ITEM
ECN.P
EC2.P
ECN.C
ACTV
DISA
UNV.1
UNV.2
ENTH
DBC
DEW
DDBC
OAEC
DEC
EDT
OAT
FORC
SFON
CLOF
OAQL
HELD
DH.DS
O.AIR
OAT
OA.RH
OA.E
OA.D.T

EXPANSION
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economzr 2 Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Active ?
ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Econ2 Act. Unavailable?
Enth. Switch Read High ?
DBC - OAT Lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout?
DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer Forced ?
Supply Fan Not On 30s ?
Cool Mode Not In Effect?
OAQ Lockout in Effect ?
Econ Recovery Hold Off?
Dehumid. Disabled Econ.?
OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outside Air Enthalpy
Outside Air Dewpoint Temp

RANGE
0-100
0-100
0-100
YES/NO

UNITS
%
%
%

YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO

WRITE STATUS
forcible

ECONUNAV
ECN2UNAV
ENTH
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
DHDISABL
dF
%
dF

CCN POINT
ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
ECONOCMD
ECACTIVE

OAT
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP

forcible
forcible

BUILDING PRESSURE CONFIGURATION — The building pressure configurations are found at the local display under
Configuration→BP. See Table 58.
Building Pressure Config (BP.CF) — This configuration selects the type of building pressure control.
• BP.CF = 0, No building pressure control
• BP.CF = 1, constant volume two-stage exhaust based on
economizer position
• BP.CF = 2, Modulating building pressure control based
on building pressure sensor
• BP.CF = 3, VFD controlling two exhaust fan motors
• BP.CF = 4, VFD control of one of the two exhaust fan
motors (sizes 075-105 with high-capacity exhaust option)
• BP.CF = 5, used on sizes 075-105 with return/exhaust
fan option
Building Pressure Sensor (BP.S) — This configuration allows the reading of a building pressure sensor when enabled.
This is automatically enabled when BP.CF = 2, 3, 4 or 5.
Building Pressure (+/–) Range (BP.R) — This configuration
establishes the range in in. wg that a 4 to 20 mA sensor will be
scaled to. The control only allows sensors that measure both
positive and negative pressure.
Building Pressure SETP (BP.SP) — This set point is the
building pressure control set point. If the unit is configured for
a type of modulating building pressure control, then this is the
set point that the control will control to.
BP Setpoint Offset (BP.SO) — For building pressure configurations BP.CF=2, 3, and 4, this is the offset below the building
pressure set point that the building pressure must fall below to
turn off power exhaust control.
Power Exhaust on Setp.1 (BP.P1) — When configured for
building pressure control type BP.CF = 1 (constant volume
two-stage control), the control will turn on the first power
exhaust fan when the economizer’s position exceeds this set
point.
Power Exhaust on Setp.2 (BP.P2) — When configured for
building pressure control type BP.CF = 1 (constant volume
two-stage control), the control will turn on the second power
exhaust fan when the economizer’s position exceeds this set
point.
VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos (BP.FS) — For BP.CF = 2, 3, 4,
and 5, this configuration is the VFD speed position override
when the control is in the purge and evacuation smoke control
modes.
VFD/Act. Min Speed/Pos (BP.MN) — For BP.CF = 2, 3, 4,
and 5, this configuration is the minimum VFD speed/actuator
position during building pressure control.
VFD Maximum Speed/Pos (BP.MX) — For BP.CF = 3 and
5, this configuration is the maximum VFD speed during building pressure control.
BP 1 Actuator Max Pos. (BP.1M) — For BP.CF = 2, this
configuration is the maximum actuator no. 1 position during
building pressure control.
BP 2 Actuator Max Pos. (BP.2M) — For BP.CF = 2, this
configuration is the maximum actuator no. 2 position during
building pressure control.
BP Hi Cap VFD Clamp Val. (BP.CL) — For BP.CF = 4, this
configuration is a limit which creates a deadband which controls the action of the second power exhaust relay.
Fan Track Learn Enable (FT.CF) — For BP.CF = 5, this
return/exhaust control configuration selects whether the fan
tracking algorithm will make corrections over time and add a
learned offset to FT.ST. If this configuration is set to No, the
unit will try to control the delta cfm value between the supply
and return VFDs only based on FT.ST.
Fan Track Learn Rate (FT.TM) — For BP.CF = 5, this return/
exhaust control configuration is a timer that affects corrections

to the delta cfm operation. The smaller this value, the more often corrections may be made based on building pressure error.
This configuration is only valid when FT.CF = Yes.
Fan Track Initial DCFM (FT.ST) — For BP.CF = 5, this
return/exhaust control configuration is the start point upon
which corrections (offset) are made over time when FT.CF =
Yes. It is the constant control point for delta cfm control when
FT.CF = No.
Fan Track Max Clamp (FT.MX) — For BP.CF = 5, this
return/exhaust control configuration is the maximum positive
delta cfm control value allowed unless outdoor air cfm control
is available and then the delta cfm control value would
be clamped to the outdoor air cfm value directly (see the
Economizer section for a description of outdoor air cfm
configuration).
Fan Track Max Correction (FT.AD) — For BP.CF = 5, this
return/exhaust control configuration is the maximum correction allowed every time a correction is made based on FT.TM.
This configuration is only valid when FT.CF = Yes.
Fan Track Internal EEPROM (FT.OF) — For BP.CF = 5,
this return/exhaust control internal EEPROM value is a learned
correction that is stored in non-volatile RAM and adds to the
offset when FT.CF = Yes. This value is stored once per day
after the first correction. This configuration is only valid when
FT.CF = Yes.
Fan Track Internal Ram (FT.RM) — For BP.CF = 5, this
return/exhaust control internal value is not a configuration but a
run time correction that adds to the offset throughout the day
when FT.CF = Yes. This value is only valid when FT.CF =
Yes.
Fan Track Reset Internal (FT.RS) — This option is a one
time reset of the internal RAM and internal EEPROM stored
offsets. If the system is not set up correctly and the offsets are
incorrect, this learned value can be reset.
Supply Air Cfm Config (SCF.C) — For BP.CF = 5, this configuration is set at the factory depending on whether an air foil
or forward curve supply air fan is being used. This information
is then used by the control to determine the correct cfm tables
to be used when measuring supply air cfm.
Building Pressure Run Rate (BP.TM) — For BP.CF = 2,3,4,
and 5, this configuration is the PID run time rate.
Building Pressure Proportional Gain (BP.P) — For BP.CF =
2,3,4, and 5, this configuration is the PID Proportional Gain.
Building Pressure Integral Gain (BP.I) — For BP.CF =
2,3,4, and 5, this configuration is the PID Integral Gain.
Building Pressure Derivative Gain (BP.D) — For BP.CF =
2,3,4, and 5, this configuration is the PID Derivative Gain.
BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL OPERATION
Configuration→BP→BP.CF = 1 (Constant Volume 2-Stage
Control) — Two exhaust fan relays will be turned on and off
based on economizer position to maintain building pressure
control. The two trip set points are Configuration→
BP→BP.P1 and Configuration→BP→BP.P2. If the economizer position is greater than or equal to BP.P1, then power exhaust
relay 1 is energized, turning on the first stage. A 60-second timer is initialized. If the economizer falls 5% below the BP.P1,
then the power exhaust fan relay is turned off. If the economizer
position is less than BP.P1 and the 60-second timer has expired,
the power exhaust fan relay is turned off. The same logic applies
to the second power exhaust fan relay, except the BP.P2 trip
point is monitored. If the economizer position is greater than or
equal to BP.P2, then power exhaust relay 2 is energized, turning
on the second stage. A 60-second timer is initialized. If the
economizer is 5% below the BP.P2 the second power exhaust
fan relay is turned off. If the economizer is less than BP.P2 and
the 60-second timer has expired, the power exhaust fan relay is
turned off.
70

Table 58 — Building Pressure Configuration
ITEM
BP
BP.CF
BP.S
BP.R
BP.SP
BP.SO
BP.P1
BP.P2
B.V.A
BP.FS
BP.MN
BP.MX
BP.1M
BP.2M
BP.CL
FAN.T
FT.CF
FT.TM
FT.ST
FT.MX
FT.AD
FT.OF
FT.RM
FT.RS
SCF.C
B.PID
BP.TM
BP.P
BP.I
BP.D
ACT.C
BP.1
SN.1
SN.2
SN.3
SN.4
SN.5
C.A.LM
BP.2
SN.1
SN.2
SN.3
SN.4
SN.5
C.A.LM

RANGE
0-5
Enable/Disable
0.10 - 0.25
-0.25 - 0.25
0 - 0.5
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 50
50 - 100
85 - 100
85 - 100
5 - 25

UNITS

CCN POINT

DEFAULT

"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
%
%

BLDG_CFG
BPSENS
BP_RANGE
BPSP
BPSO
PES1
PES2

0*
Disable*
0.25
0.05
0.05
25
75

%
%
%
%
%
%

BLDGPFSO
BLDGPMIN
BLDGPMAX
BP1SETMX
BP2SETMX
BLDGCLMP

100
10
100
100
100
10

DCFM_CFG
DCFMRATE
DCFMSTRT
DCFM_MAX
DCFM_ADJ
DCFM_OFF
DCFM_RAM
DCFMRSET
SCFM_CFG

No
15
2000
4000
1000
0
0
No
1

BPIDRATE
BLDGP_PG
BLDGP_IG
BLDGP_DG

10
0.5
0.5
0.3

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

BP_1_SN1
BP_1_SN2
BP_1_SN3
BP_1_SN4
BP_1_SN5
BP1_CALM

0
0
0
0
0
35

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

BP_2_SN1
BP_2_SN2
BP_2_SN3
BP_2_SN4
BP_2_SN5
BP2_CALM

0
0
0
0
0
35

Yes/No
5-60
-20000 - 20000
0 - 20000
0 -20000
-20000 - 20000
-20000 - 20000
Yes/No
1-2
5 - 120
0-5
0-2
0-5

min
CFM
CFM
CFM
CFM
CFM

sec

*Some configurations are model number dependent.

Configuration→BP→BP.CF = 2 (Modulating Power Exhaust)
— Control is accomplished with two LEN communicating
actuators in tandem and one exhaust fan relay. If building
pressure (Pressures→AIR.P→BP) rises above the building
pressure set point (BP.SP) and the supply fan is on, building
pressure control is initialized. Thereafter, if the supply fan relay
goes off or if the building pressure drops below the BP.SP
minus the building pressure set point offset (BP.SO) for 5
continuous minutes, building pressure control will be stopped.
Any time building pressure control becomes active, the exhaust
fan relay turns on, starting the dual exhaust fan motors. After
the exhaust fan relay turns on, control is performed with a PID
loop where:
Error = BP – BP.SP
K = 1000 * BP.TM / 60 (normalize the PID control for run rate)
P = K * BP.P * (error)
I = K * BP.I * (error) + “I” calculated last time through the PID
D = K * BP.D * (error – error computed last time through the
PID)
Power exhaust control signal (limited between BP.MN and
(BP.1M/BP.2M) %) = P + I + D
Configuration→BP→BP.CF = 3 (VFD Controlling Exhaust
Fan Motors) — The VFD controlling high-capacity power
exhaust consists of an exhaust fan VFD (Outputs→FANS→
E.VFD) enabled by one power exhaust relay (Outputs→FANS
→P.E.1). If building pressure (Pressures→AIR.P→BP) rises
above the building pressure set point (BP.SP) and the supply fan
is on, then building pressure control is initialized. Thereafter, if

the supply fan relay goes off or if the building pressure drops below the BP.SP minus the building pressure set point offset
(BP.SO) for 5 continuous minutes, building pressure control
will be stopped. The 5-minute timer will continue to re-initialize
while the VFD is commanded to a position > 0%. If the building
pressure falls below the set point, the VFD will slow down automatically. Any time building pressure control becomes active,
the exhaust fan relay turns on which energizes the exhaust fan
VFD. Control is performed with a PID loop where:
Error = BP – BP.SP
K = 1000 * BP.TM/60 (normalize the PID control for run rate)
P = K * BP.P * (error)
I = K * BP.I * (error) + “I” calculated last time through the PID
D = K * BP.D * (error – error computed last time through the
PID)
VFD control signal (clamped between BP.MN and BP.MX%)
=P+I+D
NOTE: Do not change values of PID set point without
approval from Carrier.
BP.CF = 4 (High-Capacity Exhaust Control) — Control is
accomplished with a VFD and two exhaust fan relays. Highcapacity power exhaust consists of an exhaust fan VFD
(Outputs→FANS→E.VFD) enabled by one power exhaust
relay (Outputs→FANS→P.E.1) and a second power exhaust
relay (Outputs→FANS→P.E.2) which controls a single speed
fan which is equal in capacity to the VFD running at full speed.

supply and return fan if the building pressure deviates from the
Building Pressure Set Point (BP.SP). Periodically, at the rate
set by the fan track learn rate (FT.TM), the delta cfm is
adjusted upward or downward with a maximum adjustment
at a given instance to be no greater than fan track max
correction (FT.AD). The delta cfm can not ever be adjusted
greater than or less than the fan track initial delta cfm (FT.ST)
than by the Fan Track Max Clamp (FT.MX).
CONFIGURING THE BUILDING PRESSURE ACTUATORS (BP.CF = 2) TO COMMUNICATE VIA ACTUATOR
SERIAL NUMBER — Every actuator used in the Z Series
control system has its own unique serial number. The rooftop
control uses this serial number to communicate with the
actuator over the local equipment network (LEN). These serial
numbers are programmed at the factory and should not need
changing. Should field replacement of an actuator become
necessary, it will be necessary to configure the serial numbers
of the new actuator. Five individual numbers make up each serial number and these can be programmed to match the serial
number of the actuators in the building pressure actuator
configurations group, ACT.C.→BP.1 and BP.2 (SN.1, SN.2,
SN.3, SN.4, SN.5).
NOTE: The serial numbers for all LEN actuators can be found
inside the control doors of the unit as well as on the actuator
itself. If an actuator is replaced in the field, it is a good idea to
remove the additional peel-off serial number sticker on the
actuator and cover up the old one inside the control doors.
CONTROL ANGLE ALARM CONFIGURATION C.ALM
(BP.CF = 2) — The building pressure actuators learn what its
end stops are though a calibration at the factory. Field-installed
actuators may be calibrated in the Service Test mode. When an
actuator learns its end stops through calibration, it stores the
control angle. The actuator will resolve this control angle and
express its operation in a percent (%) of this learned range.
If a building pressure actuator has not learned a sufficient
control angle during calibration, the actuator will be unable to
control building pressure. For this reason the building pressure
actuators used in the Z Series control system have configurable
control angle alarm low limits in the Building Pressure Actuator Configurations group, ACT.C→BP.1 and BP.2. (C.A.LM).
If the control angle learned through calibration is less than
C.A.LM, an alert will occur and the actuator will not function.
NOTE: This configuration does not typically need adjustment.
It is configurable for the small number of jobs which may
require a custom solution or workaround.

Controlling high-capacity power exhaust differs from normal power exhaust in the following ways:
• The integral term is not used. The percentile commanded
position of the VFD is used instead.
• A “clamp percent” configuration is added (BP.CL) to
create a deadband that will assist the algorithm in
controlling the second power exhaust relay.
If building pressure (BP) rises above the building pressure
set point (BP.SP) and the supply fan is on, building pressure
control is initiated. Thereafter if the supply fan relay goes off or
if the building pressure drops below the BP.SP minus the
building pressure set point offset (BP.SO) for 5 continuous
minutes, building pressure control will be stopped. The
5-minute timer will continue to reset while the VFD is commanded to a position > 0%. If the building pressure falls below
the set point, the VFD will shut down automatically. Any time
building pressure control becomes active, the exhaust fan relay
turns on which energizes the exhaust fan VFD.
After the exhaust fan relay turns on, PID control ensues without an “I” term:
Error = BP – BP.SP
K = 1000 * BP.TM / 60 (normalize the PID control for run rate)
P = K * BP.P * (error)
D = K * BP.D * (error - error computed last time through the
PID)
VFD control signal (clamped between 0 and 100%) = VFD
Output last time through + (P + D)
NOTE: The sum of P + D will be clamped on any timed calculation to an internally calculated value which guarantees the
VFD is not commanded more or less an amount, than it cannot
achieve before the next time VFD capacity is again calculated.
Bringing the single speed fan (P.E.2) ON and OFF is coordinated with the VFD speed. When building pressure first
becomes active, P.E.2 is OFF, P.E.1 is ON and the VFD is
allowed to climb to 100%. BP.CL will be used to act as hysteresis so that when the P + D term is evaluated and it exceeds
BP.CL, the control will go through a one-minute period hold
off time where the VFD is commanded to BP.CL, and P.E.2 is
brought on. After the transition to P.E.2 ON is complete, the
control will continue to control the VFD from BP.CL%. If BP
rises, the control will speed up the VFD. Should the VFD drop
to 0%, and the next time through the PID the P + D term calculation is less than – BP.CL, the control will go through another
one-minute PID hold off period where P.E.2 is commanded
OFF and the VFD is commanded to 100 – BP.CL.
Configuration→BP→BP.CF =5 (Return/Exhaust Control)
— Fan tracking is the method of control used on plenum return
fan option. The fan tracking algorithm controls the exhaust/
return fan VFD and the exhaust fan relay. The ComfortLink™
controls use a flow station to measure the flow of both the supply and the return fans. The speed of the return fan is controlled
by maintaining a delta cfm (usually with supply airflow being
greater of the two) between the two fans. The building pressure
is controlled by maintaining this delta cfm between the two
fans. In general, the greater the delta between supply airflow
and return airflow, the higher the building pressure will be.
Conversely, as the return airflow quantity increases above
the supply airflow, the lower the building pressure will be.
Whenever there is a request for the supply fan (or there is the
presence of the IGC feedback on gas heat units), the return fan
is started. The delta cfm is defined as S.CFM – R.CFM. The
return fan VFD is controlled by a PID on the error of delta cfm
actual from delta cfm set point. If the error is positive the drive
will increase speed. If the error is negative the drive will
decrease speed.
NOTE: These configurations are used only if Fan Tracking
Learning is enabled. When Fan Tracking Learning is enabled,
the control will adjust the delta cfm (FT.ST) between the

Smoke Control Modes — There are four smoke control modes that can be used to control smoke within areas serviced by the unit: Pressurization mode, Evacuation mode,
Smoke Purge mode, and Fire Shutdown. Evacuation, Pressurization and Smoke Purge modes require the controls expansion
board (CEM). The Fire Shutdown input is located on the main
board (MBB) on terminals TB201-5 and 6. The unit may also
be equipped with a factory-installed return air smoke detector
that is wired to TB201-5,6 and will shut the unit down if a
smoke condition is determined. Field-monitoring wiring can be
connected to terminal TB201-13 and 14 to monitor the smoke
detector. Inputs on the CEM board can be used to put the unit
in the Pressurization, Evacuation, and Smoke Purge modes.
These switches or inputs are connected to TB204 as shown below. Refer to Major System Components section on page 102
for wiring diagrams.
Pressurization — TB204-5 and 6
Evacuation — TB204-7 and 8
Smoke Purge — TB204-9 and 10
Each mode must be energized individually on discrete inputs and the corresponding alarm is initiated when a mode is
activated. The fire system provides a normally closed dry
72

contact closure. Multiple smoke control inputs, sensed by the
control will force the unit into a Fire Shutdown mode.
FIRE SMOKE INPUTS — These discrete inputs can be
found on the local display under Inputs→FIRE.
ITEM
FIRE
FSD
PRES
EVAC
PURG

When a space or return air CO2 sensor is connected to the
unit control, the unit’s IAQ routine allows a demand-based
control for ventilation air quantity, by providing a modulating
outside air damper position that is proportional to CO2 level.
The ventilation damper position is varied between a minimum
ventilation level (based on internal sources of contaminants
and CO2 levels other than from the effect of people) and the
maximum design ventilation level (determined at maximum
populated status in the building). Demand Control Ventilation
(DCV) is also available when the ComfortLink™ unit is connected to a CCN system using ComfortID™ terminal controls.
This function also provides alternative control methods for
controlling the amount of ventilation air being admitted,
including fixed outdoor air ventilation rates (measured as cfm),
external discrete sensor switch input and externally generated
proportional signal controls.
The IAQ function requires the installation of the factoryoption economizer system. The DCV sequences also require
the connection of accessory (or field-supplied) space or return
air CO2 sensors. Fixed cfm rate control requires the factoryinstalled outdoor air cfm option. External control of the
ventilation position requires supplemental devices, including a
4 to 20 mA signal, a 10-kilo-ohm potentiometer, or a discrete
switch input, depending on the method selected. Outside air
CO2 levels may also be monitored directly and high CO2
economizer restriction applied when an outdoor air CO2 sensor
is connected. (The outdoor CO2 sensor connection requires
installation of the controls expansion module [CEM].)
The ComfortLink controls have the capability of DCV using an IAQ sensor. The indoor air quality (IAQ) is measured
using a CO2 sensor whose measurements are displayed in parts
per million (ppm). The IAQ sensor can be field-installed in the
return duct. There is also an accessory space IAQ sensor that
can be installed directly in the occupied space. The sensor must
provide a 4 to 20 mA output signal and must include its own
24-v supply. The sensor connects to TB202 terminals 11 and
12. Be sure to leave the 182-ohm resistor in place on terminals
11 and 12.
OPERATION — The unit’s indoor air quality algorithm modulates the position of the economizer damper between two user
configurations depending upon the relationship between the
IAQ and the outdoor air quality (OAQ). Both of these values
can be read at the Inputs→AIR.Q submenu. The lower of these
two configurable positions is referred to as the IAQ Demand
Vent Min Position (IAQ.M), while the higher is referred to as
Economizer Minimum Position (EC.MN). The IAQ.M should
be set to an economizer position that brings in enough fresh air
to remove contaminants and CO2 generated by sources other
than people. The EC.MN value should be set to an economizer
position that brings in enough fresh air to remove contaminants
and CO2 generated by all sources including people. The
EC.MN value is the design value for maximum occupancy.
The logic that is used to control the dampers in response to
IAQ conditions is shown in Fig. 11. The ComfortLink controls
will begin to open the damper from the IAQ.M position when
the IAQ level begins to exceed the OAQ level by a configurable amount, which is referred to as Differential Air Quality
Low Limit (DAQ.L).
If OAQ is not being measured, OAQ can be manually configured. It should be set at around 400 to 450 ppm or measured
with a handheld sensor during the commissioning of the unit.
The OAQ reference level can be set using the OAQ Reference
Set Point (OAQ.U). When the differential between IAQ and
OAQ reaches the configurable Diff. Air Quality Hi Limit
(DAQ.H), then the economizer position will be EC.MN.
When the IAQ–OAQ differential is between DAQ.L and
DAQ.H, the control will modulate the damper between IAQ.M
and EC.MN as shown in Fig. 11. The relationship is a linear
relationship but other non-linear options can be used. The

CCN WRITE
POINT STATUS

EXPANSION

RANGE

FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
Fire Shutdown Input
Pressurization Input
Evacuation Input
Smoke Purge Input

ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM

FSD
PRES
EVAC
PURG

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

Fire Shutdown Mode — This mode will cause an immediate
and complete shutdown of the unit.
Pressurization Mode — This mode attempts to raise the pressure of a space to prevent smoke infiltration from an adjacent
space. Opening the economizer (thereby closing the return air
damper), shutting down power exhaust and turning the indoor
fan on will increase pressure in the space.
Evacuation Mode — This mode attempts to lower the pressure of the space to prevent infiltrating an adjacent space with
its smoke. Closing the economizer (thereby opening the returnair damper), turning on the power exhaust and shutting down
the indoor fan decrease pressure in the space.
Smoke Purge Mode — This mode attempts to draw out
smoke from the space after the emergency condition. Opening
the economizer (thereby closing the return-air damper), turning
on both the power exhaust and indoor fan will evacuate smoke
and bring in fresh air.
AIRFLOW CONTROL DURING THE FIRE/SMOKE
MODES — All non-smoke related control outputs will get
shut down in the fire/smoke modes. Those related to airflow
will be controlled as explained below. The following matrix
specifies all actions the control shall undertake when each
mode occurs (outputs are forced internally with CCN priority
number 1 - “Fire”):
DEVICE
Economizer
Indoor Fan —
VFD/IGV
Power Exhaust
VFD-Actuator
Heat Interlock
Relay

100%

FIRE
SHUTDOWN
0%

ON/FSO*

OFF

ON/FSO*

OFF

PRESSURIZATION PURGE EVACUATION

*“FSO” refers to the supply and exhaust VFD/IGV fire speed override configurable speed.

RELEVANT ITEMS:
The economizer’s commanded output can be found in
Outputs→ECON→ECN.C.
The configurable fire speed override for supply fan VFD/IGV
is in Configuration→SP→SP.FS.
The supply fan relay’s commanded output can be found in
Outputs→FANS→S.FAN.
The supply fan VFD’s commanded speed can be found in
Outputs→FANS→S.VFD.
The inlet guide vane’s commanded position can be found in
Outputs→ACTU→IGV.C.
The configurable fire speed override for exhaust VFD/actuator
is in Configuration→BP→B.V.A→BP.FS.
The exhaust fan VFD’s commanded speed can be found in
Outputs→FANS→E.VFD.
The power exhaust actuators command positions can be found
in Outputs→ACTU→BPx.C.

Indoor Air Quality Control — The indoor air quality
(IAQ) function will admit fresh air into the space whenever
space air quality sensors detect high levels of CO2.
73

damper position will never exceed the bounds specified by
IAQ.M and EC.MN during IAQ control.
If the building is occupied and the indoor fan is running and
the differential between IAQ and OAQ is less than DAQ.L, the
economizer will remain at IAQ.M. The economizer will not
close completely. The damper position will be 0 when the fan
is not running or the building is unoccupied. The damper position may exceed EC.MN in order to provide free cooling.
The ComfortLink™ controls are configured for air quality
sensors which provide 4 mA at 0 ppm and 20 mA at 2000 ppm.
If a sensor has a different range, these bounds must be
reconfigured. These pertinent configurations for ranging the air
quality sensors are IQ.R.L, IQ.R.H, OQ.R.L and OQ.R.H. The
bounds represent the PPM corresponding to 4 mA (low) and
20 mA (high) for IAQ and OAQ, respectively.
If OAQ exceeds the OAQ Lockout Value (OAQ.L), then the
economizer will remain at IAQ.M. This is used to limit the use
of outside air which outdoor air CO2 levels are above the
OAQ.L limit. Normally a linear control of the damper vs. the
IAQ control signal can be used, but the control also supports
non-linear control. Different curves can be used based on the
Diff.IAQ Responsiveness Variable (IAQ.R). See Fig. 12.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The IAQ configuration options are under the Local Display Mode Configuration→IAQ.
See Table 59.
IAQ Analog Sensor Config (Configuration→IAQ→
AQ.CF→IQ.A.C) — This is used to configure the type of
IAQ position control. It has the following options:
• IQ.A.C = 0 (No analog input). If there is no other minimum position control, the economizer minimum position
will be Configuration→IAQ→EC.MN and there will be
no IAQ control.
• IQ.A.C = 1 (IAQ analog input). An indoor air (space or
return air) CO2 sensor is installed. If an outdoor air CO2
sensor is also installed, or OAQ is broadcast on the CCN,

or if a default OAQ value is used, then the unit can perform IAQ control.
• IQ.A.C = 2 (IAQ analog input with minimum position
override) — If the differential between IAQ and OAQ
is above Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→DAQ.H, the
economizer minimum position will be the IAQ override
position (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→IQ.O.P).
• IQ.A.C = 3 (4 to 20 mA minimum position) — With a 4
to 20 mA signal connected to TB202 terminal 11 and 12,
the economizer minimum position will be scaled linearly
from 0% (4 mA) to EC.MN (20 mA).
• IQ.A.C = 4 (10K potentiometer minimum position) — With
a 10K linear potentiometer connected to TB202 terminal 11
and 12, the economizer minimum position will be scaled
linearly from 0% (0 kilo-ohms) to EC.MN (10 kilo-ohms).
IAQ Analog Fan Config (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF→
IQ.A.F) — This configuration is used to configure the control
of the indoor fan. If this option is used then the IAQ sensor
must be in the space and not in the return duct. It has the following configurations:
• IQ.A.F = 0 (No Fan Start) — IAQ demand will never
override normal indoor fan operation during occupied or
unoccupied period and turn it on.
• IQ.A.F = 1 (Fan On If Occupied) — IAQ demand will
override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if
off) only during the occupied period (CV operation with
automatic fan).
• IQ.A.F = 2 (Fan On Occupied/Unoccupied) — IAQ
demand will always override normal indoor fan operation
and turn it on (if off) during both the occupied and unoccupied period. For IQ.A.F = 1 or 2, the fan will be turned on as
described above when DAQ is above the DAQ Fan On Set
Point (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→D.F.ON). The fan
will be turned off when DAQ is below the DAQ Fan Off Set
Point (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→D.F.OF). The control can also be set up to respond to a discrete IAQ input.
The discrete input is connected to TB204 terminal 11 and
12.

Table 59 — Indoor Air Quality Configuration
ITEM
DCV.C
EC.MN
IAQ.M
O.C.MX
O.C.MN
O.C.DB
AQ.CF
IQ.A.C
IQ.A.F
IQ.I.C
IQ.I.F
OQ.A.C
AQ.SP
IQ.O.P
IQ.O.C
DAQ.L
DAQ.H
D.F.OF
D.F.ON
IAQ.R
OAQ.L
OAQ.U
AQ.S.R
IQ.R.L
IQ.R.H
OQ.R.L
OQ.R.H
IAQ.P
IQ.PG
IQ.P.T
IQ.P.L
IQ.P.H
IQ.L.O

EXPANSION
DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
Economizer Min.Flow
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Flow
Econ.Min.Flow Deadband
AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
IAQ Override Flow
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff. Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User Determined OAQ
AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout

RANGE
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 20000
0 - 20000
200 - 1000

UNITS
%
%
CFM
CFM
CFM

0-4
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2
0 - 100
0 - 31000
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
-5 - 5
0 - 2000
0 - 5000

%
CFM

0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5 - 60
0 - 100
0 - 100
35 - 70

min
%
%
dF

CCN POINT

DEFAULT

ECONOMIN
IAQMINP
OACFMMAX
OACFMMIN
OACFM_DB

5
0
2000
0
400

IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
OAQANCFG

0
0
0
0
0

IAQOVPOS
IAQOVCFM
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
OAQLOCK
OAQ_USER

100
10000
100
700
200
400
0
0
400

IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQREFL
OAQREFH

0
2000
0
2000

IAQPURGE
IAQPTIME
IAQPLTMP
IAQPHTMP
IAQPNTLO

No
15
10
35
50

economizer minimum position will be Configuration→
IAQ→DCV.C→IAQ.M.
• IQ.I.C = 2 (IAQ Discrete Input with Minimum Position
Override. This will indicate that the IAQ level (high or
low) will be indicated by the discrete input and the economizer minimum position will be the IAQ override position, IQ.P.O (when high).
It is also necessary to configure how the fan operates when
using the IAQ discrete input.
IAQ Discrete Fan Config (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF
→IQ.I.F) — This is used to configure the operation of the
fan during an IAQ demand condition. It has the following
configurations:
• IQ.I.F = 0 (No Fan Start) — IAQ demand will never
override normal indoor fan operation during occupied or
unoccupied period and turn it on.
• IQ.I.F = 1 (Fan On If Occupied) — IAQ demand will
override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if
off) only during the occupied period (CV operation with
automatic fan).
• IQ.I.F = 2 (Fan On Occupied/Unoccupied) — IAQ
demand will always override normal indoor fan operation and turn it on (if off) during both the occupied and
unoccupied period.
Economizer Min Position (Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C
→EC.MN) — This is the fully occupied minimum economizer
position.
IAQ Demand Vent Min Pos. (Configuration→IAQ→
DCV.C→IAQ.M) — This configuration will be used to set the
minimum damper position in the occupied period when there
is no IAQ demand.
IAQ Econo Override Pos (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→
IQ.O.P) — This configuration is the position that the economizer goes to when override is in effect.
OAQ 4-20 mA Sensor Config (Configuration→IAQ→
AQ.CF→OQ.A.C) — This is used to configure the type of
outdoor sensor that will be used for OAQ levels. It has the following configuration options:
• OQ.A.C = 0 (No Sensor) — No sensor will be used and
the internal software reference setting will be used.
• OQ.A.C = 1 (OAQ Sensor with DAQ) — An outdoor
CO2 sensor will be used.
• OQ.A.C = 2 (4 to 20 mA Sensor without DAQ).
OAQ Lockout Value (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→
OAQ.L) — This is the maximum OAQ level above which demand ventilation will be disabled.
Diff. Air Quality Lo Limit (Configuration→IAQ→ AQ.SP
→DAQ.L) — This is the differential CO2 level at which IAQ
control of the dampers will be initiated.
Diff. Air Quality Hi Limit (Configuration→IAQ→ AQ.SP
→DAQ.H) — This is the differential CO2 level at which IAQ
control of the dampers will be at maximum and the dampers
will be at the Configuration→ IAQ→DCV.C→EC.MN.
DAQ ppm Fan On Set Point (Configuration
→IAQ→AQ.SP→D.F.ON) — This is the CO2 level at which
the indoor fan will be turned on.
DAQ ppm Fan Off Set Point (Configuration→IAQ
→AQ.SP→D.F.OF) — This is the CO2 level at which the
indoor fan will be turned off.
IAQ Low Reference (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.S.R→
IQ.R.L) — This is the reference that will be used with a to
non-Carrier IAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
IAQ High Reference (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SR
→IQ.R.H) — This is the reference that will be used with a
non-Carrier IAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.

MINIMUM
IAQ
DAMPER
POSITION

INCREASING VENTILATION

ECONOMIZER
MINIMUM
DAMPER
POSITION

VENTILATION FOR PEOPLE

VENTILATION FOR SOURCES

100
500

AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
LOW (DAQ.L)

700
1000

INSIDE/OUTSIDE CO2 DIFFERENTIAL
INSIDE CO2 CONCENTRATION

AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
HIGH (DAQ.H)

Fig. 11 — IAQ Control

NOTE: Calculating the IAQ.M and EC.MN damper position based
on differential IAQ measurement.
Based on the configuration parameter IAQREACT, the reaction to
damper positioning based on differential air quality ppm can be
adjusted.
IAQREACT = 1 to 5 (more responsive)
IAQREACT = 0 (linear)
IAQREACT = –1 to –5 (less responsive)

Fig. 12 — IAQ Response Curve
IAQ Discrete Input Config (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.CF
→IQ.I.C) — This configuration is used to set the type of IAQ
sensor. The following are the options:
• IQ.I.C = 0 (No Discrete Input) — This is used to indicate
that no discrete input will be used and the standard IAQ
sensor input will be used.
• IQ.I.C = 1 (IAQ Discrete Input) — This will indicate
that the IAQ level (high or low) will be indicated by
the discrete input. When the IAQ level is low, the

OAQ Low Reference (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.S.R
→OQ.R.L) — This is the reference that will be used with a

O.C.MX — Econ OACFM DCV Max Flow
O.C.DB — Econ OACFM MinPos Deadbd
When the outdoor air cfm sensor is enabled, the Economizer
Min.Position (Configuration→IAQ→DCV.C→EC.MN) and
the IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos (Configuration→IAQ→
DCV.C→IAQ.M) will no longer be used. During vent periods,
the control will modulate the damper to maintain the outdoor
air intake quantity between O.C.MX and O.C.MN. The indoor
air quality algorithm will vary the cfm between these two
values depending on Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→DAQ.L
and the Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP→DAQ.H set points
and upon the relationship between the IAQ and the outdoor air
quality (OAQ).
The economizer’s OA CFM Minimum Position Deadband
(O.C.DB) is the deadband range around the outdoor cfm
control point at where the damper control will stop, indicating
the control point has been reached. See the Economizer section
for more information.

non-Carrier OAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
OAQ High Reference (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.S.R→
OQ.R.H) — This is the reference that will be used with a nonCarrier OAQ sensor that may have a different characteristic
curve. It represents the CO2 level at 4 mA.
Diff. IAQ Responsiveness (Configuration→IAQ→AQ.SP
→IAQ.R) — This is the configuration that is used to select the
IAQ response curves as shown in Fig. 12.
PRE-OCCUPANCY PURGE — The control has the option
for a pre-occupancy purge to refresh the air in the space prior to
occupancy.
This feature is enabled by setting Configuration→IAQ→
IAQ.P→IQ.PG to Yes.
The IAQ Purge will operate under the following conditions:
• IQ.PG is enabled
• the unit is in the unoccupied state
• Current Time is valid
• Next Occupied Time is valid
• time is within two hours of the next occupied period
• time is within the purge duration (Configuration→
IAQ→IAQ.P→IQ.P.T)
If all of the above conditions are met, the following logic is
used:
If OAT >= IQ.L.O and OAT <= OCSP and economizer is
available then purge will be enabled and the economizer
will be commanded to 100%.
Else, if OAT < IQ.L.O then the economizer will be positioned to the IAQ Purge LO Temp Min Pos (Configuration→
IAQ→IAQ.P→IQ.P.L)
If neither of the above are true then the dampers will be
positioned to the IAQ Purge HI Temp Min Pos (Configuration
→IAQ→IAQ.P→IQ.P.H)
If this mode is enabled the indoor fan and heat interlock
relay (VAV) will be energized.
IAQ Purge (Configuration→IAQ→IAQ.P→IQ.PG) — This
is used to enable IAQ pre-occupancy purge.
IAQ Purge Duration (Configuration→IAQ→IAQ.P→
IQ.P.T) — This is the maximum amount of time that a purge
can occur.
IAQ Purge Lo Temp Min Pos (Configuration→IAQ→
IAQ.P→IQ.P.L) — This is used to configure a low limit for
damper position to be used during the purge mode.
IAQ Purge Hi Temp Min Pos (Configuration→IAQ→
IAQ.P→IQ.P.H) — This is used to configure a maximum position for the dampers to be used during the purge cycle.
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout Temp (Configuration→IAQ→
IAQ.P→IQ.L.O) — Nighttime lockout temperature below
which the purge cycle will be disabled.
OPTIONAL AIRFLOW STATION — The ComfortLink™
controls are capable of working with a factory-installed optional airflow station that measures the amount of outdoor air entering the economizer. This flow station is intended to measure
ventilation airflows and has a limitation as to the maximum
flow rate it can measure. The limits are 18,000 cfm for sizes
030-050 and 31,000 cfm for sizes 055-105.
All configurations for the outdoor airflow station can be
found in the Configuration→ECON→CFM.C, sub-menu.
For this algorithm to function, the Outdoor Air Cfm Sensor
Configuration (OCF.S.) must be enabled.
There are three set point configurations:
O.C.MN — Econ OACFM DCV Min Flow

Humidification — The Z Series ComfortLink controls

can control a field-supplied and installed humidifier device.
The ComfortLink controls provide two types of humidification
control: A discrete stage control (via a relay contact) and a proportional control type (communicating to a LEN actuator). The
discrete stage control is used to control a single-stage humidifier, (typically a spray pump). The proportional control type is
typically used to control a proportional steam valve serving a
steam grid humidifier.
The ComfortLink controls must be equipped with a controls
expansion module and an accessory space or return air relative
humidity sensor.
If a humidifier using a proportional steam valve is selected,
the Carrier LEN actuator (Carrier Part No. HF23BJ049) must
be adapted to the humidifier manufacturer’s steam valve. Contact Belimo Aircontrols for information on actuator linkage
adapter packages required to mount the LEN actuator on the
specific brand and type of steam valve mounted by the humidifier manufacturer.
The LEN actuator address must be programmed into the
ComfortLink unit’s humidifier actuator serial number variables.
NOTE: If the unit has the IGV option installed, it will be necessary to fabricate a LEN harness extension to connect the
humidifier LEN actuator to the unit’s LEN harness.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — These humidity configuration are located in the local displays under Configuration→
HUMD. See Table 60. Related points are shown in Table 61.
Humidifier Control Configuration (HM.CF) — The humidifier control can be set to the following configurations:
• HM.CF = 0 — No humidity control.
• HM.CF = 1 — Discrete control based on space relative
humidity.
• HM.CF = 2 — Discrete control based on return air relative humidity.
• HM.CF = 3 — Analog control based on space relative
humidity.
• HM.CF = 4 — Analog control based on return air relative humidity.
Humidity Control Set Point (HM.SP) — The humidity control set point has a range of 0 to 100%.
Humidifier PID Run Rate (HM.TM) — This is the PID run
time rate.
Humidifier Proportional Gain (HM.P) — This configuration
is the PID Proportional Gain.
Humidifier Integral Gain (HM.I) — This configuration is the
PID Integral Gain.
Humidifier Derivative Gain (HM.D) — This configuration is
the PID Derivative Gain.
76

Table 60 — Humidity Configuration
ITEM
HUMD
HM.CF
HM.SP
H.PID
HM.TM
HM.P
HM.I
HM.D
ACT.C
SN.1
SN.2
SN.3
SN.4
SN.5
C.A.LM

CCN POINT

RANGE

HUMD_CFG
HUSP

0-4
0 - 100

HUMDRATE
HUMID_PG
HUMID_IG
HUMID_DG

10 - 120
0-5
0-5
0-5

HUMD_SN1
HUMD_SN2
HUMD_SN3
HUMD_SN4
HUMD_SN5
HUMDCALM

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

UNITS

DEFAULT
0
40

%
sec

30
1
0.3
0.3
0
0
0
0
0
85

Table 61 — Related Humidity Points
ITEM
Config→UNIT→SENS→SRH.S
Config→UNIT→SENS→RRH.S
Inputs→REL.H→RA.RH
Inputs→REL.H→SP.RH
Outputs→ACTU→HMD.P
Outputs→ACTU→HMD.C
Outputs→GEN.O→HUM.R

EXPANSION
Space Air RH Sensor
Return Air RH Sensor
Return Air Rel. Humidity
Space Relative Humidity
Humidifier Act.Curr.Pos.
Humidifier Command Pos.
Humidifier Relay

UNITS
%
%
%
%

CCN POINT
SPRHSENS
RARHSENS
RARH
SPRH
HUMDRPOS
HUMDCPOS
HUMIDRLY

WRITE STATUS
forcible
forcible

may be calibrated in the Service Test mode. When an actuator
learns its end stops through calibration, it determines its control
angle. The actuator will resolve this control angle and express
its operation in a percent (%) of this learned range.
If the humidifier actuator has not learned a sufficient control
angle during calibration, the actuator will be unable to control
humidity. For this reason, the humidifier actuator has a configurable control angle alarm low limit (C.A.LM). If the control
angle learned through calibration is less than C.A.LM, an alert
will occur and the actuator will not function.
NOTE: This configuration does not typically need adjustment.
It is configurable for the small number of jobs which may
require a custom solution or workaround.

OPERATION — For operation, PID control will be utilized.
The process will run at the rate defined by the Configuration
→HUMD→H.PID→HM.TM. The first part of humidity
control tests the humidity control configuration and will turn
on corresponding configurations to read space or return air relative humidity. If the supply fan has been ON for 30 seconds
and the space is occupied, then the humidification is started.
Actuator Control — Control is performed with a generic PID
loop where:
Error = HM.SP – humidity sensor value (SP.RH or RA.RH,
depending on configuration).
The PID terms are calculated as follows:
P = K * HM.P * error
I = K * HM.I * error + “I” last time through
D = K * HM.D * (error – error last time through)
Where K = HM.TM/60 to normalize the effect of changing the
run time rate
Relay Output Control — If the humidity sensor reading is
greater than the humidity set point then the humidity relay
(Outputs→GEN.O→HUM.R) is closed. The relay will open
when the humidity is 2% less than the humidity set point.
CONFIGURING THE HUMIDIFIER ACTUATOR —
Every actuator used in the Z Series control system has its own
unique serial number. The rooftop control uses this serial
number to communicate with the actuator over the local equipment network (LEN). The actuator serial number is located on
a two-part sticker affixed to the side of the actuator housing.
Remove one of the actuator’s serial number labels and paste it
onto the actuator serial number records label located inside
the left-hand access panel at the unit’s control panel. Five
individual numbers make up this serial number. Program the
serial number of the actuator in its Humidifier Actuator
Configurations group, ACT.C (SN.1, SN.2, SN.3, SN.4, SN.5)
NOTE: The serial numbers for all LEN actuators can be found
inside the control doors of the unit as well as on the actuator
itself. If an actuator is replaced in the field, it is a good idea to
remove the additional peel-off serial number sticker on the
actuator and cover up the old one inside the control doors.
Control Angle Alarm (Configuration→HUMD→ACTC→
C.A.LM) — The humidifier actuator learns what its end stops
are though a calibration at the factory. Field-installed actuators

Dehumidification and Reheat — The Dehumidification function will override comfort condition set points
based on dry bulb temperature and deliver cooler air to the
space in order to satisfy a humidity set point at the space or
return air humidity sensor. The Reheat function will energize a
suitable heating system concurrent with dehumidification
sequence should the dehumidification operation result in
excessive cooling of the space condition.
The dehumidification sequence requires the installation of a
space or return air humidity sensor or a discrete switch input. A
CEM (option or accessory) is required to accommodate an RH
(relative humidity) sensor connection. Reheat is possible when
multiple-step staged gas control option or hydronic heat (option or field-installed coil) is installed. Reheat is also possible
using a heat reclaim coil (field-supplied and installed) or a hot
gas reheat coil (special order, factory-installed).
Dehumidification and reheat control are allowed during
Cooling and Vent modes in the Occupied period.
On constant volume units using thermostat inputs (C.TYP =
3 or 4), the discrete switch input must be used as the dehumidification control input. The commercial Thermidistat™ device
is the recommended accessory device.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The settings for dehumidification can be found at the local display at Configuration→
DEHU. See Table 62.
Dehumidification Configuration (D.SEL) — The dehumidification configuration can be set for the following settings:
• D.SEL = 0 — No dehumidification and reheat.
77

Table 62 — Dehumidification Configuration
ITEM
DEHU
D.SEL
D.SEN
D.EC.D
D.V.CF
D.V.RA
D.V.HT
D.C.SP
D.RH.S

EXPANSION
DEHUMIDIFICATION CONFIG.
Dehumidification Config
Dehumidification Sensor
Econ disable in DH mode?
Vent Reheat Setpt Select
Vent Reheat RAT offset
Vent Reheat Setpoint
Dehumidify Cool Setpoint
Dehumidify RH Setpoint

RANGE
0-3
1-3
Yes/No
0-1
0-8
55-95
40-55
10-90

UNITS

deltaF
dF
dF
%

CCN POINT
DHSELECT
DHSENSOR
DHECDISA
DHVHTCFG
DHVRAOFF
DHVHT_SP
DHCOOLSP
DHRELHSP

DEFAULT
0
1
Yes
0
0
70
45
55

NOTE: If Configuration→DEHU→D.SEL = 1 or 2, then
either staged gas or hot water valve control will be automatically enabled (Configuration→HEAT→HT.CF will be set to
either 3 or 4).
If a tempering, unoccupied or “mechanical cooling locked
out” HVAC mode is present, dehumidification will be disabled.
An HVAC: Off, Vent or Cool mode must be in effect to launch
either a Reheat or Dehumidification mode.
If an associated sensor responsible for dehumidification
fails, dehumidification will not be attempted (SPRH, RARH).
Initiating a Reheat or Dehumidification Mode — To call out
a Reheat mode in the Vent or the Off HVAC mode, or to call
out a Dehumidification mode in a Cool HVAC mode, one of
the following conditions must be true:
• The space is occupied and the humidity is greater than
the relative humidity trip point (D.RH.S).
• The space is occupied and the discrete humidity input is
closed.
Dehumidification and Reheat Control — If a dehumidification mode is initiated, the rooftop will attempt to lower
humidity as follows:
• Economizer Cooling — The economizer, if allowed to
perform free cooling, will have its control point (Run
Status→VIEW→EC.C.P) set to Configuration→DEHU
→D.C.SP. If Configuration→DEHU→D.EC.D is disabled, the economizer will always be disabled during
dehumidification.
• Cooling — For all cooling control types: A High Cool
HVAC mode will be requested internally to the control to
maintain diagnostics, although the end user will see a
Dehumidification mode at the display. In addition, for
multi-stage cooling units the cooling control point will
be set to Configuration→DEHU→D.C.SP (no SASP
reset is applied).
• Reheat When Cooling Demand is Present — For reheat
control during dehumidification: If reheat follows an
offset subtracted from return-air temperature (Configuration→DEHU→D.SEL = 2), then no heating will be
initiated and the alarm relay will be energized. If
Configuration→DEHU→D.SEL = 1 and Configuration→HEAT→HT.CF = staged gas or hot water valve,
then the selected heating control type will operate in the
low heat/modulating mode.
• The heating control point will be whatever the actual
cooling set point would have been (without any supply
air reset applied).
• Reheat During Vent Mode — If configured (Configuration→DEHU→D.V.CF = 0), the heating control point
will be equal to RAT - D.V.RA. If configured (Configuration→DEHU→D.V.CF=1), the heating control point
will be equal to the D.V.HT set point.
Ending Dehumidification and Reheat Control — When either the humidity sensor fall 5% below the set point (Configuration→DEHU→D.RH.S) or the discrete input reads
“LOW”, the Dehumidification mode will end.

• D.SEL = 1 — The control will perform both dehumidification and reheat with modulating valve (hydronic).
• D.SEL = 2 — The control will perform dehumidification
and reheat with staged gas only.
• D.SEL = 3 — The control will perform both dehumidification and reheat with third party heat via an alarm relay.
In the case of D.SEL=3, during dehumidification, the
alarm relay will close to convey the need for reheat. A
typical application might be to energize a 3-way valve to
perform hot gas reheat.
Dehumidification Sensor (D.SEN) — The sensor can be configured for the following settings:
• D.SEN = 1 — Initiated by return air relative humidity
sensor.
• D.SEN = 2 — Initiated by space relative humidity sensor.
• D.SEN = 3 — Initiated by discrete input.
Economizer Disable in Dehum Mode (D.EC.D) — This
configuration determines economizer operation during Dehumidification mode.
• D.EC.D = YES — Economizer disabled during dehumidification (default).
• D.EC.D = NO — Economizer not disabled during dehumidification.
Vent Reheat Set Point Select (D.V.CF) — This configuration
determines how the vent reheat set point is selected.
• D.V.CF = 0 — Reheat follows an offset subtracted from
return air temperature (D.V.RA).
• D.V.CF = 1 — Reheat follows a dehumidification heat
set point (D.V.HT).
Vent Reheat RAT Offset (D.V.RA) — Set point offset used
only during the vent mode. The air will be reheated to returnair temperature less this offset.
Vent Reheat Set Point (D.V.HT) — Set point used only during the vent mode. The air will be reheated to this set point.
Dehumidify Cool Set Point (D.C.SP) — This is the dehumidification cooling set point.
Dehumidity RH Set Point (D.RH.S) — This is the dehumidification relative humidity trip point.
OPERATION — Dehumidification and reheat can only occur
if the unit is equipped with either staged gas or hydronic heat.
Dehumidification without reheat can be done on any unit but
Configuration→DEHU→D.SEL must be set to 2.
If the machine’s control type is a TSTAT type (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP=3 or 4) and the discrete input selection
for the sensor is not configured (D.SEN not equal to 3),
dehumidification will be disabled.
If the machine’s control type is a TSTAT type (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP=3 or 4) and the economizer is able to
provide cooling, a dehumidification mode may be called out,
but the control will not request mechanical cooling.
If a 2-stage control type is selected (Configuration→UNIT
→C.TYP = 4 or 6), then the economizer, if active, locks out
mechanical cooling during the Dehumidification mode.
NOTE: Configuring Configuration→DEHU→D.SEN to 1,2
or 3 will enable the CEM board along with the sensor selected
for control.

Temperature Compensated Start — This logic is
used when the unit is in the unoccupied state. The control will
calculate early Start Bias time based on Space Temperature
78

one time broadcaster is present, problems with the time will
occur.
NOTE: Only the time and date broadcaster can perform
daylight savings time adjustments. Even if the rooftop is stand
alone, the user may want to set this to ON to accomplish the
daylight/savings function.
CCN OAT Broadcast (OAT.B) — If this configuration is set
to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside-air
temperature at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
CCN OARH Broadcast (ORH.B) — If this configuration is
set to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside air
relative humidity at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
CCN OAQ Broadcast (OAQ.B) — If this configuration is set
to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its outside air
quality reading at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
Global Schedule Broadcast (G.S.B) — If this configuration is
set to ON and the schedule number (SCH.N) is between 65 and
99, then the control will broadcast the internal time schedule
once every 2 minutes.
CCN Broadcast Acknowledger (B.ACK) — If this configuration is set to ON, then when any broadcasting is done on the
bus, this device will respond to and acknowledge. Only one device per bus can be configured for this option.
Schedule Number (SCH.N) — This configuration determines
what schedule the control may follow.
SCH.N = 0
The control is always occupied.
SCH.N = 1
The control follows its internal time schedules. The user may enter any number
between 1 and 64 but it will be overwritten
to “1” by the control as it only has one
internal schedule.
SCH.N = 65-99 The control is either set up to receive to a
broadcasted time schedule set to this
number or the control is set up to broadcast
its internal time schedule (G.S.B) to the
network and this is the global schedule
number it is broadcasting. If this is the case,
then the control still follows its internal time
schedules.
Accept Global Holidays? (HOL.T) — If a device is broadcasting the time on the bus, it is possible to accept the time yet
not accept the global holiday from the broadcast message.
Override Time Limit (O.T.L) — This configuration allows
the user to decide how long an override occurs when it is initiated. The override may be configured from 1 to 4 hours. If the
time is set to 0, the override function will become disabled.
Timed Override Hours (OV.EX) — This displays the current
number of hours left in an override. It is possible to cancel an
override in progress by writing “0” to this variable, thereby
removing the override time left.
SPT Override Enabled? (SPT.O) — If a space sensor is
present, then it is possible to override an unoccupied period by
pushing the override button on the T55 or T56 sensor. This
option allows the user to disable this function by setting this
configuration to NO.
T58 Override Enabled? (T58.O) — The T58 sensor is a CCN
device that allows cooling/heating set points to be adjusted,
space temperature to be written to the rooftop unit, and the ability to initiate a timed override. This option allows the user to
disable the override initiated from the T58 sensor by setting
this option to NO.
Global Schedule Override? (GL.OV) — If the control is set
to receive global schedules then it is also possible for the global
schedule broadcaster to call out an override condition as well.
This configuration allows the user to disable the global schedule broadcaster from overriding the control.

deviation from the occupied cooling and heating set points.
This will allow the control to start the unit so that the space is at
conditioned levels when the occupied period starts. This is
required for ASHRAE 90.1 compliance. A space sensor is required for non-linkage applications.
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM — The settings for temperature compensated start can be found in the local display under
Configuration→UNIT.
ITEM
TCS.C
TCS.H

EXPANSION
RANGE UNITS CCN POINT
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr 0 - 60 min
TCSTCOOL
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr 0 - 60 min
TCSTHEAT

TCST-Cool Factor (TCS.C) — This is the factor for the start
time bias equation for cooling.
TCST-Heat Factor (TCS.H) — This is the factor for the start
time bias equation for heating.
NOTE: Temperature compensated start is disabled when these
factors are set to 0.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC — The
following conditions must be met for the algorithm to run:
• Unit is in unoccupied state.
• Next occupied time is valid.
• Current time of day is valid.
• Valid space temperature reading is available (sensor or
DAV-Linkage).
The algorithm will calculate a Start Bias time in minutes using the following equations:
If (space temperature > occupied cooling set point)
Start Bias Time = (space temperature – occupied cooling set
point)* TCS.C
If (space temperature < occupied heating set point)
Start Bias Time = (occupied heating set point – space
temperature)*TCS.H
When the Start Bias Time is greater than zero the algorithm
will subtract it from the next occupied time to calculate the new
start time. When the new start time is reached, the Temperature
Compensated Start mode is set (Operating Modes→MODE→
T.C.ST), the fan is started and the unit controlled as in an occupied state. Once set, Temperature Compensated mode will stay
on until the unit goes into the Occupied mode. The Start Bias
Time will be written into the CCN Linkage Equipment Table if
the unit is controlled in DAV mode. If the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cool mode is active (Operating Modes→HVAC =
“UNOCC FREE COOL”) when temperature compensated
start begins, the Unoccupied Free Cool mode will be stopped.

Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) — It is possible
to configure the ComfortLink™ controls to participate as an element of the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) system directly
from the local display. This section will deal with explaining
the various programmable options which are found under the
CCN sub-menu in the Configuration mode.
The major configurations for CCN programming are located in the local displays at Configuration→CCN. See Table 63.
CCN Address (CCNA) — This configuration is the CCN address the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Bus Number (CCNB) — This configuration is the CCN
bus the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Baud Rate (BAUD) — This configuration is the CCN
baud rate.
CCN Time/Date Broadcast (TM.DT) — If this configuration
is set to ON, the control will periodically send the time and date
out onto the CCN bus once a minute. If this device is on a CCN
network then it will be important to make sure that only one
device on the bus has this configuration set to ON. If more than

Table 63 — CCN Configuration
ITEM
CCN
CCNA
CCNB
BAUD
BROD
TM.DT
OAT.B
ORH.B
OAQ.B
G.S.B
B.ACK
SC.OV
SCH.N
HOL.T
O.T.L.
OV.EX
SPT.O
T58.O
GL.OV

EXPANSION
CCN CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Global Sched. Override ?

RANGE

UNITS

POINT

DEFAULT

1 - 239
0 - 239
1-5

CCNADD
CCNBUS
CCNBAUDD

1
0
3

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

CCNBC
OATBC
OARHBC
OAQBC
GSBC
CCNBCACK

On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off

0 - 99
YES/NO
0-4
0-4
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO

SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT
SPT_OVER
T58_OVER
GLBLOVER

1
No
1
0
Yes
Yes
No

HRS
HRS

Alert Limit (RA.H.O), then Alert 305 will be generated and
operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (RA.L.U) — If the return-air
temperature is below the configurable unoccupied RAT Low
Alert Limit (RA.L.U), then Alert 304 will be generated. Unit
operation will continue but VAV heating operation will be disabled. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT High Alert Limit/Unocc (RA.H.U) — If the return-air
temperature is above the configurable unoccupied RAT High
Alert Limit (RA.H.U), then Alert 305 will be generated. Operation will continue. The alert will automatically reset.
OAT Low Alert Limit (OAT.L) — If the outside-air temperature measured by the OAT thermistor is below the configurable
OAT Low Alert Limit (OAT.L) then alert T316 will be
generated.
OAT High Alert Limit (OAT.H) — If the outside-air temperature measured by the OAT thermistor is above the configurable OAT High Alert Limit (OAT.H) then alert T317 will be
generated
RARH Low Alert Limit (R.RH.L) — If the unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (Configuration→UNIT→SENS→RRH.S), and the measured level is
below the configurable RH Low Alert Limit (R.RH.L), then
Alert 308 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert
will automatically reset.
RARH High Alert Limit (R.RH.H) — If the unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (Configuration→UNIT→SENS→RRHS), and the measured level is
above the configurable RARH High Alert Limit (R.RH.H),
then Alert 309 will occur. The unit will continue to run and the
alert will automatically reset.
OARH Low Alert Limit (O.RH.L) — If the unit is configured to use an outdoor air relative humidity sensor (Configuration→ECON→ORH.S) and the measured level is below the
configurable OARH Low Alert Limit (O.RH.L), then economizer operation will be disabled. The unit will continue to run
and the alert will automatically reset.
OARH High Alert Limit (O.RH.H) — If the unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor (Configuration→ECON→ORH.S) and the measured level is above the
configurable OARH High Alert Limit (O.RH.H), then economizer operation will be disabled. The unit will continue to run
and the alert will automatically reset.
Supply Duct Pressure Low Alert Limit (SP.L) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the measured supply duct static pressure is below the configurable SP
Low Alert Limit (DP.L), then Alert 310 will occur. The unit
will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.

Alert Limit Configuration — The ALLM submenu is

used to configure the alert limit set points. A list is shown in
Table 64.
SPT Low Alert Limit/Occ (SP.L.O) — If the space temperature is below the configurable occupied SPT Low Alert Limit
(SP.L.O), then Alert 300 will be generated and the unit will be
stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT High Alert Limit/Occ (SP.H.O) — If the space temperature is above the configurable occupied SPT High Alert Limit
(SP.H.O), then Alert 301 will be generated and the unit will be
stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (SP.L.U) — If the space temperature is below the configurable unoccupied SPT Low Alert
Limit (SP.L.U), then Alert 300 will be generated and the unit
will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
SPT High Alert Limit/Unocc (SP.H.U) — If the space temperature is above the configurable unoccupied SPT High Alert
Limit (SP.H.U), then Alert 301 will be generated and the unit
will be stopped. The alert will automatically reset.
EDT Low Alert Limit/Occ (SA.L.O) — If the space temperature is below the configurable occupied evaporator discharge
temperature (EDT) Low Alert Limit (SA.L.O), then Alert 302
will be generated and cooling operation will be stopped but
heating operation will continue. The alert will automatically
reset.
EDT High Alert Limit/Occ (SA.H.O) — If the space temperature is above the configurable occupied EDT High Alert Limit
(SA.H.O), then Alert 303 will be generated and heating operation will be stopped but cooling operation will continue. The
alert will automatically reset.
EDT Low Alert Limit/Unocc (SA.L.U) — If the space temperature is below the configurable unoccupied EDT Low Alert
Limit (SA.L.U), then Alert 302 will be generated and cooling
operation will be stopped but heating operation will continue.
The alert will automatically reset.
EDT High Alert Limit/Unocc (SA.H.U) — If the space temperature is above the configurable unoccupied EDT High Alert
Limit (SA.H.U), then Alert 303 will be generated and heating
operation will be stopped but cooling operation will continue.
The alert will automatically reset.
RAT Low Alert Limit/Occ (RA.L.O) — If the return-air temperature is below the configurable occupied RAT Low Alert
Limit (RA.L.O), then Alert 304 will be generated and internal
routines will be modified. Unit operation will continue but
VAV heating operation will be disabled. The alert will automatically reset.
RAT High Alert Limit/Occ (RA.H.O) — If the return-air
temperature is above the configurable occupied RAT High
80

Table 64 — Alert Limit Configuration
ITEM
SP.L.O
SP.H.O
SP.L.U
SP.H.U
SA.L.O
SA.H.O
SA.L.U
SA.H.U
RA.L.O
RA.H.O
RA.L.U
RA.H.U
OAT.L
OAT.H
R.RH.L
R.RH.H
O.RH.L
O.RH.H
SP.L
SP.H
BP.L
BP.H
IAQ.H

EXPANSION
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
OAT lo alert limit
OAT hi alert limit
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
OARH low alert limit
OARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit

RANGE
-10-245
-10-245
-10-245
-10-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-5
0-5
-0.25-0.25
-0.25-0.25
0-5000

UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
%
%
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O

POINT
SPLO
SPHO
SPLU
SPHU
SALO
SAHO
SALU
SAHU
RALO
RAHO
RALU
RAHU
OATL
OATH
RRHL
RRHH
ORHL
ORHH
SPL
SPH
BPL
BPH
IAQH

DEFAULT
60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
-40
150
0
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200

Space Temperature Sensor Trim (SPT.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the space temperature sensor reading. The sensor
reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the actual measured
temperature.
Limit Switch Trim (L.SW.T) — This variable is used to adjust the limit switch temperature sensor reading. The sensor
reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the actual measured
temperature.
Air Temperature Leaving Evaporator Trim (CCT.T) — This
variable is used to adjust the leaving evaporator temperature
sensor reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to
match the actual measured temperature.
Suction Pressure Circuit A Trim (SP.A.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the suction pressure sensor reading for circuit A.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actual measured pressure.
Suction Pressure Circuit B Trim (SP.B.T) — This variable is
used to adjust the suction pressure sensor reading for circuit B.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to match the actual measured pressure.
Discharge Pressure Circuit A Trim (DP.A.T) — This variable is used to adjust the discharge pressure sensor reading for
circuit A. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 50 psig to
match the actual measured pressure.
Discharge Pressure Circuit B Trim (DP.B.T) — This variable is used to adjust the discharge pressure sensor reading for
circuit B. The sensor reading can be adjusted ±50 psig to match
the actual measured pressure.
4 to 20 mA Inputs — There are a number of 4 to 20 mA inputs which may be calibrated. These inputs are located in
Inputs→4-20. They are:
• SP.M.T — static pressure milliamp trim
• BP.M.T — building pressure milliamp trim
• OA.M.T — outside air cfm milliamp trim
• RA.M.T — return air cfm milliamp trim
• SA.M.T — supply air cfm milliamp trim

Supply Duct Pressure High Alert Limit (SP.H) — If the unit
is a VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the measured supply duct static pressure is above the configurable SP
High Alert Limit (SP.H), then Alert 311 will occur. The unit
will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Building Pressure Low Alert Limit (BP.L) — If the unit is
configured to use modulating power exhaust then a building
static pressure limit can be configured using the BP Low Alert
Limit (BP.L). If the measured pressure is below the limit then
Alert 312 will occur.
Building Pressure High Alert Limit (BP.H) — If the unit is
configured to use modulating power exhaust then a building
static pressure limit can be configured using the BP Hi Alert
Limit (BP.H). If the measured pressure is above the limit, then
Alert 313 will occur.
Indoor Air Quality High Alert Limit (IAQ.H) — If the unit
is configured to use a CO2 sensor and the level is above the
configurable IAQ High Alert Limit (IAQ.H) then the alert will
occur. The unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
Sensor Trim Configuration — The TRIM submenu
is used to calibrate the sensor trim settings. The trim settings
are used when the actual measured reading does not match the
sensor output. The sensor can be adjusted to match the actual
measured reading with the trim function. A list is shown in
Table 65.
IMPORTANT: Sensor trim must not be used to extend
unit operation past the allowable operating range.
Doing so may void the warranty.
Air Temperature Leaving Supply Fan Sensor (SAT.T) — This
variable is used to adjust the supply fan temperature sensor
reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match
the actual measured temperature.
Return Air Temperature Sensor Trim (RAT.T) — This variable is used to adjust the return air temperature sensor reading.
The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the actual
measured temperature.
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Trim (OAT.T) — This variable is used to adjust the outdoor air temperature sensor reading. The sensor reading can be adjusted ± 10° F to match the
actual measured temperature.

Discrete Switch Logic Configuration — The SW.LG

submenu is used to configure the normally open/normally closed
settings of switches and inputs. This is used when field-supplied
switches or input devices are used instead of Carrier devices. The
normally open or normally closed setting may be different on a
field-supplied device. These points are used to match the control
logic to the field-supplied device.

Table 65 — Sensor Trim Configuration
ITEM
TRIM
SAT.T
RAT.T
OAT.T
SPT.T
L.SW.T
CCT.T
SP.A.T
SP.B.T
DP.A.T
DP.B.T

EXPANSION
SENSOR TRIM CONFIG.
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Limit Switch Trim
Air Temp Lvg Evap Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim

RANGE
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
-50 - 50

UNITS

POINT

^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG

SAT_TRIM
RAT_TRIM
OAT_TRIM
SPT_TRIM
LSW_TRIM
CCT_TRIM
SPA_TRIM
SPB_TRIM
DPA_TRIM
DPB_TRIM

DEFAULT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

IAQ Discrete Input — Low (IAQ.L) — The IAQ discrete input is set for normally open when low. If a field-supplied IAQ
discrete input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to closed.
Fire Shutdown — Off (FSD.L) — The fire shutdown input is
set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied fire shutdown input is used that is normally closed, change this variable
to closed.
Pressurization Switch — Off (PRS.L) — The pressurization
input is set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied pressurization input is used that is normally closed, change this
variable to closed.
Evacuation Switch — Off (EVC.L) — The evacuation input
is set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied evacuation input is used that is normally closed, change this variable
to closed.
Smoke Purge — Off (PRG.L) — The smoke purge input is
set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied smoke purge
input is used that is normally closed, change this variable to
closed.
Dehumidify Switch — Off (DH.LG) — The dehumidify input is set for normally open when off. If a field-supplied
dehumidify input is used that is normally closed, change this
variable to closed.

The defaults for this switch logic section will not normally
need changing. However, if a field-installed switch is used that
is different from the Carrier switch, these settings may need
adjustment.
IMPORTANT: Many of the switch inputs to the control
can be configured to operate as normally open or normally closed.
Settings for switch logic are found at the local displays
under the Configuration→SW.LG submenu. See Table 66.
Filter Status Input — Clean (FTS.L) — The filter status input for clean filters is set for normally open. If a field-supplied
filter status switch is used that is normally closed for a clean
filter, change this variable to closed.
IGC Feedback — Off (IGC.L) — The input for IGC feedback is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied IGC
feedback switch is used that is normally closed for feedback
off, change this variable to closed.
Remote Switch — Off (RMI.L) — The remote switch is set
for normally open when off. If a field-supplied control switch
is used that is normally closed for an off signal, change this
variable to closed.
Enthaply Input — Low (ENT.L) — The enthalpy input is set
for normally closed when low. If a field-supplied enthalpy
switch is used that is normally open when low, change this
variable to open.
Fan Status Switch — Off (SFS.L) — The fan status switch
input is set for normally open for off. If a field-supplied fan
status switch is used that is normally closed, change this
variable to closed.
Demand Limit Switch 1 — Off (DL1.L) — The demand
limit switch no. 1 input is set for normally open for off. If a
field-supplied demand limit switch is used that is normally
closed, change this variable to closed.
Demand Limit Switch 2 — Off (DL2.L) — The demand
limit switch no. 2 input is set for normally open for off. If a
field-supplied demand limit switch is used that is normally
closed, change this variable to closed.

Display Configuration — The DISP submenu is used
to configure the local display settings. A list is shown in
Table 67.
Test Display LEDs (TEST) — This is used to test the operation of the ComfortLink™ display.
Metric Display (METR) — This variable is used to change
the display from English units to Metric units.
Language Selection (LANG) — This variable is used to
change the language of the ComfortLink display. At this time,
only English is available.
Password Enable (PAS.E) — This variable enables or disables the use of a password. The password is used to restrict
use of the control to change configurations.
Service Password (PASS) — This variable is the 4-digit numeric password that is required if enabled.

Table 66 — Switch Logic Configuration
ITEM
SW.LG
FTS.L
IGC.L
RMI.L
ENT.L
SFS.L
DL1.L
DL2.L
IAQ.L
FSD.L
PRS.L
EVC.L
PRG.L
DH.LG

EXPANSION
SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Enthalpy Input - Low
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.2 - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Pressurization Sw. - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
Dehumidify Sw. - Off

RANGE
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close

CCN POINT
FLTSLOGC
GASFANLG
RMTINLOG
ENTHLOGC
SFSLOGIC
DMD_SW1L
DMD_SW2L
IAQINLOG
FSDLOGIC
PRESLOGC
EVACLOGC
PURGLOGC
DHDISCLG

DEFAULT
Open
Open
Open
Close
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open

Table 67 — Display Configuration
ITEM

EXPANSION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password

TEST
METR
LANG
PAS.E
PASS

RANGE
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-1(multi-text strings)
ENABLE/DISABLE
0000-9999

Table 68 — Remote Switch Configuration

REMT
RM.CF
RMI.L

EXPANSION

RANGE

Remote
ON/OFF
Input State
Remote Switch
0-3
Config
RemSw
Open/Close
Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv

UNITS

POINT
TEST
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD

DEFAULT
Off
Off
0
Enable
1111

during periods of low evaporator loading. This system is not
controlled by the ComfortLink™ control system and it is
available to operate whenever circuit A is running.
The hot gas bypass option consists of a pressure regulating
valve, a manual service valve and tubing connecting the circuit
A hot gas refrigerant line to the circuit A evaporator distributors (one distributor on sizes 030-035, two distributors on sizes
040-105). The pressure regulating valve opens the bypass
circuit as the evaporator suction pressure decreases into a range
that might generate frost formation on the evaporator surface
if sustained compressor operation occurs. The hot gas refrigerant enters the evaporator coil and adds refrigeration load to the
compressor circuit to offset a low load situation in the mixed
air temperature condition. Total bypass capacity is approximately 5 tons.
The hot gas bypass system is a factory-installed option,
installed on circuit A only. When this option is provided, the
control function for Lead-Lag sequencing must be disabled
(Configuration→ Cool→ L.L.EN is set to No).

Remote Control Switch Input — The remote switch
input is located on the RCB board and connected to TB201
terminals 1 and 2. The switch can be used for several remote
control functions. See Table 68.

ITEM

UNITS

CCN
POINT
RMTIN
RMTINCFG
RMTINLOG

Remote Input State (Inputs→GEN.I→REMT) — This is
the actual real time state of the remote input.
Remote Switch Config (Configuration→UNIT→ RM.CF)
— This is the configuration that allows the user to assign different types of functionality to the remote discrete input.
• 0 — NO REMOTE SW — The remote switch will not be
used.
• 1 — OCC-UNOCC SW — The remote switch input will
control the occupancy state. When the remote switch
input is ON, the unit will forced into the occupied mode.
When the remote switch is OFF, the unit will be forced
into the unoccupied mode.
• 2 — STRT/STOP — The remote switch input will start
and stop the unit. When the unit is commanded to stop,
any timeguards in place on compressors will be honored
first. When the remote switch is ON, the unit will be
commanded to stop. When the remote switch is OFF the
unit will be enabled to operate.
• 3 — OVERRIDE SW — The remote switch can be used
to override any internal or external time schedule being
used by the control and force the unit into an occupied
mode when the remote input state is ON. When the
remote switch is ON, the unit will be forced into an occupied state. When the remote switch is OFF, the unit will
use its internal or external time schedules.
Remote Switch Logic Configuration (Configuration→
SW.LG→RMI.L) — The control allows for the configuration
of a normally open/closed status of the remote input switch via
RMI.L. If this variable is configured OPEN, then when the
switch is open, the remote input switch perceives the logic state
as OFF. Correspondingly, if RMI.L is set to CLOSED, the remote input switch will perceive a closed switch as meaning
OFF. See Table 69.

Space Temperature Offset — Space Temperature Off-

set corresponds to a slider on a T56 sensor that allows the occupant to adjust the space temperature by a configured range
during an occupied period. This sensor is only applicable to
units that are configured as either 2-Stage SPT or Multi-Stage
SPT control (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP = 5 and 6).
ITEM
SP.O.S
SP.O.R
SPTO

EXPANSION
Space Temp
Offset Sensor
Space Temp
Offset Range
Space Temperature
Offset

RANGE UNITS

CCN
POINT
SPTOSENS

Enable/
Disable
1 - 10

SPTO_RNG

+- SP.O.R ^F

SPTO

Space Temperature Offset Sensor (Configuration→UNIT
→SENS→SP.O.S) — This configuration disables the reading

of the offset slider.
Space Temperature Offset Range (Configuration
→UNIT→SENS→SP.O.R) — This configuration establishes
the range, in degrees F, that the T56 slider can affect SPTO
when adjusting the slider from the far left (-SP.O.R) to the far
right (+SP.O.R). The default is 5° F.
Space Temperature Offset Value (Temperatures→AIR.T
→SPTO) — The Space Temperature Offset Value is the reading of the slider potentiometer in the T56 that is resolved to
delta degrees based on SP.O.R.

Hot Gas Bypass — Hot gas bypass is an automatically
operating system used to limit evaporator suction pressure
Table 69 — Remote Switch Logic Configuration
REMOTE
SWITCH LOGIC
CONFIGURATION
(RMI.L)
OPEN
CLOSED

SWITCH
STATUS

REMOTE INPUT STATE
(REMT)

OPEN
CLOSED
OPEN
CLOSED

OFF (0)
ON (1)
ON (0)
OFF (1)

REMOTE SWITCH CONFIGURATION (RM.CF)
1
2

No Remote Switch

Occ-Unocc Switch

Start/Stop

Override

xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxxx
xxxxx

Unoccupied
Occupied
Occupied
Unoccupied

Start
Stop
Stop
Start

No Override
Override
Override
No Override

SATURDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→SAT) — This
variable is used to include or remove Saturday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Saturday will be included in that
period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO,
then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on
Saturday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
SUNDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→SUN) — This variable is used to include or remove Sunday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Sunday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Sunday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
HOLIDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→HOL) — This
variable is used to include or remove a Holiday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then holidays will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on holidays. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
OCCUPIED FROM (PER.X→OCC) — This variable is used
to configure the start time of the Occupied period. All days in
the same period set to YES will enter into Occupied mode at
this time.
OCCUPIED TO (PER.X→UNC) — This variable is used to
configure the end time of the Occupied period. All days in the
same period set to YES will exit Occupied mode at this time.

TIME CLOCK CONFIGURATION
This section describes each Time Clock menu item. Not
every point will need to be configured for every unit. Refer to
the Controls Quick Start section for more information on what
set points need to be configured for different applications. The
Time Clock menu items are discussed in the same order that
they are displayed in the Time Clock table. The Time Clock
table is shown in Table 70.

Hour and Minute (HH.MM) — The hour and minute

of the time clock are displayed in 24-hour, military time. Time
can be adjusted manually by the user.
When connected to the CCN, the unit can be configured to
transmit time over the network or receive time from a network
device. All devices on the CCN should use the same time. Only
one device on the CCN should broadcast time or problems will
occur.

Month of Year (MNTH) — This variable is the current
month of the calendar year.

Day of Month (DOM) — This variable is the current

day (1 to 31) of the month.

Day of Week (DAY) — This variable is the current day
of the week (Monday through Sunday).
Year (YEAR) — This variable is the current year (for example, 2005).

Local Time Schedule (SCH.L) — This submenu is

Local Holiday Schedules (HOL.L) — This submenu

used to program the time schedules. There are 8 periods
(PER.1 through PER.8). Each time period can be used to set
up a local schedule for the unit. Refer to the Programming
Operating Schedules section on page 36 for more information.
MONDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→MON) — This variable is used to include or remove Monday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Monday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Monday.
This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
TUESDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→TUE) — This variable is used to include or remove Tuesday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Tuesday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Tuesday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
WEDNESDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→WED) —
This variable is used to include or remove Wednesday from the
schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time.
If this variable is set to YES, then Wednesday will be included
in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to
NO, then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used
on Wednesday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
THURSDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→THU) — This
variable is used to include or remove Thursday from the schedule. Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Thursday will be included in that
period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO,
then the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on
Thursday. This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.
FRIDAY IN PERIOD (PER.X→DAYS→FRI) — This variable is used to include or remove Friday from the schedule.
Each period is assigned an occupied on and off time. If this
variable is set to YES, then Friday will be included in that period’s occupied time schedule. If this variable is set to NO, then
the period’s occupied time schedule will not be used on Friday.
This variable can be set for Periods 1 through 8.

is used to program the local holiday schedules. Up to 30 holidays can be configured. When a holiday occurs, the unit will
follow the occupied schedules that have the HOLIDAY IN
PERIOD point set to YES.
Holiday Start Month (HD.01 to HD.30→ MON) — This is
the start month for the holiday. The numbers 1 to 12 correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Holiday Start Day (HD.01 to HD.30→DAY) — This is the
start day of the month for the holiday. The day can be set from
1 to 31.
Holdiay Duration (HD.01 to HD.30→LEN) — This is the
length in days of the holiday. The holiday can last up to 99
days.

Daylight Savings Time (DAY.S) — The daylight savings time function is used in applications where daylight
savings time occurs. The function will automatically correct
the clock on the days configured for daylight savings time.
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START (DS.ST) — This submenu
configures the start date and time for daylight savings.
Daylight Savings Start Month (DS.ST→ST.MN) — This is
the start month for daylight savings time. The numbers 1 to 12
correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
Daylight Savings Start Week (DS.ST→ST.WK) — This is
the start week of the month for daylight savings. The week can
be set from 1 to 5.
Daylight Savings Start Day (DS.ST→ST.DY) — This is the
start day of the week for daylight savings. The day can be set
from 1 to 7 (Sunday=1, Monday=2, etc.).
Daylight Savings Minutes To Add (DS.ST→MIN.A) — This
is the amount of time that will be added to the time clock for
daylight savings.
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS STOP (DS.SP) — This submenu configures the end date and time for daylight savings.
Daylight Savings Stop Month (DS.SP→SP.MN) — This is
the stop month for daylight savings time. The numbers 1 to 12
correspond to the months of the year (e.g., January = 1).
84

Table 70 — Time Clock Menu
ITEM
TIME
HH.MM
DATE
MNTH
DOM
DAY
YEAR
SCH.L
PER.1
PER.1→DAYS
PER.1→DAYS→MON
PER.1→DAYS→TUE
PER.1→DAYS→WED
PER.1→DAYS→THU
PER.1→DAYS→FRI
PER.1→DAYS→SAT
PER.1→DAYS→SUN
PER.1→DAYS→HOL
PER.1→OCC
PER.1→UNC
Repeat for periods 2-8
HOL.L
HD.01
HD.01→MON
HD.01→DAY
HD.01→LEN
Repeat for holidays 2-30
DAY.S
DS.ST
DS.ST→ST.MN
DS.ST→ST.WK
DS.ST→ST.DY
DS.ST→MIN.A
DS.SP
DS.SP→SP.MN
DS.SP→SP.WK
DS.SP→SP.DY
DS.SP→MIN.S

EXPANSION
TIME OF DAY
Hour and Minute
MONTH,DATE,DAY AND YEAR
Month of Year
Day of Month
Day of Week
Year
LOCAL TIME SCHEDULE
PERIOD 1
DAY FLAGS FOR PERIOD 1
Monday in Period
Tuesday in Period
Wednesday in Period
Thursday in Period
Friday in Period
Saturday in Period
Sunday in Period
Holiday in Period
Occupied from
Occupied to
LOCAL HOLIDAY SCHEDULES
HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 01
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (Days)

RANGE

DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Add
DAYLIGHTS SAVINGS STOP
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Subtract

POINT

DEFAULT

00:00

TIME

multi-text strings
0-31
multi-text strings
e.g. 2003

MOY
DOM
DOWDISP
YOCDISP

YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
00:00
00:00

PER1MON
PER1TUE
PER1WED
PER1THU
PER1FRI
PER1SAT
PER1SUN
PER1HOL
PER1_OCC
PER1_UNC

0-12
0-31
0-99

HOL_MON1
HOL_DAY1
HOL_LEN1

1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90

STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD

4
1
7
60

1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90

STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB

10
5
7
60

Period 1 only
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
00:00
24:00

Daylight Savings Stop Week (DS.SP→SP.WK) — This is
the stop week of the month for daylight savings. The week can
be set from 1 to 5.
Daylight Savings Stop Day (DS.SP→SP.DY) — This is the
stop day of the week for daylight savings. The day can be set
from 1 to 7 (Sunday=1, Monday=2, etc.).
Daylight Savings Minutes To Subtract (DS.SP→MIN.S) —
This is the amount of time that will be removed from the time
clock after daylight savings ends.

Service Analysis — Detailed service analysis can be

TROUBLESHOOTING

Thermistor Troubleshooting — The EDT, OAT,

found in Tables 71-73 and Fig. 13.

Restart Procedure — Before attempting to restart the

machine, check the alarm list to determine the cause of the
shutdown. If a shutdown alarm for a particular circuit has
occurred, determine and correct the cause before allowing the
unit to run under its own control again. When there is problem,
the unit should be diagnosed in Service Test mode. The alarms
must be reset before the circuit can operate in either Normal
mode or Service Test mode.
RAT, LAT, T55, T56, and T58 space temperature sensors use
10K thermistors. Resistances at various temperatures are listed
in Tables 74 and 75.
THERMISTOR/TEMPERATURE SENSOR CHECK — A
high quality digital volt-ohmmeter is required to perform this
check.
1. Connect the digital voltmeter across the appropriate thermistor terminals at the J8 terminal strip on the main base
board.
2. Using the voltage reading obtained, read the sensor temperature from Tables 74 and 75.
3. To check thermistor accuracy, measure temperature at
probe location with an accurate thermocouple-type
temperature-measuring instrument. Insulate thermocouple to avoid ambient temperatures from influencing
reading. Temperature measured by thermocouple and
temperature determined from thermistor voltage reading
should be within 5° F (3° C) if care was taken in applying
thermocouple and taking readings.
If a more accurate check is required, unit must be shut down
and thermistor removed and checked at a known temperature
(freezing point or boiling point of water) using either voltage
drop measured across thermistor at the J8 terminal, or by

The scrolling marquee display shows the actual operating
conditions of the unit while it is running. If there are alarms or
there have been alarms, they will be displayed in either the current alarm list or the history alarm list. The Service Test mode
allows operation of the compressors, fans, and other components to be checked while the unit is not operating.

Complete Unit Stoppage — There are several conditions that can cause the unit to not provide heating or cooling.
If an alarm is active which causes the unit to shut down,
diagnose the problem using the information provided in
the Alarms and Alerts section on page 94, but also check for
the following:
• Cooling and heating loads are satisfied.
• Programmed schedule.
• General power failure.
• Tripped control circuit transformers circuit breakers.
• Tripped compressor circuit breakers.
• Unit is turned off through the CCN network.
Single Circuit Stoppage — If a single circuit stops
incorrectly, there are several possible causes. The problem
should be investigated using information from the alarm and
alert list.
85

determining the resistance with unit shut down and thermistor
disconnected from J8. Compare the values determined with the
value read by the control in the Temperatures mode using the
scrolling marquee display.

pressure of circuits A and B. The pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are in shown in Tables 76 and 77. The
accuracy of these transducers can be verified by connecting an
accurate pressure gage to the second refrigerant port in the
suction line.

Transducer Troubleshooting — The electronic control uses 2 suction pressure transducers to measure the suction

Table 71 — Cooling Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Compressor and Fan Will Not
Start.

CAUSE
Power failure.
Fuse blown or circuit breaker tripped. Check CB1,
CB2, and CB3.
Disconnect off.
Compressor time guard to prevent short cycling.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not calling for Cooling.
Outdoor temperature too low.

REMEDY
Call power company.
Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker.
Power disconnect.
Check using ComfortLink™ scrolling marquee.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.

Check Compressor Lockout Temperature (MC.LO)
using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Active alarm.
Check active alarms using ComfortLink scrolling
marquee.
Compressor Cycles (Other Than Insufficient line voltage.
Determine cause and correct.
Normally Satisfying Thermostat). Active alarm.
Check active alarms using ComfortLink scrolling
marquee.
Compressors Operates
Unit undersized for load.
Decrease load or increase of size of unit.
Continuously.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point too low. Reset thermostat or schedule set point.
Dirty air filters.
Replace filters.
Low refrigerant charge.
Check pressure, locate leak, repair evacuate, and
recharge.
Condenser coil dirty or restricted.
Clean coil or remove restriction.
Excessive Head Pressures.
Loose condenser thermistors.
Tighten thermistors.
Dirty condenser coil.
Clean coil.
Refrigerant overcharge.
Recover excess refrigerant.
Faulty TXV.
1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to
suction line and insulate.
2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or
closed.
Condenser air restricted or air short cycling.
Determine cause and correct.
Restriction in liquid tube.
Remove restriction.
Condenser Fans Not Operating. No Power to contactors.
Fuse blown or plug at motor loose.
Excessive Suction Pressure.
High heat load.
Check for sources and eliminate
Faulty TXV.
1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to
suction line and insulate.
2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or
closed.
Refrigerant overcharged.
Recover excess refrigerant.
Suction Pressure Too Low.
Dirty air filters.
Replace air filters.
Low refrigerant charge.
Check for leaks, repair, and recharge.
Faulty TXV.
1. Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to
suction line and insulate.
2. Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or
closed.
Insufficient evaporator airflow.
Check belt tension. Check for other restrictions.
Temperature too low in conditioned area (low return- Reset thermostat or occupancy schedule.
air temperature).
LEGEND
CB — Circuit Breaker
TXV — Thermostatic Expansion Valve

Table 72 — Gas Heating Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Burners Will Not Ignite.

CAUSE
Active alarm.
No power to unit.
No power to IGC (Integrated Gas Control).
Heaters off due to time guard to prevent short
cycling.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not
calling for Cooling.
No gas at main burners.

Inadequate Heating.

Water in gas line.
Dirty air filters.
Gas input too low.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point only
calling for W1.
Unit undersized for load.
Restricted airflow.
Too much outdoor air.
Limit switch cycles main burners.

Poor Flame Characteristics.

Incomplete combustion (lack of combustion air)
results in: Aldehyde odors, CO, sooting flame, or
floating flame.

Burners Will Not Turn Off.

Unit is in Minimum on-time.
Unit running in Service Test Mode.

REMEDY
Check active alarms using ComfortLink™ scrolling
marquee.
Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
Check fuses and plugs.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Check gas line for air and purge as necessary. After purging gas line of air, allow gas to dissipate for at least 5 minutes before attempting to re-light unit.
Drain water and install drip.
Replace air filters.
Check gas pressure at manifold. Refer to gas valve adjustment in Installation, Start-up, and Service Manual.
Allow time for W2 to energize.
Decrease load or increase of size of unit.
Remove restriction.
Check economizer position and configuration. Adjust minimum position using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Check rotation of blower, thermostat heat anticipator settings, and temperature rise of unit. Adjust as needed.
Check all screws around flue outlets and burner compartment. Tighten as necessary.
Cracked heat exchanger, replace.
Unit is over-fired, reduce input. Adjust gas line or manifold
pressure.
Check vent for restriction. Clean as necessary.
Check orifice to burner alignment.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.

Table 73 — Electric Heat Service Analysis
PROBLEM
No Heat.

CAUSE
Power failure.
Fuse blown or circuit breaker tripped. Check CB1,
CB2, and CB3.
Thermostat occupancy schedule set point not calling for Heating.
No 24 vac at primary contactor.
No power (high voltage) to L2 of primary contactor.
Bad electrical elements.

REMEDY
Call power company.
Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker.
Check using ComfortLink scrolling marquee.
Check transformer and circuit breaker.
Check safety switches “one-shot” backup and auto limit.
Power off unit and remove high voltage wires. Check resistance of heater, replace if open.

Table 74 — 10K Thermistor vs Resistance (T55, T56, OAT, RAT, EDT, LAT Sensors) (F)
TEMP
(F)
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
4.758
4.750
4.741
4.733
4.724
4.715
4.705
4.696
4.686
4.676
4.665
4.655
4.644
4.633
4.621
4.609
4.597
4.585
4.572
4.560
4.546
4.533
4.519
4.505
4.490
4.476
4.461
4.445
4.429
4.413
4.397
4.380
4.363
4.346
4.328
4.310
4.292
4.273
4.254
4.235
4.215
4.195
4.174
4.153
4.132
4.111
4.089
4.067
4.044
4.021
3.998
3.975
3.951
3.927
3.903
3.878
3.853
3.828
3.802
3.776
3.750
3.723
3.697
3.670
3.654
3.615
3.587
3.559
3.531
3.503
3.474
3.445
3.416
3.387
3.357
3.328
3.298
3.268
3.238
3.208
3.178
3.147
3.117
3.086
3.056
3.025

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
196,453
189,692
183,300
177,000
171,079
165,238
159,717
154,344
149,194
144,250
139,443
134,891
130,402
126,183
122,018
118,076
114,236
110,549
107,006
103,558
100,287
97,060
94,020
91,019
88,171
85,396
82,729
80,162
77,662
75,286
72,940
70,727
68,542
66,465
64,439
62,491
60,612
58,781
57,039
55,319
53,693
52,086
50,557
49,065
47,627
46,240
44,888
43,598
42,324
41,118
39,926
38,790
37,681
36,610
35,577
34,569
33,606
32,654
31,752
30,860
30,009
29,177
28,373
27,597
26,838
26,113
25,396
24,715
24,042
23,399
22,770
22,161
21,573
20,998
20,447
19,903
19,386
18,874
18,384
17,904
17,441
16,991
16,552
16,131
15,714
15,317

TEMP
(F)
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.994
2.963
2.932
2.901
2.870
2.839
2.808
2.777
2.746
2.715
2.684
2.653
2.622
2.592
2.561
2.530
2.500
2.470
2.439
2.409
2.379
2.349
2.319
2.290
2.260
2.231
2.202
2.173
2.144
2.115
2.087
2.059
2.030
2.003
1.975
1.948
1.921
1.894
1.867
1.841
1.815
1.789
1.763
1.738
1.713
1.688
1.663
1.639
1.615
1.591
1.567
1.544
1.521
1.498
1.475
1.453
1.431
1.409
1.387
1.366
1.345
1.324
1.304
1.284
1.264
1.244
1.225
1.206
1.187
1.168
1.150
1.132
1.114
1.096
1.079
1.062
1.045
1.028
1.012
0.996
0.980
0.965
0.949
0.934
0.919
0.905

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
14,925
14,549
14,180
13,824
13,478
13,139
12,814
12,493
12,187
11,884
11,593
11,308
11,031
10,764
10,501
10,249
10,000
9,762
9,526
9,300
9,078
8,862
8,653
8,448
8,251
8,056
7,869
7,685
7,507
7,333
7,165
6,999
6,838
6,683
6,530
6,383
6,238
6,098
5,961
5,827
5,698
5,571
5,449
5,327
5,210
5,095
4,984
4,876
4,769
4,666
4,564
4,467
4,370
4,277
4.185
4,096
4,008
3,923
3,840
3,759
3,681
3,603
3,529
3,455
3,383
3,313
3,244
3,178
3,112
3,049
2,986
2,926
2,866
2,809
2,752
2,697
2,643
2,590
2,539
2,488
2,439
2,391
2,343
2,297
2,253
2,209

TEMP
(F)
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.890
0.876
0.862
0.848
0.835
0.821
0.808
0.795
0.782
0.770
0.758
0.745
0.733
0.722
0.710
0.699
0.687
0.676
0.666
0.655
0.645
0.634
0.624
0.614
0.604
0.595
0.585
0.576
0.567
0.558
0.549
0.540
0.532
0.523
0.515
0.507
0.499
0.491
0.483
0.476
0.468
0.461
0.454
0.447
0.440
0.433
0.426
0.419
0.413
0.407
0.400
0.394
0.388
0.382
0.376
0.370
0.365
0.359
0.354
0.349
0.343
0.338
0.333
0.328
0.323
0.318
0.314
0.309
0.305
0.300
0.296
0.292
0.288
0.284
0.279
0.275
0.272
0.268
0.264

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,166
2,124
2,083
2,043
2,003
1,966
1,928
1,891
1,855
1,820
1,786
1,752
1,719
1,687
1,656
1,625
1,594
1,565
1,536
1,508
1,480
1,453
1,426
1,400
1,375
1,350
1,326
1,302
1,278
1,255
1,233
1,211
1,190
1,169
1,148
1,128
1,108
1,089
1,070
1,052
1,033
1,016
998
981
964
947
931
915
900
885
870
855
841
827
814
800
787
774
762
749
737
725
714
702
691
680
670
659
649
639
629
620
610
601
592
583
574
566
557

Table 75 — 10K Thermistor vs Resistance (T55, T56, OAT, RAT, EDT, LAT Sensor) (C)
TEMP
(C)
–32
–31
–30
–29
–28
–27
–26
–25
–24
–23
–22
–21
–20
–19
–18
–17
–16
–15
–14
–13
–12
–11
–10
–9
–8
–7
–6
–5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
4.762
4.748
4.733
4.716
4.700
4.682
4.663
4.644
4.624
4.602
4.580
4.557
4.533
4.508
4.482
4.455
4.426
4.397
4.367
4.335
4.303
4.269
4.235
4.199
4.162
4.124
4.085
4.044
4.003
3.961
3.917
3.873
3.828
3.781
3.734
3.686
3.637
3.587
3,537
3.485
3.433
3.381
3.328
3.274
3.220
3.165
3.111

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
200,510
188,340
177,000
166,342
156,404
147,134
138,482
130,402
122,807
115,710
109,075
102,868
97,060
91,588
86,463
81,662
77,162
72,940
68,957
65,219
61,711
58,415
55,319
52,392
49,640
47,052
44,617
42,324
40,153
38,109
36,182
34,367
32,654
31,030
29,498
28,052
26,686
25,396
24,171
23,013
21,918
20,883
19,903
18,972
18,090
17,255
16,474

TEMP
(C)
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
3.056
3.000
2.944
2.889
2.833
2.777
2.721
2.666
2.610
2.555
2.500
2.445
2.391
2.337
2.284
2.231
2.178
2.127
2.075
2.025
1.975
1.926
1.878
1.830
1.784
1.738
1.692
1.648
1.605
1.562
1.521
1.480
1.439
1.400
1.362
1.324
1.288
1.252
1.217
1.183
1.150
1.117
1.086
1.055
1.025
0.996
0.968

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
15,714
15,000
14,323
13,681
13,071
12,493
11,942
11,418
10,921
10,449
10,000
9,571
9,164
8,776
8,407
8,056
7,720
7,401
7,096
6,806
6,530
6,266
6,014
5,774
5,546
5,327
5,117
4,918
4,727
4,544
4,370
4,203
4,042
3,889
3,743
3,603
3,469
3,340
3,217
3,099
2,986
2,878
2,774
2,675
2,579
2,488
2,400

TEMP
(C)
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.940
0.913
0.887
0.862
0.837
0.813
0.790
0.767
0.745
0.724
0.703
0.683
0.663
0.645
0.626
0.608
0.591
0.574
0.558
0.542
0.527
0.512
0.497
0.483
0.470
0.457
0.444
0.431
0.419
0.408
0.396
0.386
0.375
0.365
0.355
0.345
0.336
0.327
0.318
0.310
0.302
0.294
0.287
0.279
0.272
0.265

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,315
2,235
2,157
2,083
2,011
1,943
1,876
1,813
1,752
1,693
1,637
1,582
1,530
1,480
1,431
1,385
1,340
1,297
1,255
1,215
1,177
1,140
1,104
1,070
1,037
1,005
974
944
915
889
861
836
811
787
764
742
721
700
680
661
643
626
609
592
576
561

Table 76 — Suction Pressure Transducer Pressure (psig) vs Voltage (SSP-A, SSP-B)
PRESSURE
(PSIG)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.290
0.324
0.357
0.391
0.425
0.458
0.492
0.526
0.560
0.593
0.627
0.661
0.694
0.728
0.762
0.795
0.829
0.863
0.897
0.930
0.964
0.998
1.031
1.065
1.099
1.132
1.166
1.200
1.234
1.267
1.301
1.335
1.368
1.402

PRESSURE
(PSIG)
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.436
1.470
1.503
1.537
1.571
1.604
1.638
1.672
1.705
1.739
1.773
1.807
1.840
1.874
1.908
1.941
1.975
2.009
2.042
2.076
2.110
2.144
2.177
2.211
2.245
2.278
2.312
2.346
2.380
2.413
2.447
2.481
2.514
2.548

PRESSURE
(PSIG)
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.582
2.615
2.649
2.683
2.717
2.750
2.784
2.818
2.851
2.885
2.919
2.952
2.986
3.020
3.054
3.087
3.121
3.155
3.188
3.222
3.256
3.290
3.323
3.357
3.391
3.424
3.458
3.492
3.525
3.559
3.593
3.627
3.660
3.694

PRESSURE
(PSIG)
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
3.728
3.761
3.795
3.829
3.862
3.896
3.930
3.964
3.997
4.031
4.065
4.098
4.132
4.166
4.200
4.233
4.267
4.301
4.334
4.368
4.402
4.435
4.469
4.503
4.537
4.570
4.604
4.638
4.671
4.705
4.739
4.772
4.806
4.840

Run Status Menu — The Run Status menu provides the
user important information about the unit. The Run Status table
can be used to troubleshoot problems and to help determine
how and why the unit is operating.
AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS — The Auto View of Run
Status display table provides the most important unit information. The HVAC Mode (Run Status→VIEW→ HVAC) informs the user what HVAC mode the unit is currently in. Refer
to the Modes section on page 40 for information on HVAC
modes. The occupied status, unit temperatures, unit set points,
and stage information can also be shown. See Table 78.
Run Status→VIEW→HVAC — Displays the current HVAC
Mode(s) by name. HVAC Modes include:

Table 77 — Discharge Pressure
Transducer Pressure (psig) vs Voltage
PRESSURE VOLTAGE DROP
(psig)
(v)
0
0.466
10
0.564
20
0.663
30
0.761
40
0.860
50
0.958
60
1.056
70
1.155
80
1.253
90
1.352
100
1.450
110
1.549
120
1.647
130
1.745
140
1.844
150
1.942
160
2.041
170
2.139
180
2.238
190
2.336
200
2.434
210
2.533
220
2.631
230
2.730
240
2.828
250
2.927
260
3.025
270
3.124
280
3.222
290
3.320
300
3.419
310
3.517
320
3.616
330
3.714
340
3.813
350
3.911
360
4.009
370
4.108
380
4.206
390
4.305
400
4.403
410
4.502
420
4.600

OFF
VENT
HIGH HEAT
STARTING UP
HIGH COOL
FIRE SHUT DOWN
SHUTTING DOWN
LOW COOL
PRESSURIZATION
DISABLED
UNOCC FREE COOL EVACUATION
SOFTSTOP REQUEST TEMPERING HICOOL SMOKE PURGE
REM SW DISABLE
TEMPERING LOCOOLDEHUMIDIFICATION
COMP STUCK ON
TEMPERING VENT
RE-HEAT
TEST
LOW HEAT

Run Status→VIEW→OCC — Displays the current occupancy status of the control.
Run Status→VIEW→MAT — Displays the current value for
mixed-air temperature. This value is calculated based on
return-air and outside-air temperatures and economizer damper
position.
Run Status→VIEW→EDT — Displays the current evaporator discharge air temperature during Cooling modes. This value
is read at the supply air thermistor location (or at cooling coil
thermistor array if unit is equipped with hydronic heating coil).
Run Status→VIEW→LAT — Displays the current leavingair temperature during Vent and Hydronic Heating modes. This
value is read at the supply air thermistor location.
Run Status→VIEW→EC.C.P — Displays the current economizer control point value (a target value for air temperature
leaving the evaporator coil location).
Run Status→VIEW→ECN.P — Displays the current actual
economizer position (in percentage open).
Run Status→VIEW→EC2.P — Displays the current position of actuator no. 2 (in percentage open).
Run Status→VIEW→CL.C.P — Displays the current cooling control point (a target value for air temperature leaving the
evaporator coil location).
Run Status→VIEW→C.CAP — Displays the current
amount of unit cooling capacity (in percent of maximum).
Compare to staging tables in Appendix C.
Run Status→VIEW→CL.ST — Displays the current number
of requested cooling stages. Compare to staging tables in
Appendix C and to C.CAP above.
Run Status→VIEW→HT.C.P — Displays the current heating control point, for use with staged gas control option only (a
target value for air temperature leaving the supply duct).
Run Status→VIEW→HT.ST — Displays the current number
of heating stages active (for staged gas control option only).
Compare to following point.
Run Status→VIEW→H.MAX — Displays the maximum
number of heat stages available for this model.

Forcing Inputs and Outputs — Many of variables
may be forced both from the CCN and directly at the local
display. This can be useful during diagnostic testing and also
during operation, typically as part of an advanced third party
control scheme. Please see Appendix A and B.
NOTE: In the case of a power reset, any force levels in effect
at the time of the power reset will be cleared.
CONTROL LEVEL FORCING — If any of the following
points are forced with a priority level of 7 (consult CCN literature for a description of priority levels), the software clears the
force from the point if it has not been written to or forced again
within the timeout periods defined below:
Temperatures→AIR.T→OAT
Temperatures→AIR.T→RAT
Temperatures→AIR.T→SPT
Inputs→RSET→SP.RS
Inputs→REL.H→OA.RH
Inputs→AIR.Q→OAQ

Outside Air Temperature
Return Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Static Pressure Reset
Outside Air Relative Humidity
Outside Air Quality

30 minutes
3 minutes
3 minutes
30 minutes
30 minutes
30 minutes

IDM —
IGC —

LEGEND
Induced-Draft Motor
Integrated Gas Unit Controller

NOTE: Thermostat Fan Switch in the
“AUTO” position.

Fig. 13 — IGC Service Analysis Logic

Table 78 — Auto View of Run Status Display Table
ITEM
VIEW
→HVAC
→OCC
→MAT
→EDT
→LAT
→EC.C.P
→ECN.P
→EC2.P
→CL.C.P
→C.CAP
→CL.ST
→HT.C.P
→HT.ST
→H.MAX

RANGE

UNITS

YES/NO

0-100
0-100

dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
dF
dF

POINT
string
OCCUPIED
MAT
EDT
LAT
ECONCPNT
ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
COOLCPNT
CAPTOTAL
CL_STAGE
HEATCPNT
HT_STAGE
HTMAXSTG

WRITE STATUS
forcible

R.PCT = (MAT – EDT)/C.CAP
Cap Deadband Subtracting (Y.MIN) — This is a control variable used for Low Temp Override (L.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.MIN = –SUB.R*0.4375
Cap Deadband Adding (Y.PLU) — This is a control variable
used for High Temp Override (H.TMP) and Slow Change
Override (SLOW).
Y.PLU = –ADD.R*0.4375
Cap Threshold Subtracting (Z.MIN) — This parameter is
used in the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.MIN = Configuration→COOL→Z.GN * (–10 + (4*
(–SUB.R))) * 0.6
Cap Threshold Adding (Z.PLU) — This parameter is used in
the calculation of SMZ and is calculated as follows:
Z.PLU = Configuration→COOL→Z.GN * (10 + (4*
(–ADD.R))) * 0.6
High Temp Cap Override (H.TMP) — If stages of mechanical cooling are on and the error is greater than twice Y.PLU,
and the rate of change of error is greater than 0.5° F, then a
stage of mechanical cooling will be added every 30 seconds.
This override is intended to react to situations where the load
rapidly increases.
Low Temp Cap Override (L.TMP) — If the error is less than
twice Y.MIN, and the rate of change of error is less than
–0.5° F, then a mechanical stage will be removed every 30 seconds. This override is intended to quickly react to situations
where the load is rapidly reduced.
Pull Down Cap Override (PULL) — If the error from set
point is above 4° F, and the rate of change is less than –1° F per
minute, then pulldown is in effect, and “SUM” is set to 0. This
keeps mechanical cooling stages from being added when the
error is very large, but there is no load in the space. Pulldown
for units is expected to rarely occur, but is included for the rare
situation when it is needed. Most likely pulldown will occur
when mechanical cooling first becomes available shortly after
the control goes into an occupied mode (after a warm unoccupied mode).
Slow Change Cap Override (SLOW) — With a rooftop unit,
the design rise at 100% total unit capacity is generally around
30° F. For a unit with 4 stages, each stage represents about
7.5° F of change to EDT. If stages could reliably be cycled at
very fast rates, the set point could be maintained very precisely.
Since it is not desirable to cycle compressors more than 6 cycles per hour, slow change override takes care of keeping the
PID under control when “relatively” close to set point.
MODE TRIP HELPER — The Mode Trip Helper table provides information on the unit modes and when the modes start
and stop. See Table 81. This information can be used to help
determine why the unit is in the current mode.

ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS — The Economizer Run Status
display table provides information about the economizer and can
be used to troubleshoot economizer problems. See Table 79. The
current position, commanded position, and whether the economizer is active can be displayed. All the disabling conditions
for the economizer and outside air information is also displayed.
COOLING INFORMATION — The Cooling Information run
status display table provides information on the cooling operation of the unit. See Table 80.
Current Running Capacity (C.CAP) — This variable represents the amount of capacity currently running as a percent.
Current Cool Stage (CUR.S) — This variable represents the
cool stage currently running.
Requested Cool Stage (REQ.S) — This variable represents
the requested cool stage. Cooling relay timeguards in place
may prevent the requested cool stage from matching the
current cool stage.
Maximum Cool Stages (MAX.S) — This variable is the maximum number of cooling stages the control is configured for
and capable of controlling.
Active Demand Limit (DEM.L) — If demand limit is active,
this variable will represent the amount of capacity that the
control is currently limited to.
Capacity Load Factor (SMZ) — This factor builds up or
down over time (–100 to +100) and is used as the means of adding or subtracting a cooling stage during run time. It is a normalized representation of the relationship between “Sum” and
“Z”. See the SUMZ Cooling Algorithm section on page 50.
Next Stage EDT Decrease (ADD.R) — This variable represents (if adding a stage of cooling) how much the temperature
should drop in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and how much additional capacity is to be added.
ADD.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after adding a cooling stage)
For example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be adding 20% cooling capacity by taking the next step up, 0.2 times
20 = 4 F ADD.R
Next Stage EDT Increase (SUB.R) — This variable represents (if subtracting a stage of cooling) how much the temperature should rise in degrees depending on the R.PCT calculation
and how much capacity is to be subtracted.
SUB.R = R.PCT * (C.CAP – capacity after subtracting a
cooling stage)
For Example: If R.PCT = 0.2 and the control would be
subtracting 30% capacity by taking the next step down,
0.2 times –30 = –6 F SUB.R.
Rise Per Percent Capacity (R.PCT) — This is a real time calculation that represents the amount of degrees of drop/rise
across the evaporator coil versus percent of current running
capacity.

Table 79 — Economizer Run Status Display Table
ITEM
ECON
→ECN.P
→EC2.P
→ECN.C
→ACTV
→DISA
→DISA→UNV.1
→DISA→UNV.2
→DISA→ENTH
→DISA→DBC
→DISA→DEW
→DISA→DDBC
→DISA→OAEC
→DISA→DEC
→DISA→EDT
→DISA→OAT
→DISA→FORC
→DISA→SFON
→DISA→CLOF
→DISA→OAQL
→DISA→HELD
→DISA→DH.DS
→O.AIR
→O.AIR→OAT
→O.AIR→OA.RH
→O.AIR→OA.E
→O.AIR→OA.D.T

EXPANSION
ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economzr2 Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Active ?
ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Econ2 Act. Unavailable?
Enth. Switch Read High ?
DBC - OAT Lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout?
DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer Forced ?
Supply Fan Not On 30s ?
Cool Mode Not In Effect?
OAQ Lockout in Effect ?
Econ Recovery Hold Off?
Dehumid. Disabled Econ.?
OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outside Air Enthalpy
OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp

RANGE
0-100
0-100
0-100
YES/NO

UNITS
%
%
%

POINT
ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
ECONOCMD
ECACTIVE

YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO

WRITE STATUS

forcible

ECONUNAV
ECN2UNAV
ENTH
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
DHDISABL
dF
%

OAT
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP

forcible
forcible

Table 80 — Cooling Information Display Table
ITEM
COOL
→C.CAP
→CUR.S
→REQ.S
→MAX.S
→DEM.L
→SUMZ
→SUMZ→SMZ
→SUMZ→ADD.R
→SUMZ→SUB.R
→SUMZ→R.PCT
→SUMZ→Y.MIN
→SUMZ→Y.PLU
→SUMZ→Z.MIN
→SUMZ→Z.PLU
→SUMZ→H.TMP
→SUMZ→L.TMP
→SUMZ→PULL
→SUMZ→SLOW

RANGE

UNITS
%

CAPTOTAL
COOL_STG
CL_STAGE
CLMAXSTG
DEM_LIM

%
-100 → +100

POINT

WRITE STATUS

forcible

SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG

^F
^F

Table 81 — Mode Trip Helper Display Table
ITEM
TRIP
→UN.C.S
→UN.C.E
→OC.C.S
→OC.C.E
→TEMP
→OC.H.E
→OC.H.S
→UN.H.E
→UN.H.S
→HVAC

RANGE

UNITS

POINT

WRITE STATUS

UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
string

COMPRESSOR STARTS DISPLAY TABLE — The Compressor Starts Display Table displays the number of starts for
each compressor. See Table 84.
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS DISPLAY TABLE —
The Software Version Numbers Display Table displays the
software version numbers of the unit boards and devices. See
Table 85.

CCN/LINKAGE DISPLAY TABLE — The CCN/Linkage
display table provides information on unit linkage. See Table 82.
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS DISPLAY TABLE — The
Compressor Run Hours Display Table displays the number of
run time hours for each compressor. See Table 83.

Table 82 — CCN/Linkage Display Table
ITEM
LINK
→MODE
→L.Z.T
→L.C.SP
→L.H.SP

EXPANSION
CCN - LINKAGE
Linkage Active - CCN
Linkage Zone Control Tmp
Linkage Curr. Cool Setpt
Linkage Curr. Heat Setpt

RANGE

UNITS

POINT

ON/OFF

WRITE STATUS

MODELINK
LZT
LCSP
LHSP

dF
dF
dF

Table 83 — Compressor Run Hours Display Table
ITEM
HRS
→HR.A1
→HR.A2
→HR.B1
→HR.B2

EXPANSION
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor B2 Run Hours

RANGE
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999

UNITS

POINT

HRS
HRS
HRS
HRS

HOURS_A1
HOURS_A2
HOURS_B1
HOURS_B2

WRITE STATUS
config
config
config
config

Table 84 — Compressor Starts Display Table
ITEM
STRT
→ST.A1
→ST.A2
→ST.B1
→ST.B2

EXPANSION
COMPRESSOR STARTS
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor B2 Starts

RANGE
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999

UNITS

POINT
CY_A1
CY_A2
CY_B1
CY_B2

WRITE STATUS
config
config
config
config

Table 85 — Software Version Numbers Display Table
ITEM
VERS
→MBB
→RCB
→ECB
→SCB
→CEM
→ECON
→IGV
→HUMD
→HEAT
→BP1
→BP2
→MARQ
→NAVI

EXPANSION
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS
CESR131292-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131226-xx-xx
CESR131174-xx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
CESR131171-xx-xx
CESR130227-xx-xx

RANGE

UNITS

POINT

WRITE STATUS

string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string

In addition, the compressors have several diagnostics
monitoring the safety of the system which may cause a
number of attempts to be re-tried before locking out the system
from operation. This feature reduces the likelihood of false
alarms causing a properly working system to be shutdown incorrectly.
For the compressor and circuit diagnostics, some of these
alerts/alarms will not broadcast an initial failure to the CCN
network until all attempts to recover have occurred and failed.
These alerts will be accessible in the alarm history of the
control (Alarms→HIST).
All the alarms and alerts are summarized in Table 86.

Alarms and Alerts — There are a variety of different
alerts and alarms in the system.
T — Alert: Part of the unit is down, but the unit is still partially able to provide cooling or heating.
A — Alarm: The unit is down and is unable to provide cooling or heating.
All alarms are displayed with a code of AXXX or TXXX
where XXX is the alarm/alert number. All alerts start with “T”
and all alarms start with “A”. The response of the control system to various alerts and alarms depends on the seriousness of
the particular alert or alarm. In the mildest case, an alert does
not affect the operation of the unit in any manner.

ALARM OR
ALERT NUMBER
T051
A051
T052
A052
T055
A055
T056
A056
T057
T058
T072
T073
T074
T075
T076
T077
T078
T082
T090
T091
T092
T093
T094
T095
T130
T131
T132
T133
T134
T135
T136
T137
T138
T139
T140
T141
A150
A152
T153
A154
T155
A156
A157
A171
T172
A173
A174
T177
T178
A200
T210
T211
T220
T221
T229
T245
T246
T247
T300
T301
T302
T303
T304
T305
T308
T309
DESCRIPTION

Circuit A, Compressor 1 Failure
Circuit A, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure
Circuit A, Compressor 2 Failure
Circuit A, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure
Circuit B, Compressor 1 Failure
Circuit B, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure
Circuit B, Compressor 2 Failure
Circuit B, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure
Circuit A, High Pressure Switch Failure
Circuit B, High Pressure Switch Failure
Evap. Discharge Reset Sensor Failure
Outside Air Temperature Thermistor Failure
Space Temperature Thermistor Failure
Return Air Thermistor Failure
Outside Air Relative Humidity Sensor Fail
Space Relative Humidity Sensor Failure
Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor Fail
Space Temperature Offset Sensor Failure
Circ A Discharge Press Transducer Failure
Circ B Discharge Press Transducer Failure
Circ A Suction Press Transducer Failure
Circ B Suction Press Transducer Failure
Circ A Discharge Press exceeded 440 psig
Circ B Discharge Press exceeded 440 psig
Low Suction Pressure Circuit A
Low Suction Pressure Circuit B
High Suction Pressure Circuit A
High Suction Pressure Circuit B
High Discharge Pressure Circuit A
High Discharge Pressure Circuit B
Compressor A1 low differential pressure
Compressor A2 low differential pressure
Compressor B1 low differential pressure
Compressor B2 low differential pressure
Circ A Max Diff Operating Press Exceeded
Circ B Max Diff Operating Press Exceeded
Unit is in Emergency Stop
Unit Down due to Failure
Real Time Clock Hardware Failure
Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure
Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error
Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Fail Error
A/D Hardware Failure
Staged Gas Control Board Comm Failure
Control Expansion Module Comm Failure
RCB board Communication Failure
ECB board Communication Failure
4-20 mA Demand Limit Failure
4-20 mA Static Pressure Reset Fail
Linkage Timeout Error - Comm Failure
Building Pressure Transducer Failure
Static Pressure Transducer Failure
Indoor Air Quality Sensor Failure
Outdoor Air Quality Sensor Failure
Economizer Min Pos Override Input Failure
Outside Air Cfm Sensor Failure
Supply Air Cfm Sensor Failure
Return Air Cfm Sensor Failure
Space Temperature Below Limit
Space Temperature Above Limit
Supply Temperature Below Limit
Supply Temperature Above Limit
Return Temperature Below Limit
Return Temperature Above Limit
Return Air Relative Humidity Below Limit
Return Air Relative Humidity Above Limit

Compressor locked off (after 3 strikes)
Compressor locked off
Compressor locked off (after 3 strikes)
Compressor locked off
Compressor locked off (after 3 strikes)
Compressor locked off
Compressor locked off (after 3 strikes)
Compressor locked off
Compressor locked off
Compressor locked off
No supply air reset applied
No OAT functions allowed
No SPT functions allowed
No RAT functions allowed
No outside air RH functions allowed
No space RH functions allowed
No return air RH functions allowed
No space temperature offset applied
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Circuit staged down
Circuit staged down
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Circuit staged down
Circuit staged down
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Circuit shut down
Unit shut down
No mechanical cooling available
Unit shut down
Unit shut down
Alert only
Unit shut down
Unit shut down
Staged gas control disabled
All CEM board functions disabled
Unit shut down
Unit shut down
No demand limiting
No static pressure reset
Resorts to local unit setpoints
No building pressure control function
No static pressure control
No IAQ control
OAQ defaults to 400 ppm
Operate without override
No OA CFM control
Unit shut down
Unit shut down
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROL

Table 86 — Alert and Alarm Codes
RESET METHOD
Automatic then manual after 3 strikes
Manual
Automatic then manual after 3 strikes
Manual
Automatic then manual after 3 strikes
Manual
Automatic then manual after 3 strikes
Manual
Automatic then manual
Automatic then manual
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Manual
Manual
Automatic then manual after 3 strikes
Automatic then manual after 3 strikes
Automatic then manual after 3 strikes
Automatic then manual after 3 strikes
Automatic then manual after 3 strikes
Automatic then manual after 3 strikes
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic

ALARM OR
ALERT NUMBER
T310
T311
T312
T313
T314
T316
T317
A400
A404
A405
A406
A407
T408
T409
A409
T421
T422
T423
T424
T430
A430
T500
T501
T502
T503
T610
T611
T612
T613
T614
A620
A621
T622
A623
A624
T630
T631
T632
T633
T634
A640
A641
T642
A643
A644
A650
A651
T652
A653
A654
A660
A661
T662
A663
A664
T670
T671
T672
T673
T674
A700
T701
T702
T703
A704
T705
A706
DESCRIPTION

Supply Duct Static Pressure Below Limit
Supply Duct Static Pressure Above Limit
Building Static Pressure Below Limit
Building Static Pressure Above Limit
IAQ Above Limit
OAT Below Limit
OAT Above Limit
Hydronic Freeze Stat Trip
Fire Shut Down Emergency Mode (fire-smoke)
Evacuation Emergency Mode
Pressurization Emergency Mode
Smoke Purge Emergency Mode
Dirty Air Filter
Supply Fan Status Failure
Supply Fan Status Failure
Thermostat Y2 Input On without Y1 On
Thermostat W2 Input On without W1 On
Thermostat Y and W Inputs On
Thermostat G Input Off On a Cooling Call
Plenum Pressure Safety Switch Trip
Plenum Pressure Safety Switch Trip
Current Sensor Board Failure - A1
Current Sensor Board Failure - A2
Current Sensor Board Failure - B1
Current Sensor Board Failure - B2
Economizer Actuator Out of Calibration
Economizer Actuator Comm Failure
Economizer Actuator Control Range Increased
Econ Actuator Overload, Setpt Not Reached
Econ Actuator Comm Fail, Daughter Brd-MFT
IGV Actuator Out of Calibration
IGV Actuator Communication Failure
IGV Actuator Control Range Increased
IGV Actuator Overload, Setpnt Not Reached
IGV Actuator Comm Fail, Daughter Board-MFT
Humidifier Actuator Out of Calibration
Humidifier Actuator Communication Failure
Humidifier Actuator Control Range Increased
Humidifier Act Overload, Setpt Not Reached
Humidifier Act Comm Fail, Daughter Brd-MFT
Heating Coil Actuator Out of Calibration
Heating Coil Actuator Comm Fail
Heat Coil Actuator Control Range Increased
Ht Coil Act Ovrload, Setpt Pos Not Reached
Heat Coil Act Com Fail, Daughter Board-MFT
Bldg.Press. Actuator 1 Out of Calibration
Bldg.Press. Actuator 1 Comm Failure
Bldg.Press. Act. 1 Control Range Increased
BP Act. 1 Overload, Setpnt Pos Not Reached
BP Actuator 1 Com Fail, Daughter Board-MFT
Bldg.Press. Actuator 2 Out of Calibration
Bldg.Press. Actuator 2 Comm Failure
Bldg.Press. Act. 2 Control Range Increased
BP Act. 2 Overload, Setpnt Pos Not Reached
BP Actuator 2 Com Fail, Daughter Board-MFT
Economizer 2 Actuator Out of Calibration
Economizer 2 Actuator Comm Failure
Economizer 2 Actuator Control Range Increased
Econ2 Overload, Setpt Not Reached
Econ2 Actuator Comm Fail, Daughter Brd-MFT
Air Temp Lvg Supply Fan Thermistor Failure
Staged Gas 1 Thermistor Failure
Staged Gas 2 Thermistor Failure
Staged Gas 3 Thermistor Failure
Staged Gas Lvg Air Temp Sum Total Failure
Limit Switch Thermistor Failure
Hydronic Evap Discharge Thermistor Failure

Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Unit in emergency mode
Unit shut down
Run evacuation mode
Run pressurization mode
Run smoke purge mode
Alert only
Alert only
Unit shut down
Run on Y2
Run on W2
No cooling or heating
Turn fan on and cool
Alert only
Unit shut down
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
Alert only
No economizer functions
Alert only
Alert only
No economizer functions
Alarm only
No IGV functions
Alert only
Alarm only
No IGV functions
Alert only
No humidifer functions
Alert only
Alert only
No humidifer functions
Alarm only
No heating coil functions
Alert only
Alarm only
No heating coil functions
Alarm only
No building pressure control
Alert only
Alarm only
No building pressure control
Alarm only
No building pressure control
Alert only
Alarm only
No building pressure control
Alert only
No economizer functions
Alert only
Alert only
No economizer functions
Unit shut down
Average remaning sensors
Average remaning sensors
Average remaning sensors
No staged gas function
No software limit switch function
Unit shut down

ACTION TAKEN BY CONTROL

Table 86 — Alert and Alarm Codes (cont)

Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Manual
Manual
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Manual
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic
Automatic

RESET METHOD

seconds, an alarm is generated. These alarms are only monitored for a period of 10 seconds after the compressor relay has
been commanded OFF. This is done to facilitate a service technician forcing a relay to test a compressor.
In addition, if a compressor stuck failure occurs and the current sensor board reports the compressor and the request off,
certain diagnostics will take place.
1. As A1 and B1 both have 1 unloader, the control will energize the particular unloader for these compressors if the
failure occurs.
2. If any of the 4 compressors are diagnosed as stuck on and
the current sensor board is on and the request is off, the
control will request the supply fan which will automatically start building air flow control.
3. Heating will be disabled while any one of the compressors has this problem.
The reset method will be manual for these alarms.
The possible causes are:
• Welded contact on compressor relay or contactor.
• Frozen compressor relay on MBB.
To check out alerts A051, A052, A055, A056:
1. Place the unit in Service Test mode. All compressors
should be Off.
2. Verify that there is not 24v at the contactor coil. If there is
24v at the contactor, check relay on MBB and wiring.
3. Check for welded contactor.
4. Verify CSB wiring.
5. Return to Normal mode and observe compressor operation to verify that compressor current sensor is working
and condenser fans are energized after compressor starts.
T057 (Circuit A, High Pressure Switch Failure)
T058 (Circuit B, High Pressure Switch Failure) — These
alerts occur on all units except the 48/50Z105 units (current
sensor board units).
If the high-pressure switch trips on a circuit with compressors commanded on, the discharge pressure is sampled. If the
discharge pressure is between 368 and 418 psig, then the
discharge pressure trip point (Configuration→Cool→HPS.A,
HPS.B) is adjusted to the previously sampled trip point minus
3 psig. This is done to make a rough calibration of the high
pressure trip point which is used by the high discharge pressure
diagnostics.
When the trip happens, all mechanical cooling on the circuit
is shut down for 15 minutes. After 15 minutes, the circuit will
be allowed to come back on. An internal flag is set which needs
to sense the lead compressor on a circuit go from on to off, indicating the circuit came back on after the 15-minute delay and
successfully completed a cooling cycle. If the high-pressure
switch trips again, the high pressure alarm occurs which will
then require a manual reset of the unit.
T072 (Evaporator Discharge Reset Sensor Failure) — This
sensor is responsible for third party reset of the cooling supply
air set point. If the unit is configured for “third party reset”
(Configuration→EDT.R→RS.CF=3) and this alert occurs, no
reset will be applied to the cooling supply air set point. Recovery from this alert is automatic. Reason for error is either a
faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the CEM
board.

DIAGNOSTIC ALARM CODES AND POSSIBLE
CAUSES
T051 (Circuit A, Compressor 1 Failure)
T052 (Circuit A, Compressor 2 Failure)
T055 (Circuit B, Compressor 1 Failure)
T056 (Circuit B, Compressor 2 Failure)
NOTE: These alerts only occur on units with a current sensor
board (CSB) (48/50Z105 only).
If the current sensor board reads OFF while the compressor
relay has been commanded ON for a period of 4 continuous
seconds, an alert is generated.
Any time this alert occurs, a strike will be called out on the
affected compressor. If three successive strikes occur the compressor will be locked out requiring a manual reset or power reset of the circuit board. The clearing of strikes during compressor operation is a combination of 3 complete cycles or 15 continuous minutes of run time operation. So, if there are one or
two strikes on the compressor and three short cycles (ONOFF,ON-OFF, ON-OFF) occur in less than 15 minutes, the
strikes will be reset to zero for the affected compressor. Also, if
the compressor turns on and runs for 15 minutes straight with
no compressor failure, the compressor's strikes are cleared as
well.
NOTE: Until the compressor is locked out, for the first two
strikes, the alert will not be broadcast to the network, nor will
the alarm relay be closed.
The possible causes are:
• High-pressure switch (HPS) open. The high-pressure switch
is wired in series with the compressor relays off of the
MBB. If the high-pressure switch opens while the MBB is
commanding the compressor on, the compressor stops and
the CSB no longer detects current, causing the control to
activate the alert.
• Circuit breaker trip.
• Wiring error.
To check out alerts T051, T052, T055, T056:
1. Turn on the compressor in question using Service Test
mode. If the compressor does not start, then most likely
the problem is one of the following: HPS open, circuit
breaker trip, incorrect safety wiring, or incorrect compressor wiring.
2. If the compressor starts, verify that the indoor and
outdoor fans are operating properly.
3. If the CSB is always detecting current, then verify that the
compressor is on. If the compressor is on, check the
contactor and the relay on the MBB. If the compressor is
off and there is no current, verify CSB wiring and replace
if necessary.
4. Return to Normal mode and observe compressor operation to verify that compressor current sensor is working
and condenser fans are energized after compressor starts.
A051 (Circuit A, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure)
A052 (Circuit A, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure)
A055 (Circuit B, Compressor 1 Stuck On Failure)
A056 (Circuit B, Compressor 2 Stuck On Failure)
NOTE: These alarms only occur on units with a current sensor
board (CSB) (48/50Z105 only).
If the current sensor board reads ON while the compressor
relay has been commanded OFF for a period of 4 continuous

T094 (Circ A Discharge Press exceeded 440 psig)
T095 (Circ B Discharge Press exceeded 440 psig) — Should
the discharge pressure read by a discharge pressure transducer
exceed 440 psig for any reason, the circuit will be stopped
which requires a manual reset for recovery. The unit highpressure switch should trip before the discharge pressure
reaches this value. Check for failed a high-pressure switch or a
discharge pressure transducer out of calibration.
T130 (Low Suction Pressure Circuit A)
T131 (Low Suction Pressure Circuit B) — If a circuit is
equipped with unloaders and the suction pressure drops below
48 psig for 15 seconds, then that circuit is staged down until either the pressure remains above 48 psig or the compressor is
staged off naturally, due to lessening demand. Each subsequent
circuit stage will then be turned off every 15 seconds.
There will be a start-up delay if the outside-air temperature
is too low. When the outdoor ambient is below 60 F, during
initial start-up, suction pressure is ignored for a period of
5 minutes.
The alarm and recovery of the low pressure condition will
follow the basic three strike methodology.
If a low suction pressure condition is detected while the circuit is ON and action has been taken to lower capacity, a
“strike” is called out (only if the circuit is staged off in this condition). If less than three strikes have occurred, the alarm will
show up in alarm history and locally at the display, but will not
be broadcast (just as in the high discharge pressure condition).
To recover (if the alarm is not manual), both a 10-minute
timer must expire and the suction pressure must recover above
54 psig. If recovery occurs, staging will be allowed on the circuit once again. A strike is tied to the circuit going off entirely,
not reducing capacity and recovering. Therefore it is possible
that multiple alerts may be stored but not broadcast in this condition. If all compressors in the circuit go down twice due to
low suction pressure, the next low suction pressure condition is
a manual alarm and the circuit is locked out and the alarm
broadcast to the network.
If the circuit operates with capacity for 15 continuous minutes and the low discharge pressure alarm condition is not manual, all strikes will be cleared.
T132 (High Suction Pressure Circuit A)
T133 (High Suction Pressure Circuit B) — During operation, the suction pressure cannot exceed 100 psig (60 F saturated). If after 5 minutes of operation, suction pressure exceeds
this value, then all compressors in that circuit are stopped and
the alarm is tripped. Reset method is automatic after time
guards have expired. The three strike rule applies which means
the third time is a manual reset and CCN broadcast for the
alert/alarm.
T134 (High Discharge Pressure Circuit A)
T135 (High Discharge Pressure Circuit B) — There is a configuration for each circuit which monitors high discharge pressure (Configuration→Cool→HPS.A, HPS.B). This configuration is adjusted to compensate for calibration whenever a high
pressure switch fault occurs. If discharge pressure rises above
this trip point, the individual circuit starts staging down 1 stage
every 5 seconds. To recover, both a 10-minute timer must expire
and the discharge pressure must fall 25 psig below the trip point.
If the circuit recovers, the circuit will stage back up (if the alarm
is not manual), allowing one stage every 5 seconds. The timer
starts 10 minutes since the last circuit stage was decreased. The
alarming and recovery of the high discharge pressure condition
will follow the basic three strike methodology. A strike is tied to
the circuit going off entirely, not reducing capacity and recovering. Therefore it is possible, multiple alerts may be stored but
not broadcast in this condition.
If the circuit operates with capacity for 15 continuous minutes and the high discharge pressure alarm condition is not
manual, all strikes will be cleared.

T073 (Outside Air Temperature Thermistor Failure) — Failure of this thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→OAT) will disable any elements of the control which requires its use. Economizer control beyond the vent position and the calculation of
mixed air temperature for the SumZ algorithm will not be possible. Recovery from this alert is automatic. Reason for error is
either a faulty thermistor, wiring error, or damaged input on the
MBB control board.
T074 (Space Temperature Thermistor Failure) — Failure of
this thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→SPT) will disable
any elements of the control which requires its use. If the unit is
configured for SPT 2 stage or SPT multi-stage operation and
the sensor fails, no cooling or heating mode may be chosen.
Recovery from this alert is automatic. Reason for error is either
a faulty thermistor in the T55, T56 or T58 device, wiring error,
or damaged input on the MBB control board.
T075 (Return Air Thermistor Failure) — Failure of this thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→RAT) will disable any elements of the control which requires its use. Elements of failure include:
• the calculation of mixed air temperature for sumZ control
• the selection of a mode for VAV units
• economizer differential enthalpy or dry bulb control
• RAT offset control for dehumidification
• return air temperature supply air reset
• fan tracking for building pressure control.
Recovery from this alert is automatic. Reason for error is
either a faulty thermistor, wiring error, or damaged input on the
MBB control board.
T076 (Outside Air Relative Humidity Sensor Failure) —
Failure of this sensor (Inputs→REL.H→OA.RH) will disable
any elements of the control which requires its use. Elements of
failure include: economizer outdoor and differential enthalpy
control. Recovery from this alert shall be automatic. Reason for
error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error or damaged input on
the CEM control board.
T077 (Space Relative Humidity Sensor Failure) — Failure
of this sensor (Inputs→REL.H→SP.RH) will disable any elements of the control which requires its use. Elements of failure
include humidification and dehumidification. Recovery from
this alert is automatic. Reason for error is either a faulty sensor,
wiring error, or damaged input on the CEM control board.
T078 (Return Air Relative Humidity Sensor Fail) — Failure
of this sensor (Inputs→REL.H→RA.RH) will disable any elements of the control which requires its use. Elements of failure
include economizer differential enthalpy control, humidification, and dehumidification. Recovery from this alert is automatic. Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or
damaged input on the CEM control board.
T082 (Space Temperature Offset Sensor Failure) — When
this failure occurs, there is no offset available that may be applied to space temperature. Recovery from this alert is automatic. Reason for error is either a faulty slider potentiometer, wiring error, or damaged input on the MBB control board.
T090 (Circ A Discharge Press Transducer Failure)
T091 (Circ B Discharge Press Transducer Failure) — The
associated circuit becomes disabled whenever this transducer
(Pressures→REF.P→DP.A, DP.B) fails. Recovery from this
alert is automatic. Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the MBB control board.
T092 (Circ A Suction Press Transducer Failure)
T093 (Circ B Suction Press Transducer Failure) — The associated circuit becomes disabled whenever this transducer
(Pressures→REF.P→SP.A, SP.B) fails. Recovery from this
alert is automatic. Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the MBB control board.

to the staged gas control board, or damage to the RS-485 drivers on the LEN bus.
T172 (Control Expansion Module Comm Failure) — Any
function associated with a sensor configured for use that resides on the controls expansion module will be disabled until
communication is re-established. Recovery is automatic. Reason for failure may be due to incorrect wiring, power loss to the
control expansion module, or damage to the RS-485 drivers on
the LEN bus.
A173 (RCB Board Communication Failure) — As the RCB
board is integral to all Z series units, the error will cause a system shutdown until communication is re-established. Recovery
is automatic. Reason for failure may be due to incorrect wiring,
power loss to the RCB board, or damage to the RS-485 drivers
on the LEN bus.
A174 (ECB Board Communication Failure) — The ECB
board is responsible for building pressure control. Building
Pressure control configurations that require this board will
cause a complete system shut down when communication failure occurs. Recovery is automatic. Reason for failure may be
due to incorrect wiring, power loss to the ECB board, or damage to the RS-485 drivers on the LEN bus.
T177 (4-20 mA Demand Limit Failure) — If this transducer
fails, and the unit is configured to perform demand limiting
with this transducer, no capacity limiting will be performed and
an alert will be generated. Recovery is automatic. Reason for
error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on
the CEM control board.
T178 (4-20 mA Static Pressure Reset Fail) — If this transducer fails, and the unit is configured to perform static pressure
reset with this transducer, no static pressure reset will be performed and an alert will be generated. Recovery is automatic.
Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the CEM control board.
A200 (Linkage Timeout Error — Comm Failure) — If linkage is established via the CCN with ComfortID™ terminals, a
5-minute timeout on loss of communication will be monitored.
If 5 minutes expires since the last communication from a VAV
Linkage Master, the unit will remove the link and flag the alert.
When the rooftop loses its link, the temperature and set points
are derived locally. Recovery is automatic on re-establishment
of communications. Reason for failure may be wiring error, too
much bus activity, or damaged RS-485 drivers.
T210 (Building Pressure Transducer Failure) — If the building pressure transducer (Pressures→AIR.P→BP) fails, building pressure control fails also. Recovery is automatic. Reason
for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the RCB control board.
T211 (Static Pressure Transducer Failure) — If the static
pressure transducer (Pressures→AIR.P→SP) fails, static pressure control fails also. Recovery is automatic. Reason for error
is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the
RCB control board.
T220 (Indoor Air Quality Sensor Failure) — If the indoor air
quality sensor (Inputs→AIR.Q→IAQ) fails, demand control
ventilation is not possible. The control defaults to the max vent
position. Recovery is automatic. Reason for error is either a
faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the MBB control board.
T221 (Outdoor Air Quality Sensor Failure) — If the outdoor air quality sensor (Inputs→AIR.Q→OAQ) fails, OAQ
defaults to 400 ppm and demand control ventilation will
continue. Recovery is automatic. Reason for error is either a
faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the CEM
control board.
T229 (Economizer Min Pos Override Input Failure) — If
the economizer minimum position override input fails, the
economizer will operate as if it were not configured for

T136 (Compressor A1 Low Differential Pressure)
T137 (Compressor A2 Low Differential Pressure)
T138 (Compressor B1 Low Differential Pressure)
T139 (Compressor B2 Low Differential Pressure) — If the
pressure differential between the discharge and suction pressure transducers is less than 50 psig for more than 15 minutes
when the circuit is running, an alert will be issued and the circuit shut down. Any compressor that is currently on at the time
of the alert will have its own individual alarm sent. Reset is
manual.
T140 (Circ A Max Diff Operating Press Exceeded)
T141 (Circ B Max Diff Operating Press Exceeded) — Depending on the compressor loading, after 5 minutes of operation if the discharge versus suction pressure ratios exceed
the curves in Fig. 14, then all compressors in that circuit are
stopped and the alert tripped. Reset is manual.
A150 (Unit is in Emergency Stop) — If the CCN point name
“EMSTOP” in the System table is set to emergency stop, the
unit will shut down immediately and broadcast an alarm back
to the CCN indicating that the unit is down. This alarm will
clear when the variable is set back to “enable”.
A152 (Unit Down Due to Failure) — This alarm occurs
whenever both cooling circuits are unavailable to cool. Mechanical cooling is impossible due to a failure in the system explained through other current alarms.
Possible problems are:
• plenum pressure switch trips on a return fan tracking unit
• the supply fan status alarms have been instructed to shut
down the unit
• both circuits incapable of cooling due to multiple alerts of
compressors and/or pressure alerts
• a hardware failure of the main board's analog to digital converter or EEPROM chip
• a critical storage failure in EEPROM has rendered the unit
inoperable
• the unit is configured for inlet guide vanes and the actuator
controlling the vanes is in fault.
Reset is automatic.
T153 (Real Time Clock Hardware Failure) — The RTC
clock chip on the MBB is not responding. Recovery is automatic but typically board replacement may be necessary.
A154 (Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure) — The unit will
be completely shut down. The serial EEPROM chip on the
MBB which stores the unit's configurations is not responding.
Recovery is automatic but typically board replacement is
necessary.
T155 (Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error) — Configuration data in the serial EEPROM chip can not be verified which
may mean MBB replacement. It is possible a re-initialization
of the database or particular storage area(s) may clean up this
problem. Reset is automatic.
A156 (Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Fail Error) — The
unit is completely shut down. Critical configuration data in the
serial EEPROM chip can not be verified which may mean
MBB replacement. Recovery is automatic but typically board
replacement is necessary.
NOTE: The machine will shut down. This may happen after
downloading via the CCN if the device code was corrupted.
Try downloading again or use the LEN connection to
download.
A157 (A/D Hardware Failure) — The unit will be completely
shut down. The analog to digital conversion chip on the MBB
has failed. Recovery is automatic but typically board replacement is necessary.
A171 (Staged Gas Control Board Comm Failure) — Staged
Gas Heating is disabled until communication with the staged
gas control board is re-established. Recovery is automatic.
Reason for failure may be due to incorrect wiring, power loss
99

(Configuration→ALLM→RA.L.U) for 10 minutes, then an
alert will be broadcast.
T305 (Return Air Temperature Above Limit) — If the return
air temperature is below the RAT HI Alert Limit/Occ (Configuration→ALLM→RA.H.O) for 5 minutes or RAT HI Alert
Limit/Occ (Configuration→ALLM→RA.H.U) for 10 minutes,
then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will automatically reset.
T308 (Return Air Relative Humidity Below Limit) — If the
unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor
through the Return Air RH Sensor (Configuration→UNIT→
SENS→RRH.S) setting, and the measured level is below the
configurable RH Low Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM→
R.RH.L) for 5 minutes, then the alert will occur. The unit will
continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
T309 (Return Air Relative Humidity Above Limit) — If the
unit is configured to use a return air relative humidity sensor
through the Return Air RH Sensor (Configuration→UNIT→
SENS→RRH.S) setting, and the measured level is above the
configurable RH High Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM→
R.RH.H) for 5 minutes, then the alert will occur. Unit will continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
T310 (Supply Duct Pressure Below Limit) — If the unit is a
VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the measured
supply duct static pressure (Pressures→AIR.P→SP) is below
the configurable SP Low Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM
→SP.L) for 5 minutes, then the alert will occur. The unit will
continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
T311 (Supply Duct Pressure Above Limit) — If the unit is a
VAV unit with a supply duct pressure sensor and the measured
supply duct static pressure (Pressures→AIR.P→SP) is above
the configurable SP Low Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM
→SP.H) for 5 minutes, then the alert will occur. The unit will
continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.
T312 (Building Static Pressure Below Limit) — If the unit
is configured to use modulating power exhaust then a
building static pressure limit can be configured using the BP
Low Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM→BP.L). If the measured pressure (Pressures→AIR.P→BP) is below the limit for
5 minutes then the alert will occur.
T313 (Building Static Pressure Above Limit) — If the unit
is configured to use modulating power exhaust then a
building static pressure limit can be configured using the BP HI
Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM→BP.H). If the measured
pressure (Pressures→AIR.P→BP) is above the limit for
5 minutes, then the alert will occur.
T314 (IAQ Above Limit) — If the unit is configured to use a
CO2 sensor and the level (Inputs→AIR.Q→IAQ) is above the
configurable IAQ High Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM
→ IAQ.H) for 5 minutes then the alert will occur. The unit will
continue to run and the alert will automatically reset.

override. Recovery is automatic. Reason for error is either a
faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the MBB control board. This error only occurs when the unit is configured
for minimum position override and a 4-20 mA signal is not
present.
T245 (Outside Air Cfm Sensor Failure) — If the outside air cfm
sensor (Inputs→CFM→O.CFM) fails, the economizer will default to discrete positioning of the economizer (Configuration
→IAQ→DCV.C→IAQ.M, Configuration→Econ→ EC.MN).
Recovery is automatic. Reason for error is either a faulty sensor,
wiring error, or damaged input on the CEM control board.
T246 (Supply Air Cfm Sensor Failure) — If the supply air
cfm sensor (Inputs→CFM→S.CFM) fails, fan tracking is not
possible and the system will shut down. Recovery is automatic.
Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the ECB control board.
T247 (Return Air Cfm Sensor Failure) — If the return air
cfm sensor (Inputs→CFM→R.CFM) fails, fan tracking is not
possible and the system will shut down. Recovery is automatic.
Reason for error is either a faulty sensor, wiring error, or damaged input on the ECB control board.
T300 (Space Temperature Below Limit) — If the space temperature is below the configurable SPT Low Alert Limits (occupied [Configuration→ALLM→SP.L.O] for 5 minutes or
unoccupied [Configuration→ALLM→SP.L.U] for 10 minutes), then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will automatically
reset.
T301 (Space Temperature Above Limit) — If the space temperature is above the configurable SPT High Alert Limits
(occupied [Configuration→ALLM→SP.H.O] for 5 minutes or
unoccupied [Configuration→ALLM→SP.H.U] for 10 minutes), then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will automatically reset.
T302 (Supply Temperature Below Limit) — If the supply-air
temperature measured by the supply temperature sensor is below
the configurable SAT LO Alert Limit/Occ (Configuration→
ALLM→SA.L.O) for 5 minutes or the Low Supply air temperature alert limit unoccupied mode (Configuration→ALLM→
SA.L.U) for 10 minutes, then an alert will be broadcast.
T303 (Supply Temperature Above Limit) — If the supply
temperature is above the configurable SAT HI Alert Limit Occ
(Configuration→ALLM→SAH.O) for 5 minutes or the SAT
HI Alert Limit/Unocc (Configuration→ALLM→SA.H.U) for
10 minutes, then an alert will be broadcast. The alert will automatically reset.
T304 (Return Air Temperature Below Limit) — If the return air temperature measured by the RAT sensor is below the
configurable RAT LO Alert Limit/Occ (Configuration→
ALLM→RA.L.O) for 5 minutes or RAT HI Alert Limit/Occ

DISCHARGE PRESSURE (PSIG)

450
400
350

UNTIL CHARGE
FULL

300
2/3
250

1/2
1/3

200
150
20

SUCTION PRESSURE (PSIG)

Fig. 14 — Differential Pressure Chart
100

100

T316 (OAT Below Limit) — If the outside-air temperature
measured by the OAT thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→
OAT) is below the configurable OAT Low Alert Limit (Configuration→ALLM→OAT.L) for 5 minutes then the alert will
be broadcast.
T317 (OAT Above Limit — If the outside-air temperature
measured by the OAT thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→
OAT) is above the configurable OAT High Alert Limit
(Configuration→ALLM→OAT.H) for 5 minutes then the alert
will be broadcast.
A400 (Hydronic Freezestat Trip) — If the freezestat for the
hydronic coil trips, the unit goes into emergency mode and
does not allow cooling or heating. The economizer goes to 0%
open. Supply fan operation is enabled. Recovery is automatic
when the switch goes off.
A404 (Fire Shut Down Emergency Mode [fire-smoke]) —
If the fire shutdown input is energized (fire shutdown is in effect), or if two fire smoke modes are incorrectly energized at
the same time, a Fire Shutdown mode will occur. This is an
emergency mode requiring the complete shutdown of the unit.
Recovery is automatic when the inputs are no longer on.
A405 (Evacuation Emergency Mode) — If the evacuation input on the CEM is energized, an evacuation mode occurs
which flags an alarm. This mode attempts to lower the pressure
of the space to prevent smoke from moving into another space.
This is the reverse of the Pressurization Mode. Closing the
economizer, opening the return-air damper, turning on the
power exhaust, and shutting down the indoor fan will decrease
pressure in the space. Recovery is automatic when the input is
no longer on.
A406 (Pressurization Emergency Mode) — If the pressurization input on the CEM is energized, a pressurization mode
occurs which flags an alarm. This mode attempts to raise the
pressure of a space to prevent smoke infiltration from another
space. The space with smoke should be in an Evacuation Mode
attempting to lower its pressure. Opening the economizer, closing the return air damper, shutting down power exhaust, and
turning the indoor fan on will increase pressure in the space.
Recovery is automatic when the input is no longer on.
A407 (Smoke Purge Emergency Mode) — If the smoke
purge input on the CEM is energized, a smoke purge mode
occurs which flags an alarm. This mode attempts to draw out
smoke from the space after the emergency condition. Opening
the economizer, closing the return-air damper, and turning on
both the power exhaust and indoor fan will evacuate smoke
and bring in fresh air. Recovery is automatic when the input is
no longer on.
T408 (Dirty Air Filter) — If no dirty filter switch is installed,
the switch will read “clean filter” all the time. Therefore the
dirty filter routine runs continuously and diagnoses the input.
Because of the different possible times it takes to generate
static pressure, this routine waits 2 minutes after the fan starts
before the dirty filter switch is monitored. If the dirty filter
switch reads “dirty filter” for 2 continuous minutes, an alert is
generated. No system action is taken. This is a reminder that it
is time to change the filters in the unit. Recovery from this alert
is through a clearing of all alarms (manual) or after the dirty filter switch reads clean for 30 continuous seconds (automatic).
T409 (Supply Fan Commanded On, Sensed Off Failure)
T409 (Supply Fan Commanded Off, Sensed On Failure)
A409 (Supply Fan Commanded On, Sensed Off Failure)
A409 (Supply Fan Commanded Off, Sensed On Failure) —
Both the alert and the alarm refer to the same failure. The only
difference between the alarm and alert is that in the case where
the supply fan status configuration to shut down the unit is set
to YES (Configuration→UNIT→SFS.S), the alarm will be

generated AND the unit will be shut down. It is possible to
configure Configuration→UNIT→SFS.M to either a switch
or to monitor a 0.2-in. wg rise in duct pressure if the unit is
VAV with duct pressure control (IGV or VFD).
The timings for failure for both are the same and are illustrated in the following table:
UNIT TYPE/MODE
CV (no gas heat)
CV (gas heat)
VAV (IGV/no gas heat)
VAV (VFD/no gas heat)
VAV (IGV/gas heat)
VAV (VFD/gas heat)

MINIMUM ON
TIME WAIT
30 seconds
2 minutes
2 minutes
1 minute
4 minutes
3 minutes

MINIMUM OFF
TIME WAIT
1 minute
4 minutes
4 minutes
1 minute
4 minutes
4 minutes

Recovery is manual. Reason for failure may be a broken fan
belt, failed fan relay or failed supply fan status switch.
T421 (Thermostat Y2 Input On without Y1 On) — If Y2 is
on and Y1 is off then this alert condition is initiated. The
control continues as if both Y1 and Y2 were requested. Alert
recovery will not occur until Y1 is seen. This handles some
conditions of an incorrectly wired thermostat and may prevent
multiple alerts and recoveries from clogging the alarm
histories.
T422 (Thermostat W2 Input On without W1 On) — If W2
is on and W1 is off then this alert condition is initiated.
The control continues as if both W1 and W2 were requested.
Alert recovery will not occur until W1 is seen. This handles
some conditions of an incorrectly wired thermostat and may
prevent multiple alerts and recoveries from clogging the alarm
histories.
T423 (Thermostat Y and W Inputs On) — Simultaneous calls
for heating and cooling are illegal and will be alarmed. Cooling
and heating will be locked out. Recovery is automatic when the
condition no longer exists.
T424 (Thermostat G Input Off On a Cooling Call) — If G is
off and there is a cooling request (Y1 or Y2), then it is possible
the G connection has not been made to the unit terminal block.
An alert is initiated for this condition as continuous fan operation and manual fan control may not be possible. Cooling is
started, if allowed, and the fan is turned on. The controls do not
diagnose the fan if a heat request (W1 or W2) is in progress.
T430 (Plenum Pressure Safety Switch Trip)
A430 (Plenum Pressure Safety Switch Trip) — If the unit is
configured for fan tracking and the plenum pressure switch
trips, the unit will be instructed to shut down immediately. The
first 2 times the switch trips, the unit will automatically start up
and clear the alert 3 minutes after the switch recovers. The third
time the switch trips, the unit shuts down and calls out the
alarm. Manual reset of the switch (located in the auxiliary control panel) is required. Software reset is automatic when switch
has been reset. Possible causes are blocked exhaust or return
dampers causing high pressure at the plenum fan.
T500 (Current Sensor Board Failure - A1)
T501 (Current Sensor Board Failure - A2)
T502 (Current Sensor Board Failure - B1)
T503 (Current Sensor Board Failure - B2)
NOTE: These alerts are only applicable to size 105 units.
If the current sensor board malfunctions or is not properly
connected to its assigned digital input, an alert will be generated. It takes 2 to 4 seconds to log the alert. If the alert is logged,
it stays active for a minimum of 15 seconds to provide the application a reasonable time to catch the failure. Compressors
will be not be inhibited by this failure. Recovery is automatic.
Reason for failure may be a faulty current sensor board, incorrect wiring, or a damaged input on the MBB control board.

101

this error will probably require actuator replacement as this
problem is internal to the Belimo actuator itself.
A700 (Air Temp Lvg Supply Fan Thermistor Failure) —
The failure of this sensor will shut the system down and generate an alarm as this thermistor is a critical component to fundamental operation and diagnosis of the rooftop unit. Recovery is
automatic. Reason for failure may be incorrect wiring, a faulty
thermistor, or a damaged input on the MBB control board.
T701 (Staged Gas 1 Thermistor Failure)
T702 (Staged Gas 2 Thermistor Failure)
T703 (Staged Gas 3 Thermistor Failure) — If any of the
staged gas thermistors (Temperatures→AIR.T→S.G.L1-3)
fails, an alert will be generated and the remaining thermistors
will be averaged together (Temperatures→AIR.T→S.G.LS)
without the failed thermistor. Recovery is automatic. Reason
for failure may be incorrect wiring, faulty thermistor, or a damaged input on the staged gas control board (SCB).
A704 (Staged Gas Lvg Air Temp Sum Total Failure) — If all
three staged gas thermistors (Temperatures→AIR.T→
S.G.L1,2,3) fail, staged gas will be shut down and this alarm
will be generated. Recovery is automatic. Reason for failure
may be faulty wiring, faulty thermistors, or damaged inputs on
the staged gas control board (SCB).
T705 (Limit Switch Thermistor Failure) — A failure of this
thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→S.G.LM) will cause an
alert to occur and a disabling of the limit switch monitoring
function for the staged gas control board (SCB). Recovery is
automatic. Reason for failure may be due to faulty wiring, a
faulty thermistor, or a damaged input on the staged gas control
board (SCB).
A706 (Hydronic Evap Discharge Thermistor Failure) — If
the unit is configured for hot water heating (hydronic), then the
unit has a thermistor (Temperatures→AIR.T→CCT) installed
between the evaporator coil and the hot water coils that functions as the evaporator discharge temperature thermistor for
cooling. If this thermistor fails, an alarm will be generated and
the system will be shut down. Recovery is automatic. Reason
for failure may be due to faulty wiring, a faulty thermistor, or a
damaged input on the ECB control board.

T610 (Economizer Actuator Out of Calibration)
A620 (IGV Actuator Out of Calibration)
T630 (Humidifier Actuator Out of Calibration)
A640 (Heating Coil Actuator Out of Calibration)
A650 (Bldg.Press. Actuator 1 Out of Calibration)
A660 (Bldg.Press. Actuator 2 Out of Calibration)
T670 (Economizer 2 Actuator Out of Calibration — Each of
the Belimo LEN communicating actuators must have a minimum control range to operate. If the actuator, after a calibration, has not learned a control range appropriate for the application, this alarm/alert will be sent. No action will be taken on
this error. Recovery is automatic. Reason for failure may be an
obstruction or stuck linkage that prevents full range calibration.
T611 (Economizer Actuator Comm Failure)
A621 (IGV Actuator Communication Failure)
T631 (Humidifier Actuator Communication Failure)
A641 (Heating Coil Actuator Comm Fail)
A651 (Bldg.Press. Actuator 1 Comm Failure)
A661 (Bldg.Press. Actuator 2 Comm Failure)
T671 (Economizer 2 Actuator Comm Failure) — Each of
the actuators communicates over the local equipment network
(LEN). If this error occurs, then it is impossible to control the
actuator. Depending on the function of the actuator, the control
will shut down any process associated with this actuator.
Recovery is automatic. Reason for failure may be incorrect
wiring, incorrect serial number configuration, or damaged
RS-485 drivers on the LEN bus.
T612 (Economizer Actuator Control Range Increased)
T622 (IGV Actuator Control Range Increased)
T632 (Humidifier Actuator Control Range Increased)
T642 (Heat Coil Actuator Control Range Increased)
T652 (Bldg.Press. Act. 1 Control Range Increased)
T662 (Bldg.Press. Act. 2 Control Range Increased)
T672 (Economizer 2 Actuator Control Range Increased) —
The actuators, once properly calibrated, learn their end stops for
movement. During normal operation, if the actuator perceives
that the actuator is able to go farther than its learned range of operation, this error will be broadcast. Reason for failure may be a
slipping of the linkage and therefore this error may mean that
the actuator cannot perform its assigned function. Recovery requires a fix of any slipped linkage and/or a re-calibration.
T613 (Econ Actuator Overload, Setpt Not Reached)
A623 (IGV Actuator Overload, Setpnt Not Reached)
T633 (Humidifier Act Overload, Setpt Not Reached)
A643 (Ht Coil Act Ovrload, Setpt Pos Not Reached)
A653 (BP Act. 1 Overload, Setpnt Pos Not Reached)
A663 (BP Act. 2 Overload, Setpnt Pos Not Reached)
T673 (Econ2 Actuator Overload, Setpt Not Reached) — If
an actuator is unable to achieve a commanded position within a
reasonable period of time, this alarm or alert will be broadcast.
This may be an indication of a stuck actuator. No action is
taken. Recovery is automatic.
T614 (Econ Actuator Comm Fail, Daughter Brd-MFT)
A624 (IGV Actuator Comm Fail, Daughter Board-MFT)
T634 (Humidifier Act Comm Fail, Daughter Brd-MFT)
A644 (Heat Coil Act Com Fail, Daughter Board-MFT)
A654 (BP Actuator 1 Com Fail, Daughter Board-MFT)
A664 (BP Actuator 2 Com Fail, Daughter Board-MFT)
T674 (Econ2 Actuator Comm Fail, Daughter Brd-MFT) —
Each of the actuators has an internal daughter card, which
translates communications from the LEN bus to Belimo’s MFT
(Multi-Function Technology®) communication bus and back.
If communication breaks down between the actuator and its
internal daughter card, this alarm/alert will result. This makes
the actuator unusable and any functions associated with the
particular actuator are shut down. Recovery is automatic, but

MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
General — The 48/50Z Series package rooftop units with

electric cooling and with gas heating (48Z units) or electric cooling and electric or hydronic heating (50Z Units) contain the
ComfortLink™ electronic control system that monitors all operations of the rooftop. The control system is composed of several
components as listed below. See Fig. 15-22 for typical control
and power component schematics. Figures 23-25 show the
layout of the control box.

Factory-Installed Components
MAIN BASE BOARD (MBB) — See Fig 26. The MBB is
the center of the ComfortLink control system. The MBB contains the major portion of the operating software and controls
the operation of the unit. The MBB has 22 inputs and 11 outputs. See Table 87 for the inputs and output assignments. The
MBB also continuously monitors additional data from the
ECB, RCB, SCB, and CEM boards through the LEN communications port. The MBB also communicates with and controls
the actuator motors, economizer, power exhaust dampers,
VFDs, IGVs, hydronic valves, and humidifier valves. The
MBB also interfaces with the Carrier Comfort Network® system through the CCN communications port located on the
COMM3 board. The COMM3 board has permanent terminals
as well as a J11 jack for temporary connections. The board is
located in the main control box.

102

a48-8408

103
Fig. 15 — Typical Power Schematic (Sizes 030-050 Shown)

a48-8409

Fig. 16 — Main Base Board Input/Output Connections
104

a48-8410
Fig. 17 — RCB, ECB, CEM, SCB Input/Output Connections
105

a48-8411
Fig. 18 — Typical Gas Heat Unit Control Wiring (48Z055-105 Units Shown)
106

a50-8248

Fig. 19 — Typical Electric Heat Unit Control Wiring (50Z055-105 Units Shown)
107

a48-8412

Fig. 20 — Typical Power Wiring (115-V) (48Z Units)
108

a50-8249

Fig. 21 — Typical Power Wiring (115-V) (50Z Units)
109

a48-8413

110
Fig. 22 — Typical Gas Heat Section (Size 055-105 Units Shown)

111
Fig. 23 — Component Arrangement (Size 030-050 Units)

112
Fig. 24 — Component Arrangement (Size 055-070 Units)

113
Fig. 25 — Component Arrangement (Size 075-105 Units)

LEGEND FOR FIG. 15-25
ACCSY
ACC’Y
AF
AN
APS
BM
BR
C
CB
CBT
CCB
CCN
CCT
CEM
CH
CM
COMP
CR
CSB
CV
DI
DPT
ECB
ECON
EQUIP
FU
GND
GVR
HC
HIR
HPS
HS
HV
I

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Accessory
Accessory
Airfoil
Analog
Air Pressure Switch
Blower Motor
Blower Relay
Compressor Contactor
Compressor Circuit Breaker
Circuit Breaker, Transformer
Control Circuit Breaker
Carrier Comfort Network®
Cooling Coil Thermistor
Controls Expansion Module
Crankcase Heater
Combustion Motor
Compressor
Control Relay
Current Sensor Board
Constant Volume
Digital Input
Discharge Pressure Transducer
Economizer Control Board
Economizer
Equipment
Fuse
Ground
Gas Valve Relay
Heater Contactor
Heat Interlock Relay
High-Pressure Switch
Hall Effect Sensor
High Voltage
Ignitor

IAQ
IDM
IFC
IFCB
IFM
IGC
IGV
IP
LEI
LEN
LS
MBB
MGV
MMC
MMR
MOD PE
NEC
OA
OAQ
OAT
OD
OFC
OFM
OPT
PE
PEC
PECB
PEM
PL
PTC

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

RA
RAT
RCB

—
—
—

Indoor Air Quality
Induced Draft Motor
Indoor Fan Contactor
Indoor Fan Circuit Breaker
Indoor Fan Motor
Integrated Gas Controller
Inlet Guide Vane
Internal Protector
Local Equipment Interface
Local Equipment Network
Limit Switch
Main Base Board
Main Gas Valve
Motormaster® Contactor
Motormaster Relay
Modulating Power Exhaust
National Electrical Code
Outdoor Air
Outdoor Air Quality
Outdoor-Air Thermostat
Outdoor
Outdoor Fan Contactor
Outdoor Fan Motor
Option
Power Exhaust
Power Exhaust Contactor
Power Exhaust Circuit Breaker
Power Exhaust Motor
Plug Assembly
Positive Temperature Coefficient
Power Reference
Return Air
Return Air Thermistor
Rooftop Control Board

RED LED - STATUS
GREEN LED - LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)

RF
RS
SAT
SCB
SEN
SPT
STDU
TB
TRAN
U
VAV
VFD

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Return Fan
Rollout Switch
Supply Air Thermistor
Staged Gas Control Board
Sensor
Suction Pressure Transducer
Standard Tier Display Unit
Terminal Block
Transformer
Unloader
Variable Air Volume
Variable Frequency Drive
Terminal Block
Terminal (Unmarked)
Terminal (Marked)
Splice
Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
To indicate common potential
only, not to represent wiring.
To indicate factory-installed
option or accessory

YELLOW LED CCN (CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK)
INSTANCE JUMPER (SET TO 1)

CEPL130346-01 HK 50AA029 CE BO 430346

STATUS

J10

LEN

J5
J6

Fig. 26 — Main Base Board (MBB)
cfm. This board is located in the main control box. Input and
output assignments are summarized in Table 89.
STAGED GAS HEAT BOARD (SCB) — When optional
staged gas heat is used, the SCB board is installed and controls
additional stages of gas heat. See Fig. 28. The SCB also provides additional sensors for monitoring of the supply-air and
limit switch temperatures. This board is located in the main
unit control box. The inputs and outputs are summarized in
Table 90.

ROOFTOP CONTROL BOARD (RCB) — The RCB has
additional inputs and outputs required for the control of the
unit. All units have an RCB board. See Fig. 27. The board has
9 inputs and 8 outputs. Details can be found in Table 88. The
RCB board is located in the main control box.
ECONOMIZER CONTROL BOARD (ECB) — The ECB
is used on size 075-105 units with high-capacity power exhaust
or return/exhaust fan. See Fig. 27. The ECB board sends a 4 to
20 mA signal to the VFD to control the exhaust fan speed. The
board also has inputs to sense the return fan cfm and supply fan
114

Table 87 — Main Control Board (MBB) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME

POINT DESCRIPTION

I/O
PLUG AND PIN
POINT
REFERENCE
NAME

SIGNAL PIN(S)

PORT STATE

INPUTS
IGCIFO
FSD
G
W2
W1
Y2
Y1

IGC IFO input
Fire Shutdown Switch
Thermostat G input
Thermostat W2 input
Thermostat W1 input
Thermostat Y2 input
Thermostat Y1 input

DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DI7

J6, 3-4
J6, 5-6
J7, 1-2
J7, 3-4
J7, 5-6
J7, 7-8
J7, 9-10

4
6
2
4
6
8
10

0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac

CSB_A1
CSB_B1
CSB_A2
CSB_B2

Compressor A1 Feedback
Compressor B1 Feedback
Compressor A2 Feedback
Compressor B2 Feedback

DIG1
DIG2
DIG3
DIG4

J9, 10-12
J9, 7-9
J9, 4-6
J9, 1-3

10=5v, 11=Vin, 12=GND
7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND
4=5v, 5=Vin, 6 =GND
1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND

0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc
0 = 5vdc, 1 = 0vdc

DP_A
DP_B
SP_A
SP_B
RAT
SAT
OAT
SPT
SPTO
IAQ
IAQINMOV
FLTS

Cir A Discharge Pressure
Cir B Discharge Pressure
Cir A Suction Pressure
Cir B Suction Pressure
Return Air Temperature
Air Temp Lvg Supply Fan
Outside Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
IAQ - PPM Return CO2 (IAQANCFG = 1,2)
4-20ma/10k pot MinPosOver(IAQANCFG = 3,4)
Filter Status Switch

AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6
AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10
AN10
AN11

J8, 21-23
J8, 24-26
J8, 15-17
J8, 18-20
J8, 9-10
J8, 11-12
J8, 13-14
J8, 1-2
J8, 3-4
J8, 5-6
J8, 5-6
J8, 7-8

21=5v, 22=Vin, 23=GND (thermistor 21-22)
24=5v, 25=Vin, 26=GND (thermistor 24-25)
15=5v, 16=Vin, 17=GND (thermistor 15-16)
18=5v, 19=Vin, 20=GND (thermistor 18-20)
9
11
13
1
3
5
5
7

(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)

OUTPUTS
CMPB2
CMPB1
CMPA2
CMPA1
CONDFANB
CONDFANA
HS2
HS1
PE1
SFAN
ALRM

Compressor B2
Compressor B1
Compressor A2
Compressor A1
Condenser Fan Circuit B
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Heat Relay 2
Heat Relay 1
Power Exhaust Relay 1
Supply Fan Relay
Remote Alarm Relay

RLY 1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 4
RLY 5
RLY 6
RLY7
RLY 8
RLY 9
RLY 10
RLY 11

J10, 20-21
J10, 22-23
J10, 24-25
J10, 26-27
J10, 10-11
J10, 12-13
J10, 14-16
J10, 17-19
J10, 4-6
J10, 7-9
J10, 1-3

20 = RLY1A (=RLY2A), 21 = RLY1B
22 = RLY2A (=RLY1A), 23 = RLY2B
24 = RLY3A (=RLY4A), 25 = RLY3B
26 = RLY4A (=RLY3A), 27 = RLY4B
10 = RLY5A (=RLY6A), 11 = RLY5B
12 = RLY6A (=RLY5A), 13 = RLY6B
14 = 15 = RLY7A, 16 = RLY7B
17 = 18 = RLY8A, 19 = RLY8B
4 = 5 = RLY9A, 6 = RLY9B
7 = 8 = RLY10A, 9 = RLY10B
1 = 2 = RLY11A, 3 = RLY11B

1 = Closes RLY1A / RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A / RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A / RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY4A / RLY4B
1 = Closes RLY5A / RLY5B
1 = Closes RLY6A / RLY6B
1 = Closes RLY7A / RLY7B
1 = Closes RLY8A / RLY8B
1 = Closes RLY9A / RLY9B
1 = Closes RLY10A / RLY10B
1 = Closes RLY11A / RLY11B

Fig. 27 — Economizer Control Board (ECB) and Rooftop Control Board (RCB)
115

Table 88 — Rooftop Control Board (RCB) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME

I/O
POINT
NAME

POINT DESCRIPTION

PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE

SIGNAL PIN(S)

PORT STATE

INPUTS
RMTIN
ENTH
SFS
CIRCAHPS
CIRCBHPS
FRZ

Remote Input State
Enth. Switch Read High ?
Supply Fan Status Switch
Circ A High Press.Switch
Circ B High Press.Switch
Freeze Status Switch

DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6

J4, 1-2
J4, 3-4
J4, 5-6
J4, 7-8
J4, 9-10
J4, 11-12

2
4
6
8
10
12

24VAC = 1,
24VAC = 1,
24VAC = 1,
24VAC = 1,
24VAC = 1,
24VAC = 1,

BP
SP
CCT

Building Pressure
Static Pressure
Air Temp Lvg Evap Coil

AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6

J5, 1-3
J5, 4-6
J6, 1-2
J6, 3-4
J6, 5-6
J6, 7-8

1=24VDC, 2=0-20mA in, 3=GND
4=24VDC, 5=0-20mA in, 6=GND
1
3
5
7

0-20mA
0-20mA
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)

OUTPUTS
SFAN_VFD

Supply Fan VFD Speed

AO1

J9, 1-2

1=0-20mA, 2=GND

0-20mA OUT

PULSCFAB

Pulsed Condenser Fan A-B

PP/MP

J7, 1-3

1=PP/MP Data, 2=24VAC, 3=GND

Belimo PP/MP Protocol

UNL_1_A1
UNL_2_A1
PE2
HIR
UNL_1_B1
HUMIDRLY
UNL_2_B1

Unloader 1 - Comp A1
Unloader 2 - Comp A1
Power Exhaust Relay 2 (BLDG_CFG = 1)
Heat Interlock Relay (BLDG_CFG not 1)
Unloader 1 - Comp B1
Humidifier Relay
Unloader 2 - Comp B1

RLY1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 3
RLY 4
RLY 5
RLY 6

J8, 1-3
J8, 4-6
J8, 7-9
J8, 7-9
J8, 10-12
J8, 13-15
J8, 16-18

1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B
4 =5 = RLY2A,
6 = RLY2B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
10 = 11 = RLY4A, 12 = RLY4B
13 = 14 = RLY5A, 15 = RLY5B
16 = 17 = RLY6A, 18 = RLY6B

1 = Closes RLY1A / RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A / RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A / RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY3A / RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY4A / RLY4B
1 = Closes RLY5A / RLY5B
1 = Closes RLY6A / RLY6B

0VAC = 0
0VAC = 0
0VAC = 0
0VAC = 0
0VAC = 0
0VAC = 0

Table 89 — Economizer Control Board (ECB) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME
INPUTS
PPS

I/O
POINT
NAME

POINT DESCRIPTION

SIGNAL PIN(S)

PORT STATE

NA
NA
NA
NA

DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6

J4, 1-2
J4, 3-4
J4, 5-6
J4, 7-8
J4, 9-10
J4, 11-12

2
4
6
8
10
12

24VAC = 1,
24VAC = 1,
24VAC = 1,
24VAC = 1,
24VAC = 1,
24VAC = 1,

Supply Air CFM
Return Air CFM
NA
NA
NA
NA

AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6

J5, 1-3
J5, 4-6
J6, 1-2
J6, 3-4
J6, 5-6
J6, 7-8

1=24VDC, 2=0-20mA in, 3=GND
4=24VDC, 5=0-20mA in, 6=GND
1
3
5
7

0-20mA
0-20mA
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)

OUTPUTS
EFAN_VFD

Exhaust Fan VFD Speed

AO1

J9, 1-2

1=0-20mA, 2=GND

0-20mA OUT

PP/MP

J7, 1-3

1=PP/MP Data, 2=24VAC, 3=GND

Belimo PP/MP Protocol

PE2

Power Exh. VFD Stage 2 (BLDG_CFG = 4)

RLY1
RLY 2
RLY 3
RLY 4
RLY 5
RLY 6

J8, 1-3
J8, 4-6
J8, 7-9
J8, 10-12
J8, 13-15
J8, 16-18

1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B
4 =5 = RLY2A,
6 = RLY2B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
10 = 11 = RLY4A, 12 = RLY4B
13 = 14 = RLY5A, 15 = RLY5B
16 = 17 = RLY6A, 18 = RLY6B

1 = Closes RLY1A / RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A / RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A / RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY4A / RLY4B
1 = Closes RLY5A / RLY5B
1 = Closes RLY6A / RLY6B

SACFM
RACFM

Plenum Press.Safety Sw.

PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE

NA
NA

0VAC = 0
0VAC = 0
0VAC = 0
0VAC = 0
0VAC = 0
0VAC = 0

Table 90 — Staged Gas Control Board (SCB) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME

POINT DESCRIPTION

I/O
POINT
NAME

PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE

SIGNAL PIN(S)

PORT STATE

INPUTS
LIMSWTMP
LAT1SGAS
LAT2SGAS
LAT3SGAS

Limit Switch Temperature
Staged Gas LAT 1
Staged Gas LAT 2
Staged Gas LAT 3

AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6
AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10

J5, 1-3
J5, 4-6
J5, 7-9
J5, 10-12
J5, 13-15
J6, 1-3
J6, 4-6
J6, 7-9
J7, 1-2
J7, 3-4

1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND (thermistor 1-2)
4=5v, 5=Vin, 6=GND (thermistor 4-5)
7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND (thermistor 7-8)
10=5v, 11=Vin, 12=GND (thermistor 10-11)
13=5v, 14=Vin, 15=GND (thermistor 13-14)
1=5v, 2=Vin, 3=GND (thermistor 1-2)
4=5v, 5=Vin, 6=GND (thermistor 4-5)
7=5v, 8=Vin, 9=GND (thermistor 7-8)
1
3

(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(0-5VDC, thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)

OUTPUTS
HTSGCALC

Staged Gas Capacity Calc

AO1
AO2

J8, 1-2
J8, 3-4

1=0-20mA, 2=GND
3=0-20mA, 4=GND

0-20mA OUT
0-20mA OUT

HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6

Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3

RLY1
RLY2
RLY3
RLY4
RLY5

J9, 1-3
J9, 4-6
J9, 7-9
J9, 10-12
J9, 13-15

1 = 2 = RLY1A, 3 = RLY1B
4 =5 = RLY2A,
6 = RLY2B
7 = 8 = RLY3A, 9 = RLY3B
10 = 11 = RLY4A, 12 = RLY4B
13 = 14 = RLY5A, 15 = RLY5B

1 = Closes RLY1A / RLY1B
1 = Closes RLY2A / RLY2B
1 = Closes RLY3A / RLY3B
1 = Closes RLY4A / RLY4B
1 = Closes RLY5A / RLY5B

116

ADDRESS DIP
SWITCHES ALL ON

RED LEDSTATUS

CEBD430427

GREEN LEDLEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)

HK50AA032

CEPL130427

J1
PWR

PWR
J4

LEN

13
1

10
7
XDCR/THERM

7 RELAYS

4-POSITION
DIP SWITCH

J5
J6

7
XDCR/THERM

THERM

0-20mA OUT

Fig. 28 — Staged Gas Heat Control Board (SCB)

LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL STRIP — This circuit board
provides a connection point between the major control boards
and a majority of the field-installed accessories. See Table 92.
The circuit breakers for the low voltage control transformers,
interface connection for the Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN)
communication, and interface connection for the Local Equipment Network (LEN) communication are also located on the
low voltage terminal strip.
INTEGRATED GAS CONTROL (IGC) — One IGC is provided with each bank of gas heat exchangers. One is used on
low heat size 030-050 units. Two are used on high heat size
030-050 units and low heat 055-105 units. Three are used on
high heat 055-105 units. The IGC controls the direct spark ignition system and monitors the rollout switch, limit switches,
and induced-draft motor Hall Effect switch. The IGC is
equipped with an LED (light-emitting diode) for diagnostics.
See Table 93.
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION BOARD (CSB) (Size 105
Units Only) — This board monitors the status of the compressor by sensing the current flow to the compressors and then
provides digital status signal to the MBB.

CONTROL EXPANSION MODULE (CEM) — The optional
CEM is used to provide inputs for demand limiting, remote set
point and other optional inputs typically needed for energy
management systems. See Fig. 29. On CCN systems these
inputs can be interfaced to through the CCN communications.
It is located in the main control box. The CEM also has inputs
for accessory relative humidity sensors. This board is also used
on units equipped with optional outdoor air CFM monitoring.
The inputs and outputs are summarized in Table 91.
The optional (or accessory) CEM is used to accept inputs
for additional sensors or control sequence switches, including:
• Smoke control mode field switches
• VAV supply air set point reset using an external 4 to
20 mA signal
• Outdoor air CO2 sensor
• Space, return and/or outdoor air relative humidity
sensors
• IAQ function discrete switch
• Demand limit sequence proportional signals or discrete
switches
The CEM is factory-installed when the outdoor air cfm control option is installed.

117

LEN

TEST 1

PWR

STATUS

CEPL130351-01

CEBD430351

J7
J6

TEST 2

GREEN LED LEN (LOCAL EQUIPMENT NETWORK)

RED LED - STATUS

ADDRESS
DIP SWITCH (ALL ON)

Fig. 29 — Controls Expansion Board (CEM)

Table 91 — Control Expansion Module (CEM) Inputs and Outputs
POINT
NAME

POINT DESCRIPTION

I/O
POINT
NAME

PLUG AND PIN
REFERENCE

SIGNAL PIN(S)

PORT STATE

INPUTS
DHDISCIN
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
PRES
EVAC
PURG
IAQIN

Dehumidify Switch Input
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Pressurization
Evacuation
Smoke Purge
IAQ - Discrete Input

DI 1
DI 2
DI 3
DI 4
DI 5
DI 6
DI 7

J7, 1-2
J7, 3-4
J7, 5-6
J7, 7-8
J7, 9-10
J7, 11-12
J7, 13-14

2
4
6
8
10
12
14

0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac
0 = 24vac, 1= 0vac

OACFM
OARH
SPRH
RARH

Outside Air CFM
Outside Air Rel.Humidity
Space Relative Humidity
Return Air Rel.Humidity

AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10

J6, 1-3
J6, 4-6
J6, 7-9
J6, 10-12

2 (1 = loop power)
5 (4 = loop power)
8 (7 = loop power)
11 (10 = loop power)

(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)
(0-20mA input)

DMDLMTMA
EDTRESMA
OAQ
SPRESET

4-20ma Demand Signal
EDT Reset milliampere
OAQ - PPM Return CO2
SP Reset milliamps

AN1
AN2
AN3
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6

J5, 1-2
J5, 3-4
J5, 5-6
J5, 5-6
J5, 7-8
J5, 9-10
J5, 11-12

1
3
5
5
7
9
11

(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)
(thermistor, ohms)

118

Table 92 — Field Terminal Connections
BOARD
TERMINAL
DESCRIPTION
NO.
NUMBER
TB-1 - POWER CONNECTION OR DISCONNECT (in Main Control Box)
11
L1 power supply
TB1
12
L2 power supply
13
L3 power supply
NEUTRAL (in Main Control Box)
Neutral
1
Neutral Power
CCN COMMUNICATIONS (in Main Control Box)
1
LEN +
2
LEN C
3
LEN –
4
24 vac
Comm Port
5
CCN +
7
CCN c
7
CCN –
8
Grd
TB201 - FIELD CONNECTIONS (in Main Control Box)
1
Remote Occupied/Economizer Enable 24 vac out
2
Remote Occupied/Economizer Enable 24 vac in
3
Not Used
4
OD Enthalpy Switch in
5
Fire Shut Down
6
Fire Shut Down
7
VAV Heater Interlock Relay
8
VAV Heater Interlock Relay
TB201
9
Humidifier Output, Ground
10
Humidifier Output, 24 VAC
11
Unit Alarm Output
12
Unit Alarm Output
13
Smoke Detector Alarm Input
14
Smoke Detector Alarm Input
15
Not Used
16
Not Used
TB202 - THERMOSTAT CONNECTIONS (in Main Control Box)
1
Thermostat R
2
Thermostat G
3
Thermostat W2
4
Thermostat W1
5
Thermostat Y2
6
Thermostat Y1
7
Not Used
8
Space Sensor TH
9
Space Sensor COM
TB202
10
Space Sensor Offset SW
Indoor Air IAQ Remote Sensor/Remote
11
Pot/Remote 4-20 mA
Indoor Air IAQ Remote Sensor/Remote
12
Pot/Remote 4-20 mA
13
Not Used
14
Not Used
15
Not Used
16
Not Used
TB203 - FIELD CONNECTIONS (in Main Control Box)
1
Ground
2
Demand Limit 4-20 mA (+)
3
Demand Limit 4-20 mA (-)
4
Supply Air Reset 4-20 mA (+)
5
Supply Air Reset 4-20 mA (-)
6
Outdoor Air IAQ 4-20 mA (+)
7
Outdoor Air IAQ 4-20 mA (-)
8
Space Humidity 4-20 mA (+)
TB203
9
Space Humidity 4-20 mA (-)
10
Not Used
11
Not Used
12
Not Used
13
Not Used
14
Not Used
15
Not Used
16
Not Used
LEGEND
IAQ — Indoor Air Quality
VAV — Variable Air Volume

119

TYPE
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50
208-230/460/575/380/-3-60, 400-3-50

5 vdc, logic
5 vdc, logic
5 vdc, logic
24 vac
5 vdc, logic
5 vdc, logic
5 vdc, logic
ground
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
—
24 vac
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
—
—
24 vac output
24 vac input
24 vac input
24 vac input
24 vac input
24 vac input
—
Thermistor input
Thermistor input
Thermistor input
Thermistor input or externally powered 4 to 20 mA when used with
180 ohm resistor
Thermistor input or externally powered 4 to 20 mA when used with
180 ohm resistor

ground
4 to 20 mA loop power
4 to 20 mA loop power
4 to 20 mA loop power
4 to 20 mA signal
4 to 20 mA loop power
4 to 20 mA signal
4 to 20 mA loop power
4 to 20 mA signal
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Table 92 — Field Terminal Connections (cont)
BOARD
TERMINAL
DESCRIPTION
NO.
NUMBER
TB204 - FIELD CONNECTIONS (in Main Control Box)
1
Demand Limit Redline 24 vac out
2
Demand Limit Redline 24 vac in
3
Demand Limit Loadshed 24 vac out
4
Demand Limit Loadshed 24 vac in
5
Fire Pressuration 24 vac out
6
Fire Pressuration 24 vac in
7
Fire Evacuation 24 vac out
8
Fire Evacuation 24 vac in
TB204
9
Fire Smoke Purge 24 vac out
10
Fire Smoke Purge 24 vac in
11
IAQ Switch 24 vac out
12
IAQ Switch 24 vac in
13
Not Used
14
Not Used
15
Not Used
16
Not Used

TYPE
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
external contact (maximum 24 vac, 3 A)
—
—
—
—

LEGEND
IAQ — Indoor Air Quality
VAV — Variable Air Volume

control includes a full alarm history, which can be accessed
from the display. In addition, through the scrolling marquee the
user can access a built-in test routine that can be used at startup commission and to diagnose operational problems with the
unit. The scrolling marquee is located in the main control box
and is standard on all units.
SUPPLY FAN — The 48/50Z030-050 units are equipped with
a single 25 x 25-in. forward-curved fan. The 48/50Z055-070
units are equipped with a single 30 x 27-in. forward-curved
fan. The 48/50Z075-105 units are equipped with either a single
36 x 30-in. forward-curved fan or a 36-in. airfoil fan. The fan
sleds are spring isolated and driven by a single, 3-phase motor.
The fan is controlled directly by the ComfortLink™ controls.
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) — On variable
air volume units with optional VFD, the supply fan speed is
controlled by a 3-phase VFD. The VFD is located in the supply
fan section (030-050 units) or mixing box section (055-105
units) behind an access door. The VFD speed is controlled directly by the ComfortLink™ controls through a 4 to 20 mA
signal based on a supply duct pressure sensor. The VFD has a
display, which can be used for service diagnostics, but setup of
the building pressure and control loop factors should be done
through the scrolling marquee display. The VFD is powered
during normal operation to prevent condensation from forming
on the boards during the off mode and is stopped by driving the
speed to 0 (by sending a 4 mA signal to the VFD).
The Z Series units use ABB VFDs. The interface wiring for
the VFDs is shown in Fig. 31. Terminal designations are shown
in Table 94.

Table 93 — IGC Board Inputs and Outputs
POINT NAME
INPUTS
RT
W
G
LS
RS
SS
CS
FS
OUTPUTS
CM
IFO
R
SPARK
LED

POINT DESCRIPTION

CONNECTOR
PIN NO.

24 Volt Power Supply
Heat Demand
Fan
Limit Switch
Rollout Switch
Hall Effect Sensor
Centrifugal Switch (Not Used)
Flame Sense

RT,C
2
3
7,8
5,6
1,2,3
9,10
FS

Induced Draft Motor
Indoor Fan
24 Volt Power Output (Not Used)
Sparker
Display LED

CM
IFO
R
—

SCROLLING MARQUEE — This device is the keypad interface used to access the control information, read sensor
values, and test the unit. The scrolling marquee display is a
4-key, 4-character, 16-segment LED display as well as an
Alarm Status LED. See Fig. 30. The display is easy to operate
using 4 buttons and a group of 11 LEDs that indicate the
following menu structures:
• Run Status
• Service Test
• Temperatures
• Pressures
• Set points
• Inputs
• Outputs
• Configuration
• Timeclock
• Operating Modes
• Alarms
Through the scrolling marquee, the user can access all the
inputs and outputs to check on their values and status. Because
the unit is equipped with suction pressure transducers and
discharge saturation temperature sensors, the scrolling marquee
can also display pressures typically obtained from gages. The

MODE
Run Status
Service Test
Temperature
Pressures
Setpoints
Inputs

Alarm Status

Outputs
Configuration
Time Clock

ESCAPE

ENTER

Operating Modes
Alarms

Fig. 30 — Scrolling Marquee

120

–

Fig. 31 — VFD Wiring
Table 94 — VFD Terminal Designations
TERMINAL
U1
V1
W1
U2
V2
W2
X1-11 (GND)
X1-12 (COMMON)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-13 (DI-1)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-16 (DI-4)
X1-2 (AI-1)
X1-3 (AGND)

out the back of the unit or discharged through the return air
section of the economizer.
ECONOMIZER MOTOR(S) — The economizer outside air
and return air dampers are gear-driven dampers without linkages. An LEN communicating economizer motor(s) controls
their position. The motor position is controlled by the MBB
through the LEN communication bus. This allows for accurate
control of the motors as well as feedback information and diagnostics information. The control has a self-calibration routine
that allows the motor position to be configured at initial unit
start-up. The motor(s) is located on the economizer and can be
reached through the filter access door.
THERMISTORS AND PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS —
The unit is equipped with several thermistors for measurement
of temperatures. The thermistors are summarized in Table 95.
The units have two pressure transducers that are connected
to the low side of the system. These two pressure transducers
measure the low side pressure and are used for low pressure
protection and coil freeze protection.
The units also have two pressure transducers that are connected to the high side of the system. These two pressure transducers measure the discharge pressure and are used to cycle the
condenser fans to maintain head pressure.
By using the high and low side pressure transducers, the
ComfortLink controls display the high and low side pressures
and saturation temperatures and a normal gage set is not
required.
SMOKE DETECTOR — The units can be equipped with an
accessory smoke detector located in the return air. The detector
is wired to the ComfortLink controls and, if activated, will stop
the unit by means of a special fire mode. The smoke detector
can also be wired to an external alarm system through TB201
terminals 5 and 6. The sensor is located in the return air section.
FILTER STATUS SWITCH — The units can be equipped
with an optional filter status switch. The switch measures the
pressure drop across the filters and closes when an adjustable
pressure set point is exceeded. The sensor is located in the return air section behind the filter access door.

FUNCTION
Three-Phase Main Circuit Input Power Supply
Three-Phase AC Output to Motor, 0 V to
Maximum Input Voltage Level
Factory-supplied jumper
Run (factory-supplied jumper)
Start Enable 1 (factory-supplied jumper). When
opened the drive goes to emergency stop.
Factory wired for 4 to 20 mA remote input

POWER EXHAUST — The units can be equipped with an
optional power exhaust system. The power exhaust fans are
two belt-drive forward-curved fans. On non-modulating systems, the fans are staged by the ComfortLink™ controls based
on the economizer damper position. For modulating (CV or
VAV) applications, the fans are turned on by the ComfortLink
control based on building pressure sensed by the building pressure transducer. The fan output is modulated via discharge
dampers with LEN communicating actuators to maintain the
building pressure set point.
HIGH CAPACITY POWER EXHAUST (Sizes 075-105
Only) — The power exhaust fans are two belt-driven forwardcurved fans. Operation of the power exhaust is a combination
modulating/staged control. The lead fan is controlled by a VFD
and provides 0 to 50% of total exhaust capability. The second
fan is staged On/Off (for a step of 50% of total exhaust capability) according to the VFD output level on fan no. 1.
RETURN/EXHAUST FAN (Sizes 075-105 Only) — The
return/exhaust fan power exhaust assembly consists of one
belt-drive plenum fan. The plenum fan pressurizes the plenum
fan section so that the air can either be discharged horizontally

121

Table 95 — Thermistors and Unit Operation Control Pressure Transducers
SENSOR
Thermistors

DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION

Cooling Coil Thermistor input. Provided with factory-option hydronic heat. Located on face of the
hydronic heating coil. Consists of 4 thermistors wired into a 2x2 array.
Limit
Switch Thermistor. Provided with Staged Gas Control option. Located in the heating
LST
compartment.
OAT
Outside Air Thermistor. Located in top of the return plenum, attached to roof pole.
Return Air Thermistor.
RAT
Without Economizer: Located on left side base rail in the return plenum.
With Economizer: Located on left side face of return damper section in the return plenum.
Supply
Air Thermistor. Located in the Supply Fan section, on left side of the fan housing.
SAT
(May be relocated or replaced when unit is used with CCN Linkage systems; see page 60.)
Leaving Air Thermistors, provided with Staged Gas Control option. Shipped in the heating
LAT 1,2,3
compartment. Installer must pull out and mount in the supply duct.
Control Pressure Transducers
Building Pressure. Provided with Modulating Power Exhaust, High-Capacity Power Exhaust
BP
and Return Fan options. Located in the auxiliary control box (left-hand side of unit near return
plenum).
DPA
Discharge Pressure (refrigerant), Circuit A. Located on compressor A1 high-side connections.
DPB
Discharge Pressure (refrigerant), Circuit B. Located on compressor B1 high-side connections.
SPA
Suction Pressure (refrigerant), Circuit A. Located on compressor A1 low-side connections.
SPB
Suction Pressure (refrigerant), Circuit B. Located on compressor B1 low-side connections.
Duct Static Pressure. Provided with VAV models equipped with VFD or Inlet Guide Vane options.
DSP
Located in the auxiliary control box (right-hand side of unit near return plenum).
Supply Air Cfm (velocity pressure). Provided with factory-option return fan system
FT_SF
(sizes 075-105 only). Located in the supply fan compartment, on right side, on vertical post.
Return Air Cfm (velocity pressure). Provided with factory-option return fan system
FT_RF
(sizes 075-105 only). Located in auxiliary control box (right-hand side, filter access panel).
Outside Air CFM Outside Air Cfm Monitor (velocity pressure). Provided with the Outside Air Cfm Control option.
Control
Located in auxiliary control box (right-hand side, filter access panel).
CCT

PART NO.
HH79NZ039 (4)
HH79NZ034
HH79NZ039
HH79NZ039
HH79NZ039
HH79NZ034 (3)

HK05ZG018
HK05YZ007
HK05YZ007
HK05YZ001
HK05YZ001
HK05ZG010
HK05ZG015
HK05ZG07
50ZZ400290 (030-070)
50ZZ400289 (075-105)

LEGEND
VAV — Variable Air Volume

The ComfortLink controls also support the use of space
temperature sensors and can be used with the T55 and T56
sensors. The controls can also be used with CCN communicating T58 room sensor. The T55 and T56 sensors are connected
to TB202 terminals 8, 9, and 10. The T58 sensor is connected
to the CCN connections on COMM board. Whenever a unit
equipped with heat is operated without a thermostat, the user
must install the red jumpers from R to W1, and W2 on TB202
for the heat function to work correctly.
SPACE CO2 SENSORS — The ComfortLink controls also
support a CO2 IAQ sensor that can be located in the space for
use in demand ventilation. The sensor must be a 4 to 20 mA
sensor and should be connected to TB202 terminals 11 and 12.
ECONOMIZER HUMIDITY CHANGEOVER SENSORS — The ComfortLink controls support 5 different
changeover systems for the economizer. These are:
• Outdoor enthalpy switch
• Outdoor air dry bulb
• Differential dry bulb
• Outdoor air enthalpy curves
• Differential enthalpy
• Custom curves (a combination of an enthalpy/dewpoint
curve and a dry bulb curve).
The units are equipped as standard with an outdoor air
enthalpy control. Outside air and return air dry bulb sensors
which support the dry bulb changeover method are also
supplied as standard. If the other methods are to be used, then a
field-installed humidity sensor must be installed for outdoor air
enthalpy and customer curve control and two humidity sensors
must be installed for differential enthalpy. Installation holes are
pre-drilled and wire harnesses are installed in every unit for
connection of the humidity sensors. The ComfortLink controls
have the capability to convert the measured humidity and
dry bulb temperature into enthalpy.

FAN STATUS SWITCH — The units can be equipped with
an optional fan status switch that will monitor the pressure rise
across the indoor fans.
RETURN AIR CO2 SENSOR — The unit can be equipped
with a return air IAQ CO2 sensor that is used for the demand
control ventilation. The sensor is located in the return air section and can be accessed from the filter access door.
BOARD ADDRESSES — Each board in the system has an
address. The MBB has a default address of 1 but it does have
an instance jumper that should be set to 1 as shown in Fig. 26.
For the other boards in the system there is a 4-dip switch header on each board that should be set as shown below.
BOARD
RCB
ECB
SCB
CEM

SW1
0
1
0
0

SW2
0
0
0
0

SW3
0
0
0
0

SW4
0
0
0
0

0 = On; 1 = Off

Accessory Control Components — In addition to

the factory-installed options, the units can also be equipped
with several field-installed accessories that expand the control
features of the unit. The following hardware components can
be used as accessories.
ROOM THERMOSTATS — The ComfortLink™ controls
support a conventional electro-mechanical or electronic thermostat that uses the Y1, Y2, W1, W2, and G signals. The
control also supports an additional input for an occupied/
unoccupied command that is available on some new thermostats. The ComfortLink controls can be configured to run with
up to 6 stages of capacity. Although the unit can be configured
for normal 2-stage control, it is recommended that the multistage control be used. The room thermostat is connected to
TB202.
122

to simplify the installation. It is recommended that red be used
for the signal positive, black for the signal negative and white
for the signal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables containing different colored wires.
At each system element, the shields of its communication
bus cables must be tied together. If the communication bus is
entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield
must be connected to a ground at one point only. If the communication bus cable exits from one building and enters another,
the shields must be connected to grounds at the lightning
suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the
building (one point per building only). To connect the unit to
the network:
1. Turn off power to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the ends of the red (+), white
(ground), and black (–) conductors. (Substitute appropriate colors for different colored cables.)
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on the COMM
board, the white wire to COM terminal on the COMM
board, and the black wire to the (–) terminal on the
COMM board.
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on the COMM board can also
be used, but is only intended for temporary connection
(for example, a laptop computer running Service Tool).
5. Restore power to unit.

ACCESSORY NAVIGATOR™ DISPLAY — The accessory handheld Navigator display can be used with the 48/50Z
series units. See Fig. 32. The Navigator display operates the
same way as the scrolling marquee device. The RCB and ECB
boards contain a second LEN port than can be used with the
handheld Navigator display.
CONTROL MODULE COMMUNICATIONS
Red LED — Proper operation of the control boards can be
visually checked by looking at the red status LEDs as shown
on Fig. 26-29. When operating correctly, the red status LEDs
should blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If the
red LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify that correct power
is being supplied to all modules. Also, be sure that the main
base board is supplied with the current software and that all
boards are configured on. If necessary, reload current software.
If the problem still persists, a board may need to be replaced. A
board LED that is lit continuously or blinking at a rate of once
per second or faster indicates that the board should be replaced.
Green LED — The boards also have a green LED, which is
the indicator of the operation of the LEN communications,
which is used for communications between the boards. On the
MBB board the Local Equipment Network (LEN) LED should
always be blinking whenever power is on. All other boards
have a LEN LED that will blink whenever power is on and
there is communication occurring. If LEN LED is not blinking,
check LEN connections for potential communication errors (J3
and J4 connectors). A 3-wire sensor bus accomplishes communication between modules. These 3 wires run in parallel from
module to module.
Yellow LED — The MBB has one yellow LED. The Carrier
Comfort Network® (CCN) LED will blink during times of
network communication. The other boards do not have a CCN
communications port.
CARRIER COMFORT NETWORK INTERFACE — The
48/50Z Series units can be connected to the CCN if desired.
See Fig. 33. The communication bus wiring is a shielded,
3-conductor cable with drain wire and is field supplied and installed. See the Installation Instructions for wiring information.
The system elements are connected to the communication
bus in a daisy chain arrangement. The positive pin of each
system element communication connector must be wired to the
positive pins of the system elements on either side of it. This is
also required for the negative and signal ground pins of each
system element. Wiring connections for CCN should be made
at the COMM board. See Fig. 16. Consult the CCN Contractor’s Manual for further information.
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20-AWG
(American Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper.
Individual conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/
nylon, vinyl, Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester
100% foil shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon,
chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of –20 C to 60 C is required.
It is important when connecting to a CCN communication
bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network

IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent
some routines from running and may prevent the unit
from starting. If abnormal conditions occur, unplug the
connector. If conditions return to normal, check the
CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if necessary.
A short in one section of the bus can cause problems
with all system elements on the bus.

Co m
NA

T IM E
EWT
LW T

SETP

fort

VIG

Li n k

ATO

12.
54. 58
44. 6 F
4 4 . 01 F
F

Run
Statu
s
Servi
ce Te
st
Temp
eratur
es
Pres
sures
Setpo
ints
Inputs

Al ar

m St
atu

Outpu
ts
Confi
gurat
ion
Time
Cloc
k
Opera
ting
Mode
Alarm
s
s

ENT

ESC

Fig. 32 — Accessory Navigator Display

123

CCN BUS

ROOFTOP
UNIT

BUILDING SUPERVISOR

NETWORK
OPTIONS

ROOFTOP
UNIT

ROOFTOP
UNIT
CL

HEATING/COOLING UNITS
REMOTE
CCN SITE

AUTODIAL
GATEWAY
TO
ADDITIONAL
TERMINALS

TERMINAL
SYSTEM
MANAGER
CL

TCU

ROOFTOP
UNIT

DAV AIR
TERMINAL

TCU

DAV AIR
TERMINAL

NON CARRIER
HVAC
EQUIPMENT
COMFORT
CONTROLLER

CCN
CL
DAV
HVAC
TCU

—
—
—
—
—

AIR DISTRIBUTION-DIGITAL AIR VOLUME CONTROL (DAV)

LEGEND
Carrier Comfort Network®
ComfortLink™ Controls
Digital Air Volume
Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
Terminal Control Unit

Fig. 33 — CCN System Architecture

124

DAV FAN
POWERED
MIXING
BOX

right side of the unit (when facing return air end). See Fig. 37
and 38.
All gas system components are in the gas section.
MAIN BURNERS (48Z Only) — At the beginning of each
heating season, inspect for deterioration due to corrosion or
other causes. Observe the main burner flames and adjust if necessary. See Gas System Adjustment section on page 131.
FLUE GAS PASSAGEWAYS (48Z Only) — The flue collector box and heat exchanger cells may be inspected by
removing heat exchanger access panel, flue box cover, and
main burner assembly (Fig. 39). Refer to Main Burners
Removal and Replacement section on page 131 for burner
removal sequence. If cleaning is required, remove heat
exchanger baffles and clean tubes with a wire brush.
Use caution with ceramic heat exchanger baffles. When installing retaining clip, be sure the center leg of the clip extends
inward toward baffle. See Fig. 40.
COMBUSTION-AIR BLOWERS (48Z Only) — Clean periodically to assure proper airflow and heating efficiency.
Inspect blower wheel every fall and periodically during heating season. For the first heating season, inspect blower wheel
bi-monthly to determine proper cleaning frequency.
To inspect blower wheel, remove heat exchanger access
panel. Shine a flashlight into opening to inspect wheel. If cleaning is required, remove motor and wheel assembly by removing screws holding motor mounting plate to top of combustion
fan housing (Fig. 41). The motor and wheel assembly will slide
up and out of the fan housing. Remove the blower wheel from
the motor shaft and clean with a detergent or solvent. Replace
motor and wheel assembly.
ECONOMIZER DAMPER MOTOR(S) — On units so
equipped, the economizer motor(s) is located in the mixing
box section. Access to it is through the door labeled FILTER
SECTION.
CONDENSER FANS AND FAN MOTORS — Remove the
wire fan guard on top of the unit to gain access to the condenser
fans and motors.
INLET GUIDE VANE MOTOR — The inlet guide vane motor is located on the evaporator-fan sled on the side opposite the
fan motor. See Fig. 42A and 42B. Access is through the door
labeled FAN SECTION.
25% OUTDOOR-AIR DAMPER — Access to adjust the
damper is through the hoods. Remove filters to gain access into
unit to adjust linkage arms.
MODULATING POWER EXHAUST DAMPER MOTOR —
The modulating power exhaust damper motor is located in the
return-air end of the unit.

SERVICE
Service Access — All unit components can be reached

through clearly labeled hinged access doors. These doors are
not equipped with tiebacks, so if heavy duty servicing is needed, either remove them or prop them open to prevent accidental
closure.
Each door is held closed with 3 latches. The latches are
secured to the unit with a single 1/4-in. –20 x 1/2-in. long bolt.
See Fig. 34.
To open, loosen the latch bolt using a 7/16-in. wrench. Pivot
the latch so it is not in contact with the door. Open the door. To
shut, reverse the above procedure.
NOTE: Disassembly of the top cover may be required under
special service circumstances. It is very important that the orientation and position of the top cover be marked on the unit
prior to disassembly. This will allow proper replacement of the
top cover onto the unit and prevent rainwater from leaking into
the unit.
IMPORTANT: After servicing is completed, make sure
door is closed and relatched properly, and that the
latches are tight. Failure to do this can result in water
leakage into the indoor-air section of the unit.
COMPRESSORS
Sizes 030-050 — Access to the compressors is through the
doors on the condenser end of the unit. This door also provides
access to the discharge and suction service valves, the crankcase heaters, and the high-pressure and low-pressure switches.
Compressor no. 1 is always the compressor on the left when
facing main control box.
Sizes 055-105 — The oil pump end (compressor access) of
each compressor is readily accessible from sides of unit. Access
the motor end of the compressor through the condenser end of the
unit or by removing compressor.
LIQUID SERVICE VALVES, FILTER DRIERS, AND
SIGHT GLASSES
Sizes 030-050 — Access to these components is through the
access panel on the right side of the unit. See Fig. 35. There is
also a Schrader port in each suction line that is accessible
through this same panel. When charging unit, route service line
through the round holes and replace panel to minimize air
bypass.
Sizes 055-105 — Access to these components is from the side
of the unit.
SUPPLY-FAN MOTORS, PULLEYS, AND BELTS — Access to these components is through the 2 doors labeled FAN
SECTION on each side of the unit.
POWER EXHAUST MOTORS, PULLEYS, AND BELTS —
Access to these components is through the door below the side
economizer hoods on both sides of the unit. See Fig. 36.
RETURN AIR FILTERS — Access to these filters is through
the door marked FILTER SECTION.
UNIT CONTROL BOX — Access to this component is
through the doors marked ELECTRICAL SECTION on the
condenser end of the unit.
GAS HEAT SECTION (48Z Only) — Access to the gas heat
section is through the door labeled HEAT SECTION on the

IMPORTANT: When replacing panel, be sure to properly secure it in order to prevent water from being drawn
into the unit.
The motor is accessed through the small door below the side
economizer hoods on the left side of the unit. See Fig. 36.
RETURN-AIR FILTERS — Access to these filters is through
the door marked FILTER SECTION. Filters in upper and lower bag filter tracks can only be removed from the right side of
the unit.

125

Fig. 34 — Door Latch

NOTE: High heat consists of sections 1 and 2. Low heat consists of
section 1 only.

Fig. 37 — Gas Section Detail, Sizes 030-050

Fig. 35 — Typical Filter Drier and Liquid Service
Valve Access

NOTE: High heat consists of sections 1-3. Low heat consists of sections 1 and 2 only.

Fig. 36 — Modulating Power Exhaust
Motor Access (Both Sides)

Fig. 38 — Gas Section Detail, Sizes 055-105

126

INLET GUIDE
VANE MOTOR

Fig. 42A — Inlet Guide Vane Motor (Sizes 055-070)

Fig. 39 — Burner Section Detail

CERAMIC
BAFFLE

CLIP

HEAT EXCHANGER
TUBES

NOTE: One baffle and clip will be in each upper tube of the heat
exchanger.

Fig. 40 — Removing Heat Exchanger Ceramic
Baffles and Clips

Fig. 42B — Inlet Guide Vane Motor
(Sizes 075-105)

Fig. 41 — Combustion Blower Removal

127

1. Turn off unit power.
2. Adjust motor plate so belts can be installed without
stretching over the grooves of the pulley. (Forcing the
belts can result in uneven belt stretching and a mismatched set of belts.)
3. Before tensioning the belts, equalize belt slack so that it is
on the same side of the belt for all belts. Failure to do so
may result in uneven belt stretching.
4. Tighten belts using the motor plate adjusting bolts.
5. Adjust until proper belt tension (1/2-in. [13 mm] deflection with one finger centered between pulleys) is
obtained. Be sure to adjust both adjusting bolts the same
number of turns.
NOTE: Check the tension at least twice during the first
day of operation, as there is normally a rapid decrease in
tension until the belts have run in. Check tension periodically thereafter and keep it at the recommended tension.
With the correct belt tension, belts may slip and squeal momentarily on start-up. This slippage is normal and disappears
after wheel reaches operating speed. Excessive belt tension
shortens belt life and may cause bearing and shaft damage.
PULLEY ALIGNMENT — For proper belt life, the motor
and fan pulleys must be properly aligned. To check, first turn
off unit power. Place a straightedge against the motor and fan
pulleys. See Fig. 45. If the pulleys are properly aligned, the
straightedge should be parallel to the belts.
If they are not parallel, check that the motor shaft and fan
shaft are parallel. If they are not, adjust the motor plate adjusting bolts until they are.
After verifying that the shafts are parallel, loosen the setscrews on the motor pulley. Move pulley on the shaft until the
pulleys are parallel. To move the sheave on the shaft, loosen the
belts. If necessary, blower sheave can also be moved on the
shaft.
INSTALLING REPLACEMENT MOTOR PULLEY (Supply
Fan Only) — To install a field-supplied replacement pulley:
1. Turn off unit power.
2. Loosen belts using motor adjusting bolts until belts can
be removed without stretching them over the grooves of
the pulley.
3. Remove belts.
4. Loosen setscrews on motor pulley.
5. Slide pulley off motor shaft. Make sure setscrews on new
pulley are loose.
6. Slide new pulley onto fan shaft and align it with the fan
pulley as described in Pulley Alignment section above.
7. Tighten setscrews.
8. Install belts and tension properly as described in Pulley
Alignment section above.
CONDENSER FAN ADJUSTMENT (All Units Except
050, 070, 075 Units with High-Capacity Evaporator Coil)
1. Turn off unit power.
2. Remove fan guard and loosen fan hub setscrew.
3. See Fig. 46 and adjust fan height using a straight edge
laid across the fan deck.
4. Tighten setscrew and replace rubber hubcap to prevent
hub from rusting to the motor shaft. Fill hub recess with
Permagum if hub has no rubber hubcap.
5. Replace fan guard.

Adjustments
RETURN/EXHAUST FAN MOTOR PLATE
Adjust using a 3/4-in. wrench on the adjusting bolts:
1. Loosen holddown bolts. (See Fig. 43).
2. Turn the adjusting bolts to move the motor mounting
plate toward or away from the fan to loosen or tighten the
belts. Make the same number of turns to each bolt.
3. Retighten holddown bolts.
SUPPLY FAN AND POWER EXHAUST MOTOR
PLATE — Adjust using a 15/16-in. wrench on the adjusting
bolts:
1. Loosen holddown bolts. (See Fig. 44.)
2. Turn the adjusting bolts to move the motor mounting
plate toward or away from the fan to loosen or tighten the
belts. Make the same number of turns to each bolt.
3. Retighten holddown bolts.
HOLDDOWN BOLTS

HOLDDOWN
BOLTS

Fig. 43 — Return/Exhaust Fan Motor
Plate Adjustment

Fig. 44 — Motor Plate Adjustment
BELT INSTALLATION AND TENSIONING
IMPORTANT: When installing or replacing belts,
always use a complete set of new, matched belts to prevent potential vibration problems. Mixing belts often
results in premature breakage of the new belts.

128

Check for proper rotation of the fan(s) once reinstalled
(counterclockwise viewed from above). If necessary to reverse,
switch leads at contactor(s) in control box.
AIR PRESSURE TRANSDUCER FIELD ADJUSTMENT — All transducers have been factory calibrated and
should not require field adjustment. If field adjustment is
necessary, follow the instructions below. To re-calibrate a
transducer:
1. Shut the unit power off.
2. Take the wiring and pressure tubing off the transducer.
Take the transducer out of the unit.
3. Connect a 24-vdc power supply to transducer terminals
EXC(+) and COM(–). See Fig. 48.
4. Using a digital multimeter measure the current between
terminals EXC(+) and OUT.
5. With both pressure ports open to atmosphere adjust the
Zero (Z) screw potentiometer on the transducer and read
the multimeter until the desired current output at 0 in. wg
pressure is obtained (see Fig. 48).
6. Reinstall the transducer in the unit.
7. Restore power to the unit.

Cleaning — Inspect unit at the beginning of each heating
and cooling season and during each season as operating conditions may require.
Clean condenser coil with a vacuum cleaner, fresh water,
compressed air, or a bristle brush (not wire). Coil cleaning
should be a part of the planned maintenance program. Clean
evaporator coil with a stiff bristle brush (not wire), vacuum
cleaner, or compressed air.
Check and clean condensate drain annually at the start of
the cooling season.
Replace return-air filters at the start of each heating and
cooling season or as often as necessary during each season, depending on operating conditions.
1. Remove economizer outdoor-air filters from the hoods by
removing the filter retainers.
2. Clean filters with steam or hot water and mild detergent.
3. Reinstall filters in hoods after cleaning. Never replace
cleanable filters with throwaway filters.

Fig. 45 — Pulley Alignment

PLASTIC FAN
PROPELLER

CLEARANCE OF 0.25 INCHES
(6.4 MM) FOR STANDARD
CONDENSER FANS
FAN DECK
SURFACE

Fig. 46 — Condenser-Fan Adjustment
(Standard Units)

FAN ORIFICE

Fig. 47 — Condenser Fan Position (Units with High
Capacity Evaporator Coil Option)

CONDENSER FAN ADJUSTMENT (Sizes 050,070,075
With High-Capacity Evaporator Coil Option) — Each fan is
supported by a formed wire mount bolted to a fan deck and
covered with a wire guard. The exposed end of the fan motor
shaft is protected from weather by grease. If the fan motor must
be removed for service or replacement, be sure to regrease fan
shaft and reinstall fan cover, retaining clips, and fan guard. For
proper performance, the fans should be positioned as shown in
Fig. 47. Tighten setscrews to 14 ± 1 ft-lb (18 ± 1.3 N-m).

129

TRANSDUCER
PART
NUMBER

INPUT
RANGE
(in. wg)

OUTPUT OUTPUT
RANGE AT 0 IN. WG

HK05ZG019

0-5

4-20 mA

4 mA

HK05ZG020

0-1

4-20 mA

4 mA

HK05ZG021

0-15

4-20 mA

4 mA

–0.25-0.25 4-20 mA

12 mA

HK05ZG022

The TXV is set to maintain 10 to 13 F superheat leaving the
evaporator coil. It controls the flow of refrigerant to the evaporator coils.

USAGE

Refrigeration Circuits

Supply Duct/
Air Foil
Fan Cfm
Forward
Curved
Fan Cfm
Return/
Exhaust
Fan Cfm
Building
Pressure

PRESSURE PORTS

LEAK TESTING — Units are shipped with a full operating
charge of R-22 (see unit nameplate). If there is no pressure in
the system, introduce enough nitrogen to search for the leak.
Repair the leak using good refrigeration practices. After leaks
are repaired, system must be evacuated and dehydrated
using methods described in GTAC II, Module 4, System
Dehydration.
REFRIGERANT CHARGE (Refer to Unit Nameplate) — At
the liquid line connection point on each circuit is a factoryinstalled liquid line service valve. On each valve is a 1/4-in.
Schrader connection for charging liquid refrigerant.
All units are shipped with a complete operating charge of
R-22. See unit nameplate and for amount of charge. When
adding a complete charge, evacuate system using standard
evacuating procedures and weigh in the specified amount of
charge. All units use the same charging chart. See Fig. 49.
Charging with Unit Off and Evacuated — Close liquid line
service valve before charging. Weigh in charge shown in
unit nameplate. Open liquid line service valve; start unit and
allow it to run several minutes fully loaded. Check for a clear
sight glass. Be sure clear condition is liquid and not vapor.
Complete charging the unit.
Charging with Unit Running — If charge is to be added while
unit is operating, it is necessary to have all condenser fans and
compressors operating. It may be necessary to block condenser
coils at low-ambient temperatures to raise condensing pressure
to approximately 280 psig to turn all condenser fans on. Do not
totally block a coil to do this. Partially block all coils in uniform pattern. Charge vapor into compressor low-side service
port located above oil pump crankshaft housing. Charge each
circuit until sight glass shows clear liquid.

HIGH

LOW
COM

OUT

EXC

Fig. 48 — Transducer Details

Lubrication
COMPRESSORS — Each compressor is correctly charged at
the factory. Refer to 06D and 06E Compressor Service Manuals if additional information regarding compressor lubrication
system is required.
FAN SHAFT BEARINGS — Lubricate fan shaft bearings at
least once a year with suitable bearing grease. Extended grease
lines are provided on pulley side of blower. Typical lubricants
are given below:
MANUFACTURER
Texaco
Mobil
Sunoco
Texaco

Oil Charge — All units are factory charged with oil. Acceptable oil level for each compressor is shown in Table 96.
When additional oil or a complete charge is required, use
only Carrier-approved compressor oil.
Approved oils are:
Petroleum Specialties, Inc. — Cryol 150A (factory oil charge)
Texaco, Inc.
— Capella WF-32-150
Witco Chemical Co.
— Suniso 3GS
Do not reuse drained oil, and do not use any oil that has
been exposed to atmosphere as oil is highly hygroscopic and
rapidly absorbs moisture.
ADD OIL — Close suction shutoff valve and pump down
crankcase to 2 psig. (Low-pressure cutout must be jumpered.)
Wait a few minutes and repeat until pressure remains steady at
2 psig. Remove oil fill plug above the oil level sight glass, add
oil through plug hole, and replace plug. Run compressor for
20 minutes and check oil level.
REMOVE OIL — Pump down compressor to 2 psig. Loosen
the 1/4-in. pipe plug at the compressor base and allow the oil to
seep out past the threads of the plug.
NOTE: The crankcase will be slightly pressurized. Do not
remove the plug, or the entire oil charge will be lost.
Small amounts of oil can be removed through the oil pump
discharge connection while the compressor is running.

LUBRICANT
Regal AFB-2*
Mobilplex EP No. 1
Prestige 42
Multifak 2

*Preferred lubricant because it contains rust and oxidation inhibitors.

INLET GUIDE VANE BEARINGS (Units With Optional
Inlet Guide Vanes) — These bearings are oil impregnated.
Lubricate annually with a few drops of nondetergent SAE
(Society of Automotive Engineers) 20 oil.
FAN MOTOR BEARINGS — The condenser-fan and
evaporator-fan motors have sealed bearings so no field lubrication
is required.
DOOR HINGES — All door hinges should be lubricated at
least once a year.

Refrigerant Feed Components — Each refrigerant
circuit (2 per unit) has all the necessary refrigerant controls.

Table 96 — Oil Charge

Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) — On sizes

030 and 035, each circuit has one TXV. On size 040 and 050,
each circuit has 2. The superheat is nonadjustable. On sizes
055-105, each circuit has 2 TXVs on which superheat may be
adjusted if necessary. Adjustment is not normally required or
recommended.

COMPRESSOR
06D
06E 299
All other 06E

130

OIL CHARGE (Pints)
10.0
19.0
20.0

CHARGING CHART
BOTH CIRCUITS
ALL OUTDOOR FANS MUST BE OPERATING

INLET PRESSURE
TAP (ON SIDE)
1/8-IN. 27 NPT

Liquid Temperature at Liquid Valve (deg F)

140

120

OUTLET PRESSURE
TAP (ON SIDE)
1/8-IN. 27 NPT

Add Charge if Above Curve

100

Reduce Charge if Below Curve
80

LOW-FIRE REGULATOR HIGH-FIRE REGULATOR
ADJUSTMENT SCREW ADJUSTMENT SCREW
60

Fig. 50 — Gas Valve

Moisture/Liquid Indicator — A clear flow of liquid
refrigerant indicates sufficient charge in the system. Bubbles
indicate undercharged system or the presence of noncondensables. Moisture in the system measured in parts per million
(ppm) changes the color of the indicator:
Green — moisture below 45 ppm (dry)
Chartreuse — 45 to 130 ppm (caution!)
Yellow — moisture above 130 ppm (wet)
Change filter driers at the first sign of moisture in the system. See Carrier Charging Handbook for more information.

40
50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Liquid Pressure at Liquid Valve (PSIG)

Fig. 49 — Charging Chart — 48/50Z030-105 Units

Gas System Adjustment (48Z Only)
GAS VALVE ADJUSTMENT — The gas valve opens and
closes in response to the unit control.
When power is supplied to valve terminals D1 and C2, the
main valve opens to its preset position.
The regular factory setting is stamped on the valve body
(3.3 in. wg).
To adjust regulator:
1. Set thermostat at setting for no call for heat.
2. Switch main gas valve to OFF position.
3. Remove 1/8-in. pipe plug from manifold or gas valve
pressure tap connection. Install a suitable pressuremeasuring device.
4. Switch main gas valve to ON position.
5. Set thermostat at setting to call for heat.
6. Remove screw cap covering regulator adjustment
screw (see Fig. 50).
7. Turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure
or counterclockwise to decrease pressure.
8. Once desired pressure is established, set thermostat
setting for no call for heat, turn off main gas valve,
remove pressure-measuring device, and replace 1/8-in.
pipe plug and screw cap.
MAIN BURNERS — For all applications, main burners are
factory set and should require no adjustment.
MAIN BURNER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
1. Shut off (field-supplied) manual main gas valve.
2. Shut off power to unit.
3. Remove gas section access door, door frame, and corner
post.
4. Disconnect gas piping from gas valve inlet.
5. Remove wires from gas valve.
6. Remove wires from rollout switch.
7. Remove sensor wire and ignitor cable form IGC board.
8. Remove 2 screws securing manifold bracket to basepan.
9. Remove 2 screws that hold the burner support plate
flange to the vestibule plate.
10. Lift burner assembly out of unit.
11. Replace burner assembly. Reinstall by reversing Steps 1
to 10.

IMPORTANT: Unit must be in operation at least
12 hours before moisture indicator can give an accurate
reading. With unit running, indicating element must be
in contact with liquid refrigerant to give a true reading.

Filter Drier — Replace whenever the moisture/liquid indicator shows moisture in the system.
Liquid Line Service Valve — Located immediately
ahead of the filter drier, this valve has a 1/4-in. flare connection
for field charging. With the liquid circuit shut, the compressor
can be used to pump the refrigerant down into the high side.
The refrigerant can then be stored there by closing the compressor discharge valve.
Compressor Discharge Service Valve — Each

compressor has one.

Compressor Suction Service Valve — Each compressor has one.

Protective Devices
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION
Overcurrent — Each compressor has one manual reset,
calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breaker. Do not bypass connections or increase the size of the circuit breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and correct it before resetting the
breaker.
Overtemperature — Each 06D compressor has an internal
protector to protect it against excessively high discharge gas
temperatures. Each 06E compressor has an external discharge
gas thermostat. See Fig. 51. They will reset, but the circuit will
automatically be locked out by the control board. Unit must be
manually reset by interrupting control power.
Crankcase Heater — Each compressor has a crankcase heater
to prevent absorption of liquid refrigerant by oil in the crankcase when the compressor is idle. Since 115-v power for the
crankcase heaters is drawn from the unit control circuit, main
unit power must be on for the heaters to be energized.

131

LIMIT SWITCH THERMISTOR (Staged Gas Unit
Only) — The limit switch thermistor is a factory-installed
component. It is located next to the lower limit switch. The
limit switch thermistor senses temperature at limit switch location and prevents the limit from tripping while the unit is operating at low airflow.
ROLLOUT SWITCH — This switch senses any flame or excessive heat in the main burner compartment and deenergizes
the gas valve. If this occurs, the gas heating system is locked
out (7 flashes on IGC board) until the rollout switch is reset
manually. Reset rollout switch manually by powering down
and powering up of the unit.
When the rollout switch trips, it usually indicates a flue
blockage. Inspect the unit for any obstruction in the flue system, for holes in the flue box, a defective hall effect sensor, a
defective inducer motor, or a loose combustion blower.

IMPORTANT: After a prolonged shutdown or service
job, energize the crankcase heaters for 24 hours before
starting the compressor.
EVAPORATOR-FAN MOTOR PROTECTION — A manual reset, calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breaker protects
against overcurrent. Do not bypass connections or increase the
size of the breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and
correct it before resetting the breaker.
CONDENSER-FAN MOTOR PROTECTION — Each
condenser-fan motor is internally protected against overtemperature. They are also protected against a severe overcurrent condition by manual reset, calibrated trip, magnetic circuit breakers on a common circuit. As with the circuit breakers,
do not bypass connections or increase breaker size to correct
trouble. Determine the cause and correct it before resetting the
breaker.
HIGH-PRESSURE SWITCHES — See Fig. 51 for compressor mounting locations. Settings for these switches are shown
in Tables 97A and 97B. If either switch trips, that refrigerant
circuit will be automatically locked out by the controls. To reset, recycle control power to unit.

Compressor Removal — Access to the pump end of
the compressor is from the compressor side of the unit. Access
to the motor end of the compressor is from the inside of the
unit. All compressors can be removed from the compressor
side of the unit.
IMPORTANT: All compressor mounting hardware and
support brackets removed during servicing must be reinstalled prior to start-up.

Table 97A — Pressure Switch Settings (psig)
SWITCH
High

CUTOUT
426 ± 7

CUT-IN
320 ± 20

1. Disconnect power to unit; lockout power to compressor.
2. Close suction and discharge service valves.
3. Relieve refrigerant pressure into a refrigerant recovery
system.
4. Remove:
a. Fan-cycling pressure switch (FCPS)
b. High-pressure switch
5. Disconnect power wires at terminal box and disconnect
conduit.
6. Disconnect wires from crankcase heater.
7. Disconnect service valves from compressor.
8. Remove 4 locknuts securing compressor to the spring
assemblies.
9. Lift compressor off mounting bolts and remove.

Table 97B — Pressure Switch Settings (Pa)
SWITCH
High

CUTOUT
2937 ± 48

CUT-IN
2206 ± 138

Relief Devices — All units have relief devices to protect

against damage from excessive pressures (i.e., fire). These devices protect the high and low side.

Control Circuit, 115 V — This control circuit is protect-

ed against overcurrent by a 5-amp (sizes 030-090) or 9-amp
(size 105) circuit breaker. Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble before resetting.

Control Circuit, 24 V — This control circuit is protected

against overcurrent by a 3.2-amp circuit breaker. Breaker can be
reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble before resetting.

Compressor Replacement — Perform the following:

Gas Heat (48Z Only)

1. Reverse procedure in Compressor Removal section to
end of Step 4.
2. Reinstall service valves and safety switches, and tighten
to torques as listed:

LIMIT SWITCHES — The maximum supply-air temperature
is controlled by a limit switch located in the gas section. The
limit is designed to trip at 100 F above the maximum temperature rise.
When the limit trips, 2 flashes occur on the IGC board. The
gas valve is deenergized. After cooling, the system will reset
and fires gas again. If four trips occur, the system shuts down
into Lockout and 4 flashes occur on the IGC board. The system
must then be manually reset by power down and power up of
the unit.

TORQUE
COMPRESSOR(S)
Tighten discharge valves to —
20-25 ft-lb (27- 34 N-m)
06E-250, 06D-537
80-90 ft-lb (109-122 N-m)
06E-265,275,299
Tighten suction valves to —
80- 90 ft-lb (109-122 N-m)
06E-250, 06D-537
90-120 ft-lb (122-163 N-m)
06E-265,275,299
Tighten the following fittings as specified —
120 in.-lb (13.5 N-m)
High-Pressure Switch

3. Leak-check and evacuate system, recover refrigerant.
4. Recharge system per pre-start-up and start-up sequences.
Recheck oil levels.
5. Energize crankcase heater for 24 hours prior to restart of
system.

Fig. 51 — Typical Compressor Overtemperature
and High-Pressure Switch Locations
132

APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES
MODE — RUN STATUS
ITEM
VIEW
→HVAC
→OCC
→MAT
→EDT
→LAT
→EC.C.P
→ECN.P
→EC2.P
→CL.C.P
→C.CAP
→CL.ST
→HT.C.P
→HT.ST
→H.MAX
ECON
→ECN.P
→EC2.P
→ECN.C
→ACTV
→DISA
→DISA→UNV.1
→DISA→UNV.2
→DISA→ENTH
→DISA→DBC
→DISA→DEW
→DISA→DDBC
→DISA→OAEC
→DISA→DEC
→DISA→EDT
→DISA→OAT
→DISA→FORC
→DISA→SFON
→DISA→CLOF
→DISA→OAQL
→DISA→HELD
→DISA→DH.DS
→O.AIR
→O.AIR→OAT
→O.AIR→OA.RH
→O.AIR→OA.E
→O.AIR→OA.D.T
COOL
→C.CAP
→CUR.S
→REQ.S
→MAX.S
→DEM.L
→SUMZ
→SUMZ→SMZ
→SUMZ→ADD.R
→SUMZ→SUB.R
→SUMZ→R.PCT
→SUMZ→Y.MIN
→SUMZ→Y.PLU
→SUMZ→Z.MIN
→SUMZ→Z.PLU
→SUMZ→H.TMP
→SUMZ→L.TMP
→SUMZ→PULL
→SUMZ→SLOW
TRIP
→UN.C.S
→UN.C.E
→OC.C.S
→OC.C.E
→TEMP
→OC.H.E
→OC.H.S
→UN.H.E
→UN.H.S
→HVAC
LINK
→MODE
→L.Z.T
→L.C.SP
→L.H.SP
HRS
→HR.A1
→HR.A2
→HR.B1
→HR.B2
STRT
→ST.A1
→ST.A2
→ST.B1
→ST.B2
VERS
→MBB
→RCB
→ECB
→SCB
→CEM
→ECON
→IGV
→HUMD
→HEAT
→BP1
→BP2
→MARQ
→NAVI

EXPANSION
AUTO VIEW OF RUN STATUS
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
Occupied ?
Mixed Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Economizer Control Point
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economzr Act.Curr.Pos.
Cooling Control Point
Current Running Capacity
Requested Cool Stage
Heating Control Point
Requested Heat Stage
Maximum Heat Stages
ECONOMIZER RUN STATUS
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economzr 2 Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Active ?
ECON DISABLING CONDITIONS
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Econ2 Act. Unavailable?
Enth. Switch Read High ?
DBC - OAT Lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt.Lockout?
DDBD- OAT > RAT Lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer Forced ?
Supply Fan Not On 30s ?
Cool Mode Not In Effect?
OAQ Lockout in Effect ?
Econ Recovery Hold Off?
Dehumid. Disabled Econ.?
OUTSIDE AIR INFORMATION
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outside Air Enthalpy
OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp
COOLING INFORMATION
Current Running Capacity
Current Cool Stage
Requested Cool Stage
Maximum Cool Stages
Active Demand Limit
COOL CAP. STAGE CONTROL
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override
MODE TRIP HELPER
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
CCN - LINKAGE
Linkage Active - CCN
Linkage Zone Control Tmp
Linkage Curr. Cool Setpt
Linkage Curr. Heat Setpt
COMPRESSOR RUN HOURS
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor B2 Run Hours
COMPRESSOR STARTS
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor B2 Starts
SOFTWARE VERSION NUMBERS
CESR131292-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131226-xx-xx
CESR131174-xx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
xx-xx-xxx-xxx-xx
CESR131171-xx-xx
CESR130227-xx-xx

RANGE

UNITS

YES/NO

0-100
0-100

dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
dF
dF

0-100
0-100
0-100
YES/NO

%
%
%

YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO

dF
%

0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999

ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
ECONOCMD
ECACTIVE

OAT
OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP
CAPTOTAL
COOL_STG
CL_STAGE
CLMAXSTG
DEM_LIM

forcible

forcible
forcible

forcible

90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
90,92
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
69,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93
92,93

UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
string

93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93
93

dF
dF
dF

MODELINK
LZT
LCSP
LHSP

94
94
94
94

HRS
HRS
HRS
HRS

HOURS_A1
HOURS_A2
HOURS_B1
HOURS_B2

config
config
config
config

94
94
94
94

CY_A1
CY_A2
CY_B1
CY_B2

config
config
config
config

94
94
94
94

^F
^F

string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string
string

133

forcible

PAGE NO.

SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG

ON/OFF

0-999999
0-999999
0-999999
0-999999

string
OCCUPIED
MAT
EDT
LAT
ECONCPNT
ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
COOLCPNT
CAPTOTAL
CL_STAGE
HEATCPNT
HT_STAGE
HTMAXSTG

WRITE STATUS

ECONUNAV
ECN2UNAV
ENTH
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
DHDISABL
dF
%

-100 → +100

CCN POINT

94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94
94

APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — SERVICE TEST
ITEM
TEST
STOP
S.STP
FAN.F
INDP
→HUM.R
→ALRM
FANS
→F.MOD
→E.POS
→S.FAN
→I.POS
→S.VFD
→P.E.1
→P.E.2
→BP1.P
→BP2.P
→E.VFD
→CD.F.A
→CD.F.B
→CD.MM
ACT.C
→ECN.C
→E.CAL
→ECN.A
→EC2.C
→E2.CL
→EC2.A
→IGV.C
→I.CAL
→IGV.A
→IGV.M
→BP1.C
→B1.CL
→BP1.A
→BP1.M
→BP2.C
→B2.CL
→BP2.A
→BP2.M
→HTC.C
→HT.CL
→HTC.A
→HMD.C
→HM.CL
→HMD.A
COOL
→E.POS
→SP.SP
→CL.ST
→LD.LG
→A1
→U1.A1
→U2.A1
→A2
→B1
→U1.B1
→U2.B1
→B2
HEAT
→HT.ST
→HT.1
→HT.2
→HT.3
→HT.4
→HT.5
→HT.6
→H.I.R
→HTC.C

EXPANSION
Service Test Mode
Local Machine Disable
Soft Stop Request
Supply Fan Request
TEST INDEPENDENT OUTPUTS
Humidifier Relay
Remote Alarm / Aux Relay
TEST FANS
Fan Test Automatic?
Econo Damper Command Pos
Supply Fan Relay
IGV Actuator Command Pos
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Power Exhaust Relay 1
Power Exhaust Relay 2
BP 1 Command Position
BP 2 Command Position
Exhaust Fan VFD Speed
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
Motormaster Condensr Fan
CALIBRATE TEST-ACTUATORS
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Calibrate Cmd
Econ Act. Control Angle
Economzr 2 Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economzr 2 Calibrate Cmd
Econ2 Act. Control Angle
IGV Actuator Command Pos
IGV Act. Calibrate Cnd
IGV Act. Control Angle
VFD-IGV Maximum Speed
BP 1 Command Position
BP 1 Actuator Cal Cmd
BP Act.1 Control Angle
BP 1 Actuator Max Pos.
BP 2 Command Position
BP 2 Actuator Cal Cmd
BP Act.2 Control Angle
BP 2 Actuator Max Pos.
Ht.Coil Command Position
Heating Coil Act. Cal.Cmd
Heat Coil Act.Ctl.Angle
Humidifier Command Pos.
Humidifier Act. Cal.Cmd
Humidifier Act.Ctrl.Ang.
TEST COOLING
Econo Damper Command Pos
Static Pressure Setpoint
Requested Cool Stage
Lead/Lag Select Test
Compressor A1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp A1
Unloader 2 - Comp A1
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor B1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp B1
Unloader 2 - Comp B1
Compressor B2 Relay
TEST HEATING
Requested Heat Stage
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
Ht.Coil Command Position

RANGE
ON/OFF
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO

UNITS

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
YES/NO
%
ON/OFF
0-100
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100
0-100
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

%
%
%
%
%

0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
YES/NO
read only

%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%

0-100
0-5
0-n
LEAD/LAG
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-n
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100

%
"H2O

134

CCN POINT
MAN_CTRL
UNITSTOP
SOFTSTOP
SFANFORC

WRITE STATUS
config
forcible
forcible

PAGE NO.
36,37
36,37
36,37
36,37

HUMR_TST
ALRM_TST

37
37

FANAUTO
ECONFANS
SFAN_TST
IGVFNTST
SGVFDTST
PE1_TST
PE2_TST
BLDPTST1
BLDPTST2
EFVFDTST
CNDA_TST
CNDB_TST
PCFABTST

37,38
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

ECONOTST
ECONOCAL
ECONCANG
ECON2TST
ECON2CAL
ECN2CANG
SPIGVTST
IGV_CAL
IGC_CANG
STATPMAX
BLDG1TST
BLDG1CAL
BP1_CANG
BP1SETMX
BLDG2TST
BLDG2CAL
BP2_CANG
BP2SETMX
HTCLACTC
HCOILCAL
HTCLCANG
HUMD_TST
HUMIDCAL
HUMDCANG

37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

ECONCOOL
SPSP_TST
CLST_TST
LL_TST
CMPA1TST
UNL1_TST
UNL2_TST
CMPA2TST
CMPB1TST
UNL3_TST
UNL4_TST
CMPB2TST

37,38
37,38
37,38
37,38
37,38
37
37
37
37
37
37
37

HTST_TST
HS1_TST
HS2_TST
HS3_TST
HS4_TST
HS5_TST
HS6_TST
HIR_TST
HTCLHEAT

37,38
37,38
37,38
37,38
37,38
37,38
37,38
37,38
37,38

APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — TEMPERATURES
ITEM
AIR.T
→CTRL
→CTRL→EDT
→CTRL→LAT
→CTRL→MAT
→CTRL→R.TMP
→CTRL→S.TMP
→SAT
→OAT
→RAT
→SPT
→SPTO
→CCT
→S.G.LS
→S.G.L1
→S.G.L2
→S.G.L3
→S.G.LM
REF.T
→SCT.A
→SST.A
→SCT.B
→SST.B

EXPANSION
AIR TEMPERATURES
CONTROL TEMPS
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Mixed Air Temperature
Controlling Return Temp
Controlling Space Temp
Air Tmp Lvg Supply Fan
Outside Air Temperature
Return Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
Air Temp Lvg Evap Coil
Staged Gas LAT Sum
Staged Gas LAT 1
Staged Gas LAT 2
Staged Gas LAT 3
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp
REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURES
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp.
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp.

RANGE

-40 - 240
-40 - 240

UNITS

CCN POINT

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

EDT
LAT
MAT
RETURN_T
SPACE_T
SAT
OAT
RAT
SPT
SPTO
CCT
LAT_SGAS
LAT1SGAS
LAT2SGAS
LAT3SGAS
LIMSWTMP

dF
dF
dF
dF

SCTA
SSTA
SCTB
SSTB

WRITE STATUS

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

MODE — PRESSURES
ITEM
AIR.P
→SP
→BP
REF.P
→DP.A
→SP.A
→DP.B
→SP.B

EXPANSION
AIR PRESSURES
Static Pressure
Building Pressure
REFRIGERANT PRESSURES
Cir A Discharge Pressure
Cir A Suction Pressure
Cir B Discharge Pressure
Cit B Suction Pressure

RANGE

UNITS

CCN POINT

"H2O
"H2O

SP
BP

PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG

DP_A
SP_A
DP_B
SP_B

WRITE STATUS

MODE — SETPOINTS
ITEM
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
GAP
V.C.ON
V.C.OF
SASP
SA.HI
SA.LO
SA.HT
T.PRG
T.CL
T.V.OC
T.V.UN

RANGE
40-99
40-99
40-99
40-110
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
80-120
-20-80
5-75
-20-80
-20-80

135

UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
deltaF
deltaF
deltaF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

CCN POINT
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC

DEFAULT
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50

APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — INPUTS
ITEM
GEN.I
→FLT.S
→G.FAN
→REMT
→ENTH
→S.FN.S
→FRZ.S
→PP.SW
→DL.S1
→DL.S2
→DH.IN
FD.BK
→HPS.A
→HPS.B
→CS.A1
→CS.A2
→CS.B1
→CS.B2
STAT
→G
→W1
→W2
→Y1
→Y2
FIRE
→FSD
→PRES
→EVAC
→PURG
REL.H
→OA.RH
→OA.EN
→OA.DP
→RA.RH
→RA.EN
→SP.RH
→SP.EN
AIR.Q
→IAQ.I
→IAQ
→OAQ
→DAQ
→IQ.P.O
CFM
→O.CFM
→R.CFM
→S.CFM
→D.CFM
RSET
→SA.S.R
→SP.RS
4-20
→IAQ.M
→OAQ.M
→SP.R.M
→DML.M
→EDR.M
→ORH.M
→SRH.M
→RRH.M
→SAC.M
→SA.M.T
→RAC.M
→RA.M.T
→OAC.M
→OA.M.T
→BP.M
→BP.M.T
→SP.M
→SP.M.T

EXPANSION
GENERAL INPUTS
Filter Status Input
Fan Request From IGC
Remote Input State
Enth. Switch Read High ?
Supply Fan Status Switch
Freeze Status Switch
Plenum Press.Safety Sw.
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Dehumidify Switch Input
COMPRESSOR FEEDBACK
Circ A High Press. Switch
Circ B High Press. Switch
Compressor A1 Feedback
Compressor A2 Feedback
Compressor B1 Feedback
Compressor B2 Feedback
THERMOSTAT INPUTS
Thermostat G Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat Y1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
FIRE-SMOKE INPUTS
Fire Shutdown Input
Pressurization Input
Evacuation Input
Smoke Purge Input
RELATIVE HUMIDITY
Outside Air Rel. Humidity
Outdoor Air Enthalpy
OutsideAir Dewpoint Temp
Return Air Rel. Humidity
Return Air Enthalpy
Space Relative Humidity
Space Enthalpy
AIR QUALITY SENSORS
IAQ - Discrete Input
IAQ - PPM Return CO2
OAQ - PPM Return CO2
Diff.Air Quality in PPM
IAQ Min.Pos. Override
CFM SENSORS
Outside Air CFM
Return Air CFM
Supply Air CFM
Fan Track Control D.CFM
RESET INPUTS
Supply Air Setpnt. Reset
Static Pressure Reset
4-20 MILLIAMP INPUTS
IAQ Milliamps
OAQ Milliamps
SP Reset milliamps
4-20 ma Demand Signal
EDT Reset Milliamps
OARH Milliamps
SPRH Milliamps
RARH Milliamps
SACFM Milliamps
Supply Air CFM Trim (ma)
RACFM Milliamps
Return Air CFM Trim (ma)
OACFM Milliamps
Outside Air CFM Trim(ma)
BP Milliamps
Bldg. Pressure Trim (ma)
SP Milliamps
Static Press. Trim (ma)

RANGE

UNITS

CCN POINT

WRITE STATUS

DRTY/CLN
ON/OFF
*
YES/NO
ON/OFF
ALRM/NORM
HIGH/LOW
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

FLTS
IGCFAN
RMTIN
ENTH
SFS
FRZ
PPS
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
DHDISCIN

HIGH/LOW
HIGH/LOW
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

CIRCAHPS
CIRCBHPS
CSB_A1
CSB_A2
CSB_B1
CSB_B2

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

G
W1
W2
Y1
Y2

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM
ALRM/NORM

FSD
PRES
EVAC
PURG

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

OARH
OAE
OADEWTMP
RARH
RAE
SPRH
SPE

forcible

%
dF
%
%
HIGH/LOW

-2.0 → 2.0
-2.0 → 2.0
-2.0 → 2.0
-2.0 → 2.0
-2.0 → 2.0

IAQIN
IAQ
OAQ
DAQ
IAQMINOV

CFM
CFM
CFM
CFM

OACFM
RACFM
SACFM
DELTACFM

SASPRSET
SPRESET

ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma

IAQ_MA
OAQ_MA
SPRST_MA
DMDLMTMA
EDTRESMA
OARH_MA
SPRH_MA
RARH_MA
SACFM_MA
SAMATRIM
RACFM_MA
RAMATRIM
OACFM_MA
OAMATRIM
BP_MA
BPMATRIM
SP_MA
SPMATRIM

ma
ma
ma
ma

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

forcible
forcible

forcible

config
config
config
config

*The display text changes depending on the remote switch configuration (Configuration→UNIT→RM.CF). If RM.CF is set to 0 (No Remote Switch), then the display
text will be “On” or “Off.” If RM.CF is set to 1 (Occupied/Unoccupied Switch), then the display text will be “Occupied” or “Unoccupied.” If RM.CF is set to 2 (Start/Stop),
then the display text will be “Stop” or “Start.” If RM.CF is set to 3 (Override Switch), then the display text will be “No Override” or “Override.”

136

APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — OUTPUTS
ITEM
FANS
→S.FAN
→S.VFD
→E.VFD
→P.E.1
→P.E.2
→CD.F.A
→CD.F.B
→CD.MM
COOL
→A1
→U1.A1
→U2.A1
→A2
→B1
→U1.B1
→U2.B1
→B2
HEAT
→HT.1
→HT.2
→HT.3
→HT.4
→HT.5
→HT.6
→H.I.R
→HTC.P
ACTU
→ECN.P
→EC2.P
→ECN.C
→IGV.P
→IGV.C
→BP1.P
→BP1.C
→BP2.P
→BP2.C
→HTC.P
→HTC.C
→HMD.P
→HMD.C
GEN.O
→HUM.R
→ALRM

EXPANSION
FANS
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Exhaust Fan VFD Speed
Power Exhaust Relay 1
Power Exhaust Relay 2
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
Motormaster Condensr Fan
COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp A1
Unloader 2 - Comp A1
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor B1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp B1
Unloader 2 - Comp B1
Compressor B2 Relay
HEATING
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
Ht.Coil Act.Current Pos.
ACTUATORS
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economzr 2 Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
IGV Actuator Current Pos
IGV Actuator Command Pos
BP 1 Actuator Curr.Pos.
BP 1 Command Position
BP 2 Actuator Curr.Pos.
BP 2 Command Position
Ht.Coil Act.Current Pos.
Ht.Coil Command Position
Humidifier Act.Curr.Pos.
Humidifier Command Pos.
GENERAL OUTPUTS
Humidifier Relay
Remote Alarm / Aux Relay

RANGE
ON/OFF
0-100
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

UNITS

CCN POINT

WRITE STATUS

SFAN
SFAN_VFD
EFAN_VFD
PE1
PE2
CONDFANA
CONDFANB
PULSCFAB

%
%

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

CMPA1
UNL_1_A1
UNL_2_A1
CMPA2
CMPB1
UNL_1_B1
UNL_2_B1
CMPB2

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100

HS1
HS2
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
HIR
HTCLRPOS

0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100

%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%

ECONRPOS
ECON2POS
ECONOCMD
IGV_RPOS
IGV_CPOS
BP1_RPOS
BP1_CPOS
BP2_RPOS
BP2_CPOS
HTCLRPOS
HTCLCPOS
HUMDRPOS
HUMDCPOS

ON/OFF
ON/OFF

forcible

HUMIDRLY
ALRM

forcible

MODE — CONFIGURATION
ITEM
UNIT
→C.TYP
→CV.FN
→RM.CF
→CEM
→TCS.C
→TCS.H
→SFS.S
→SFS.M
→VAV.S
→SIZE
→50.HZ
→MAT.S
→MAT.R
→MAT.D
→ALTI
→DLAY
→AUX.R
→SENS
→SENS→SPT.S
→SENS→SP.O.S
→SENS→SP.O.R
→SENS→SRH.S
→SENS→RRH.S
→SENS→FLT.S
COOL
→Z.GN
→MC.LO
→L.L.EN
→M.M.
→HPSP
→A1.EN
→A2.EN
→B1.EN
→B2.EN
→CS.A1
→CS.A2
→CS.B1
→CS.B2
→HPS.A
→HPS.B
→H.SST

EXPANSION
UNIT CONFIGURATION
Machine Control Type
Fan Mode (0=Auto, 1=Cont)
Remote Switch Config
CEM Module Installed
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr
Fan Fail Shuts Down Unit
Fan Stat Monitoring Type
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry Time
Unit Size (30-105)
50 Hertz Unit ?
MAT Calc Config
Reset MAT Table Entries?
MAT Outside Air Default
Altitude……..in feet:
Startup Delay Time
Auxiliary Relay Config
INPUT SENSOR CONFIG
Space Temp Sensor
Space Temp Offset Sensor
Space Temp Offset Range
Space Air RH Sensor
Return Air RH Sensor
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
COOLING CONFIGURATION
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Compressor Lockout Temp
Lead/Lag Operation ?
Motor Master Control ?
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
CMPA1 Hi.Pr.Sw. Trip
CMPB1 Hi.Pr.Sw. Trip
Hi SST Alert Delay Time

RANGE
1 - 6 (multi-text strings)
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0 - 60
0 - 60
Yes/No
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720
30 - 105
Yes/No
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0 -100
0 - 60000
0 -900
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)

UNITS

min
min
min

%
secs

Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
-10 - 10
-25 - 55
Yes/No
Yes/No
80 - 150
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
365 - 415
365 - 415
5 - 30

137

dF
dF

PSIG
PSIG
min

CCN POINT

DEFAULT

PAGE NO.

CTRLTYPE
FAN_MODE
RMTINCFG
CEM_BRD
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
SAMPMINS
UNITSIZE
UNIT_HZ
MAT_SEL
MATRESET
MATOAPOS
ALTITUDE
DELAY
AUXRELAY

4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
30
No
1
No
20
0
0
0

42,44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44
44,45
44,45
44,45
44,45
44,45

SPTSENS
SPTOSENS
SPTO_RNG
SPRHSENS
RARHSENS
FLTS_ENA

Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
Disable

44,45
44,45
44,45
44,45
44,45
44,45

Z_GAIN
OATLCOMP
LLENABLE
MOTRMAST
HPSP
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2ENA
CSB_A1EN
CSB_A2EN
CSB_B1EN
CSB_B2EN
HPSATRIP
HPSBTRIP
HSSTTIME

1
40
No
No
113
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
415
415
10

46,47
46,47
46,47
46,47
46,47
46,47
46,47
46,47
46,47
46,47
47
47
47
47
47
47

APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
EDT.R
→RS.CF
→RTIO
→LIMT
→RES.S
HEAT
→HT.CF
→HT.SP
→OC.EN
→LAT.M
→SG.CF
→SG.CF→HT.ST
→SG.CF→CAP.M
→SG.CF→M.R.DB
→SG.CF→S.G.DB
→SG.CF→RISE
→SG.CF→LAT.L
→SG.CF→LIM.M
→SG.CF→SW.H.T
→SG.CF→SW.L.T
→SG.CF→HT.P
→SG.CF→HT.D
→SG.CF→HT.TM
→HH.CF
→HH.CF→HW.P
→HH.CF→HW.I
→HH.CF→HW.D
→HH.CF→HW.TM
→HH.CF→ACT.C
→HH.CF→ACTC→SN.1
→HH.CF→ACTC→SN.2
→HH.CF→ACTC→SN.3
→HH.CF→ACTC→SN.4
→HH.CF→ACTC→SN.5
→HH.CF→ACTC→C.A.LM
SP
→SP.CF
→SP.S
→SP.LO
→SP.HI
→SP.SP
→SP.MN
→SP.MX
→SP.FS
→SP.RS
→SP.RT
→SP.LM
→SP.EC
→S.PID
→S.PID→SP.TM
→S.PID→SP.P
→S.PID→SP.I
→S.PID→SP.D
→ACT.C
→ACTC→SN.1
→ACTC→SN.2
→ACTC→SN.3
→ACTC→SN.4
→ACTC→SN.5
→ACTC→C.A.LM
ECON
→EC.EN
→EC2.E
→EC.MN
→EC.MX
→E.TRM
→E.SEL
→OA.E.C
→OA.EN
→OAT.L
→O.DEW
→ORH.S
→CFM.C
→CFM.C→OCF.S
→CFM.C→O.C.MX
→CFM.C→O.C.MN
→CFM.C→O.C.DB
→E.CFG
→E.CFG→E.P.GN
→E.CFG→E.RNG
→E.CFG→E.SPD
→E.CFG→E.DBD
→UEFC
→UEFC→FC.CF
→UEFC→FC.TM
→UEFC→FC.L.O
→ACT.C
→ACTC→SN.1.1
→ACTC→SN.1.2
→ACTC→SN.1.3
→ACTC→SN.1.4
→ACTC→SN.1.5
→ACTC→C.A.L1
→ACTC→SN.2.1
→ACTC→SN.2.2
→ACTC→SN.2.3
→ACTC→SN.2.4
→ACTC→SN.2.5
→ACTC→C.A.L2

EXPANSION
EVAP.DISCHRGE TEMP RESET
EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input
HEATING CONFIGURATION
Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
HYDRONIC HEAT CONFIGS
Hydronic Ctl.Prop. Gain
Hydronic Ctl.Integ. Gain
Hydronic Ctl.Derv. Gain
Hydronic PID Rate Config
HYDR.HEAT ACTUATOR CFGS.
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.1
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.2
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.3
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.4
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.5
Hydr.Ht.Ctl.Ang.Lo Limit
SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
Static Pressure Config
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD-IGV Minimum Speed
VFD-IGV Maximum Speed
VFD-IGV Fire Speed Over.
Stat. Pres. Reset Config
SP Reset Ratio
SP Reset Limit
SP Reset Econo. Position
STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Pressure Intg. Gain
Static Pressure Derv. Gain
IGV ACTUATOR CONFIGS
IGV Serial Number 1
IGV Serial Number 2
IGV Serial Number 3
IGV Serial Number 4
IGV Serial Number 5
IGV Cntrl Angle Lo Limit
ECONOMIZER CONFIGURATION
Economizer Installed?
Econ.Act.2 Installed?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr Trim For SumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
OUTDOOR AIR CFM CONTROL
Outdoor Air CFM Sensor
Economizer Min.Flow
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Flow
Econ.Min.Flow Deadband
ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
ECON.ACTUATOR CONFIGS
Econ Serial Number 1
Econ Serial Number 2
Econ Serial Number 3
Econ Serial Number 4
Econ Serial Number 5
Econ Ctrl Angle Lo Limit
Econ 2 Serial Number 1
Econ 2 Serial Number 2
Econ 2 Serial Number 3
Econ 2 Serial Number 4
Econ 2 Serial Number 5
Ecn2 Ctrl Angle Lo Limit

RANGE
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 10
0 - 20
Enable/Disable

UNITS

CCN POINT

DEFAULT

PAGE NO.

EDRSTCFG
RTIO
LIMT
EDTRSENS

2
3
10
Disable

46,47
46,47
46,47
46,47

HEATTYPE
SASPHEAT
HTOCCENA
HTLATMON

0
85
No
No

54,55
54,55
54,55
54,55

sec

HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HTLIMMON
HT_LIMHI
HT_LIMLO
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR

0
45
0.5
2
0.06
10
Yes
170
160
1
1
90

54,57,58
54,57,58
54,57,58
54,57,58
54,57,58
54,57,58
54,57,58
54,57,58
54,57,58
54,57,58
54,58
54,58

sec

HW_PGAIN
HW_IGAIN
HW_DGAIN
HOTWPIDR

1
1
1
90

54,57
54,57
54,57
54,57

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

HTCL_SN1
HTCL_SN2
HTCL_SN3
HTCL_SN4
HTCL_SN5
HTCLCALM

0
0
0
0
0
85

54,57
54,57
54,57
54,57
54,57
54,57

0-2 (multi-text strings)
Enable/Disable
-10 - 0
0 - 10
0-5
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 4 (multi-text strings)
0.00 - 2.00
0.00 - 2.00
0 - 100

STATICFG
SPSENS
SP_LOW
SP_HIGH
SPSP
STATPMIN
STATPMAX
STATPFSO
SPRSTCFG
SPRRATIO
SPRLIMIT
ECONOSPR

0
Disable
0
5
1.5
20
100
100
0
0.20
0.75
5

62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
62,63

5 - 120
0-5
0-2
0-5

SPIDRATE
STATP_PG
STATP_IG
STATP_DG

15
0.5
0.5
0.3

62,63
62,63
62,63
62,63

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

IGV_SN1
IGV_SN2
IGV_SN3
IGV_SN4
IGV_SN5
IGV_CALM

0
0
0
0
0
25

62,63
62,63
62,63
62,63
62,63
62,63

ECON_ENA
ECON_TWO
ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
ECONTRIM
ECON_SEL
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OAT_LOCK
OADEWCFG
OARHSENS

Yes
No
5
98
Yes
0
4
24
60
55
Disable

65,66
65,66
65,66
65,66
65,66
66
66
66
66
66,67
66

OCFMSENS
OACFMMAX
OACFMMIN
OACFM_DB

Disable
2000
0
400

66,68
66,68
66,68
66,68

EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND

1
2.5
0.75
0.5

66
66
66
66

min
dF

UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
UEFCNTLO

0
120
50

66,68
66,68
66,68

ECON_SN1
ECON_SN2
ECON_SN3
ECON_SN4
ECON_SN5
ECONCALM
ECN2_SN1
ECN2_SN2
ECN2_SN3
ECN2_SN4
ECN2_SN5
ECN2CALM

0
0
0
0
0
85
0
0
0
0
0
85

66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66,67
66

0-4
80 - 120
Yes/No
Yes/No
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
Yes/No
110 - 180
100 - 170
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
15 - 300

Yes/No
Yes/No
0 - 100
0 - 100
Yes/No
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)
18 - 28
-40 - 120
50 - 62
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
0 - 20000
0 - 20000
200 - 1000
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5
0.1 - 10
0.1 - 2
0-2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720
40 - 70
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 90
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 90

138

deltaF

^F
^F
dF
dF

%
%

dF
dF

CFM
CFM
CFM
^F

APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
BP
→BP.CF
→BP.S
→BP.R
→BP.SP
→BP.SO
→BP.P1
→BP.P2
→B.V.A
→B.V.A→BP.FS
→B.V.A→BP.MN
→B.V.A→BP.MX
→B.V.A→BP.1M
→B.V.A→BP.2M
→B.V.A→BP.CL
→FAN.T
→FAN.T→FT.CF
→FAN.T→FT.TM
→FAN.T→FT.ST
→FAN.T→FT.MX
→FAN.T→FT.AD
→FAN.T→FT.OF
→FAN.T→FT.RM
→FAN.T→FT.RS
→FAN.T→SCF.C
→B.PID
→B.PID→BP.TM
→B.PID→BP.P
→B.PID→BP.I
→B.PID→BP.D
→ACT.C
→ACT.C→BP.1
→ACT.C→BP.1→SN.1
→ACT.C→BP.1→SN.2
→ACT.C→BP.1→SN.3
→ACT.C→BP.1→SN.4
→ACT.C→BP.1→SN.5
→ACT.C→BP.1→C.A.LM
→ACT.C→BP.2
→ACT.C→BP.2→SN.1
→ACT.C→BP.2→SN.2
→ACT.C→BP.2→SN.3
→ACT.C→BP.2→SN.4
→ACT.C→BP.2→SN.5
→ACT.C→BP.2→C.A.LM
D.LV.T
→L.H.ON
→H.H.ON
→L.H.OF
→L.C.ON
→H.C.ON
→L.C.OF
→C.T.LV
→H.T.LV
→C.T.TM
→H.T.TM
DMD.L
→DM.L.S
→D.L.20
→SH.NM
→SH.DL
→SH.TM
→D.L.S1
→D.L.S2
IAQ
→DCV.C
→DCV.C→EC.MN
→DCV.C→IAQ.M
→DCV.C→O.C.MX
→DCV.C→O.C.MN
→DCV.C→O.C.DB
→AQ.CF
→AQ.CF→IQ.A.C
→AQ.CF→IQ.A.F
→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C
→AQ.CF→IQ.I.F
→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C
→AQ.SP
→AQ.SP→IQ.O.P
→AQ.SP→IQ.O.C
→AQ.SP→DAQ.L
→AQ.SP→DAQ.H
→AQ.SP→D.F.OF
→AQ.SP→D.F.ON
→AQ.SP→IAQ.R
→AQ.SP→OAQ.L
→AQ.SP→OAQ.U
→AQ.S.R
→AQ.S.R→IQ.R.L
→AQ.S.R→IQ.R.H
→AQ.S.R→OQ.R.L
→AQ.S.R→OQ.R.H
→IAQ.P
→IAQ.P→IQ.PG
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.T
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.L
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.H
→IAQ.P→IQ.L.O

EXPANSION
BUILDING PRESS. CONFIGS
Building Press. Config
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg. Press. (+/-) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
BP Setpoint Offset
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
VFD/ACTUATOR CONFIG
VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
VFD/Act. Min.Speed/Pos.
VFD Maximum Speed
BP 1 Actuator Max Pos.
BP 2 Actuator Max Pos.
BP Hi Cap VFD Clamp Val.
FAN TRACKING CONFIG
Fan Track Learn Enable
Fan Track Learn Rate
Fan Track Initial DCFM
Fan Track Max Clamp
Fan Track Max Correction
Fan Track Internl EEPROM
Fan Track Internal RAM
Fan Track Reset Internal
Supply Air CFM Config
BLDG.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate
Bldg.Press. Prop. Gain
Bldg.Press. Integ. Gain
Bldg.Press. Deriv. Gain
BLDG.PRES. ACTUATOR CFGS
BLDG.PRES. ACT.1 CONFIGS
BP 1 Serial Number 1
BP 1 Serial Number 2
BP 1 Serial Number 3
BP 1 Serial Number 4
BP 1 Serial Number 5
BP1 Cntrl Angle Lo Limit
BLDG.PRES. ACT.2 CONFIGS
BP 2 Serial Number 1
BP 2 Serial Number 2
BP 2 Serial Number 3
BP 2 Serial Number 4
BP 2 Serial Number 5
BP2 Cntrl Angle Lo Limit
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
INDOOR AIR QUALITY CFG.
DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
Economizer Min.Flow
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Flow
Econ.Min.Flow Deadband
AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
IAQ Override Flow
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff. Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User Determined OAQ
AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout

RANGE

UNITS

CCN POINT

DEFAULT

PAGE NO.

0 - 5 (multi-text strings)
Enable/Disable
0.10 - 0.25
-0.25 - 0.25
0 - 0.5
0 - 100
0 - 100

"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
%
%

BLDG_CFG
BPSENS
BP_RANGE
BPSP
BPSO
PES1
PES2

0
Disable
0.25
0.05
0.05
25
75

70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71

0 - 100
0 - 50
50 - 100
85 - 100
85 - 100
5 - 25

%
%
%
%
%
%

BLDGPFSO
BLDGPMIN
BLDGPMAX
BP1SETMX
BP2SETMX
BLDGCLMP

100
0
100
100
100
10

70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71

Yes/No
5-60
-20000 - 20000
0 - 20000
0 -20000
-20000 - 20000
-20000 - 20000
Yes/No
1 - 2 (multi-text strings)

min
CFM
CFM
CFM
CFM
CFM

DCFM_CFG
DCFMRATE
DCFMSTRT
DCFM_MAX
DCFM_ADJ
DCFM_OFF
DCFM_RAM
DCFMRSET
SCFM_CFG

No
15
2000
4000
1000
0
0
No
1

70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71

BPIDRATE
BLDGP_PG
BLDGP_IG
BLDGP_DG

10
0.5
0.5
0.3

70,71
70,71
70,71
70,71

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

BP_1_SN1
BP_1_SN2
BP_1_SN3
BP_1_SN4
BP_1_SN5
BP1_CALM

0
0
0
0
0
35

70-72
70-72
70-72
70-72
70-72
70-72

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

BP_2_SN1
BP_2_SN2
BP_2_SN3
BP_2_SN4
BP_2_SN5
BP2_CALM

0
0
0
0
0
35

70-72
70-72
70-72
70-72
70-72
70-72

DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM

1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120

48,55,56
48,55,56
48,55,56
48,49,55
48,49,55
48,49,55
48,49,55
48,55,56
48,49,55
48,55,56

0
100
0
0
60
80
50

52,53
53
53
53
53
53
53

5 - 120
0-5
0-2
0-5

-1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2.0
-1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2.0
0.1 - 5.0
0.1 - 5.0
30 - 600
30 - 600

sec

^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec

0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 100
0 - 99
0 - 60
0 - 120
0 - 100
0 - 100

%
min
%
%

DMD_CTRL
DMT20MA
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2

0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 20000
0 - 20000
200 - 1000

%
%
CFM
CFM
CFM

ECONOMIN
IAQMINP
OACFMMAX
OACFMMIN
OACFM_DB

5
0
2000
0
400

74-76
74,75
74
74
74

IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
OAQANCFG

0
0
0
0
0

74
74
74,75
74,75
74,75

IAQOVPOS
IAQOVCFM
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
OAQLOCK
OAQ_USER

100
10000
100
700
200
400
0
0
400

74,75
74
74-76
74-76
74,75
74,75
74,76
74,75
74

IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQREFL
OAQREFH

0
2000
0
2000

74,75
74,75
74,76
74,76

IAQPURGE
IAQPTIME
IAQPLTMP
IAQPHTMP
IAQPNTLO

No
15
10
35
50

74,76
74,76
74,76
74,76
74,76

0 - 4 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 100
0 - 31000
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
-5 - 5
0 - 2000
0 - 5000

%
CFM

0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5 - 60
0 - 100
0 - 100
35 - 70

139

min
%
%
dF

APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — CONFIGURATION (cont)
ITEM
HUMD
→HM.CF
→HM.SP
→H.PID
→H.PID→HM.TM
→H.PID→HM.P
→H.PID→HM.I
→H.PID→HM.D
→ACT.C
→ACTC→SN.1
→ACTC→SN.2
→ACTC→SN.3
→ACTC→SN.4
→ACTC→SN.5
→ACTC→C.A.LM
DEHU
→D.SEL
→D.SEN
→D.EC.D
→D.V.CF
→D.V.RA
→D.V.HT
→D.C.SP
→D.RH.S
CCN
→CCNA
→CCNB
→BAUD
→BROD
→BROD→TM.DT
→BROD→OAT.B
→BROD→ORH.B
→BROD→OAQ.B
→BROD→G.S.B
→BROD→B.ACK
→SC.OV
→SC.OV→SCH.N
→SC.OV→HOL.T
→SC.OV→O.T.L.
→SC.OV→OV.EX
→SC.OV→SPT.O
→SC.OV→T58.O
→SC.OV→GL.OV
ALLM
→SP.L.O
→SP.H.O
→SP.L.U
→SP.H.U
→SA.L.O
→SA.H.O
→SA.L.U
→SA.H.U
→RA.L.O
→RA.H.O
→RA.L.U
→RA.H.U
→OAT.L
→OAT.H
→R.RH.L
→R.RH.H
→O.RH.L
→O.RH.H
→SP.L
→SP.H
→BP.L
→BP.H
→IAQ.H
TRIM
→SAT.T
→RAT.T
→OAT.T
→SPT.T
→L.SW.T
→CCT.T
→SP.A.T
→SP.B.T
→DP.A.T
→DP.B.T
SW.LG
→FTS.L
→IGC.L
→RMI.L
→ENT.L
→SFS.L
→DL1.L
→DL2.L
→IAQ.L
→FSD.L
→PRS.L
→EVC.L
→PRG.L
→DH.LG
DISP
→TEST
→METR
→LANG
→PAS.E
→PASS

EXPANSION
HUMIDITY CONFIGURATION
Humidifier Control Cfg.
Humidifier Setpoint
HUMIDIFIER PID CONFIGS
Humidifier PID Run Rate
Humidifier Prop. Gain
Humidifier Integral Gain
Humidifier Deriv. Gain
HUMIDIFIER ACTUATOR CFGS
Humd Serial Number 1
Humd Serial Number 2
Humd Serial Number 3
Humd Serial Number 4
Humd Serial Number 5
Humd Ctrl Angle Lo Limit
DEHUMIDIFICATION CONFIG.
Dehumidification Config
Dehumidification Sensor
Econ disable in DH mode?
Vent Reheat Setpt Select
Vent Reheat RAT offset
Vent Reheat Setpoint
Dehumidify Cool Setpoint
Dehumidify RH Setpoint
CCN CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Global Sched. Override ?
ALERT LIMIT CONFIG.
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
OAT lo alert limit
OAT hi alert limit
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
OARH low alert limit
OARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit
SENSOR TRIM CONFIG.
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Limit Switch Trim
Air Temp Lvg Evap Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim
SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Enthalpy Input - Low
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.2 - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Pressurization Sw. - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
Dehumidify Sw. - Off
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password

RANGE
0-4
0 - 100

UNITS

CCN POINT

DEFAULT

PAGE NO.

HUMD_CFG
HUSP

0
40

76,77
76,77

HUMDRATE
HUMID_PG
HUMID_IG
HUMID_DG

30
1
0.3
0.3

76,77
76,77
76,77
76,77

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

HUMD_SN1
HUMD_SN2
HUMD_SN3
HUMD_SN4
HUMD_SN5
HUMDCALM

0
0
0
0
0
85

77
77
77
77
77
77

0-3(multi-text strings)
1-3(multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0-1(multi-text strings)
0-8
55-95
40-55
10-90

DHSELECT
DHSENSOR
DHECDISA
DHVHTCFG
DHVRAOFF
DHVHT_SP
DHCOOLSP
DHRELHSP

0
1
Yes
0
0
70
45
55

77,78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78

1 - 239
0 - 239
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)

CCNADD
CCNBUS
CCNBAUDD

1
0
3

79,80
79,80
79,80

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

CCNBC
OATBC
OARHBC
OAQBC
GSBC
CCNBCACK

On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off

79,80
79,80
79,80
79,80
79,80
79,80

SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT
SPT_OVER
T58_OVER
GLBLOVER

1
No
1
0
Yes
Yes
No

79,80
79,80
79,80
79,80
79,80
79,80
79,80

10 - 120
0-5
0-5
0-5

sec

0 - 99
YES/NO
0-4
0-4
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO

^F
dF
dF
%

HRS
HRS

-10-245
-10-245
-10-245
-10-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-5
0-5
-0.25-0.25
-0.25-0.25
0-5000

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
%
%
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O

SPLO
SPHO
SPLU
SPHU
SALO
SAHO
SALU
SAHU
RALO
RAHO
RALU
RAHU
OATL
OATH
RRHL
RRHH
ORHL
ORHH
SPL
SPH
BPL
BPH
IAQH

60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
-40
150
0
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200

80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
80,81
81
81
81
81

-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
-50 - 50

^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG

SAT_TRIM
RAT_TRIM
OAT_TRIM
SPT_TRIM
LSW_TRIM
CCT_TRIM
SPA_TRIM
SPB_TRIM
DPA_TRIM
DPB_TRIM

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

81,82
81,82
81,82
81,82
81,82
81,82
81,82
81,82
81,82
81,82

Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close

FLTSLOGC
GASFANLG
RMTINLOG
ENTHLOGC
SFSLOGIC
DMD_SW1L
DMD_SW2L
IAQINLOG
FSDLOGIC
PRESLOGC
EVACLOGC
PURGLOGC
DHDISCLG

Open
Open
Open
Close
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open

82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82
82

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
ENABLE/DISABLE
0000 - 9999

TEST
DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD

Off
Off
0
Enable
1111

82,83
82,83
82,83
82,83
82,83

140

APPENDIX A — LOCAL DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
MODE — TIMECLOCK
ACRONYM
TIME
→HH.MM
DATE
→MNTH
→DOM
→DAY
→YEAR
SCH.L
→PER.1
→PER.1→DAYS
→PER.1→DAYS→MON
→PER.1→DAYS→TUE
→PER.1→DAYS→WED
→PER.1→DAYS→THU
→PER.1→DAYS→FRI
→PER.1→DAYS→SAT
→PER.1→DAYS→SUN
→PER.1→DAYS→HOL
→PER.1→OCC
→PER.1→UNC
Repeated for periods 2 to 8
HOL.L
→HD.01
→HD.01→MON
→HD.01→DAY
→HD.01→LEN
Repeated for holidays 2 to 30
DAY.S
DS.ST
DS.ST→ST.MN
DS.ST→ST.WK
DS.ST→ST.DY
DS.ST→MIN.A
DS.SP
DS.SP→SP.MN
DS.SP→SP.WK
DS.SP→SP.DY
DS.SP→MIN.S

NAME
TIME OF DAY
Hour and Minute
MONTH,DATE,DAY AND YEAR
Month of Year
Day of Month
Day of Week
Year
LOCAL TIME SCHEDULE
PERIOD 1
DAY FLAGS FOR PERIOD 1
Monday in Period
Tuesday in Period
Wednesday in Period
Thursday in Period
Friday in Period
Saturday in Period
Sunday in Period
Holiday in Period
Occupied from
Occupied to
LOCAL HOLIDAY SCHEDULES
HOLIDAY SCHEDULE 01
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (Days)
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS TIME
DAYLIGHT SAVINGS START
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Add
DAYLIGHTS SAVINGS STOP
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Subtract

RANGE

UNITS

CNN POINT

DEFAULTS

PAGE NO.

00:00

TIME

84,85

multi-text strings
0-31
multi-text strings
e.g. 2003

MOY
DOM
DOWDISP
YOCDISP

84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85

YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
00:00
00:00

PER1MON
PER1TUE
PER1WED
PER1THU
PER1FRI
PER1SAT
PER1SUN
PER1HOL
PER1_OCC
PER1_UNC

0-12
0-31
0-99

HOL_MON1
HOL_DAY1
HOL_LEN1

1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90

STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD

4
1
7
60

84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85

1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90

STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB

10
5
7
60

84,85
85
85
85

84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85

Period 1 only
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
00:00
24:00

84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85
84,85

MODE — OPERATING MODES
ITEM
SYS.M
HVAC
CTRL
MODE
→OCC
→T.OVR
→DCV
→SA.R
→DMD.L
→T.C.ST
→IAQ.P
→LINK
→LOCK
→H.NUM

EXPANSION
ascii string spelling out the system mode
ascii string spelling out the hvac modes
ascii string spelling out the "control type"
MODES CONTROLLING UNIT
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in Effect
DCV Resetting Min Pos
Supply Air Reset
Demand Limit in Effect
Temp.Compensated Start
IAQ Pre-Occ Purge Active
Linkage Active - CCN
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
HVAC Mode Numerical Form

RANGE

UNITS

CCN POINT
string
string
string

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
number

MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
MODEHVAC

MODE — ALARMS
ITEM
CURR
R.CUR
HIST

EXPANSION
CURRENTLY ACTIVE ALARMS
this is a dynamic list of active alarms
Reset All Current Alarms
ALARM HISTORY
this is a record of the last 20 alarms

RANGE
YES/NO

UNITS

CCN POINT
strings
ALRESET
strings

141

WRITE STATUS
ram config

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES
In the following tables the structure of the tables which are
used with the Service Tool as well as the names and data that are
included in each table are shown. There are several CCN variables that are not displayed through the scrolling marquee and
are used for more extensive diagnostics and system evaluations.

All Z series units with ComtfortLink™ controls have a port
for interface with the Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) system. On TB3 there is a J11 jack which can be used for temporary connection to the CCN network or to computers equipped
with CCN software like the Service Tool. Also on TB3 there
are screw connections that can be used for more permanent
CCN connections.

STATUS DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE
COOLING

DISPLAY NAME
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:

RANGE

UNITS

POINT NAME

ascii text strings
ascii text strings

Current Running Capacity
Curr.Calc. Cool Capacity
Current Cool Stage
Requested Cool Stage
Maximum Cool Stages

%
%

CAPTOTAL
COOLCALC
COOL_STG
CL_STAGE
CLMAXSTG

Cooling Control Point
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Mixed Air Temperature
Next capacity step down
Next capacity step up

dF
dF
dF
%
%

COOLCPNT
EDT
MAT
CAPNXTDN
CAPNXTUP

COOL_A
Current Cool Stage
Current Cool Stage A
Cir A Discharge Pressure
Cir A Suction Pressure
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp.
Compressor A1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp A1
Unloader 2 - Comp A1
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor A1 Feedback
Compressor A2 Feedback
Circ A High Press.Switch
Circuit A Stage Inhibit

PSIG
PSIG
dF
dF

COOL_STG
CLSTAGEA
DP_A
SP_A
SCTA
SSTA
CMPA1
UNL_1_A1
UNL_2_A1
CMPA2
CSB_A1
CSB_A2
CIRCAHPS
CIRAFAIL

COOL_B
Current Cool Stage
Current Cool Stage B
Cir B Discharge Pressure
Cir B Suction Pressure
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp.
Compressor B1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp B1
Unloader 2 - Comp B1
Compressor B2 Relay
Compressor B1 Feedback
Compressor B2 Feedback
Circ B High Press.Switch
Circuit B Stage Inhibit

PSIG
PSIG
dF
dF

COOL_STG
CLSTAGEB
DP_B
SP_B
SCTB
SSTB
CMPB1
UNL_1_B1
UNL_2_B1
CMPB2
CSB_B1
CSB_B2
CIRCBHPS
CIRBFAIL

ECONDIAG
Economizer Active ?
Conditions which prevent
economizer being active:
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Econ2 Act. Unavailable
Enth.Switch Read High ?
DBC - OAT lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt. lockout?
DDBC- OAT > RAT lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad ?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer forced ?
Supply Fan not on 30s ?
Cool Mode not in effect?
OAQ lockout in effect ?
Econ recovery hold off?
Dehumid. Disabled Econ.?

Yes/No

ECACTIVE

Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

ECONUNAV
ECN2UNAV
ENTH
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
DHDISABL

142

WRITE STATUS

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
ECONOMZR

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer 2 Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Active ?
Economizer Control Point
Outside Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Controlling Return Temp
Econo Current Min. Pos.
Econo Current Min. CFM
Outside Air CFM

UNITS
%
%
%
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
CFM
CFM

POINT NAME
ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
ECONOCMD
ECACTIVE
ECONCPNT
OAT
EDT
RETURN_T
ECMINPOS
ECMINCFM
OACFM

WRITE STATUS

forcible
forcible
forcible

GENERAL
Occupied ?
Static Pressure
Building Pressure
Outside Air CFM
Return Air CFM
Supply Air CFM
Outside Air Rel.Humidity
Return Air Rel.Humidity
Space Relative Humidity
Space Temperature Offset
Supply Air Setpnt. Reset
Static Pressure Reset
IAQ - PPM Return CO2
OAQ - PPM Return CO2
IAQ Min.Pos.Override

YES/NO
"H2O
"H2O
CFM
CFM
CFM
%
%
%
^F
^F

OCCUPIED
SP
BP
OACFM
RACFM
SACFM
OARH
RARH
SPRH
SPTO
SASPRSET
SPRESET
IAQ
OAQ
IAQMINOV

forcible

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

HT_STAGE
HTCLRPOS
HEATCPNT
HS1
HS2
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
HIR

forcible

GENERIC
20 points dependent upon
the configuration of the
"generics" table in the
Service-Config section on page 150
HEATING
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
Heat Control Type……:
Re-Heat Control Type...:
Heating Mode………..:
Requested Heat Stage
Ht.Coil Act.Current Pos.
Heating Control Point
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay

ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings

System Mode…………:
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in effect
DCV resetting min pos
Supply Air Reset
Demand Limit in Effect
Temp.Compensated Start
IAQ pre-occ purge active
Linkage Active - DAV
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
HVAC Mode Numerical Form

ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
number

MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
MODEHVAC

ascii text strings

UCCLSTRT
UCCL_END
OCCLSTRT
OCCL_END
CTRLTEMP
OCHT_END
OCHTSTRT
UCHT_END
UCHTSTRT
string

%
dF

MODEDISP

MODETRIP
Unoccup. Cool Mode Start
Unoccup. Cool Mode End
Occupied Cool Mode Start
Occupied Cool Mode End
Ctl.Temp RAT,SPT or Zone
Occupied Heat Mode End
Occupied Heat Mode Start
Unoccup. Heat Mode End
Unoccup. Heat Mode Start
HVAC Mode…………..:
TEMPCTRL
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Leaving Air Temperature
Mixed Air Temperature
Controlling Return Temp
Controlling Space Temp

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

143

EDT
LAT
MAT
RETURN_T
SPACE_T

forcible
forcible

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
STATUS DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
TEMPS

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

Air Temp Lvg Supply Fan
Return Air Temperature
Outside Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
Staged Gas LAT Sum
Staged Gas LAT 1
Staged Gas LAT 2
Staged Gas LAT 3
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp
Air Temp Lvg Evap Coil
Cir A Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir B Sat.Condensing Tmp
Cir A Sat.Suction Temp.
Cir B Sat.Suction Temp.

UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

POINT NAME
SAT
RAT
OAT
SPT
SPTO
LAT_SGAS
LAT1SGAS
LAT2SGAS
LAT23SGAS
LIMSWTMP
CCT
SCTA
SCTB
SSTA
SSTB

WRITE STATUS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

TSTAT
Control Mode………..:
Thermostat Y1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat G Input

ascii text strings
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

Y1
Y2
W1
W2
G

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

Filter Status Input
Fan request from IGC
Fire Shutdown Input
Thermostat G Input
Thermostat W2 Input
Thermostat W1 Input
Thermostat Y2 Input
Thermostat Y1 Input
Remote Input State
Enth. Switch Read High ?
Supply Fan Status Switch
Circ A High Press.Switch
Circ B High Press.Switch
Freeze Status Switch
Plenum Press.Safety Sw.
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Pressurization Input
Evacuation Input
Smoke Purge Input
IAQ - Discrete Input
Dehumidify Switch Input

Dirty/Clean
On/Off
Alarm/Normal
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Yes/No
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Alarm/Normal
High/Low
On/Off
On/Off
Alarm/Normal
Alarm/Normal
Alarm/Normal
High/Low
On/Off

FLTS
IGCFAN
FSD
G
W2
W1
Y2
Y1
RMTIN
ENTH
SFS
CIRCAHPS
CIRCBHPS
FRZ
PPS
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
PRES
EVAC
PURG
IAQIN
DHDISCIN

forcible

UINPUTS
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

UOUTPUTS
FANS
Supply Fan Relay
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Supply Fan Request
Exhaust Fan VFD Speed
Power Exhaust Relay 1
Power Exhaust Relay 2
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
MotorMaster Condensr Fan
COOLING
Compressor A1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp A1
Unloader 2 - Comp A1
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor B1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp B1
Unloader 2 - Comp B1
Compressor B2 Relay
HEATING
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
ACTUATORS
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economzr 2 Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
IGV Actuator Current Pos
IGV Actuator Command Pos
Humidifer Act.Curr.Pos.
Humidifier Command Pos.
Ht.Coil Act.Current Pos.
Ht.Coil Command Position
BP 1 Actuator Curr.Pos.
BP 1 Command Position
BP 2 Actuator Curr.Pos.
BP 2 Command Position
GENERAL OUTPUTS
Humidifier Relay
Remote Alarm / Aux Relay

On/Off
0-100
Yes/No
0-100
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

%
%

SFAN
SFAN_VFD
SFANFORC
EFAN_VFD
PE1
PE2
CONDFANA
CONDFANB
PULSCFAB

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

CMPA1
UNL_1_A1
UNL_2_A1
CMPA2
CMPB1
UNL_1_B1
UNL_2_B1
CMPB2

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

HS1
HS2
HS3
HS4
HS5
HS6
HIR

0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100

%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%

On/Off
On/Off

ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
ECONOCMD
IGV_RPOS
IGV_CPOS
HUMDRPOS
HUMDCPOS
HTCLRPOS
HTCLCPOS
BP1_RPOS
BP1_CPOS
BP2_RPOS
BP2_CPOS
HUMIDRLY
ALRM

144

forcible

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SET POINT TABLE
TABLE
SET_PNT

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

Occupied Heat Setpoint
Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
VAV Occ. Cool On Delta
VAV Occ. Cool Off Delta
Supply Air Setpoint
Supply Air Setpoint Hi
Supply Air Setpoint Lo
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Tempering Purge SASP
Tempering in Cool SASP
Tempering in Vent Occ SASP
Tempering Vent Unocc. SASP

40-99
40-99
40-99
40-110
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
90-145
-20-80
5-75
-20-80
-20-80

UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
deltaF
deltaF
deltaF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

POINT NAME
OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC

DEFAULT
68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50

CONFIG TABLES
TABLE
ALARMDEF

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

Alarm Routing Control
Equipment Priority
Comm Failure Retry Time
Re-Alarm Time
Alarm System Name

00000000-11111111
0-7
1 - 240
1 - 255
up to 8 alphanum

CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
Daylight Savings Start:
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Add
Daylight Savings Stop:
Month
Week
Day
Minutes to Subtract
Device Name:
Description:
Location:
Software Part Number:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Reference Number:
Broadcast Supervisory
Holiday Start Month
Start Day
Duration (days)
Occupancy Supervisory
Timed Override Hours
Period 1 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 2 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 3 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 4 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 5 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 6 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 7 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To
Period 8 DOW (MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To

Z-Series
Z Series Rooftop

UNITS

POINT NAME

DEFAULT

ALRM_CNT
EQP_TYPE
RETRY_TM
RE-ALARM
ALRM_NAM

1100000
5
10
30
Z-SERIES

Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On
Off/On

CCNBC
OATBC
OARHBC
OAQBC
GSBC

Off
Off
Off
Off
Off

1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90

STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD

4
1
7
60

1 - 12
1-5
1-7
0 - 90

STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB

10
5
7
60

1-12
1-31
1-99

HOL-MON
HOL-DAY
HOL-LEN

0
0
0

0
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00
00000000
0:00
0:00

OVR-EXT
DOW1
OCCTOD1
UNOCTOD1
DOW2
OCCTOD2
UNOCTOD2
DOW3
OCCTOD3
UNOCTOD3
DOW4
OCCTOD4
UNOCTOD4
DOW5
OCCTOD5
UNOCTOD5
DOW6
OCCTOD6
UNOCTOD6
DOW7
OCCTOD7
UNOCTOD7
DOW8
OCCTOD8
UNOCTOD8

min
min

BRODEFS

Ctlr-ID

HOLIDAY
HOLDY01S
to
HOLDY30S
OCCDEFCS

CESR131292-XX-XX

145

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
SCHEDOVR

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
Accepting an Override:
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Allowed to Broadcast a
Global Sched. Override ?

0-99
Yes/No
0-4
0-4

55-80
55-80
40-80
75-95
2-10
0-25
1-25
45-75
45-75
45-75
90-145
-20-80
5-75
-20-80
-20-80

UNITS

POINT NAME

DEFAULT

SCHEDNUM
HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR_EXT

0
No
1
0

Yes/No
Yes/No

SPT_OVER
T58_OVER

Yes
Yes

Yes/No

GLBLOVER

OHSP
OCSP
UHSP
UCSP
HCSP_GAP
VAVOCON
VAVOCOFF
SASP
SASP_HI
SASP_LO
SASPHEAT
TEMPPURG
TEMPCOOL
TEMPVOCC
TEMPVUNC

68
75
55
90
5
3.5
2
55
55
60
85
50
5
65
50

hours
hours

SET_PNT
dF
dF
dF
dF
deltaF
deltaF
deltaF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES
TABLE
ALLM

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
OAT lo alert limit
OAT hi alert limit
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
OARH low alert limit
OARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit

-10-245
-10-245
-10-245
-10-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
-40-245
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-5
0-5
-0.25-0.25
-0.25-0.25
0-5000

Building Press. Config
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg. Press. (+/-) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
BP Setpoint Offset
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
Bldg.Pressure Fire Speed
Bldg.Pressure Min. Speed
Bldg.Pressure Max. Speed
BP 1 Actuator Max Pos.
BP 2 Actuator Max Pos.
BP Hi Cap VFD Clamp Val.
BP Hi Cap VFD Clamp Time
Fan Track Learn Enable
Fan Track Learn Rate
Fan Track Initial DCFM
Fan Track Max Clamp
Fan Track Max Correction
Fan Track Internl EEPROM
Fan Track Internal RAM
Fan Track Reset Internal
Supply Air CFM Config

0-5
Enable/Disable
0.10 - 0.25
-0.25 - 0.25
0 - 0.5
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
85 - 100
85 - 100
5 - 25
30 - 255
Yes/No
5-60
-20000 - 20000
0 - 20000
0 -20000
-20000 - 20000
-20000 - 20000
Yes/No
1 - 2 (multi-text strings)

UNITS
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%
%
%
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O
"H2O

POINT NAME

DEFAULT

SPLO
SPHO
SPLU
SPHU
SALO
SAHO
SALU
SAHU
RALO
RAHO
RALU
RAHU
OATL
OATH
RRHL
RRHH
ORHL
ORHH
SPL
SPH
BPL
BPH
IAQH

60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
-40
150
0
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200

BLDG_CFG
BPSENS
BP_RANGE
BPSP
BPSO
PES1
PES2
BLDGPFSO
BLDGPMIN
BLDGPMAX
BP1SETMX
BP2SETMX
BLDGCLMP
BLDGWAIT
DCFM_CFG
DCFMRATE
DCFMSTRT
DCFM_MAX
DCFM_ADJ
DCFM_OFF
DCFM_RAM
DCFMRSET
SCFM_CFG

0
Disable
0.25
0.05
0.05
25
75
100
10
100
100
100
10
60
NO
15
2000
4000
1000
0
0
No
1

BP__

146

"H2O
"H2O
^"H2O
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
sec
min
CFM
CFM
CFM
CFM
CFM

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
BP__ (cont)

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate
Bldg.Press. Prop. Gain
Bldg.Press. Integ. Gain
Bldg.Press. Deriv. Gain
BP 1 Serial Number 1
BP 1 Serial Number 2
BP 1 Serial Number 3
BP 1 Serial Number 4
BP 1 Serial Number 5
BP1 Cntrl Angle Lo Limit
BP 2 Serial Number 1
BP 2 Serial Number 2
BP 2 Serial Number 3
BP 2 Serial Number 4
BP 2 Serial Number 5
BP2 Cntrl Angle Lo Limit

5 - 120
0-5
0-2
0-5
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

Capacity Threshold Adjst
Compressor Lockout Temp
Lead/Lag Operation ?
Motor Master Control ?
Head Pressure Setpoint
Enable Compressor A1
Enable Compressor A2
Enable Compressor B1
Enable Compressor B2
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
CMPA1 Hi.Pr.Sw. Trip
CMPB1 Hi.Pr.Sw. Trip
Hi SST Alert Delay Time

-10 - 10
-25 - 55
Yes/No
Yes/No
80 - 150
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
365-415
365-415
5 - 30

Dehumidification Config
Dehumidification Sensor
Econ disable in DH mode?
Vent Reheat Setpt Select
Vent Reheat RAT offset
Vent Reheat Setpoint
Dehumidify Cool Setpoint
Dehumidify RH Setpoint

0-3
1-3
Yes/No
0-1
0-8
55-95
40-55
10-90

Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password
Contrast Adjustment
Brightness Adjustment

Off/On
0-1
Enable/Disable
0000-9999
0-255
0-255

Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time

-1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2.0
-1 - 2
0.5 - 20.0
0.5 - 2.0
0.1 - 5.0
0.1 - 5.0
30 - 600
30 - 600

Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.

0-3
0 - 100
0 - 99
0 - 60
0 - 120
0 - 100
0 - 100

UNITS
sec

POINT NAME

DEFAULT

BPIDRATE
BLDGP_PG
BLDGP_IG
BLDGP_DG
BP_1_SN1
BP_1_SN2
BP_1_SN3
BP_1_SN4
BP_1_SN5
BP1_CALM
BP_2_SN1
BP_2_SN2
BP_2_SN3
BP_2_SN4
BP_2_SN5
BP2_CALM

10
1
1
0.5
0
0
0
0
0
35
0
0
0
0
0
35

PSIG
PSIG
min

Z_GAIN
OATLCOMP
LLENABLE
MOTRMAST
HPSP
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1ENA
CMPB2ENA
CSB_A1EN
CSB_A2EN
CSB_B1EN
CSB_B2EN
HPSATRIP
HPSBTRIP
HSSTTIME

1
40
No
No
113
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
415
415
10

^F
dF
dF
%

DHSELECT
DHSENSOR
DHECONEN
DHVHTCFG
DHVRAOFF
DHVHT_SP
DHCOOLSP
DHRELHSP

0
1
No
0
0
70
45
55

DISPUNIT
LANGUAGE
PASS_EBL
PASSWORD
CNTR_ADJ
BRTS_ADJ

Off
0
Enable
1111
0
0

DMDLHON
DMDHHON
DMDLHOFF
DMDLCON
DMDHCON
DMDLCOFF
CTRENDLV
HTRENDLV
CTRENDTM
HTRENDTM

1.5
0.5
1
1.5
0.5
1
0.1
0.1
120
120

DMD_CTRL
DMT20MA
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2

0
100
0
0
60
80
50

COOL
dF
dF

DEHU

DISP

DLVT
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
sec
sec

DMDL

147

%
%
min
%
%

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
ECON

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

Economizer Installed ?
Econ. Act.2 Installed ?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr trim for sumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
Outdoor Air CFM Sensor
Economizer Min.Flow
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Flow
Econ.Min.Flow Deadband
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
Econ Serial Number 1
Econ Serial Number 2
Econ Serial Number 3
Econ Serial Number 4
Econ Serial Number 5
Econ Ctrl Angle Lo Limit

Yes/No
Yes/No
0 - 100
0 - 100
Yes/No
0-3
1-5
18 - 28
55 - 120
50 - 62
Enable/Disable
Enable/Dsable
0 - 20000
0 - 20000
200 - 1000
0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5
0.1 - 10
0.1 - 2
0-2
0-720
40-70
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-255
0-90

EDT Reset Configuration
Reset Ratio
Reset Limit
EDT 4-20 ma Reset Input

0-3
0 - 10
0 - 20
Enable/Disable

Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
Hydronic Ctl.Prop. Gain
Hydronic Ctl.Integ. Gain
Hydronic Ctl.Derv. Gain
Hydronic PID Rate Config
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.1
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.2
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.3
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.4
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.5
Hydr.Ht.Ctl.Ang.Lo Limit

0-4
80-120
Yes/No
Yes/No
0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0-5
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20
Yes/No
110 - 180
100 - 170
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
15 - 300
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

Humidifier Control Cfg.
Humidifier Setpoint
Humidifier PID Run Rate
Humidifier Prop. Gain
Humidifier Integral Gain
Humidifier Deriv. Gain
Humd Serial Number 1
Humd Serial Number 2
Humd Serial Number 3
Humd Serial Number 4
Humd Serial Number 5
Humd Ctrl Angle Lo Limit

0-4
0 - 100
10 - 120
0-5
0-5
0-5
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

UNITS

%
%

BTU/LBM
dF
dF
CFM
CFM
CFM
^F
^F
min
dF

POINT NAME

DEFAULT

ECON_ENA
ECON_TWO
ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
ECONTRIM
ECON_SEL
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OAT_LOCK
OADEWCFG
OARHSENS
OCFMSENS
OACFMMAX
OACFMMIN
OACFM_DB
EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND
UEFC_CFG
UEFCTIME
UEFCNTLO
ECON_SN1
ECON_SN2
ECON_SN3
ECON_SN4
ECON_SN5
ECONCALM

Yes
No
5
98
Yes
0
4
24
60
55
Disable
Dsable
2000
0
400
1
2.5
0.75
0.5
0
120
50

EDRSTCFG
RTIO
LIMT
EDTRSENS

2
3
10
Disable

HEATTYPE
SASPHEAT
HTOCCENA
HTLATMON
HTSTGTYP
HTCAPMAX
HT_MR_DB
HT_SG_DB
HTSGRISE
HTLATLIM
HTLIMMON
HT_LIMHI
HT_LIMLO
HT_PGAIN
HT_DGAIN
HTSGPIDR
HW_PGAIN
HW_IGAIN
HW_DGAIN
HOTWPIDR
HTCL_SN1
HTCL_SN2
HTCL_SN3
HTCL_SN4
HTCL_SN5
HTCLCALM

0
85
No
No
0
45
0.5
2
0.06
10
Yes
170
160
1
1
90
1
1
1
90
0
0
0
0
0
85

HUMD_CFG
HUSP
HUMDRATE
HUMID_PG
HUMID_IG
HUMID_DG
HUMD_SN1
HUMD_SN2
HUMD_SN3
HUMD_SN4
HUMD_SN5
HUMDCALM

0
40
30
1
0.3
0.3
0
0
0
0
0
85

EDTR
^F

HEAT
dF

^F
^F
dF
dF
sec

sec

HUMD

148

%
sec

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
IAQ_

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
Economizer Min.Flow
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Flow
Econ.Min.Flow Deadband
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
IAQ Override flow
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff. Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User determined OAQ
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout

0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 20000
0 - 20000
200 - 1000
0-4
0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2
0 - 100
0 - 31000
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
-5 - 5
0 - 2000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
Yes/No
5-60
0-100
0-100
35-70

Static Pressure Config
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD-IGV Minimum Speed
VFD-IGV Maximum Speed
VFD-IGV Fire Speed Over.
Stat. Pres. Reset Config
SP Reset Ratio
SP Reset Limit
SP Reset Econo. Position
Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Press. Intg. Gain
Static Press. Derv. Gain
IGV Serial Number 1
IGV Serial Number 2
IGV Serial Number 3
IGV Serial Number 4
IGV Serial Number 5
IGV Cntrl Angle Lo Limit

0-2
Enable/Disable
-10 - 0
0 - 10
0-5
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 4 (multi-text strings)
0.00 - 2.00
0.00 - 2.00
0 - 100
5 - 120
0-5
0-2
0-5
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Enthalpy Input - Low
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.2 - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Pressurization Sw. - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
Dehumidify Sw. - Off

Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close

Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Limit Switch Trim
Air Temp Lvg Evap Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim
Static Press. Trim (ma)
Bldg. Pressure Trim (ma)
Outside Air CFM Trim (ma)
Supply Air CFM Trim (ma)
Return Air CFM (ma)

-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-10 - 10
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
-50 - 50
-2 - 2
-2 - 2
-2 - 2
-2 - 2
-2 - 2

UNITS
%
%
CFM
CFM
CFM

%
CFM

min
%
%
dF

POINT NAME

DEFAULT

ECONOMIN
IAQMINP
OACFMMAX
OACFMMIN
OACFM_DB
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
OAQANCFG
IAQOVPOS
IAQOVCFM
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
OAQLOCK
OAQ_USER
IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQREFL
OAQREFH
IAQPURGE
IAQPTIME
IAQPLTMP
IAQPHTMP
IAQPNTLO

5
0
2000
0
400
0
0
0
0
0
100
10000
100
700
200
400
0
0
400
0
2000
0
2000
No
15
10
35
50

STATICFG
SPSENS
SP_LOW
SP_HIGH
SPSP
STATPMIN
STATPMAX
STATPFSO
SPRSTCFG
SPRRATIO
SPRLIMIT
ECONOSPR
SPIDRATE
STATP_PG
STATP_IG
STATP_DG
IGV_SN1
IGV_SN2
IGV_SN3
IGV_SN4
IGV_SN5
IGV_CALM

0
Disable
0
5
1.5
10
100
100
0
0.20
0.75
5
15
0.5
0.5
0.3
0
0
0
0
0
25

FLTSLOGC
GASFANLG
RMTINLOG
ENTHLOGC
SFSLOGIC
DMD_SW1L
DMD_SW2L
IAQINLOG
FSDLOGIC
PRESLOGC
EVACLOGC
PURGLOGC
DHDISCLG

Open
Open
Open
Close
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open

SAT_TRIM
RAT_TRIM
OAT_TRIM
SPT_TRIM
LSW_TRIM
CCT_TRIM
SPA_TRIM
SPB_TRIM
DPA_TRIM
DPB_TRIM
SPMATRIM
BPMATRIM
OAMATRIM
SAMATRIM
RAMATRIM

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

SP__

"H2O
%
%
%

%
sec

SWLG

TRIM

149

^F
^F
^F
^F
^F
^F

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
SERVICE-CONFIG TABLES (cont)
TABLE
UNIT

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

Machine Control Type
Fan Mode (0=auto, 1=cont)
Remote Switch Config
CEM Module Installed
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool Factr
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat Factr
Fan fail shuts down unit
Fan Stat Monitoring Type
VAV Unocc.Fan Retry time
Unit Size (30-105)
50 Hertz Unit ?
MAT Calc Config Type
Reset MAT Table Entries?
MAT Outside Air Default
Altitude……..in feet:
Startup Delay Time
Auxiliary Relay Config
Space Temp Sensor
Space Temp Offset Sensor
Space Temp Offset Range
Space Air RH Sensor
Return Air RH Sensor
Filter Stat.Sw.Enabled ?
Stat. Pres. Reset Sensor

1-6
0-1
0-3
Yes/No
0-60
0-60
Yes/No
0-2
0-720
30-105
Yes/No
0-2
Yes/No
0 - 100
0-60000
0 - 900
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable

POINT_01 Definition
POINT_02 Definition
POINT_03 Definition
POINT_04 Definition
POINT_05 Definition
POINT_06 Definition
POINT_07 Definition
POINT_08 Definition
POINT_09 Definition
POINT_10 Definition
POINT_11 Definition
POINT_12 Definition
POINT_13 Definition
POINT_14 Definition
POINT_15 Definition
POINT_16 Definition
POINT_17 Definition
POINT_18 Definition
POINT_19 Definition
POINT_20 Definition

8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII
8 CHAR ASCII

UNITS

POINT NAME
CTRLTYPE
FAN_MODE
RMTINCFG
CEM_BRD
TCSTCOOL
TCSTHEAT
SFS_SHUT
SFS_MON
SAMPMINS
UNITSIZE
UNIT_HZ
MAT_SEL
MATRESET
MATOAPOS
ALTITUDE
DELAY
AUXRELAY
SPTSENS
SPTOSENS
SPTO_RNG
SPRHSENS
RARHSENS
FLTS_ENA
SPRSTSEN

min
min
min

%
secs

DEFAULT
4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
30
No
1
No
20
0
0
0
Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
Disable
Disable

generics
POINT_01
POINT_02
POINT_03
POINT_04
POINT_05
POINT_06
POINT_07
POINT_08
POINT_09
POINT_10
POINT_11
POINT_12
POINT_13
POINT_14
POINT_15
POINT_16
POINT_17
POINT_18
POINT_19
POINT_20

MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES
TABLE

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

UNITS

POINT NAME

WRITE STATUS

ALARMS01
Active Alarm
-----------------------Active Alarm
-----------------------Active Alarm
-----------------------Active Alarm
------------------------

ascii
ascii
ascii
ascii
ascii
ascii
ascii
ascii

Compressor A1 Relay
Circ A High Press.Switch
Compressor A1 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. A1 Status
CSB A1 Feedback Alarm
Comp A1 Locked Out ?
Compressor A1 Strikes
Enable Compressor A1
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor A2 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. A2 Status
CSB A2 Feedback Alarm
Comp A2 Locked Out ?
Compressor A2 Strikes
Enable Compressor A2
Compressor B1 Relay
Circ B High Press.Switch
Compressor B1 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. B1 Status
CSB B1 Feedback Alarm
Comp B1 Locked Out ?
Compressor B1 Strikes

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No

ALARM_01
ALARM_02
ALARM_03
ALARM_04

follow same format for…
ALARMS02 to ALARMS05
COMPRESR

Enable/Disable
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No
Enable/Disable
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No

150

CMPA1
CIRCAHPS
CSB_A1
CSBA1ASC
CSB_A1EN
CMPA1LOK
CMPA1STR
CMPA1ENA
CMPA2
CSB_A2
CSBA2ASC
CSB_A2EN
CMPA2LOK
CMPA2STR
CMPA2ENA
CMPB1
CIRCBHPS
CSB_B1
CSBB1ASC
CSB_B1EN
CMPB1LOK
CMPB1STR

config
config

config

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
COMPRESR (cont)

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

Enable Compressor B1
Compressor B2 Relay
Compressor B2 Feedback
Curr.Sens.Brd. B2 Status
CSB B2 Feedback Alarm
Comp B2 Locked Out ?
Compressor B2 Strikes
Enable Compressor B2

Enable/Disable
On/Off
On/Off
ascii
Enable/Disable
Yes/No

Comp. Security Password
Low SP Circ.A Trip 48.0
Low SP Circ.B Trip 48.0
MOP 1/3 Lo SP Trip 28.0
MOP 1/3 Lo DP Trip 242.7
MOP 1/3 Hi SP Trip 75.0
MOP 1/3 Hi DP Trip 430.0
MOP 1/3 Mm DP Trip 3.985
MOP 1/3 Mb DP Tr 131.117
MOP 1/2 Lo SP Trip 28.0
MOP 1/2 Lo DP Trip 242.7
MOP 1/2 Hi SP Trip 61.5
MOP 1/2 Hi DP Trip 430.0
MOP 1/2 Mm DP Trip 5.591
MOP 1/2 Mb DP Trp 156.55
MOP 2/3 Lo SP Trip 28.0
MOP 2/3 Lo DP Trip 316.2
MOP 2/3 Hi SP Trip 57.4
MOP 2/3 Hi DP Trip 430.0
MOP 2/3 Mm DP Trip 3.871
MOP 2/3 Mb DP Trp 207.82
MOP Ful Lo SP Trip 28.0
MOP Ful Lo DP Trip 340.0
MOP Ful Hi SP Trip 52.4
MOP Ful Hi DP Trip 430.0
MOP Ful Mm DP Trip 3.689
MOP Ful Mb DP Trp 103.28

0-10000

Active Demand Limit
Percent Total Capacity
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit Switch 1
Demand Limit Switch 2
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
4-20 ma Demand Signal
Demand Limit at 20 ma
CCN Loadshed Signal
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time

0-100
0-100
0-3
On/Off
On/Off
0-100
0-100
4-20
0-100
0-99
0-99
0-60
0-120

UNITS

Enable/Disable

POINT NAME

WRITE STATUS

CMPB1ENA
CMPB2
CSB_B2
CSBB2ASC
CSB_B2EN
CMPB2LOK
CMPB2STR
CMPB2ENA

config

COMPPASS
LSPATRIP
LSPBTRIP
SP13L_T
DP13L_T
SP13H_T
DP13H_T
DP13Mm_T
DP13Mb_T
SP12L_T
DP12L_T
SP12H_T
DP12H_T
DP12Mm_T
DP12Mb_T
SP23L_T
DP23L_T
SP23H_T
DP23H_T
DP23Mm_T
DP23Mb_T
SPFLL_T
DPFLL_T
SPFLH_T
DPFLH_T
DPFLMm_T
DPFLMb_T

config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config

DEM_LIM
CAPTOTAL
DMD_CTRL
DMD_SW1
DMD_SW2
DLSWSP1
DLSWSP2
DMDLMTMA
DMT20MA
DL_STAT
SHED_NUM
SHED_DEL
SHED_TIM

forcible

config

COMPTRIP

PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG

DMANDLIM
%
%

%
%
ma
%
%
min

config
forcible
forcible
config
config
forcible
config
config
config
config

ECON_MIN
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economzr 2 Act.Curr.Pos.
Econo Current Min. Pos.
Econo Current Min. CFM
Outside Air CFM
Diff.Air Quality in PPM
IAQ Min.Pos.Override
Econ Remote 10K Pot Val.
IAQ - PPM Return CO2
OAQ - PPM Return CO2
IAQ - Discrete Input
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Flow
Economizer Min.Flow
Econ OACFM MinPos Deadbd
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Confg
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff.Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Lockout Value
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config
IAQ milliamps
OAQ milliamps

%
%
%
%
CFM
CFM
%

%
%
CFM
CFM
CFM

ma
ma

151

ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
ECMINPOS
ECMINCFM
OACFM
DAQ
IAQMINOV
ECON_POT
IAQ
OAQ
IAQIN
IAQMINP
ECONOMIN
OACFMMIN
OACFMMAX
OACFM_DB
IAQANCFG
IAQANFAN
IAQINCFG
IAQINFAN
IAQOVPOS
DAQ_LOW
DAQ_HIGH
DAQFNOFF
DAQFNON
IAQREACT
IAQREFL
IAQREFH
OAQLOCK
OAQANCFG
IAQ_MA
OAQ_MA

forcible

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE

DISPLAY NAME

RANGE

UNITS

POINT NAME

WRITE STATUS

EC_DIAG
Economizer Active ?
Conditions which prevent
economizer being active:
Econ Act. Unavailable?
Econ 2 Act. Unavailable?
Enth.Switch Read High ?
DBC - OAT lockout?
DEW - OA Dewpt. lockout?
DDBC- OAT > RAT lockout?
OAEC- OA Enth Lockout?
DEC - Diff.Enth.Lockout?
EDT Sensor Bad ?
OAT Sensor Bad ?
Economizer forced ?
Supply Fan not on 30s ?
Cool Mode not in effect?
OAQ lockout in effect ?
Econ recovery hold off?
Dehumid. Disabled Econ.?
Outside Air Temperature
OutsideAir DewPoint Temp
Outside Air Rel.Humidity
Outdoor Air Enthalpy
Return Air Temperature
Return Air Rel.Humidity
Return Air Enthalpy
High OAT Lockout Temp
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Supply Fan Relay
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economzr 2 Act.Curr.Pos.
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Economizer Control Point
EDT Trend in degF/minute
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
Economizer Timer

Yes/No

ECACTIVE

Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

ECONUNAV
ECN2UNAV
ENTH
DBC_STAT
DEW_STAT
DDBCSTAT
OAECSTAT
DEC_STAT
EDT_STAT
OAT_STAT
ECONFORC
SFONSTAT
COOL_OFF
OAQLOCKD
ECONHELD
DHDISABL
OAT
OADEWTMP
OARH
OAE
RAT
RARH
RAE
OAT_LOCK
ECON_SEL
OAEC_SEL
OAEN_CFG
OADEWCFG
SFAN
ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
EDT
ECONCPNT
EDTTREND
EC_PGAIN
EC_RANGE
EC_SPEED
EC_DBAND
ERATETMR

dF
dF
%
dF
%
dF

dF
%
%
%
dF
dF
^F
^F
^F
sec

forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
config
config
config
forcible

config
config
config
config
config

ENTHALPY
Outdoor Air Enthalpy
Outside Air Temperature
Outside Air Rel.Humidity
Outside Air RH Sensor
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
OutsideAir DewPoint Temp
OutsideAir Humidty Ratio
OA H2O Vapor Sat.Pressur
OA H2O Partial.Press.Vap
Space Enthalpy
Space Temperature
Controlling Space Temp
Space Relative Humidity
Space Temp Sensor
Space Air RH Sensor
Return Air Enthalpy
Return Air Temperature
Controlling Return Temp
Return Air Rel.Humidity
Return Air RH Sensor
Altitude……..in feet:
Atmospheric Pressure

dF
%
dF
dF
"Hg
"Hg
dF
dF
%

dF
dF
%
"Hg

OAE
OAT
OARH
OARHSENS
OADEWCFG
OADEWTMP
OA_HUMR
OA_PWS
OA_PWS
SPE
SPT
SPACE_T
SPRH
SPTSENS
SPRHSENS
RAE
RAT
RETURN_T
RARH
RARHSENS
ALTITUDE
ATMOPRES

forcible
forcible
config
forcible

forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
forcible
forcible
forcible
config
config
config

HUMIDITY
Space Relative Humidity
Return Air Rel.Humidity
Humidifier Relay
Humidifier Act.Curr.Pos.
Humidifier Command Pos.
Humidifier Setpoint
Humidifier Control Config
Humidifier Prop. Gain
Humidifier Integral Gain
Humidifier Deriv. Gain
Humidifier PID Run Rate
Space Air RH Sensor
Return RH Sensor

%
%
%
%
%

sec
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable

152

SPRH
RARH
HUMIDRLY
HUMDRPOS
HUMDCPOS
HUSP
HUMD_CFG
HUMID_PG
HUMID_IG
HUMID_DG
HUMDRATE
SPRHSENS
RARHSENS

forcible
forcible

config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
LEN_ACTU

DISPLAY NAME
Economizer Act.Curr.Pos.
Economzr 2 Act.Curr.Pos.
Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
IGV Actuator Current Pos.
IGV Actuator Command Pos
Humidifier Act.Curr.Pos.
Humidifier Command Pos.
Ht.Coil Act.Curr.Pos.
Ht.Coil Command Position
BP 1 Actuator Curr.Pos.
BP 1 Command Position
BP 2 Actuator Curr.Pos.
BP 2 Command Position
Find LEN bus actuator ?
BELx
Serial Number-

RANGE
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
0-100
Yes/No

UNITS
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%

POINT NAME
ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
ECONOCMD
IGV_RPOS
IGV_CPOS
HUMDRPOS
HUMDCPOS
HTCLRPOS
HTCLCPOS
BP1_RPOS
BP1_CPOS
BP2_RPOS
BP2_CPOS
BELSERCH
BELXSNUM

WRITE STATUS

forcible

config

LINKDATA
Supervisory Element #
Supervisory Bus
Supervisory Block Number
Average Occup. Heat Stp.
Average Occup. Cool Stp.
Average Unocc. Heat Stp.
Average Unocc. Cool Stp.
Average Zone Temperature
Average Occup. Zone Temp
Linkage System Occupied?
Next Occupied Day
Next Occupied Time
Next Unoccupied Day
Next Unoccupied Time
Last Unoccupied Day
Last Unoccupied Time

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

SUPE-ADR
SUPE-BUS
BLOCKNUM
AOHS
AOCS
AUHS
AUCS
AZT
AOZT
LOCC
LNEXTOCD
LNEXTOCC
LNEXTUOD
LNEXTUNC
LLASTUOD
LLASTUNC

MILLIAMP
IAQ milliamps
OAQ milliamps
SP Reset milliamps
4-20 ma Demand Signal
EDT Reset milliamps
OARH milliamps
SPRH milliamps
RARH milliamps
SACFM milliamps
RACFM milliamps
OACFM milliamps
BP milliamps
SP milliamps

ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma
ma

IAQ_MA
OAQ_MA
SPRST_MA
DMDLMTMA
EDTRESMA
OARH_MA
SPRH_MA
RARH_MA
SACFM_MA
RACFM_MA
OACFM_MA
BP_MA
SP_MA

MODES
System Mode…………:
HVAC Mode…………..:
Control Mode………..:
Currently Occupied
Timed Override in effect
DCV resetting min pos
Supply Air Reset
Demand Limit in Effect
Temp.Compensated Start
IAQ pre-occ purge active
Linkage Active - DAV
Mech.Cooling Locked Out
HVAC Mode Numerical Form

ascii text strings
ascii text strings
ascii text strings
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
number

Current Day, Time & Date:
Occupancy Controlled By:

ascii date & time
ascii text
ascii text
ascii text
Yes/No

MODEOCCP
MODETOVR
MODEADCV
MODESARS
MODEDMLT
MODETCST
MODEIQPG
MODELINK
MODELOCK
MODEHVAC

OCCDEFME

Currently Occupied
Current Occupied Time
Current Unoccupied Time
Next Occupied Day & Time
Next Unocc. Day & Time
Last Unocc. Day & Time
Current Occup. Period #
Timed-Override in Effect
Timed-Override Duration

Yes/No
hours

153

TIMEDATE
OCDFTXT1
OCDFTXT2
OCDFTXT3
MODE_OCC
STRTTIME
ENDTIME
NXTOC_DT
NXTUN_DT
PRVUN_DT
PER_NO
OVERLAST
OVR_HRS

forcible

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE
PRESBLDG

DISPLAY NAME
Building Pressure
Return Air CFM
Supply Air CFM
Power Exhaust Relay 1
Power Exhaust Relay 2
BP 1 Actuator Curr.Pos.
BP 1 Command Position
BP 2 Actuator Curr.Pos.
BP 2 Command Position
Exhaust Fan VFD Speed
Building Pressure Setp.
BP Setpoint Offset
Fan Track Learn Enable
Fan Track Learn Rate
Fan Track Initial DCFM
Fan Track Max Clamp
Fan Track Max Correction
Fan Track Internl EEPROM
Fan Track Reset Internal
Fan Track Internal RAM
Fan Track Control D.CFM

RANGE

UNITS
"H2O
CFM
CFM

On/Off
On/Off
%
%
%
%
%
"H2O
^"H2O
Yes/No
min
CFM
CFM
CFM
CFM
CFM
CFM

POINT NAME
BP
RACFM
SACFM
PE1
PE2
BP1_RPOS
BP1_CPOS
BP2_RPOS
BP2_CPOS
EFAN_VFD
BPSP
BPSO
DCFM_CFG
DCFMRATE
DCFMSTRT
DCFM_MAX
DCFM_ADJ
DCFM_OFF
DCFMRSET
DCFM_RAM
DELTACFM

WRITE STATUS

config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config

PRESDUCT
Static Pressure
Supply Fan VFD Speed
IGV Actuator Current Pos
IGV Actuator Command Pos
Static Pressure Setpoint
Static Pressure Reset

"H2O
%
%
%
"H2O

SP
SFAN_VFD
IGV_RPOS
IGV_CPOS
SPSP
SPRESET

config
forcible

STAGEGAS
Heating Mode………..:
Requested Heat Stage
Heating Control Point
Staged Gas LAT Sum
Staged Gas LAT 1
Staged Gas LAT 2
Staged Gas LAT 3
Staged Gas Limit Sw.Temp
Heat PID Timer
Staged Gas Capacity Calc
Current Running Capacity
Proportional Cap. Change
Derivative Cap. Change
Maximum Heat Stages
Hi Limit Switch Tmp Mode
LAT Cutoff Mode
Capacity Clamp Mode

ascii text strings
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
sec
%
%

HT_STAGE
HEATCPNT
LAT_SGAS
LAT1SGAS
LAT2SGAS
LAT3SGAS
LIMSWTMP
HTSGTIMR
HTSGCALC
HTSG_CAP
HTSG_P
HTSG_D
HTMAXSTG
LIMTMODE
LATCMODE
CAPMODE

STRTHOUR
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor B2 Run Hours
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor B2 Starts

hours
hours
hours
hours

HR_A1
HR_A2
HR_B1
HR_B2
CY_A1
CY_A2
CY_B1
CY_B2

Cooling Control Point
Mixed Air Temperature
Evaporator Discharge Tmp
Return Air Temperature
Outside Air Temperature
Econo Damper Current Pos
Economzr 2 Act.Curr.Pos.
Capacity Threshold Adjst
Capacity Load Factor
Next Stage EDT Decrease
Next Stage EDT Increase
Rise Per Percent Capacity
Cap Deadband Subtracting
Cap Deadband Adding
Cap Threshold Subtracting
Cap Threshold Adding
High Temp Cap Override
Low Temp Cap Override
Pull Down Cap Override
Slow Change Cap Override

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
%
%

COOLCPNT
MAT
EDT
RAT
OAT
ECONOPOS
ECON2POS
Z_GAIN
SMZ
ADDRISE
SUBRISE
RISE_PCT
Y_MINUS
Y_PLUS
Z_MINUS
Z_PLUS
HI_TEMP
LOW_TEMP
PULLDOWN
SLO_CHNG

config
config
config
config
config
config
config
config

SUMZ

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

154

forcible
forcible
config

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
MAINTENANCE DISPLAY TABLES (cont)
TABLE

DISPLY NAME

RANGE

UNITS

POINT NAME

WRITE STATUS

SYSTEM
Reset All Current Alarms
Reset Alarm History
Reset the Device
Local Machine Disable
Soft Stop Request
Emergency Stop
CEM AN4 10K temp J5, 7-8
CEM AN5 10K temp J5, 9-10
CEM AN6 10K temp J5, 11-12
CEM AN1 10K temp J5, 1-2
CEM AN4 4-20 ma J5, 7-8
CEM AN5 4-20 ma J5, 9-10
CEM AN6 4-20 ma J5, 11-12
CEM AN1 4-20 ma J5, 1-2

Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Enable/Disable

ALRESET
ALHISCLR
RESETDEV
UNITSTOP
SOFTSTOP
EMSTOP
CEM10K1
CEM10K2
CEM10K3
CEM10K4
CEM4201
CEM4202
CEM4203
CEM4204

Economizer Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economizer Calibrate Cmd
Econ Act. Control Angle
Economzr 2 Act.Cmd.Pos.
Economzr 2 Calibrate Cmd
Econ2 Act. Control Angle
IGV Actuator Command Pos
IGV Act. Calibrate Cnd
IGV Act. Control Angle
VFD-IGV Maximum Speed
BP 1 Command Position
BP 1 Actuator Cal Cmd
BP Act.1 Control Angle
BP 1 Actuator Max Pos.
BP 2 Command Position
BP 2 Actuator Cal Cmd
BP Act.2 Control Angle
BP 2 Actuator Max Pos.
Ht.Coil Command Position
Heating Coil Act. Cal.Cmd
Heat Coil Act.Ctl.Angle
Humidifier Command Pos.
Humidifier Act. Cal.Cmd
Humidifier Act.Ctrl.Ang.

0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
0-100
YES/NO
read only
0-100
YES/NO
read only

Econo Damper Command Pos
Static Pressure Setpoint
Requested Cool Stage
Lead/Lag Select Test
Compressor A1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp A1
Unloader 2 - Comp A1
Compressor A2 Relay
Compressor B1 Relay
Unloader 1 - Comp B1
Unloader 2 - Comp B1
Compressor B2 Relay

0-100
0-5
0-n
LEAD/LAG
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

Fan Test Automatic?
Econo Damper Command Pos
Supply Fan Relay
IGV Actuator Command Pos
Supply Fan VFD Speed
Power Exhaust Relay 1
Power Exhaust Relay 2
BP 1 Command Position
BP 2 Command Position
Exhaust Fan VFD Speed
Condenser Fan Circuit A
Condenser Fan Circuit B
Motormaster Condensr Fan

ON/OFF
0-100
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100
0-100
0-100
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

Requested Heat Stage
Heat Relay 1
Heat Relay 2
Relay 3 W1 Gas Valve 2
Relay 4 W2 Gas Valve 2
Relay 5 W1 Gas Valve 3
Relay 6 W2 Gas Valve 3
Heat Interlock Relay
Ht.Coil Command Position

0-n
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0-100

Humidifier Relay
Remote Alarm / Aux Relay

ON/OFF
ON/OFF

HUMR_TST
ALRM_TST

MBB
CESR131292RCB
CESR131249ECB
CESR131249SCB
CESR131226CEM
CESR131174Economizr Serial NumberIGV
Serial NumberHumidfier Serial NumberHeat Coil Serial NumberBP #1
Serial NumberBP #2
Serial NumberMARQUEE CESR131171NAVIGATOR CESR130227-

ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii version#
ascii serial num
ascii serial num
ascii serial num
ascii serial num
ascii serial num
ascii serial num
ascii version#
ascii version#

MBB_SW
RCB_SW
ECB_SW
SCB_SW
CEM_SW
ECONSNUM
IGV_SNUM
HUMDSNUM
HTCLSNUM
BP1_SNUM
BP2_SNUM
MARQ_SW
NAVI_SW

TESTACTC
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%

TESTCOOL
%
"H2O

ECONCOOL
SPSP_TST
CLST_TST
LL_TST
CMPA1TST
UNL1_TST
UNL2_TST
CMPA2TST
CMPB1TST
UNL3_TST
UNL4_TST
CMPB2TST

TESTFANS
YES/NO
%
%
%
%
%
%

FANAUTO
ECONFANS
SFAN_TST
IGVFNTST
SGVFDTST
PE1_TST
PE2_TST
BLDPTST1
BLDPTST2
EFVFDTST
CNDA_TST
CNDB_TST
PCFABTST

TESTHEAT

HTST_TST
HS1_TST
HS2_TST
HS3_TST
HS4_TST
HS5_TST
HS6_TST
HIR_TST
HTCLHEAT

TESTINDP
VERSIONS

155

config
config
config
config
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible
forcible

APPENDIX B — CCN TABLES (cont)
TIME SCHEDULE CONFIG TABLE
Allowable Entries: Day not selected = 0 Day selected = 1

Period 1:
Period 2:
Period 3:
Period 4:
Period 5:
Period 6:
Period 7:
Period 8:

DAY FLAGS
MTWTFSSH

OCCUPIED
TIME

UNOCCUPIED
TIME

00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000

00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00

APPENDIX C — UNIT STAGING TABLES
STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 030 UNITS — 60 Hz
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0

u4
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

PERCENT
0%
16%
32%
50%
66%
82%
100%
0%
16%
32%
50%
66%
82%
100%

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 030 UNITS — 50 Hz
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0

u4
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

u4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

PERCENT
0%
29%
43%
57%
71%
85%
100%
0%
14%
28%
43%
57%
71%
85%
100%

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 035 UNITS
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

156

PERCENT
0%
14%
28%
43%
57%
71%
85%
100%
0%
29%
43%
57%
71%
85%
100%

APPENDIX C — UNIT STAGING TABLES (cont)
STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 040 UNITS — 60 Hz
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
0
1
2
3
4

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1

u1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0

u4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

PERCENT
0%
25%
50%
75%
100%
0%
25%
50%
75%
100%

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 040 UNITS — 50 Hz
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0

u4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

u4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

PERCENT
0%
19%
37%
41%
59%
62%
80%
89%
100%
0%
22%
43%
59%
62%
80%
89%
100%

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 050 UNITS
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0

PERCENT
0%
19%
37%
57%
62%
80%
100%
0%
22%
41%
59%
62%
80%
100%

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 055 UNITS — 60 Hz
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

157

u4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

PERCENT
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%

APPENDIX C — UNIT STAGING TABLES (cont)
STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 055 UNITS — 50 Hz
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0

u4
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

PERCENT
0%
19%
37%
48%
51%
62%
66%
71%
80%
86%
100%
0%
14%
29%
33%
48%
51%
62%
66%
71%
80%
86%
100%

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 060 UNITS — 60 Hz
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0

u4
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

PERCENT
0%
17%
33%
50%
67%
83%
100%
0%
17%
33%
50%
67%
83%
100%

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 060 UNITS — 50 Hz
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

158

u4
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

PERCENT
0%
17%
33%
50%
67%
83%
100%
0%
17%
33%
50%
67%
83%
100%

APPENDIX C — UNIT STAGING TABLES (cont)
STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 070 AND 075 UNITS
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0

u4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

u4
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

u4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

b2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

PERCENT
0%
14%
29%
43%
51%
66%
71%
86%
100%
0%
19%
33%
48%
51%
66%
71%
86%
100%

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 090 UNITS
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1

u1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0

PERCENT
0%
17%
33%
50%
67%
83%
100%
0%
17%
33%
50%
67%
83%
100%

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

STAGING SEQUENCE — SIZE 105 UNITS
CIRCUIT A

STAGE

Lead

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Lag

0 — Off
1 — On

a1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1

u1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0

COMPRESSOR OR UNLOADER
u2
a2
b1
u3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0

LEGEND
a,b — Compressor Circuit Designation
u
— Unloader

159

PERCENT
0%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
0%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%

APPENDIX D — VFD INFORMATION
condensation from forming on the boards during the off mode
and is stopped by driving the speed to 0 (by sending a 4 mA
signal to the VFD).
The Z Series units use ABB VFDs. The interface wiring for
the VFDs is shown in Fig. A. The VFD connects through
an isolation board to the 4 to 20 mA RCB board. Terminal
designations are shown in Table A. Configurations are shown
in Table B.

On variable air volume units with optional VFD, the supply
fan speed is controlled by a 3-phase VFD. The VFD is located
in the supply fan section (030-050 units) or mixing box section
(055-105 units) behind an access door. The VFD speed is
controlled directly by the ComfortLink™ controls through a
4 to 20 mA signal based on a supply duct pressure sensor.
The VFD has a display, which can be used for service diagnostics, but setup of the building pressure and control loop
factors should be done through the scrolling marquee display.
The VFD is powered during normal operation to prevent

Table A — VFD Terminal Designations
TERMINAL
U1
V1
W1
U2
V2
W2
X1-11 (GND)
X1-12 (COMMON)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-13 (DI-1)
X1-10 (24 VDC)
X1-16 (DI-4)
X1-2 (AI-1)
X1-3 (AGND)

FUNCTION
Three-Phase Main Circuit Input Power Supply
Three-Phase AC Output to Motor, 0 V to
Maximum Input Voltage Level
Factory-supplied jumper
Run (factory-supplied jumper)
Start Enable 1 (Factory-supplied jumper). When
opened the drive goes to emergency stop.
Factory wired for 4 to 20 mA remote input

Fig. A — VFD Wiring

160

APPENDIX D — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
Table B — VFD Configurations
PARAMETER GROUP

Start-Up Data

Start/Stop/Dir
Analog Inputs

Relay Outputs

System Controls

OVER RIDE

Accel/Decel
MOTOR

PARAMETER TITLE
LANGUAGE
APPLIC MACRO
MOTOR CTRL MODE
MOTOR NOM VOLT
MOTOR NOM CURR
MOTOR NOM FREQ
MOTOR NOM SPEED
EXT1 COMMANDS
DIRECTION
MINIMUM AI1
MAXIMUM AI1
RELAY OUTPUT 1
RELAY OUTPUT 2
RELAY OUTPUT 3
RUN ENABLE
START ENABLE 1
OVERRIDE SEL
OVERRIDE FREQ
OVERRIDE SPEED
OVER PASS CODE
OVERRIDE
STOP FUNCTION
ACCELER TIME 1
DECELER TIME 1
SWITCHING FREQ

PARAMETER INDEX
9901
9902
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
1001
1003
1301
1302
1401
1402
1403
1601
1608
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
2102
2202
2203
2606

CARRIER DEFAULT
ENGLISH
USER 1
SCALAR: FREQ
460v
*TBD*
60 Hz
1750 rpm
DI-1
REVERSE
20.0 %
100.0 %
STARTED
RUN
FAULT (-1)
NOT SELECTED
DI-4
DI-3
60 Hz
1750 rpm
ENTERED
ON
RAMP
30.0s
30.0s
8 kHz

VFD Operation — The VFD keypad is shown in Fig. B.
The function of SOFT KEYS 1 and 2 change depending on
what is displayed on the screen. The function of SOFT KEY 1
matches the word in the lower left-hand box on the display
screen. The function of SOFT KEY 2 matches the word in the
lower right-hand box on the display screen. If the box is empty,
then the SOFT KEY does not have a function on that specific
screen. The UP and DOWN keys are used to navigate through
the menus. The OFF key is used to turn off the VFD. The
AUTO key is used to change control of the drive to automatic
control. The HAND key is used to change control of the drive
to local (hand held) control. The HELP button is used to access
the help screens.

Fig. B — VFD Keypad

161

APPENDIX D — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
STANDARD DISPLAY MODE — Use the standard display
mode to read information on the drive status and operate the
drive. To reach the standard display mode, press EXIT until the
LCD display shows status information as described below. See
Fig. C.
The top line of the LCD display shows the basic status
information of the drive. The HAND icon indicates that the
drive control is local from the control panel. The AUTO icon
indicates that the drive is in remote control mode, such as the
basic I/O (X1) or field bus.
The arrow icon indicates the drive and motor rotation status.
A rotating arrow (clockwise or counterclockwise) indicates
that the drive is running and at set point and the shaft direction
is forward or reverse. A rotating blinking arrow indicates that
the drive is running but not at set point. A stationary arrow
indicates that the drive is stopped. For Carrier rooftop units, the
correct rotation is counterclockwise.
The upper right corner shows the frequency set point that
the drive will maintain.
Using parameter group 34, the middle of the LCD display
can be configured to display 3 parameter values. The default
display shows parameters 0103 (OUTPUT FREQ) in percentages, 0104 (CURRENT) in amperes, and 0120 (AI1) in
milliamperes.
The bottom corners of the LCD display show the functions
currently assigned to the two soft keys. The lower middle
displays the current time (if configured to show the time).
The first time the drive is powered up, it is in the OFF mode.
To switch to local hand-held control and control the drive using
the control panel, press and hold the HAND button. Pressing
the HAND button switches the drive to hand control while
keeping the drive running. Press the AUTO button to switch to
remote input control. To start the drive press the HAND or
AUTO buttons, to stop the drive press the OFF button.
To adjust the speed in HAND mode, press the UP or
DOWN buttons (the reference changes immediately). The
reference can be modified in the local control (HAND) mode,
and can be parameterized (using Group 11 reference select) to
also allow modification in the remote control mode.
PARAMETERS MODE — The Parameters mode is used
to change the parameters on the drive. To change parameters,
perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameter.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous
value. Any modifications that are not saved will not be
changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the parameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the highlight parameter. To view the default parameter value, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default
factory settings, select the Carrier application macro.

START UP WITH ASSISTANT — Initial start-up has been
performed at the factory. To start up the VFD with the Start-Up
Assistant or reset the VFD with the Carrier defaults, perform
the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Carrier Assistant
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Carrier Assistant will ask questions to determine the
correct parameters for the VFD. Select the desired values
and press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. The
process will continue until all the parameters are set.
a. The Carrier Assistant will ask “Is this an Air
Handler or Rooftop?” Select “Rooftop.”
b. The Carrier Assistant will ask “Is this a High E or
Premium E motor?” Select the correct efficiency
type.
c. If the VFD can be used with two different size
(HP) motors, then the Carrier Assistant will ask the
user to choose the proper HP. Select the correct
motor horsepower.
START UP BY CHANGING PARAMETERS INDIVIDUALLY — Initial start-up is performed at the factory. To start up
the VFD with by changing individual parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PARAMETERS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter group and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired
parameter and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the value of the
parameter.
6. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to store the modified value.
Press CANCEL (SOFTKEY 1) to keep the previous value.
Any modifications that are not saved will not be changed.
7. Choose another parameter or press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1)
to return to the listing of parameter groups. Continue until
all the parameters have been configured and then press
EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
NOTE: The current parameter value appears above the highlight parameter. To view the default parameter value, press the
UP and DOWN keys simultaneously. To restore the default
factory settings, select the application macro “HVAC Default.”

VFD Modes — The VFD has several different modes for
configuring, operating, and diagnosing the VFD. The modes
are:
• Standard Display mode — shows drive status information and operates the drive
• Parameters mode — edits parameter values individually
• Start-up Assistant mode — guides the start up and
configuration
• Changed Parameters mode — shows all changed
parameters
• Drive Parameter Backup mode — stores or uploads the
parameters
• Clock Set mode — sets the time and date for the drive
• I/O Settings mode — checks and edits the I/O settings

162

APPENDIX D — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
Upload All Parameters — To upload and store parameters in
the control panel from the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight UPLOAD TO
PANEL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The text “Copying Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
5. When the upload is complete, the text “Parameter upload
successful” will be displayed.
6. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
7. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Download All Parameters — To download all parameters
from the control panel to the VFD, perform the following
procedure:
1. Install the control panel with the correct parameters onto
the VFD.
2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
TO DRIVE ALL and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
5. The text “Restoring Parameters” will be displayed with a
progress indicator. To stop the process, select ABORT
(SOFT KEY 1).
6. When the download is complete, the text “Parameter
download successful” will be displayed.
7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.
Download Application Parameters — To download application parameters only to the control panel from the VFD,
perform the following procedure:
1. Install the control panel with the correct parameters onto
the VFD.
2. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight PAR BACKUP
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DOWNLOAD
APPLICATION and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
5. The text “Downloading Parameters (partial)” will be
displayed with a progress indicator. To stop the process,
select ABORT (SOFT KEY 1).
6. When the download is complete, the text “Parameter
download successful” will be displayed.
7. The display will then return to the PAR BACKUP menu.
Select EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to return to the main menu.
8. The control panel can now be disconnected from the
drive.

Fig. C — Standard Display Example
START-UP ASSISTANT MODE — To use the Start-Up
Assistant, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight ASSISTANTS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight Commission
Drive and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. The Start-Up Assistant will display the parameters that
need to be configured. Select the desired values and press
SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) after every change. The process
will continue until all the parameters are set. The assistant
checks to make sure that entered values are in range.
The assistant is divided into separate tasks. The user can
activate the tasks one after the other or independently. The
tasks are typically done in this order: Application, References
1 and 2, Start/Stop Control, Protections, Constant Speeds, PID
Control, Low Noise Setup, Panel Display, Timed Functions,
and Outputs.
CHANGED PARAMETERS MODE — The Changed Parameters mode is used to view and edit recently changed parameters
on the drive. To view the changed parameters, perform the
following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CHANGED
PAR on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT
KEY 2). A list of the recently changed parameters will be
displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired parameter group and press EDIT (SOFT KEY 2) to change
the parameter if desired.
4. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) to exit the Changed Parameters mode.
DRIVE PARAMETER BACKUP MODE — The drive parameter back up mode is used to export the parameters from one
drive to another. The parameters can be uploaded from a VFD
to the removable control panel. The control panel can then be
transferred to another drive and the parameters downloaded into
memory.
Depending on the motor and application, there are two
options available. The first option is to download all parameters. This copies both application and motor parameters to the
drive from the control panel. This is recommended when using
the same application for drives of the same size. This can also
be used to create a backup of the parameters group for the
drive.
The second option downloads only the application parameters to the drive. This is recommended when using the same application for drives of different sizes. Parameters 9905, 9906,
9907, 9908, 9909, 1605, 1607, 5201, and group 51 parameters
and internal motor parameters are not copied.

163

APPENDIX D — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
CLOCK SET MODE — The clock set mode is used for
setting the date and time for the internal clock of the VFD. In
order to use the timer functions of the VFD control, the internal
clock must be set. The date is used to determine weekdays and
is visible in the fault logs.
To set the clock, perform the following procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK SET on
the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2). The
clock set parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight CLOCK VISIBILITY and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). This parameter
is used to display or hide the clock on the screen. Use the
UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press
OK (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return
to the Clock Set menu.
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET TIME and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the hours and minutes. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2)
to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight TIME FORMAT
and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN
keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK (SOFT
KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock
Set menu.
6. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight SET DATE and
press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or DOWN keys to
change the day, month, and year. Press OK (SOFT KEY
2) to save the configuration and return to the Clock Set
menu.
7. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight DATE FORMAT and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2). Use the UP or
DOWN keys to change the parameter setting. Press OK
(SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration and return to the
Clock Set menu.
8. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.
I/O SETTINGS MODE — The I/O Settings mode is used for
viewing and editing the I/O settings.
To configure the I/O settings, perform the following
procedure:
1. Select MENU (SOFT KEY 2). The Main menu will be
displayed.
2. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight I/O SETTINGS
on the display screen and press ENTER (SOFT KEY 2).
The I/O Settings parameter list will be displayed.
3. Use the UP or DOWN keys to highlight the desired I/O
setting and press SEL (SOFT KEY 2).
4. Use the UP or DOWN keys to select the parameter to
view. Press OK (SOFT KEY 2).
5. Use the UP or DOWN keys to change the parameter
setting. Press SAVE (SOFT KEY 2) to save the configuration. Press CANCEL (SOFT KEY 1) to keep the previous value. Any modifications that are not saved will not
be changed.
6. Press EXIT (SOFT KEY 1) twice to return to the main
menu.

Third Party Controls — For conversion to third party

control of the VFD, perform the following procedure:
1. Remove the factory-installed jumper between X1-10 and
X1-13 (control of VFD start/stop).
2. Remove the factory-installed jumper between X1-10 and
X1-16 and replace with a normally closed safety contact
for control of VFD start enable.
3. Install speed signal wires to AI-1 and AGND. This input
is set at the factory for a 4 to 20 mA signal. If a 0 to
10 vdc signal is required, change DIP switch J1 (located
above the VFD control terminal strip) to OFF (right
position to left position) and change parameter 1301 to
0% from 20%.

VFD Diagnostics — The drive detects error situations
and reports them using:
• the green and red LEDs on the body of the drive (located
under the keypad)
• the status LED on the control panel
• the control panel display
• the Fault Word and Alarm Word parameter bits (parameters 0305 to 0309)
The form of the display depends on the severity of the error.
The user can specify the severity for many errors by directing
the drive to ignore the error situation, report the situation as an
alarm, or report the situation as a fault.
FAULTS (RED LED LIT) — The VFD signals that it has
detected a severe error, or fault, by:
• enabling the red LED on the drive (LED is either steady
or flashing)
• setting an appropriate bit in a Fault Word parameter
(0305 to 0307)
• overriding the control panel display with the display of a
fault code
• stopping the motor (if it was on)
• sets an appropriate bit in Fault Word parameter 03050307.
The fault code on the control panel display is temporary.
Pressing the MENU, ENTER, UP button or DOWN buttons
removes the fault message. The message reappears after a few
seconds if the control panel is not touched and the fault is still
active.
ALARMS (GREEN LED FLASHING) — For less severe
errors, called alarms, the diagnostic display is advisory. For
these situations, the drive is simply reporting that it had detected something unusual. In these situations, the drive:
• flashes the green LED on the drive (does not apply to
alarms that arise from control panel operation errors)
• sets an appropriate bit in an Alarm Word parameter
(0308 or 0309)
• overrides the control panel display with the display of an
alarm code and/or name
Alarm messages disappear from the control panel display
after a few seconds. The message returns periodically as long
as the alarm condition exists.
CORRECTING FAULTS — The recommended corrective
action for faults is shown in the Fault Codes Table C. The VFD
can also be reset to remove the fault. If an external source for a
start command is selected and is active, the VFD may start immediately after fault reset.

164

APPENDIX D — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
Table C — Fault Codes
FAULT
CODE
1

FAULT NAME
IN PANEL
OVERCURRENT

DC OVERVOLT

DEV OVERTEMP

4
5
6

SHORT CIRC
OVERLOAD
DC UNDERVOLT

AI1 LOSS

AI2 LOSS

MOT OVERTEMP

PANEL LOSS

ID RUN FAIL

MOTOR STALL

13
14
15

RESERVED
EXT FAULT 1
EXT FAULT 2

EARTH FAULT

UNDERLOAD

18
19
20
21
22
23

THERM FAIL
OPEX LINK
OPEX PWR
CURR MEAS
SUPPLY PHASE
RESERVED

OVERSPEED

25
26
27

RESERVED
DRIVE ID
CONFIG FILE

SERIAL 1 ERR

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
101-105
201-206

EFB CON FILE
FORCE TRIP
EFB 1
EFB 2
EFB 3
MOTOR PHASE
OUTP WIRING
SYSTEM ERROR
SYSTEM ERROR

1000

PAR HZRPM

1001

PAR PFA REFNG

1002

PAR PFA IOCNF

1003

PAR AI SCALE

1004

PAR AO SCALE

1005

PAR PCU 2

1006

PAR EXT RO

1007

PAR FBUS

1008

PAR PFA MODE

1009

PAR PCU 1

1010

OVERRIDE/PFA
CONFLICT

DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION
Output current is excessive. Check for excessive motor load, insufficient acceleration time (parameters 2202 ACCELER TIME 1, default 30 seconds), or faulty motor, motor cables or connections.
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is excessive. Check for static or transient over voltages in the input power supply, insufficient deceleration time
(parameters 2203 DECELER TIME 1, default 30 seconds), or undersized brake chopper (if present).
Drive heat sink is overheated. Temperature is at or above 115 C (239 F). Check for fan failure, obstructions in the air flow, dirt or dust coating on
the heat sink, excessive ambient temperature, or excessive motor load.
Fault current. Check for short-circuit in the motor cable(s) or motor or supply disturbances.
Inverter overload condition. The drive output current exceeds the ratings.
Intermediate circuit DC voltage is not sufficient. Check for missing phase in the input power supply, blown fuse, or under voltage on main circuit.
Analog input 1 loss. Analog input value is less than AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021). Check source and connection for analog input and parameter settings
for AI1 FLT LIMIT (3021) and 3001 AI 2002 MAXIMUM SPEED
2007 MINIMUM FREQ > 2008 MAXIMUM FREQ
2001 MINIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128/+128
2002 MAXIMUM SPEED / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED is outside of the range: -128/+128
2007 MINIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: -128/+128
2008 MAXIMUM FREQ / 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ is outside of the range: -128/+128
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that 2007 MINIMUM FREQ is negative, when 8123 PFA ENABLE is active.
Parameter values are inconsistent. The number of programmed PFA relays does not match with Interlock configuration, when 8123 PFA
ENABLE is active. Check consistency of RELAY OUTPUT parameters 1401 through 1403, and 1410 through 1412. Check 8117 NR OF AUX
MOTORS, 8118 AUTOCHANGE INTERV, and 8120 INTERLOCKS.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1301 AI 1 MIN > 1302 AI 1 MAX and that parameter 1304 AI 2 MIN > 1305 AI 2 MAX.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that parameter 1504 AO 1 MIN > 1505 AO 1 MAX and that parameter 1510 AO 2 MIN > 1511 AO 2
MAX.
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent: Improper motor nominal kVA or motor nominal power. Check the following parameters:
1.1 < (9906 MOTOR NOM CURR * 9905 MOTOR NOM VOLT * 1.73 / PN) < 2.6
Where: PN = 1000 * 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are kW) or PN = 746
* 9909 MOTOR NOM POWER (if units are HP, e.g., in US)
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check the extension relay module for connection and 1410 through 1412 RELAY OUTPUTS 4 through 6
have non-zero values.
Parameter values are inconsistent. Check that a parameter is set for field bus control (e.g., 1001 EXT1 COMMANDS = 10 (COMM)), but 9802
COMM PROT SEL = 0.
Parameter values are inconsistent. The 9904 MOTOR CTRL MODE must be = 3 (SCALAR SPEED), when 8123 PFA ENABLE is activated.
Parameter values for power control are inconsistent or improper motor nominal frequency or speed. Check for both of the following:
1 < (60 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED < 16
0.8 < 9908 MOTOR NOM SPEED / (120 * 9907 MOTOR NOM FREQ / Motor poles) < 0.992
Override mode is enabled and PFA is activated at the same time. This cannot be done because PFA interlocks cannot be observed in the override mode.

165

APPENDIX D — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
speed at the time of the fault. To clear the fault history (all of
Group 04, Fault History parameters), follow these steps:
1. In the control panel, Parameters mode, select parameter
0401.
2. Press EDIT.
3. Press the UP and DOWN buttons simultaneously.
4. Press SAVE.
CORRECTING ALARMS — To correct alarms, first determine if the Alarm requires any corrective action (action is not
always required). Use Table D below to find and address the
root cause of the problem.

To reset a fault indicated by a flashing red LED, turn off the
power for 5 minutes. To reset a fault indicated by a red LED
(not flashing), press RESET from the control panel or turn off
the power for 5 minutes. Depending on the value of parameter
1604 (FAULT RESET SELECT), digital input or serial communication could also be used to reset the drive.When the fault
has been corrected, the motor can be started.
HISTORY — For reference, the last three fault codes are
stored into parameters 0401, 0412, 0413. For the most recent
fault (identified by parameter 0401), the drive stores additional
data (in parameters 0402 through 0411) to aid in troubleshooting a problem. For example, a parameter 0404 stores the motor

Table D — Alarm Codes
ALARM
CODE

ALARM NAME
IN PANEL

2001

—

Reserved

2002

—

Reserved

2003

—

Reserved

2004

DIR LOCK

2005

I/O COMM

2006

AI1 LOSS

2007

AI2 LOSS

2008

PANEL LOSS

2009

—

2010

MOT OVERTEMP

2011

UNDERLOAD

2012

MOTOR STALL

2013*

AUTORESET

2014*

AUTOCHANGE

2015

PFA INTERLOCK

2016
2017*

—
OFF BUTTON

2018*

PID SLEEP

2019
2020

ID RUN
OVERRIDE
START ENABLE 1
MISSING
START ENABLE 2
MISSING
EMERGENCY STOP

2021
2022
2023

DESCRIPTION AND RECOMMENDED CORRECTIVE ACTION

The change in direction being attempted is not allowed. Do not attempt to change the direction of motor rotation, or Change parameter 1003 DIRECTION to allow direction change (if reverse operation is safe).
Field bus communication has timed out. Check fault setup (3018 COMM FAULT FUNC and 3019 COMM
FAULT TIME). Check communication settings (Group 51 or 53 as appropriate). Check for poor connections
and/or noise on line.
Analog input 1 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check
the parameter that sets the minimum (3021) and the parameter that sets the Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
Analog input 2 is lost, or value is less than the minimum setting. Check input source and connections. Check
parameter that sets the minimum (3022) and the parameter that sets the Alarm/Fault operation (3001).
Panel communication is lost and either the VFD is in local control mode (the control panel displays HAND), or
the VFD is in remote control mode (AUTO) and is parameterized to accept start/stop, direction or reference
from the control panel. To correct, check the communication lines and connections, Parameter 3002 PANEL
LOSS, and parameters in groups 10 COMMAND INPUTS and 11 REFERENCE SELECT (if drive operation
is REM).
Reserved
Motor is hot, based on either the VFD estimate or on temperature feedback. This alarm warns that a Motor
Overload fault trip may be near. Check for overloaded motor. Adjust the parameters used for the estimate
(3005 through 3009). Check the temperature sensors and Group 35 parameters.
Motor load is lower than expected. This alarm warns that a Motor Underload fault trip may be near. Check
that the motor and drive ratings match (motor is NOT undersized for the drive). Check the settings on parameters 3013 to 3015.
Motor is operating in the stall region. This alarm warns that a Motor Stall fault trip may be near.
This alarm warns that the drive is about to perform an automatic fault reset, which may start the motor. To
control automatic reset, use parameter group 31 (AUTOMATIC RESET).
This alarm warns that the PFA autochange function is active. To control PFA, use parameter group 81 (PFA)
and the Pump Alternation macro.
This alarm warns that the PFA interlocks are active, which means that the drive cannot start any motor (when
Autochange is used), or a speed regulated motor (when Autochange is not used).
Reserved
This alarm indicates that the OFF button has been pressed.
This alarm warns that the PID sleep function is active, which means that the motor could
accelerate when the PID sleep function ends. To control PID sleep, use parameters
4022 through 4026 or 4122 through 4126.
The VFD is performing an ID run.
Override mode is activated.
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 1 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 1 function, use parameter
1608. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication settings.
This alarm warns that the Start Enable 2 signal is missing. To control Start Enable 2 function, use parameter
1609. To correct, check the digital input configuration and the communication settings.
Emergency stop is activated.

*This alarm is not indicated by a relay output, even when the relay output is configured to indicate alarm conditions (parameter 1401 RELAY OUTPUT = 5 (ALARM) or 16 (FLT/ALARM).

166

APPENDIX D — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R5 and R6, perform
the following (see Fig. E):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the screws attaching the fan.
3. Disconnect the fan cable.
4. Install the fan in reverse order.
5. Restore power.
INTERNAL ENCLOSURE FAN REPLACEMENT — The
VFD IP 54 / UL Type 12 enclosures have an additional internal
fan to circulate air inside the enclosure.
To replace the internal enclosure fan for frame sizes R1 to
R4, perform the following (see Fig. F):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the front cover.

If diagnostics troubleshooting has determined that the
drive is defective during the warranty period, contact
ABB Automation Inc., at 1-800-435-7365, option 4, option 3.
A qualified technician will review the problem with the caller
and make a determination regarding how to proceed. This may
involve dispatching a designated service station (DSS) representative from an authorized station, dispatching a replacement
unit, or advising return for repair.

VFD Maintenance — If installed in an appropriate envi-

ronment, the VFD requires very little maintenance.
Table E lists the routine maintenance intervals recommended by Carrier.
Table E — Maintenance Intervals
MAINTENANCE

INTERVAL

Heat Sink Temperature
Check and Cleaning
Main Cooling Fan
Replacement
Internal Enclosure Cooling
Fan Replacement
Capacitor Change
(Frame Size R5 and R6)
HVAC Control Panel
Battery Change

Every 6 to 12 months (depending
on the dustiness of the environment)
Every five years

Every three years
Every ten years

3
4

Every ten years

HEAT SINK — The heat sink fins accumulate dust from the
cooling air. Since a dusty sink is less efficient at cooling the
drive, overtemperature faults become more likely. In a normal
environment check the heat sink annually, in a dusty environment check more often.
Check the heat sink as follows (when necessary):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove the cooling fan.
3. Blow clean compressed air (not humid) from bottom to top
and simultaneously use a vacuum cleaner at the air outlet
to trap the dust. If there a risk of the dust entering adjoining
equipment, perform the cleaning in another room.
4. Replace the cooling fan.
5. Restore power.
MAIN FAN REPLACEMENT — The main cooling fan of
the VFD has a life span of about 60,000 operating hours at
maximum rated operating temperature and drive load. The
expected life span doubles for each 18 F drop in the fan
temperature (fan temperature is a function of ambient temperatures and drive loads).
Fan failure can be predicted by the increasing noise from
fan bearings and the gradual rise in the heat sink temperature in
spite of heat sink cleaning. If the drive is operated in a critical
part of a process, fan replacement is recommended once these
symptoms start appearing. Replacement fans are available
from Carrier.
To replace the main fan for frame sizes R1 through R4,
perform the following (see Fig. D):
1. Remove power from drive.
2. Remove drive cover.
3. For frame sizes R1 and R2, press together the retaining
clips on the fan cover and lift. For frame sizes R3 and R4,
press in on the lever located on the left side of the fan
mount, and rotate the fan up and out.
4. Disconnect the fan cable.
5. Install the new fan by reversing Steps 2 to 4.
6. Restore power.

Fig. D — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R1-R4)
Bottom View (R5)
3
2

Bottom View (R6)

Fig. E — Main Fan Replacement
(Frame Sizes R5 and R6)

167

APPENDIX D — VFD INFORMATION (cont)
2. Remove the front cover.
3. Lift the fan out and disconnect the cable.
4. Install the fan in reverse order.
5. Restore power.
CONTROL PANEL CLEANING — Use a soft damp cloth
to clean the control panel. Avoid harsh cleaners which could
scratch the display window.
BATTERY REPLACEMENT — A battery is only used in assistant control panels that have the clock function available and
enabled. The battery keeps the clock operating in memory
during power interruptions. The expected life for the battery is
greater than ten years. To remove the battery, use a coin to
rotate the battery holder on the back of the control panel.
Replace the battery with type CR2032.

3. The housing that holds the fan in place has barbed retaining clips at each corner. Press all four clips toward the
center to release the barbs.
4. When the clips/barbs are free, pull the housing up to remove from the drive.
5. Disconnect the fan cable.
6. Install the fan in reverse order, noting the following: the
fan airflow is up (refer to arrow on fan); the fan wire
harness is toward the front; the notched housing barb is
located in the right-rear corner; and the fan cable connects
just forward of the fan at the top of the drive.
To replace the internal enclosure fan for frame sizes R5 or
R6, perform the following:
1. Remove power from drive.

A48-7716

Fig. F — Internal Enclosure Fan Replacement

168

APPENDIX E — MODE SELECTION PROCESS
Else If: Configured for static pressure control
(Configuration→SP→SP.CF = 1,2) and the static
pressure sensor (Pressures→AIR.P→SP) fails:

The following section is to be used in conjunction with
Fig. 4 on page 43. To help determine why the unit controls are
in a certain mode, the programming logic is provided below.
The software will proceed, step by step, until a mode is
reached. If an “If” statement is true, then that mode will be entered. The “Else” statement refers to other possible choices.
If the System Mode is OFF:
{
If the fire shut down input (Inputs→FIRE→FSD)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Fire Shut Down ") OFF
Else
HVAC mode:
("Disabled
") OFF
}
Else If: The rooftop is not in “factory test” and a fire
smoke-control mode is “alarming”:
{
If the pressurization input (Inputs→FIRE→PRES)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Pressurization ")
Else If the evacuation input (Inputs→FIRE→EVAC)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Evacuation ")
Else If the smoke purge input (Inputs→FIRE→PURG)
is in “alarm”:
HVAC mode:
("Smoke Purge ")
}
Else If: Someone changed the machine’s
control type (Configuration→UNIT→C.TYP) during
run time, a 15 second delay is called out:
{
HVAC mode:
("Disabled
") OFF
}
Else If: The System Mode is TEST:
{
HVAC mode:
("Test
")
}
Else If: The “soft stop” command (Service Test→S.STP)
is forced to YES:
{
HVAC mode:
("SoftStop Request")
}
Else If: The remote switch config (Configuration→
UNIT→RM.CF)=2; “start/stop”, and the remote
input state (Inputs→GEN.I→REMT)=ON:
{
HVAC mode:
("Rem. Sw. Disable") OFF
}
Else If: Configured for hydronic heat (Configuration→
HEAT→HT.CF=4) or configured for dehumidification
with modulating valve reheat (Configuration→
DEHU→D.SEL=1) and the freeze stat switch trips
(Inputs→GEN.I→FRZ.S = ALRM)
{
HVAC mode:
("Freeze Stat Trip")
}

{
HVAC mode:

("Static Pres.Fail") OFF

}
Else If: Configured for supply fan status monitoring
(Configuration→UNIT→SFS.M = 1,2) and
configured to shut the unit down on fan status fail
(Configuration→UNIT→SFS.S = YES)
{
HVAC mode:

("Fan Status Fail ") OFF

Else If: Configured for return fan tracking
(Configuration→BP→BP.CF = 5) and there is a
plenum pressure switch error
HVAC mode:

("Plen.Press.Fail ") OFF

}
Else If: The unit is just waking up from a power reset
{
HVAC mode:

("Starting Up

") OFF

}
Else If: A compressor is diagnosed as being “Stuck On”
{
HVAC mode:
("Comp. Stuck On ")
Else The control is free to select the normal heating/
cooling HVAC modes:
{
—
—

—

169

HVAC mode:
("Off
")
The unit is off and no operating modes are active.
HVAC mode:
("Tempering Vent ")
The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the supply air temperature has dropped below the
tempering vent set point. Gas or hydronic heat is
used to temper the ventilation air.
HVAC mode:
("Tempering LoCool")
The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the combination of the outside-air temperature and
the economizer position has dropped the supply-air
temperature below the tempering cool set point.
Gas or hydronic heat is used to temper the
ventilation air.
HVAC mode:
("Tempering HiCool")
The economizer is at minimum vent position but
the combination of the outside air temperature and
the economizer position has dropped the supply air
temperature below the tempering cool set point.
Gas or hydronic heat is used to temper the
ventilation air.
HVAC mode:
("Re-Heat
")
The unit is operating in dehumidification with a
reheat device.
HVAC mode:
("Dehumidification")
The unit is operating in the Dehumidification
mode.

APPENDIX E — MODE SELECTION PROCESS (cont)
—

—

HVAC mode:
("Vent
")
This is a normal operation mode where no heating
or cooling is required and outside air is being
delivered to the space to control IAQ levels.
HVAC mode:
("Low Cool
")
This is a normal cooling mode when a low cooling
demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("High Cool
")
This is a normal cooling mode when a high
cooling demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("Low Heat
")
This is a normal heating mode when a low
heating demand exists.
HVAC mode:
("High Heat
")
This is a normal heating mode when a low
heating demand exists.

—

HVAC mode:
("Unocc. Free Cool")
In this mode the unit will operate in cooling but
will be using the economizer for free cooling.
Entering this mode will depend on the status of the
outside air. The unit can be configured for outside
air changeover, differential dry bulb changeover,
outside air enthalpy changeover, differential
enthalpy changeover, or a custom arrangement
of enthalpy/dewpoint and dry bulb. See the
Economizer section for further details.

}
NOTE: There is also a transitional mode whereby the machine
may be waiting for relay timeguards to expire before shutting
the machine completely down:
HVAC mode:
("Shutting Down ")

170

INDEX
Accessory control components 122
Accessory installation 7
Accessory Navigator™ display 4, 123
Actuators 38
Adjustments 128
Airflow control during
Fire/smoke modes 73
Alarm output 39
Alarms and alerts 94
Alert limit configuration 80
Auto view of run status 90
Basic control usage 4-7
Building pressure configuration 70
Building pressure control 69
Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) 79
CCN tables and display 5, 142-156
CCN/Linkage display table 93, 94
Cleaning 129
ComfortLink™ controls 4
Complete unit stoppage 85
Compressor discharge service valve 131
Compressor removal 132
Compressor replacement 132
Compressor run hours display table 93, 94
Compressor starts display table 93, 94
Compressor suction service valve 131
Configuring building pressure actuators 72
Configuring the humidifier actuator 77
Control circuit, 115 v 132
Control circuit, 24 v 132
Controls 7
Controls operation 5, 40-83
Controls quick start 33-36
Controls set point and configuration
log CL-1 to CL-6
Conventions used in this manual 3
Cool mode selection process 47
Cooling 38
Cooling control 45
Cooling mode diagnostic help 50
Crankcase heaters 7
Dehumidification and reheat 77
Demand limit control 39, 52
Dirty filter switch 64
Discrete switch logic configuration 81
Display configuration 82
Economizer 65
Economizer diagnostic help 68
Economizer integration with
mechanical cooling 53
Economizer operation 65
Economizer options 34
Economizer run status 92
Economizer/outdoor air damper control 39
Evacuation mode 73
Evaporator fan 7
Exhaust options 34
Factory-installed components 102
Fan status monitoring 64
Fans 38
Filter drier 131
Fire shutdown mode 73
Fire-smoke inputs 73
Forcing inputs and outputs 90
Gas heat (48Z only) 7, 132
Gas system adjustment (48Z only) 131
Generics table 5
Head pressure control 53
Heat mode diagnostic help 56
Heat mode selection process 55
Heating 38
Heating control 54
Hot gas bypass 83
Humidification 76
HVAC modes 41
Hydronic heating control 56
Independent outputs 38

Indoor air quality control 73
Indoor air quality options 34
Internal wiring 7
Liquid line service valve 131
Local display tables 133-141
Lubrication 130
Major system components 102-124
Mode selection process 169, 170
Mode trip helper 92
Modes 40
Moisture/liquid indicator 131
Multi-stage constant volume units with
mechanical thermostat 33
Multi-stage constant volume units
with space sensor 34
Oil charge 130
Optional airflow station 76
Outdoor air cfm control 68
Pre-occupancy purge 76
Pressurization mode 73
Programming operating schedules 36
Protective devices 131
Refrigerant feed components 130
Refrigeration circuits 130
Relief devices 132
Remote control switch input 83
Remote switch 39
Restart procedure 85
Run status menu 90
Safety considerations 2
Scrolling marquee 4, 120
Sensor trim configuration 81
Service 125-132
Service access 125
Service analysis 85
Service test 36-38
Service test mode logic 38
Set clock on VFD (if installed) 35
Single circuit stoppage 85
Smoke control modes 72
Smoke purge mode 73
Software version numbers
display table 93, 94
Space temperature offset 83
Staged gas heating control 57
Start up 7-32
Static pressure control 61
Static pressure reset 63
SUMZ cooling algoritm 50
Supply air reset 39
Supply fan status monitoring logic 64
System modes 41
System Pilot™ 5
Temperature compensated start 78
Temperature compensated start logic 79
Thermistor troubleshooting 85
Thermostat 39
Thermostatic expansion valve (TXV) 130
Third party control 39, 40
Time clock configuration 84, 85
Transducer troubleshooting 86
Troubleshooting 85-102
Two-stage constant volume units
with mechanical thermostat 33
Two-stage constant volume units
with space sensor 33
Two-stage gas and electric heat control 56
Unit Configuration (unit) submenu 42
Unit preparation 7
Unit setup 7
Unit staging tables 156-159
Unit start-up checklist CL-7
Unoccupied economizer free cooling 68
Variable air volume units using return air
sensor or space temperature sensor 33
VFD control 39
VFD information 160-168

171

Copyright 2008 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.
Catalog No. 04-53480039-01
Printed in U.S.A.
Form 48/50Z-5T
Pg 172
7-08
Replaces: 48/50Z-4T

CONTROLS SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG
MODEL NUMBER:

Software Version

SERIAL NUMBER:

MBB

CESR131292--

DATE:

RCB

CESR131249--

TECHNICIAN:

ECB

CESR131249--

NAVI

CESR131227--

SCB

CESR131226--

CEM

CESR131174--

MARQ

CESR131171--

ITEM
UNIT
→C.TYP
→CV.FN
→RM.CF
→CEM
→TCS.C
→TCS.H
→SFS.S
→SFS.M
→VAV.S
→SIZE
→50.HZ
→MAT.S
→MAT.R
→MAT.D
→ALTI
→DLAY
→AUX.R
→SENS
→SENS→SPT.S
→SENS→SP.O.S
→SENS→SP.O.R
→SENS→SRH.S
→SENS→RRH.S
→SENS→FLT.S
COOL
→Z.GN
→MC.LO
→L.L.EN
→M.M.
→HPSP
→A1.EN
→A2.EN
→B1.EN
→B2.EN
→CS.A1
→CS.A2
→CS.B1
→CS.B2
→HPS.A
→HPS.B
→H.SST
EDT.R
→RS.CF
→RTIO
→LIMT
→RES.S

RANGE
1 - 6 (multi-text strings)
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0 - 60 min
0 - 60 min
Yes/No
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720 min
30 - 105
Yes/No
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0 - 100‘%
0 - 60000
0 - 900 secs
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)

DEFAULT

SETTING

4
1
0
No
0
0
No
0
50
30
No
1
No
20
0
0
0

Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
1 - 10
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable

Disable
Disable
5
Disable
Disable
Disable

-10 - 10
-25 - 55 dF
Yes/No
Yes/No
80 - 150 dF
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
365 - 415 PSIG
365 - 415 PSIG
5 - 30 min

1
40
No
No
113
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
Enable
415
415
10

0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 10
0 - 20 ^F
Enable/Disable

2
3
10
Disable

ITEM
HEAT
→HT.CF
→HT.SP
→OC.EN
→LAT.M
→SG.CF
→SG.CF→HT.ST
→SG.CF→CAP.M
→SG.CF→M.R.DB
→SG.CF→S.G.DB
→SG.CF→RISE
→SG.CF→LAT.L
→SG.CF→LIM.M
→SG.CF→SW.H.T
→SG.CF→SW.L.T
→SG.CF→HT.P
→SG.CF→HT.D
→SG.CF→HT.TM
→HH.CF
→HH.CF→HW.P
→HH.CF→HW.I
→HH.CF→HW.D
→HH.CF→HW.TM
→HH.CF→ACT.C
→HH.CF→ACTC→SN.1
→HH.CF→ACTC→SN.2
→HH.CF→ACTC→SN.3
→HH.CF→ACTC→SN.4
→HH.CF→ACTC→SN.5
→HH.CF→ACTC→C.A.LM
SP
→SP.CF
→SP.S
→SP.LO
→SP.HI
→SP.SP
→SP.MN
→SP.MX
→SP.FS
→SP.RS
→SP.RT
→SP.LM
→SP.EC
→S.PID
→S.PID→SP.TM
→S.PID→SP.P
→S.PID→SP.I
→S.PID→SP.D
→ACT.C
→ACTC→SN.1
→ACTC→SN.2
→ACTC→SN.3
→ACTC→SN.4
→ACTC→SN.5
→ACTC→C.A.LM

EXPANSION
HEATING CONFIGURATION
Heating Control Type
Heating Supply Air Setpt
Occupied Heating Enabled
MBB Sensor Heat Relocate
STAGED GAS CONFIGS
Staged Gas Heat Type
Max Cap Change per Cycle
S.Gas DB min.dF/PID Rate
St.Gas Temp. Dead Band
Heat Rise dF/sec Clamp
LAT Limit Config
Limit Switch Monitoring?
Limit Switch High Temp
Limit Switch Low Temp
Heat Control Prop. Gain
Heat Control Derv. Gain
Heat PID Rate Config
HYDRONIC HEAT CONFIGS
Hydronic Ctl.Prop. Gain
Hydronic Ctl.Integ. Gain
Hydronic Ctl.Derv. Gain
Hydronic PID Rate Config
HYDR.HEAT ACTUATOR CFGS.
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.1
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.2
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.3
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.4
Hydronic Ht.Serial Num.5
Hydr.Ht.Ctl.Ang.Lo Limit
SUPPLY STATIC PRESS.CFG.
Static Pressure Config
Static Pressure Sensor
Static Press. Low Range
Static Press. High Range
Static Pressure Setpoint
VFD-IGV Minimum Speed
VFD-IGV Maximum Speed
VFD-IGV Fire Speed Over.
Stat. Pres. Reset Config
SP Reset Ratio
SP Reset Limit
SP Reset Econo Position
STAT.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Stat.Pres.PID Run Rate
Static Press. Prop. Gain
Static Pressure Intg. Gain
Static Pressure Derv. Gain
IGV ACTUATOR CONFIGS
IGV Serial Number 1
IGV Serial Number 2
IGV Serial Number 3
IGV Serial Number 4
IGV Serial Number 5
IGV Cntrl Angle Lo Limit

CL-2

RANGE
0-4
80 - 120 dF
Yes/No
Yes/No

DEFAULT
0
85
No
No

0-4
5 - 45
0-5
0 - 5 ^F
0.05 - 0.2
0 - 20 ^F
Yes/No
110 - 180 dF
100 - 170 dF
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
60 - 300 sec

0
45
0.5
2
0.06
10
Yes
170
160
1
1
90

0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
0 - 1.5
15 - 300 sec

1
1
1
90

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

0
0
0
0
0
85

0-2 (multi-text strings)
Enable/Disable
-10 - 0
0 - 10
0-5
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 100
0 - 4 (multi-text strings)
0.00 - 2.00
0.00 - 2.00
0 - 100%

0
Disable
0
5
1.5
20
100
100
0
0.20
0.75
5

5 - 120
0-5
0-2
0-5

15
0.5
0.5
0.3

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

0
0
0
0
0
25

SETTING

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE
CUT ALONG DOTTED LINE

CONTROLS SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG (cont)

CONTROLS SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG (cont)
ITEM
ECON
→EC.EN
→EC2.E
→EC.MN
→EC.MX
→E.TRM
→E.SEL
→OA.E.C
→OA.EN
→OAT.L
→O.DEW
→ORH.S
→CFM.C
→CFM.C→OCF.S
→CFM.C→O.C.MX
→CFM.C→O.C.MN
→CFM.C→O.C.DB
→E.CFG
→E.CFG→E.P.GN
→E.CFG→E.RNG
→E.CFG→E.SPD
→E.CFG→E.DBD
→UEFC
→UEFC→FC.CF
→UEFC→FC.TM
→UEFC→FC.L.O
→ACT.C
→ACTC→SN.1.1
→ACTC→SN.1.2
→ACTC→SN.1.3
→ACTC→SN.1.4
→ACTC→SN.1.5
→ACTC→C.A.L1
→ACTC→SN.2.1
→ACTC→SN.2.2
→ACTC→SN.2.3
→ACTC→SN.2.4
→ACTC→SN.2.5
→ACTC→C.A.L2
BP
→BP.CF
→BP.S
→BP.R
→BP.SP
→BP.SO
→BP.P1
→BP.P2
→B.V.A
→B.V.A→BP.FS
→B.V.A→BP.MN
→B.V.A→BP.MX
→B.V.A→BP.1M
→B.V.A→BP.2M
→B.V.A→BP.CL

EXPANSION
ECONOMIZER CONFIGURATION
Economizer Installed?
Econ.Act.2 Installed?
Economizer Min.Position
Economizer Max.Position
Economzr Trim For SumZ ?
Econ ChangeOver Select
OA Enthalpy ChgOvr Selct
Outdr.Enth Compare Value
High OAT Lockout Temp
OA Dewpoint Temp Limit
Outside Air RH Sensor
OUTDOOR AIR CFM CONTROL
Outdoor Air CFM Sensor
Economizer Min.Flow
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Flow
Econ.Min.Flow Deadband
ECON.OPERATION CONFIGS
Economizer Prop.Gain
Economizer Range Adjust
Economizer Speed Adjust
Economizer Deadband
UNOCC.ECON.FREE COOLING
Unoc Econ Free Cool Cfg
Unoc Econ Free Cool Time
Un.Ec.Free Cool OAT Lock
ECON.ACTUATOR CONFIGS
Econ Serial Number 1
Econ Serial Number 2
Econ Serial Number 3
Econ Serial Number 4
Econ Serial Number 5
Econ Ctrl Angle Lo Limit
Econ 2 Serial Number 1
Econ 2 Serial Number 2
Econ 2 Serial Number 3
Econ 2 Serial Number 4
Econ 2 Serial Number 5
Econ 2 Ctrl Angle Lo Limit
BUILDING PRESS. CONFIGS
Building Press. Config
Building Pressure Sensor
Bldg. Press. (+/-) Range
Building Pressure Setp.
BP Setpoint Offset
Power Exhaust On Setp.1
Power Exhaust On Setp.2
VFD/ACTUATOR CONFIG
VFD/Act. Fire Speed/Pos.
VFD/Act. Min.Speed/Pos.
VFD Maximum Speed
BP 1 Actuator Max Pos.
BP 2 Actuator Max Pos.
BP Hi Cap VFD Clamp Val.

RANGE
Yes/No
Yes/No
0 - 100%
0 - 100%
Yes/No
0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)
18 - 28
-40 - 120 dF
50 - 62 dF
Enable/Disable

Yes
No
5
98
Yes
0
4
24
60
55
Disable

Enable/Disable
0 - 20000 CFM
0 - 20000 CFM
200 - 1000 CFM

Disable
2000
0
400

0.7 - 3.0
0.5 - 5 ^F
0.1 - 10
0.1 - 2 ^F

1
2.5
0.75
0.5

0-2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 720 min
40 - 70 dF

0
120
50

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 90
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 90
0 - 5 (multi-text strings)
Enable/Disable
0.10 - 0.25 "H2O
-0.25 - 0.25 "H2O
0 - 0.5 "H2O
0 - 100%
0 - 100%
0 - 100%
0 - 50%
50 - 100%
85 - 100%
85 - 100%
5 - 25%

CL-3

DEFAULT

0
0
0
0
0
85
0
0
0
0
0
85
0
Disable
0.25
0.05
0.05
25
75
100
0
100
100
100
10

SETTING

ITEM
BP (cont)
→FAN.T
→FAN.T→FT.CF
→FAN.T→FT.TM
→FAN.T→FT.ST
→FAN.T→FT.MX
→FAN.T→FT.AD
→FAN.T→FT.OF
→FAN.T→FT.RM
→FAN.T→FT.RS
→FAN.T→SCF.C
→B.PID
→B.PID→BP.TM
→B.PID→BP.P
→B.PID→BP.I
→B.PID→BP.D
→ACT.C
→ACT.C→BP.1
→ACT.C→BP.1→SN.1
→ACT.C→BP.1→SN.2
→ACT.C→BP.1→SN.3
→ACT.C→BP.1→SN.4
→ACT.C→BP.1→SN.5
→ACT.C→BP.1→C.A.LM
→ACT.C→BP.2
→ACT.C→BP.2→SN.1
→ACT.C→BP.2→SN.2
→ACT.C→BP.2→SN.3
→ACT.C→BP.2→SN.4
→ACT.C→BP.2→SN.5
→ACT.C→BP.2→C.A.LM
D.LV.T
→L.H.ON
→H.H.ON
→L.H.OF
→L.C.ON
→H.C.ON
→L.C.OF
→C.T.LV
→H.T.LV
→C.T.TM
→H.T.TM
DMD.L
→DM.L.S
→D.L.20
→SH.NM
→SH.DL
→SH.TM
→D.L.S1
→D.L.S2
IAQ
→DCV.C
→DCV.C→EC.MN
→DCV.C→IAQ.M
→DCV.C→O.C.MX
→DCV.C→O.C.MN
→DCV.C→O.C.DB
→AQ.CF
→AQ.CF→IQ.A.C
→AQ.CF→IQ.A.F
→AQ.CF→IQ.I.C
→AQ.CF→IQ.I.F
→AQ.CF→OQ.A.C

EXPANSION

RANGE

FAN TRACKING CONFIG
Fan Track Learn Enable
Fan Track Learn Rate
Fan Track Initial DCFM
Fan Track Max Clamp
Fan Track Max Correction
Fan Track Internl EEPROM
Fan Track Internal RAM
Fan Track Reset Internal
Supply Air CFM Config
BLDG.PRESS.PID CONFIGS
Bldg.Pres.PID Run Rate
Bldg.Press. Prop. Gain
Bldg.Press. Integ. Gain
Bldg.Press. Deriv. Gain
BLDG.PRES. ACTUATOR CFGS
BLDG.PRES. ACT.1 CONFIGS
BP 1 Serial Number 1
BP 1 Serial Number 2
BP 1 Serial Number 3
BP 1 Serial Number 4
BP 1 Serial Number 5
BP1 Cntrl Angle Lo Limit
BLDG.PRES. ACT.2 CONFIGS
BP 2 Serial Number 1
BP 2 Serial Number 2
BP 2 Serial Number 3
BP 2 Serial Number 4
BP 2 Serial Number 5
BP2 Cntrl Angle Lo Limit
COOL/HEAT SETPT. OFFSETS
Dmd Level Lo Heat On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Heat On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Heat Off
Dmd Level Lo Cool On
Dmd Level(+) Hi Cool On
Dmd Level(-) Lo Cool Off
Cool Trend Demand Level
Heat Trend Demand Level
Cool Trend Time
Heat Trend Time
DEMAND LIMIT CONFIG.
Demand Limit Select
Demand Limit at 20 ma
Loadshed Group Number
Loadshed Demand Delta
Maximum Loadshed Time
Demand Limit Sw.1 Setpt.
Demand Limit Sw.2 Setpt.
INDOOR AIR QUALITY CFG.
DCV ECONOMIZER SETPOINTS
Economizer Min.Position
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Pos.
Economizer Min.Flow
IAQ Demand Vent Min.Flow
Econ.Min.Flow Deadband
AIR QUALITY CONFIGS
IAQ Analog Sensor Config
IAQ 4-20 ma Fan Config
IAQ Discrete Input Config
IAQ Disc.In. Fan Config
OAQ 4-20ma Sensor Config

CL-4

Yes/No
5-60 min
-20000 - 20000 CFM
0 - 20000 CFM
0 -20000 CFM
-20000 - 20000 CFM
-20000 - 20000 CFM
Yes/No
1 - 2 (multi-text strings)

DEFAULT

SETTING

No
15
2000
4000
1000
0
0
No
1

5 - 120 sec
0-5
0-2
0-5

10
0.5
0.5
0.3

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

0
0
0
0
0
35

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

0
0
0
0
0
35

-1 - 2 ^F
0.5 - 20.0 ^F
0.5 - 2.0 ^F
-1 - 2 ^F
0.5 - 20.0 ^F
0.5 - 2.0 ^F
0.1 - 5.0 ^F
0.1 - 5.0 ^F
30 - 600 sec
30 - 600 sec

1.5
0.5
1.0
1.5
0.5
1.0
0.1
0.1
120
120

0 - 3 (multi-text strings)
0 - 100%
0 - 99
0 - 60%
0 - 120 min
0 - 100%
0 - 100%

0
100
0
0
60
80
50

0 - 100%
0 - 100%
0 - 20000 CFM
0 - 20000 CFM
200 - 1000 CFM
0 - 4 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)
0 - 2 (multi-text strings)

5
0
2000
0
400
0
0
0
0
0

CONTROLS SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG (cont)

CONTROLS SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG (cont)
ITEM
IAQ (cont)
→AQ.SP
→AQ.SP→IQ.O.P
→AQ.SP→IQ.O.C
→AQ.SP→DAQ.L
→AQ.SP→DAQ.H
→AQ.SP→D.F.OF
→AQ.SP→D.F.ON
→AQ.SP→IAQ.R
→AQ.SP→OAQ.L
→AQ.SP→OAQ.U
→AQ.S.R
→AQ.S.R→IQ.R.L
→AQ.S.R→IQ.R.H
→AQ.S.R→OQ.R.L
→AQ.S.R→OQ.R.H
→IAQ.P
→IAQ.P→IQ.PG
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.T
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.L
→IAQ.P→IQ.P.H
→IAQ.P→IQ.L.O
HUMD
→HM.CF
→HM.SP
→H.PID
→H.PID→HM.TM
→H.PID→HM.P
→H.PID→HM.I
→H.PID→HM.D
→ACT.C
→ACTC→SN.1
→ACTC→SN.2
→ACTC→SN.3
→ACTC→SN.4
→ACTC→SN.5
→ACTC→C.A.LM
DEHU
→D.SEL
→D.SEN
→D.EC.D
→D.V.CF
→D.V.RA
→D.V.HT
→D.C.SP
→D.RH.S
CCN
→CCNA
→CCNB
→BAUD
→BROD
→BROD→TM.DT
→BROD→OAT.B
→BROD→ORH.B
→BROD→OAQ.B
→BROD→G.S.B
→BROD→B.ACK
→SC.OV
→SC.OV→SCH.N
→SC.OV→HOL.T
→SC.OV→O.T.L.
→SC.OV→OV.EX

EXPANSION

RANGE

AIR QUALITY SETPOINTS
IAQ Econo Override Pos.
IAQ Override Flow
Diff.Air Quality LoLimit
Diff. Air Quality HiLimit
DAQ PPM Fan Off Setpoint
DAQ PPM Fan On Setpoint
Diff. AQ Responsiveness
OAQ Lockout Value
User Determined OAQ
AIR QUALITY SENSOR RANGE
IAQ Low Reference
IAQ High Reference
OAQ Low Reference
OAQ High Reference
IAQ PRE-OCCUPIED PURGE
IAQ Purge
IAQ Purge Duration
IAQ Purge LoTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge HiTemp Min Pos
IAQ Purge OAT Lockout
HUMIDITY CONFIGURATION
Humidifier Control Cfg.
Humidifier Setpoint
HUMIDIFIER PID CONFIGS
Humidifier PID Run Rate
Humidifier Prop. Gain
Humidifier Integral Gain
Humidifier Deriv. Gain
HUMIDIFIER ACTUATOR CFGS
Humd Serial Number 1
Humd Serial Number 2
Humd Serial Number 3
Humd Serial Number 4
Humd Serial Number 5
Humd Ctrl Angle Lo Limit
DEHUMIDIFICATION CONFIG.
Dehumidification Config
Dehumidification Sensor
Econ disable in DH mode?
Vent Reheat Setpt Select
Vent Reheat RAT offset
Vent Reheat Setpoint
Dehumidify Cool Setpoint
Dehumidify RH Setpoint
CCN CONFIGURATION
CCN Address
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate
CCN BROADCST DEFINITIONS
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
CCN OARH Broadcast
CCN OAQ Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcst
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN SCHEDULES-OVERRIDES
Schedule Number
Accept Global Holidays?
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours

0 - 100%
0 - 31000 CFM
0 - 1000
100 - 2000
0 - 2000
0 - 2000
-5 - 5
0 - 2000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000
0 - 5000

SETTING

100
10000
100
700
200
400
0
0
400
0
2000
0
2000

Yes/No
5 - 60 min
0 - 100%
0 - 100%
35 - 70 dF

No
15
10
35
50

0-4
0 - 100%

0
40

10 - 120 sec
0-5
0-5
0-5

30
1
0.3
0.3

0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0-90

0
0
0
0
0
85

0-3(multi-text strings)
1-3(multi-text strings)
Yes/No
0-1(multi-text strings)
0-8 delta F
55-95 dF
40-55 dF
10-90%
1 - 239
0 - 239
1 - 5 (multi-text strings)

CL-5

DEFAULT

0
1
Yes
0
0
70
45
55
1
0
3

ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
ON/OFF

On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off

0 - 99
YES/NO
0 - 4 HRS
0 - 4 HRS

1
No
1
0

ITEM
CCN (cont)
→SC.OV→SPT.O
→SC.OV→T58.O
→SC.OV→GL.OV
ALLM
→SP.L.O
→SP.H.O
→SP.L.U
→SP.H.U
→SA.L.O
→SA.H.O
→SA.L.U
→SA.H.U
→RA.L.O
→RA.H.O
→RA.L.U
→RA.H.U
→OAT.L
→OAT.H
→R.RH.L
→R.RH.H
→O.RH.L
→O.RH.H
→SP.L
→SP.H
→BP.L
→BP.H
→IAQ.H
TRIM
→SAT.T
→RAT.T
→OAT.T
→SPT.T
→L.SW.T
→CCT.T
→SP.A.T
→SP.B.T
→DP.A.T
→DP.B.T
SW.LG
→FTS.L
→IGC.L
→RMI.L
→ENT.L
→SFS.L
→DL1.L
→DL2.L
→IAQ.L
→FSD.L
→PRS.L
→EVC.L
→PRG.L
→DH.LG
DISP
→TEST
→METR
→LANG
→PAS.E
→PASS

EXPANSION
SPT Override Enabled ?
T58 Override Enabled ?
Global Sched. Override ?
ALERT LIMIT CONFIG.
SPT lo alert limit/occ
SPT hi alert limit/occ
SPT lo alert limit/unocc
SPT hi alert limit/unocc
EDT lo alert limit/occ
EDT hi alert limit/occ
EDT lo alert limit/unocc
EDT hi alert limit/unocc
RAT lo alert limit/occ
RAT hi alert limit/occ
RAT lo alert limit/unocc
RAT hi alert limit/unocc
OAT lo alert limit
OAT hi alert limit
RARH low alert limit
RARH high alert limit
OARH low alert limit
OARH high alert limit
SP low alert limit
SP high alert limit
BP lo alert limit
BP high alert limit
IAQ high alert limit
SENSOR TRIM CONFIG.
Air Temp Lvg SF Trim
RAT Trim
OAT Trim
SPT Trim
Limit Switch Trim
Air Temp Lvg Evap Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.A Trim
Suct.Press.Circ.B Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.A Trim
Dis.Press.Circ.B Trim
SWITCH LOGIC: NO / NC
Filter Status Inpt-Clean
IGC Feedback - Off
RemSw Off-Unoc-Strt-NoOv
Enthalpy Input - Low
Fan Status Sw. - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.1 - Off
Dmd.Lmt.Sw.2 - Off
IAQ Disc.Input - Low
Fire Shutdown - Off
Pressurization Sw. - Off
Evacuation Sw. - Off
Smoke Purge Sw. - Off
Dehumidify Sw. - Off
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION
Test Display LEDs
Metric Display
Language Selection
Password Enable
Service Password

RANGE
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
-10-245 dF
-10-245 dF
-10-245 dF
-10-245 dF
-40-245 dF
-40-245 dF
-40-245 dF
-40-245 dF
-40-245 dF
-40-245 dF
-40-245 dF
-40-245 dF
-40-245 dF
-40-245 dF
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-5 "H2O
0-5 "H2O
-0.25-0.25 "H2O
-0.25-0.25 "H2O
0-5000
-10 - 10 ^F
-10 - 10 ^F
-10 - 10 ^F
-10 - 10 ^F
-10 - 10 ^F
-10 - 10 ^F
-50 - 50 PSIG
-50 - 50 PSIG
-50 - 50 PSIG
-50 - 50 PSIG
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
Open/Close
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
0 - 1 (multi-text strings)
ENABLE/DISABLE
0000 - 9999

CL-6

DEFAULT

SETTING

Yes
Yes
No
60
85
45
100
40
100
40
100
60
90
40
100
-40
150
0
100
0
100
0
2
-0.25
0.25
1200
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Open
Open
Open
Close
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Off
Off
0
Enable
1111

CONTROLS SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION LOG (cont)

UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST
MODEL NO.: _________________________________

SERIAL NO.: ______________________________________

SOFTWARE VERSION _________________________

TECHNICIAN: ____________________________________

DATE: _______________________________________

PRE-START-UP:
VERIFY THAT DIP SWITCH SETTINGS ARE CORRECT
VERIFY THAT ALL PACKING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM UNIT
REMOVE ALL COMPRESSOR SHIPPING HOLDDOWN BOLTS AND BRACKETS PER INSTRUCTIONS
VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ECONOMIZER HOOD
VERIFY INSTALLATION OF ALL OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES
VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINALS ARE TIGHT
CHECK GAS PIPING FOR LEAKS (48Z ONLY)
CHECK THAT RETURN-AIR FILTER AND OUTDOOR-AIR FILTERS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE
VERIFY THAT UNIT IS LEVEL WITHIN TOLERANCES FOR PROPER CONDENSATE DRAINAGE
CHECK FAN WHEELS AND PROPELLERS FOR LOCATION IN HOUSING/ORIFICE, AND SETSCREW IS TIGHT
VERIFY THAT FAN SHEAVES ARE ALIGNED AND BELTS ARE PROPERLY TENSIONED
VERIFY THAT SUCTION, DISCHARGE, AND LIQUID SERVICE VALVES ON EACH CIRCUIT ARE OPEN
VERIFY THAT CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN ON 24 HOURS BEFORE START-UP.

START-UP:
ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY VOLTAGE

L1-L2

__________

L3-L1

__________

COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 1 L1

__________

L2 _________

COMPRESSOR AMPS — COMPRESSOR NO. 2 L1

__________

L2 _________

SUPPLY FANS AMPS

EXHAUST FAN AMPS __________

(CV)

________

(VAV)

________ *

L2-L3

*VAV fan supply amps reading must be taken with a true RMS meter for accurate readings.
TEMPERATURES
OUTDOOR-AIR TEMPERATURE

__________ F DB (Dry Bulb)

RETURN-AIR TEMPERATURE

__________ F DB__________ F WB (Wet Bulb)

COOLING SUPPLY AIR

__________ F

GAS HEAT SUPPLY AIR

__________ F (48Z ONLY)

ELECTRIC HEAT SUPPLY AIR

__________ F (50Z ONLY, IF EQUIPPED)

PRESSURES
GAS INLET PRESSURE

__________

GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE

STAGE NO. 1 __________ IN. WG

STAGE NO. 2 __________IN. WG (48Z ONLY)

REFRIGERANT SUCTION

CIRCUIT NO. 1 __________ PSIG

CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG

REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE

CIRCUIT NO. 2 __________ PSIG

CIRCUIT NO. 2__________ PSIG

IN. WG (48Z ONLY)

______________________ VERIFY REFRIGERANT CHARGE.

CL-7

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
XMP Toolkit                     : 3.1-701
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 7.0 (Windows)
Creator Tool                    : PScript5.dll Version 5.2.2
Modify Date                     : 2008:08:21 15:43:16-04:00
Create Date                     : 2008:08:21 15:43:16-04:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : 48_50z-5t.fm
Creator                         : MSDT05K
Document ID                     : uuid:2c6cd420-f86e-4177-a8c7-1f701e10e51a
Instance ID                     : uuid:bfc40301-56a8-46c1-8479-7121fb586ad0
Page Count                      : 180
Author                          : MSDT05K

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Carrier Weathermaster 48 50Z030 105 Users Manual 48_50z 5t

WEATHERMASTER 48ZT 48_50z-5t

4850Z030-105 to the manual 4782251c-06fc-4ab9-9284-ac84b4e092ae

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation